N A U GENERAL CATALOG

1 9 7 3 7 5

NORTHERN ARIZONA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN

The University and the town of Flagstaff are on a high tableland i n the midst of an extensive ponderosa pine forest. The atmosphere is dry, the air is clean. The winter tempera­ture is cold enough for winter sports, hut the days are usuMly bright and clear. The summer climate makes the area an ideal vacation land. The cover photo by Peter Bloomer looks down from the MogoUon Rim, a few miles south of Flagstaff, along the course of wild B'ar Sign Canyon, toward the pleasant Verde Valley.

The Northern Arizona University Bulletin is published monthly by Northern Arizona University during the months of December, January, Feb­ruary, April, May, and July at Flagstaff, Arizona 86001. Entered as second class matter July 1, 1929, at the Post Office at Flagstaff, Arizona, under Act of August 24, 1912. Second class postage paid at Flagstaff, Arizona 86001. Announcements in this catalog con­cerning regulations, fees, curricula, or other matters are subject to change without notice. Volume 55 April, 1973, Number 4

Arc h I L-i> l-rS

• A 3 i i y s l y s

NA-U GENERAL CATALOG

1 9 7 3 7 5

X

^ * 1

Ns.

• 3 M . < ) i ; i f ? ) y ( [ n ( l A T . i s M , > . \ i u f . l o q i o i n p u i \ o j -

f [ i A \ u o m ^ u i . i o j i H j o o q o ^ ' M . i u i a u i ^ ' p i n ; ' s . i f ^ s i q o j o S r l u p o j . p i i

• ' s u n ] . ! . ' i 5 < ) . f ( l r ) p ; n p i ; , r ; ) • . n t ; n p i ; , i . o

' p i ^ . ' i o j ^ u : 8 D ^ . n u ) 0 , J O ]>^![ i ; s i ^ ) p n [ . i u i •

- ' v \ ' | i i i , T o A T u , ] ' o l i t l y j o ' . t s . i h o o r / . ) n s . m ( J [)iii:; [ [ o . i u o (> ] s , > . ] i n i p i ; . t . « ' . i . ) p i f n y A t i p o p o , ) u i i 0 ] } i n u . i ( j j u |

i p ; SI U ( ) i p ; o i [ q n ( l s u { ^ u i p - ^ p n p . u i ;

SZ;'£zl6l D o i v ± v : i 1 - V ' H 3 N 3 L ' » '

CALENDAR The Administration reserves the right to make changes in the Calendar below.

FALL SEMESTER 1973 1974

Residence Halls Open Sun. Aug. 19 Aug. 18 Freshmen & Transfer Students Mon., Tues., Wed. Aug. 20, 21, 22 Aug. 19, 20, 21

(Orientation & Advisement) President's Reception Tues. (8:00 p.m.) Aug. 21 Aug. 20 Registration Thurs., Fri. Aug. 23, 24 Aug. 22, 23 Instruction Begins Mon. Aug. 27 Aug. 26 Late Registration, penalty Mon. Aug. 27 Aug. 26 Labor Day (no classes) Mon. Sept. 3 Sept. 2 Last Day of Registration Tues. Sept. 4 Sept. 3

for Credit Mid-semester Fri. Oct. 19 Oct. 18 Veteran's Day (no classes) Nov. 11 Nov. 11 Thanksgiving Recess Thurs. thru Sun. Nov. 22 thru 25 Nov. 28 thru Dec. 1 Final Examinations Mon. thru Fri. Dec. 17 thru 21 Dec. 16 thru 20 End of Fall Semester Fri. Dec. 21 Dec. 20 Christmas Recess begins Sat Dec. 22 Dec. 21

SPRING SEMESTER 1974 1975

Residence Halls Open Sun. Jan. 13 Jan. 12 Advisement & Registration Mon., Tues., Wed. Jan. 14, 15, 16 Jan. 13, 14, 15 Instruction Begins Thurs. Jan. 17 Jan. 16 Late Registration, penalty Thurs. Jan. 17 Jan. 16 Last Day of Registration Thurs. Jan. 24 Jan. 23

for Credit Washington's Birthday Mon. Feb. 18 Feb. 17

(no classes) Mid-semester Thurs. Mar. 14 Mar. 13 Spring Recess Sat thru Sun. Mar. 16 thru 24 Mar. 22 thru 30 Final Examinations Mon. thru Fri. May 13 thru 17 May 12 thru 16 Commencement Fri. (8:00 p.m.) May 17 May 16 End of Spring Semester Sat. May 18 May 17

SUMMER SESSION 1974 1975

Pre-Session Mon. to Sat May 27 to June 8 May 26 to June 7 First Session Mon. to Sat June 10 to July 13 June 9 to July 12 Second Session Mon. to Sat. July 15 to Aug. 17 July 14 to Aug. 15

Announcements in this Catalog concerning regulations, fees, curricula,

or other matters, are subject to change without notice.

iv

•CONTENTS • ' Official Directory

Introduction ^

Student Affairs' and Activities 25

University Services 21

Student Finances

Academic Affairs g j

The Curricula g j

Interdisciplinary Studies §9

The Honors Program

Reserve Officers Training Corps 1Q3

School of Applied Sciences jfyji

College of Arts and Sciences j 23

College o f Business Administration \ 157

College of Creative Arts j g l

College-of Education 207

College of Engineering and Technology 233

l^chool of Forestry '24S

College of'Public and Environmental Service 251

Instructional Staff 283

Index

V

OFFICIAL DIRECTORY The Arizona Board of Regents

EX OFFICIO

Jack Williams Governor of Arizona

W. P. Shofstall, Ph.D State Superintendent of Public Instruction

APPOINTED

Term Expires

Norman G. Sharber January, 1974

John A. Lenz, B.S January, 1974

Mrs. Margaret M. Christy, BA January, 1975

Paul L. Singer, B.S., M.D January, 1975

James Elliott Dunseath, B.A., J.D January, 1977

Gordon D. Paris January, 1977

Kenneth Bentson January, 1979

Sidney S. Woods, B.S January, 1979

Officers of Administration

J. Lawrence Walkup, Ed.D President of the University

Virgil W. Gillenwater, Ed.D Executive Vice President

E. Harlin Staires, Ed.D Vice President of Administration - Services

Eugene M. Hughes, Ph.D Vice President—University Programming

Robert C. Dickeson, Ph.D Vice President—Student Affairs

E. Russel Kuchel, Ph.D Provost, South Center

Lewis J. McDonald, EdJD. Executive Director of University Relations

Richard S. Beal, Jr., Ph.D. Dean, Graduate College

LaVerne R. Pitcher, M.B.A., C.P.A. Executive Director of Finance

Ben W. Maxwell, B.A., A.LA. University Architect vi

Douglas J. Wall, LL.B Assistant to the President

Chester B. Ainsworth, Ed.D Dean, School of Applied Sciences

Dean, College of Arts and Science

James D. Benson, Ph.D Dean, College of Business Administration

William E. Whybrew, Ph.D Dean, College of Creative Arts

Charles E. Fauset, Ed.D Dean, College of Education

Joseph C. Mehrhoff, Ph.D Dean, College of Engineering

Charles O. Minor, D.F Dean, School of Forestry

Dr. Davies Dean, College of Public and Environmental Services

Administration

Joseph C. Rolle, Ed.S Dean, University Services

John W. Glenn, Ph.D Dean, Continuing and Career Education

Milton D. Schroeder, Ph.D Dean, Admissions and Records

James R. Fredrick, Ed.D Director, Counseling Center

Norman B. Johansen, Ed.D Director of Athletics

J. Otto Berg, Ed.D Director, Student Financial Aid

Ollie Shullenbarger Superintendent of Physical Facilities

Robert V. Blailock, B.S Comptroller

Robert M. Cooley, MA Director, Public Information

vii

tv-

• •

INTRODUCTION

NORTHERN ARIZONA UNIVERSITY is authorized to operate under the juris­diction of the Arizona Board of Regents, a corporation composed of the Governor of the State of Arizona, the Superintendent of Public instruction and eight mem-bers appointed by the Governor. The Board of Regents has the power and author-ity to control and manage the University and its properties, to adopt regulations governing the University, and to approve its curricula.

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE: The primary commitment of Northern Arizona University is to the intellectual growth and the moral, social and physical develop-ment of each individual in the University community, operating through programs of instruction, service, and research.

Instruction is the historic and basic role of a umversity. This role is con-ceived at Northern Arizona University as a process in which instructor and learner experience problems and communicate about the solutions to these problems. The University is committed to the continuous search for the highest functional level of that process.

The University accepts its responsibility to provide essential services to the academic community. In addition, it accepts its responsibility to the State in general and the northern Arizona community in particular in providing services in areas in which staff and facilities are available.

The University has described and accepted its role in research as a continuing effort to organize and add to the store of existing useful and potentially useful knowledge and to provide for fresh and noble expressions of man's creativity.

10 INTRODUCTION

To implement this philosophy of the University, the following objectives have been established: (1) to provide the environment for maximum individual develop-ment; (2) to provide an educational program which develops an understanding of the social and natural systems of which man is a part; (3) to encourage an appre-ciation for the individual disciplines and an understanding of the interrelationships of the various disciplines which constitute the total body of knowledge; (4) to develop a greater understanding of learning through study and application of selected methods of instruction; (5) to promote within each individual in the Uni-versity community the awareness of the need for a personal philosophy; (6) to require individual self-discipline which can be exercised for the benefit of one's-self and fellow man; (7) to encourage an appreciation of the responsibilities and benefits of good citizenship for effective., individual participation in the various systems which comprise man's environment; (8) to prepare for vocational and pro-fessional competencies; (9) to provide opportunities for continuing research pro-grams within the academic areas to which the University has committed itself; (10) to increase the effectiveness of the University community in its role as a service institution; (11) to maintain carefully planned and controlled growth in undergraduate and graduate education; (12) to encourage the critical examination of ideas through professional interactions.

The Image of Northern Arizona University "To become educated is to become more human" has been adopted by the

University as an expression of the image it constantly strives to create. Recogniz-ing this principle, we of the Northern Arizona University faculty dedicate ourselves to maintain the highest standard of professional efficiency in a campus atmosphere of scholarship and friendliness. Furthermore, we feel that within and without the classroom the line of communication between the student and the faculty must be kept open, and the individuality of the student must be preserved.

LOCATION The location of the University in Northern Arizona enables it to offer a

number of unusual advantages. The Grand Canyon National Park, many national monuments, forests, deserts, mountains, lakes, unique and varied geological phe-nomena, ruins of the earliest Indian cultures, sites of significant Southwestern historical activities, and the homes of a number of Indian tribes are within ready access. The city of Flagstaff is situated in the Coconino National Forest at an elevation of 7,000 feet. The elevation, the protection provided by the forest, the Arizona sunshine, and the clean air give the city an unsurpassed year-around cli-mate. In the summer it is one of the coolest cities in the United States, enjoying an average temperature of 65 degrees. No location in the Southwest offers more ideal conditions for study and recreation.

The city is served by Frontier Airlines, two transcontinental bus lines, and is on the main line of the Santa Fe Railroad. Passing through it are U. S. Inter-state Highways 40 and 17, VS. Highways 66 and 89, and State Highway 79. It is within two and one-half hour's drive to Phoenix and a two-hour drive to the Grand Canyon of the Colorado.

CLUSTER CAMPUS DEVELOPMENT Northern Arizona University has developed throughout its history an excellent

reputation for being concerned with the humanistic aspects of the student's educa-tional program. Traditionally, emphasis has been placed upon the identity of the individual human being and upon his relationship to his professors and his fellow students.

INTRODUCTION 11

With the growth of population in Arizona and with its expected corresponding growth in the universities, Northern Arizona University has faced the possibility of losing its humanistic traditions, which have been developed and maintained in the setting of a smaller university. It was feared that "bigness" could dilute if not destroy the University's humanistic values.

In response to the threat of bigness and its related human indifference, the University's administration under the guidance of President Walkup chose a pat-tern of growth which would permit the accommodation of additional students and at the same time provide for the preservation of the identity and individuality of each student. This approach, the cluster campus approach, provides for separate campuses within the University structure. Northern Arizona University's original campus, now termed the North Center, will accommodate approximately 8,000 students in five schools and colleges—the Colleges of Arts and Science, Creative Arts, Education, and the Schools of Forestry and Applied Science. The newly developed South Center will provide for an additional 4,000 students in the Col-leges of Business Administration, Engineering, and Public and Environmental Services. Should the University's growth reach 12,000 (total), a third campus for an additional 4,000 students could be developed.

By design, the student is provided the opportunity to attend a larger University but within a smaller campus environment. In this approach the University gets bigger but the student does not get smaller.

HISTORY Hon. N. O. Murphy was governor of the Territory of Arizona when the

Twentieth Territorial Legislature convened on January 16, 1889. He had previously served the territory as governor and as secretary and delegate to Congress, and was cognizant of the desires and needs of the territorial residents. In his message to the legislature, Governor Murphy recommended that the territorial building, erected at Flagstaff by action of the Seventeenth Territorial Legislature in 1893 and never put to use, be used to house a territorial normal school.

Henry F. Ashurst, young Coconino County representative to the legislature and elected Speaker of the House, introduced House Bill 41 on February 6, 1899, which authorized the establishment of the Northern Arizona Normal School. This met with the approval of the entire territory and the bill was speedily passed.

In March 1899, plans for the Northern Arizona Normal School were com-pleted. The first school term began September 11, 1899. In charge of the school was Professor A. N. Taylor of Jamestown, N.Y., with Miss Frances Bury assisting. Twenty-three students enrolled the first day, and ten more entered the following week.

Four young women made up the first graduating class in 1901. They re-ceived diplomas which warranted them life certificates to teach in the schools of Arizona.

Growth of the institution in enrollment and in importance to the educational system of Arizona led the state legislature on March 7, 1925, to change the insti-tution's status from a normal school to a four-year degree-conferring college, granting the Bachelor of Education. In 1929 the degree was changed to the Bachelor of Arts in Education. The name of the school was changed to Northern Arizona State Teachers College in 1925, and to Arizona State Teachers College at Flagstaff in 1929.

In 1937, the state legislature granted the college the right to establish and conduct courses carrying graduate credit which would permit the conferring of the degree of Master of Arts in Education upon satisfactory completion of such courses.

12 INTRODUCTION

In March of 1945 the name was again changed to Arizona State College at Flagstaff, and the legislature placed all three state institutions of higher learning under the control of one Board of Regents which is now known as the Arizona Board of Regents.

In 1941 the Board of Regents authorized the college at Flagstaff to grant the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees and at the same time changed the name of the teaching degree to the Bachelor of Science in Education. In 1954 the Board of Regents authorized the granting of the Educational Specialist degree following a year of specialized study and research beyond the master's degree. In 1955 further authority was given the college to grant the Master of Arts and the Master of Science degrees in addition to the Master of Arts in Education.

On May 12, 1958, the Board of Regents approved the establishment of a four-year forestry curriculum at Arizona State College at Flagstaff, and authority was given to grant the Bachelor of Science in Forestry.

During the academic year 1959-60 the college, with the approval of the Board of Regents, reorganized into seven divisions of curricular areas, General Studies, Technology and Applied Arts, Science and Mathematics, Liberal Arts, Teacher Education, Business Administration, and Forestry.

Five years later these administrative divisions were changed to the College of Business Administration, the College of Education, the School of Forestry, the College of Arts and Science, the College of Creative Arts and the School of Technology and Applied Arts.

In a general meeting, on November 28, 1964, the Board of Regents presided over by Regent President John G. Babbitt, Flagstaff, unanimously approved the changing of Arizona State College to university status, effective in May, 1966. In the following spring, 1965, the 27th Arizona State Legislature passed Senate Bill 98 which authorized the change of its name to Northern Arizona University. The bill, introduced by State Senator Fred Udine of Williams, an alumnus of the in-stitution, was signed by Gov. Sam Goddard on April 5, 1965, and became effective May 1, 1966.

A four-year program in engineering was initiated in September, 1968, follow-ing the Board of Regents' approval of a program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree on April 8, 1967, after more than a year of studying and planning.

On July 7, 1968, the Regents approved the granting of doctoral degrees by Northern Arizona University in the areas of biological science and education. As a result, following careful planning, Northern Arizona University obtained full approval of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools for the offering of four doctoral programs. This approval was announced by North Central following the July 21-24, 1970, meeting in Chicago. Doctoral programs, begun in the fall, 1970, lead to a Ph.D. in biology and Ed.D. degrees in educa-tional administration, in instruction and curriculum, and in educational psychology.

During the 1970-71 academic year, a new campus center was opened south of the original campus but contiguous with it. This center is designed ultimately to serve 5,000 students. A new college, named at first the College of Scientific and Humanistic Studies, was approved to provide liberal arts programs for the South Center. In 1972 the name of this college was changed to the College of Public and Environmental Services and its scope greatly broadened to include not only liberal arts instruction but programs in a number of vocational areas. The same year the College of Engineering and Technology and the College of Business Administration completed moves to the South Center. These three colleges are presently located on the South Center, with the School of Applied Sciences, the College of Arts and Science, the College of Education, and the School of Forestry located on the North Center.

INTRODUCTION 13

THE CAMPUS The two campus academic centers are surrounded by native pines, aspens,

and other trees and shrubs. Dominating the view from both centers are the ma-jestic San Francisco Peaks. Careful planning and the use of native materials and plants have given the institution a campus of 382 acres that blends beautifully into the surrounding scenic splendors for which Northern Arizona is so widely known. It is located south of the business district of Flagstaff near U. S. High-ways 66 and 89A and north of Interstate 40.

University Libraries The University Library is an organized collection of learning resources and

services functioning in support of the University curriculum and the library en-deavors of the students and faculty. The central library on the North Campus is housed in an attractive facility occupied since 1966, providing shelving for 500,000 volumes and seating for 800 users. A newly constructed Library/Study Center is available on the campus of the South Academic Center to provide se-lected resources and services for students and faculty located on that center. The Library/Study Center provides seating for 231 users and will accommodate a collection of 18,500 volumes.

University library services are provided through Loan, Reference, Serials, , Government Documents, Forestry, Micro-materials and Special Collections staff and service locations which invite each student to become knowledgeable in the effective use of the resources and services available. Friendly, capable reference librarians are available to assist the student to locate, obtain and use the collected resources.

The rapidly expanding collection is approaching 500,000 volumes and is being added to at a rate of approximately 65,000 volumes per year. The library sub-scribes to 3,300 periodicals titles, and maintains extensive backfiles of many of these. The University Library is a selective depository for United States Govern-ment publications, a depository for State of Arizona documents, and receives the publications of the Forest History Society.

LIBRARY HOURS: Northern Arizona University Library is open during the following hours of the week:

Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. Saturday 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Sunday 1:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.

All registered students and faculty of Northern Arizona University, the Uni-versity of Arizona and Arizona State University, have mutual borrowing privi-leges. The privilege will be extended to the student at the other University libraries upon personal request and presentation of the official Northern Arizona Univer-sity identification card.

The loan period for books is two weeks. Books are to be returned to the library on or before the due date shown on the pink slip inserted in the book pocket at the time of the loan. In consideration for the needs of fellow students, it is suggested you return books on or before the date due.

Library books may be renewed on or before the due date, provided that no one has requested them. Loan renewals must be made in person. Periodicals do not circulate for use outside the library.

14 INTRODUCTION

The library has a single entrance-exit which is turnstile and attendant con-trolled. This security measure and the very few regulations are intended to assure each of us an equal opportunity to use the resources of the library.

More specialized research and study collections include: ARIZONA COLLECTIONS: significant materials on the State's physical back-ground and history. An extensive collection of manuscript and other unique ma-terials provides the serious researcher with a wealth of original materials per-taining to the economic and political history of Northern Arizona. SPECIAL COLLECTIONS: rare books in general, but with special emphasis on such cohesive research collections as the Norman Allderdice Memorial Collections in political and social history relating to social and political action group activities in the late 18th and 19th centuries.

FORESTRY COLLECTIONS: an indexed collection in excess of 30,000 research reports, papers, bulletins, reprints and other research literature to supplement book and periodical holdings in this area. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: housed in the Campus Elementary School, serves the needs of pupils from kindergarten through the sixth grade, and provides materials for supervising teachers, practice teachers and other college students.

North Academic Center

ADMINISTRATION BUILDING: The offices of the President, Provost of the North Campus Academic Center, Vice President of Administration-Services, Vice Provost of Academic Affairs, Graduate Dean, Comptroller, Business Manager, Registrar, Executive Director of Finance and Facilities, and the Office of Admis-sions and Records are on the first floor of the Administration Building. Other offices having direct connection with the administration of the University are located on the second and third floors of the building.

ASHURST MUSIC HALL, artistically modern and functionally complete, was re-modelled and equipped in 1954. Attached as a wing to Old Main on the west, it houses teaching and recording classrooms, practice rooms, offices, and a recital auditorium seating 150. A l l choral music activities" are centered here.

THE HOME MANAGEMENT HOUSE, for students in home economics, is new and modern. A brick dwelling of attractive design, it has four bedrooms, a large living-dining area, and furnishings and a variety of modern equipment to provide homemaking experiences for the young women who reside there. Under the supervision of a member of the home economics teaching staff, the young women learn to plan and prepare their own meals, do their marketing, entertain guests, and make a pleasant home for themselves.

THE EASTBURN EDUCATION CENTER is the focus for the various teacher preparation programs on campus. Constructed in 1958 and enlarged in 1966, it includes space and facilities for production of competent teachers and administra-tors for the public schools.

THE ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH OBSERVATORY is favorably situated on high ground in the southeast part of the campus. The observatory, of functional design, is equipped with a modern 24-inch reflecting telescope and highly specialized accessory equipment.

THE CAMPUS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL is located in the Eastburn Education Center.

INTRODUCTION 15

THE UNIVERSITY UNION BUILDING is nestled on the center quadrangle of the campus facing the San Francisco Peaks. Many social, -cultural, and recrea-tional activities of the campus are centered in this building. The main floor of the building has a spacious comfortable lounge with a massive stone and copper fireplace and large picture windows framing the San Francisco Peaks. Also on the main floor are a student art gallery, powder room, music listening room, and a snack bar which overlooks the outside patio. On the second floor are game rooms, television viewing area, a darkroom which may be used by individuals, student body offices, and meeting rooms for use of student organizations.

APPLIED SCIENCE BUILDING, completed for use at the beginning of the 1961 Spring Semester, is a modern, three-story structure. It houses Industrial Education and Home Economics.

THE AUDITORIUM adjoins the Union Building on the west and opens off the main lounge. Of conventional design, the auditorium has one thousand comfort-able seats, arranged on one floor, graduated and alternated. It has a proscenium arch stage, well equipped with modern lighting, ample work shop, paint shop, cos-tume and property room, "green room," large dressing rooms, projection booth, and radio recording room. This modern auditorium provides the citizens of Flag-staff with a community center for cultural programs. THREE DINING HALLS serve the students. North Dining Hall is located in the east wing of the Union Building. It has a banquet room that divides into two smaller rooms by a modernfold door to provide facilities for student organization dinner meetings. The South Dining Hall is located near South Quadrangle and has a spacious lounge used by students for banquets and meetings. The south wing of the South Dining Hall can also be used for banquets and will accommodate up to three hundred persons. The University Dining Hall is located across the street from Sechrist Hall.

THE SCIENCE BUILDING is located east of Hanley Hall on the north section of the campus. The three-story structure has interior space totaling 50,000 square feet. Its modern design and new equipment will adequately care for the increased needs of science students and faculty. THE JOURNALISM BUILDING now houses the offices of the Vice Provost for Student Affairs, Associate Deans, the Dean of University Services, Director of Housing, other personnel services, and the Public Information Office.

FRIER HALL, the Forestry Building, is just south of the Administration Build-ing. It is modern and well equipped, and it provides adequate classroom and laboratory space for students enrolled in the School of Forestry. FOREST RESEARCH CENTER—The Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agri-culture, maintains a Research Center of the Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station on campus. This Research Center is housed in a building designated as a Forestry Science Laboratory, located between the Forestry Build-ing and the Eastburn Education Center. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUILDING is a beautiful two-story structure. Completed during the 1962-63 year, it houses the complete program in business administration, including marketing, secretarial science, economics, business educa-tion, accounting, finance, and management. LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING encompasses 55,000 sq. ft. of strictly utility space. It was opened for use in January, 1964. It houses classrooms, two language laboratories, little theater, police science laboratory, band and orchestra practice rooms, and faculty offices. In the building instruction is given in English, history, music, modern languages, philosophy, police science, political science, pre-law, social science and sociology.

16 INTRODUCTION

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES BUILDING opened in 1967. It has 95,868 sq. ft. of space and provides the biology department with a modern and complete facility for its rapidly expanding activities.

THE UNIVERSITY BOOKSTORE, completed in 1967, provides students with 14,076 feet of space which houses a complete stock of classroom materials and allows plenty of room to browse. The post office is also located in the bookstore.

THE CREATIVE ARTS CENTER of 92,000 square feet contains auditoriums and special facilities for art, journalism, drama, humanities, speech, radio, tele-vision, and music. Art, humanities, journalism, speech and theatre offices are housed in this Center.

CHEMISTRY-PHYSICS BUILDING which opened the fall of 1968, is one of the most modern buildings of its type in the Southwest. This four-story building also has a roof-top area housing six 10-inch telescopes and has a complete astron-omy observatory lab.

THE MOLLER CENTER FOR ADVANCED STUDY is located in Munds Park adjacent to the Pinewood Country Club and consists of two, large, log cabin, lodge-type buildings. It is used for special seminars, faculty-administration com-mittee meetings, continuing education programs, and other University groups. It has complete kitchen facilities.

UNIVERSITY CENTER: The huge 93,000 square foot University Center includes a field house area large enough to practice football and baseball. There is a one-eighth mile running track, and the recreation area is designed for intramural games, physical education activities, and various programmed recreation. Along the east side of the first floor there is a snack bar, billiard room, six lane bowling alley, and areas for other games. On the second floor, east side, there is a ballroom for dances and receptions. Lockers and showers are provided for men and women students.

THE MEN'S GYMNASIUM: The main floor is planned to provide two cross courts for basektball or one main court. This floor space is used for "one wall" handball, volley ball, and many other physical education activities. The balconies on each side have space for gymnastic and wrestling classes. Dressing room and shower facilities are provided under each balcony, both for athletic teams and for all other male students. The folding bleachers on the main floor and balconies provide seating capacity for 3,500 people at contests or other large gatherings. The space under the west balcony is utilized by offices and one large class or assembly room.

THE WOMEN'S GYMNASIUM provides a gymnasium floor. Dressing rooms and showers are on the basement floor. The main floor has two classrooms and storage space for equipment.

TENNIS COURTS: There are ten tennis courts serving students on campus. Three are located just north of Babbitt and Peterson. Another three are located east of Cowden and Tinsley Halls. Four are located south of the University Center.

THE SWIMMING POOL, located in the basement of women's gymnasium build-ing, provides opportunity for swimming instruction for men and women students.

THE ATHLETIC FIELD is on the east edge of the campus. It provides fine grass turf for football and a quarter mile all weather surface track. Located on the west side of the field is a modern steel stadium, roofed to protect spec-tators in bad weather. The east concrete stadium was completed recently to pro-vide seats for an additional 8,300 spectators.

INTRODUCTION 17

HEALTH CENTER: This new facility provides modern health services for the students of the institution. The building is located on the east side of University Drive, east of Sorority Dormitory. There are facilities for 26 beds, a kitchen, two examination rooms, nurse lounge, X-Ray room, and two physical therapy rooms with whirlpool baths.

A MODERN HEATING PLANT serves the campus. This plant also houses maintenance shops and garage.

South Academic Center ADMINISTRATION BUILDING was completed in 1971 and encompasses 12,000 square feet on two levels. The lower level contains the Business Office, Housing Office and Administrative Offices. The second level provides office space for the Provost on the South Campus and his staff. LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING: The building, completed in 1970, has 59,762 square feet on three levels. The first level has four lecture halls and one classroom, all having a common preparation room with two-way screens for slides and movies. The two north lecture halls have a folding partition that creates one large hall. The second and third levels contain classrooms, seminar rooms, and faculty offices.

THE SCIENCE BUILDING, a three story structure completed in 1970, has a total of 59,450 square feet of classrooms and laboratories. An attached lecture hall will seat 154 students and is fully equipped for all types of presentations.

THE SOUTH UNION BUILDING has a total of 56,478 square feet on three levels with a beautiful view of the San Francisco Peaks from the north lounge. The ballroom can seat 900 people. Other areas include a hi-fi room, practice rooms, and a food service room for large or small dinners. The second level has a sunken lounge with a large fireplace for informal gatherings. There are numerous recreation rooms and small meeting rooms for the use of students.

THE DINING HALL, completed in 1970, has 31,262 square feet on two levels. The second level is joined to the South Union by a covered walk area. Seven hundred and forty-four students may dine at one time, using a scramble system to pick up their food.

THE LIBRARY STUDY CENTER includes 21,298 square feet of usable space. This is a low profile building on a lower level of the mall north of the Student Union. This building, which was completed in 1971, serves as a reading and study center and houses professional materials for the schools and colleges located on campus.

THE RESIDENCE HALL, which was completed in 1971, will accommodate 839 students. The Residence Hall, in effect, is two structures, with a common lobby located on the main floor being the only portion of the hall that is shared by men and women students. Two head residents reside in the hall, one in the women's wing and one in the men's wing.

THE ENGINEERING BUILDING was completed in the fall of 1972, and pro-vides 67,500 square feet to house the modern engineering laboratories, classrooms, and faculty offices. The Computer Center and Air Force Reserve Officers Train-ing Corps offices also are located in the Engineering Building.

THE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, completed in the spring of 1973 has a total of 71,691 square feet and is one of the most attractive and func-tional buildings on the campus. Every room in the building is carefully designed to provide maximum support of the academic programs of the College of Busi-ness Administration.

18 INTRODUCTION

THE ACTIVITY CENTER was completed in the spring of 1973. The 39,254 square feet encompassed by the Center provide adequate space for basketball courts, volleyball courts, handball courts, and other physical activity facilities. The Center is used to provide instruction in physical education and as an informal physical activity recreation facility.

THE HEATING PLANT was completed in 1970 and provides heat and hot water to all buildings through a system of tunnels and underground piping.

ACCREDITATION The University is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges

and Secondary Schools. Professional programs in the colleges and schools within the institution are accredited by corresponding national boards. These include the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business, the American Chemical Society, the National Association of Schools of Music, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, and the Society of American Foresters.

Northern Arizona University is affiliated with the American Council on Edu-cation, American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, American As-sociation of State Colleges and Universities, and many other major national and international associations. It has been approved by the American Association of University Women.

Accreditation and membership in these organizations assure the student that credit and degrees earned will receive full recognition from all other accredited institutions.

COOPERATING RESEARCH AND EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS

THE MUSEUM OF NORTHERN ARIZONA was founded in 1928 "to increase and diffuse knowledge and appreciation of science and to maintain at Flagstaff a museum, to collect and preserve objects of art and scientific interest, to protect historic and prehistoric sites, works of art, scenic places, and wild life from needless destruction; to provide facilities for research; and to offer opportunities for aesthetic enjoyment."

The Museum of Northern Arizona and associated laboratories occupy 100 acres on both sides of Fort Valley Road, a few miles north of Flagstaff. On the west side of Fort Valley Road, on the rim of a small canyon, the Museum houses exhibition galleries of anthropology, geology, and natural history. On the east side of Fort Valley Road is the Research Center, including laboratories and col­lections of geological, biological and anthropological material, offices for the Research staff and housing for visiting students and scientists. The collections of the Museum are rich in rocks, fossils, animals, and plants of northern Arizona, the arts and crafts of the present day Indians of the region, and archaeological material from thousands of prehistoric sites. In 1970, a division of environmental studies was added to coordinate research on the ecology of Northern Arizona. A reference library, exceptionally complete on books and journals dealing with the Southwest, is an important department. Both the collections and the library are available to qualified students.

A cooperative agreement with the Museum of Northern Arizona permits close association in teaching and research areas.

INTRODUCTION 19

LOWELL OBSERVATORY, on Mars Hill in Flagstaff, is an institution of astro-nomical research founded in 1894 by Dr. Percival Lowell. After careful study, Dr. Lowell selected the 700-acre site of the observatory because its altitude, 7,250 feet, and its climatic and atmospheric conditions were exceptionally favorable and would permit prosecution of astronomical studies which could only be carried on in a very few of the world's best situated observatories. Notable among the numerous accomplishments of the Lowell Observatory is the staffs discovery of the planet Pluto in 1930.

Students are given opportunity for personally conducted visits to Lowell Ob-servatory.

ROCKY MOUNTAIN FOREST AND RANGE EXPERIMENT STATION. In 1908, the U.S. Forest Service launched its Research Program in Forest Manage-ment on the Fort Valley Experimental Forest, nine miles north of Flagstaff. This scientific venture was the first of its kind in America, and the research is still being carried on, though on an expanded basis.

Headquarters of the Experimental Forest were moved into a new building located on the Northern Arizona University campus in 1963. Cooperation is maintained between the University and the Forest Service in using the various facilities available.

U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. The Branch of Astrogeology of the United States Geological Survey was established on September 19, 1961, at Menlo Park, Cali-fornia. In July, 1963, headquarters for the organization moved to Flagstaff, which was chosen for the branch center because the geology of the area bears many similarities to that of the moon. Mapping of the moon and geological interpreta-tion of the lunar landscape has been carried out at Flagstaff. All of the astro-nauts have received part of their training on the exploration of the moon's surface at Flagstaff. Members of the Survey staff work closely with members of the University's Geology Department.

THE U. S. NAVAL OBSERVATORY, Flagstaff Station, is located about four miles west of Flagstaff just south of Highway 66. The Station is part of the Astrometric and Astrophysics Division of the U. S. Naval Observatory in Wash-ington. The major equipment consists of two reflecting telescopes, one a Ritchie-Vhretien aplanatic reflector of 40 inches aperture, the other a 61-inch astrographic reflector, the only one of its type in existence.

The Station has no general arrangements for providing for visitors; however, individuals who drop in are given personal attention, and groups, such as school classes, are given evening sessions at the 40-inch telescope if arrangements are made well in advance.

THE CAMPUS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL, located in the Eastburn Education Center, is one of several elementary schools in the Flagstaff Public School District. It is supported jointly by the public school authorities and the university. Manage-ment of the school rests with the institution authorities in accordance with the provisions of the Arizona school law.

It serves as a center for the education of prospective teachers and for the development and demonstration of techniques and materials of instruction for the benefit of the public schools of the stale.

The student body consists of a cross-section of the children of the community and the number of pupils per teacher is maintained at a level consistent with good educational practice. The school consists of the kindergarten and the first six grades.

20 INTRODUCTION

The program of the school is carried on by teachers who are also specially prepared for teacher education. Students who are preparing to be teachers in elementary schools spend considerable time during their sophomore and junior year working in this school under the immediate supervision of these teachers. Abundant opportunity is provided to learn the art of teaching under expert guid­ance by working directly with children at the various age and grade levels through­out the semester.

The Campus Elementary School is in session during the summer as a demon­stration and laboratory center for teachers in service who desire to work on some of their own problems with the guidance and aid of the Campus Elementary School staff. Practice teaching opportunities are provided during the summer for a limited number of prospective teachers who have not attended during the regular session.

Members of the staff of the Campus Elementary School and other members of the College of Education are available for field service on local educational problems. School systems interested should write the Dean, College of Education, for further information. THE FLAGSTAFF PUBLIC SCHOOLS are modern schools located near the campus. They serve the city of Flagstaff and the surrounding communities. Their student bodies are typical of schools of similar size throughout the Southwest. Their staffs are well-trained and their programs are rich and varied.

The students who are preparing to teach in the public schools may receive part of their training through teaching under the supervision of members of the instructional staff of these schools. They work directly with classes in their major and minor teaching fields; use the school libraries, laboratories, and shops; par-ticipate in the co-curricular programs, and assist with the records and reports of the schools. Conferences are held with the school staffs and the university super-visors. Through this program a high degree of competence in the art of teaching is achieved.

Assignments for student teaching are made by a supervisor who is a member of the faculty. The general supervision of the student's work is exercised by the faculty supervisor.

THE SUMMER SESSION The summer sessions are planned to meet the needs of all those who wish to

utilize the summer for study toward recognized educational objectives. The ses-sions are arranged to provide not only the highest type of instruction in many pro-fessional areas and in the field of general culture, but make it possible for the student to carry out his program in Flagstaffs unusual climatic and scenic en-vironment. The courses of the summer session are especially adapted to the following groups:

1. Beginning students who wish to start college work immediately after grad-uation from high school and thus shorten the time usually required for a degree.

2. Students of the regular academic year and teachers in service who wish to complete the requirements of the various degrees.

3. Teachers who wish to meet requirements for the Arizona Kindergarten-Primary, Elementary, Secondary, and Administrative certificates as well as others.

4. Superintendents, principals, supervisors, and teachers who wish to observe modern elementary school practice. The University Elementary School is in oper-ation during the first five-week session.

5. Teachers who wish to secure special certificates in Distributive Education and Trades and Industry in order to qualify for teaching in these fields.

INTRODUCTION 21

6. Teachers and other professionals who want to up date practices and informational backgrounds.

7. Those interested in study primarily for the sake of general culture. 8. Those interested in doing graduate work at the advanced level.

Summer Graduate Work Complete graduate programs in all teacher education curricula in both major

and minor areas will be offered during the summer session. All graduate degree program offerings are substantial during the summer.

For complete information relative to graduate programs see the Graduate Bulletin. See the Summer Bulletin for information relative to class scheduling and the list of offerings for the summer session.

Summer Housing Summertime apartment housing on campus for families with children is in

great demand. If you anticipate coming and bringing the family, please contact the Director of Housing, Box 4100, Northern Arizona University, as far in advance as possible. Assignments for all housing are made chronologically according to the date on which the deposit and application are received.

EXTENDED SERVICES The University is prepared to provide a variety of off-campus services in re-

lation to available personnel and fiscal resources. The following types of services will be made available, when possible, upon receipt of a request through the Office of Continuing Education.

Extension Classes The University, within limits of its facilities will send qualified instructors to

a locality in which there is a sufficient number of individuals with needs or in-terests that can be met in an organized university course. Such groups are in-vited to submit such requests for assistance at least two months prior to the semes-ter in which the services are desired. Participants in such instructional programs are reminded that appropriate applications for admission should be completed if extension credits are to be applied to degree work at'this institution.

Consultation Service The institution provides facilities and personnel for both on and off-campus

workshops, institutes, conferences, and other consultation services to educational, business, community, and social organizations in the State. Contact for such re-quests may be made through the Office of Continuing Education.

Correspondence Study Selected courses are available through the correspondence program. A bulle-

tin of course offerings and application form may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Office of Continuing Education.

Adult Evening Classes A large selection of courses directed to meet individual and community needs

are offered during the Fall and Spring Semesters. Offerings vary from the de-velopment of leisure time interests to courses preparing for initial and supple-mentary occupational preparation. Organizations or individuals interested in such courses should contact the Office of Continuing Education.

22 INTRODUCTION

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Northern Arizona University Alumni Association was organized in the

belief that the ties of friendship between the alumni and their alma mater may be more effectively united and preserved; and that the best interests of the institution, education, and the state of Arizona can be advanced through the cooperation of graduates, former students, and friends of Northern Arizona University.

The Alumni Association has been in existence since shortly after the founding of the institution in 1899. It operates in accordance with a constitution and by-laws adopted by the membership at an open meeting. A copy of the by-laws may be obtained from the Alumni Secretary upon request.

Active membership in the Association is automatic for all graduates and former students. Life membership is acquired by paying the Alumni fee of $10.00. The fee is collected at semester registration at the rate of $1.25 each regular registration. All graduates who have attended eight semesters thereby automatically obtain life membership. All non-graduates may obtain life membership and its entitlements by paying the difference between the sum of semester payments at $1.25 each and $10.00.

The official alumni publication, Pine, is published quarterly and is available to all graduates, former students, or interested partties. Contact the Alumni Office for subscriptions at no charge.

The objectives of the Association are generally to promote the interests and welfare of the people of the state of Arizona through education. These objectives are met through the establishment and maintenance of contact between Northern Arizona University, its graduates, and its students—present, former, and prospec-tive. The Association operates as a liaison between the University and former students and is the former student's continuous and direct contact with his Alma Mater. Its basic motivating principle is services to the alumni and the University.

The Association's activities are under the direction of a board of directors and coordinated by a full time executive secretary who maintains the Alumni Office on the third floor of the Administration Building on campus. The Alumni'Office is headquarters for all alumni activities and maintains record files on graduates and former students.

All students and alumni are invited to visit the Alumni Office. Their opin-ions, suggestions and needs will receive full attention.

The Alumni Office provides assistance and guidance to regional alumni clubs throughout Arizona and in a few neighboring states. The formation of these regional clubs is encouraged. Regional clubs are provided guidance in the forma-tion of their programs of activities. Campus speakers and handling of mail an-nouncements are part of the assistance that can be provided to regional clubs to insure success of their programs.

For further information, inquiries should be directed to the Alumni Secretary, Box 4119, Northern Arizona University.

NORTHERN ARIZONA UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION Northern Arizona University Foundation was formed early in 1959, and the

articles of incorporation for the organization were filed with the Arizona Corpora-tion Commission, Incorporating Division, March 27, 1959.

Objective and purposes of the foundation are to offer awards and other ap-propriate recognition for excellence in scholarship and for other endeavors which contribute to the welfare of this institution; to acquire, hold, and dispose of real and personal property; to receive grants or donations or gifts which will be dis-bursed or managed according to the objectives and stipulations of the donors.

INTRODUCTION 23

This foundation is non-profit, non-commercial, non-sectarian, and non-partisan. The name of the foundation or its officers in their official capacities shall not be used in any connection or for any other purpose than the regular work of the foundation.

How To Give To The Foundation BY DIRECT GIFT: This can be money, real estate, or physical things, stocks, bonds. A gift out of current income is tax deductible at its current value. You may restrict your gift to specific uses, or you may permit the Foundation to use its discretion.

BY WILL: This type of bequest reduces the amount of the taxable estate and avoids cost of appraisal and possible sale by executor after the donor's death. There-fore, it is less expensive than a later gift by the heirs.

BY TESTAMENTARY TRUST: Through this method of giving the estate is kept intact and insures the heirs and the Foundation of good management of invested capital. Sales tax is not required to be paid when the gift is made through a trust established by a will.

BY LIVING TRUST: It may consist of a gift to the Foundation, to be invested by the Foundation with the yield to go either to the Foundation, to the donor, or to whomever the donor designates. This can result in income and in tax savings for the donor.

BY INSURANCE POLICY: This method is often used by people of comparatively modest means or by those whose means are invested. A liberal contribution may be made by naming the Foundation as beneficiary of an insurance policy.

STATE LAW ON CAMPUS DISORDER Title 13, Chapter 3, Arizona Revised Statutes, Article 17, Section 13-1092, as

passed by the Twenty-ninth Legislature, Second Regular Session, as signed by the Governor (1970), states: A. No person shall go upon or remain upon the property of any educational in-stitution in violation of any rule or regulation of such institution or for the pur-pose of interfering with the lawful use of such property by others or in such man-ner as to deny or interfere with the lawful use of such property by others. B. When the chief administrative officer of an educational institution or an offi-cer or employee designated by him to maintain order has probable cause to believe that any person or persons are committing an act or acts which interfere with or disrupt the lawful use of such property by others at the educational institution, or has probable cause to believe a person or persons have entered upon the property for the purpose of committing such an act or acts, said officer or employee may order such person or persons to leave the property of the educational institution. No person shall refuse to obey said order. C. Any person who violates any of the provisions of this section is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars, by imprisonment in the county jail for a period not to exceed one year, or both, D. The provisions of this section may be enforced by any peace officer in the state wherever and whenever a violation occurs.

In compliance with the above state law, the Arizona Board of Regents has adopted and promulgated a uniform Code of Conduct which establishes rules and regulations governing the behavior of any person going upon or remaining upon the property of the University.

Copies of the Code of Conduct are available in the Office of the President

STUDENT AFFAIRS & ACTIVITIES

EACH STUDENT SHOULD ENJOY maximum educational benefits from life at the University. The Office of Student Affairs assists in this goal through a con­cern with such matters as the extra-curricular program, the student's living condi­tions, student participation in the government of the campus, development of poli­cies regarding citizenship and behavior, orientation programs, and counseling with both individuals and student organizations.

Specific functions of the Office include individual and group counseling; selection, training and supervision of residence hall personnel; advisement and administration of recognized student organizations; behavioral clearance to the university and to subsequent professional programs; evaluation of off-campus speaker requests; administration of student discipline and conduct regulations; program development for foreign students, fraternities, and sororities; administra­tion of new student orientation programs; administration of student withdrawals; and research in student personnel areas.

There is an Office of Student Affairs located on both the North and the South Centers. Questions regarding the Office of Student Affairs should be directed to the appropriate office. All members of the staff on each campus are available to individual students and representatives of student organizations for consultation on all matters of student concern.

The offices are open from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon and 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday; and from 8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon Saturday.

25

26 STUDENT AFFAIRS

S T U D E N T A C T I V I T I E S

Each campus has a Director of Student Activities. On the North Academic Center his office is located in Room 219 of the University Union. On the South Academic Center his office is located in the Campus Union.

The University believes in the total education of its students and, therefore, attempts to provide various kinds of activities to meet the interest and needs of the students. The Director acts as a consultant to various organizations upon request. He is responsible for the University social calendar and the scheduling of these events.

The Central Treasurer on the North Academic Center provides a banking service for any campus organization and a complete accounting service for the Associated Student activity fee.

S T U D E N T G O V E R N M E N T

The aims and objectives of student government at Northern Arizona Univer­sity are basically twofold. First, student government activities serve as practical training for the role that students are expected to assume when they become contributing citizens of American communities. Second, and most important, stu­dent government provides students with an opportunity to plan and execute pro­grams leading to a fuller, more diversified college life.

Students are urged to participate in student government in some way. Many opportunities are available for rewarding work on committees and boards and in the various activities. Student leaders always need and desire help from anyone willing to contribute.

Each student who enters Northern Arizona University automatically becomes a member of the Associated Students of Northern Arizona University. ASNAU is the governing organization for the student body which strives to represent the majority, keeping in mind the objectives of the university.

Besides ASNAU other governing agencies are the Associated Women Stu­dents, Men's Inter-Hall Council, Panhellenic Council, Interfraternity Council and the Residence Hall Council.

O R G A N I Z A T I O N S Northern Arizona University recognizes many student organizations and special

interest groups. Some of the outstanding organizations are: Men's Inter-Hafl Council, Associated Women Students, Panhellenic Council, Interfraternity Council, Spurs, Sophos, Cardinal Key, Circle K, Kayettes, Blue Key, Mortar Board, plus many others organized along departmental and professional lines.

F R A T E R N I T I E S A N D S O R O R I T I E S

The following social fraternities are represented on the Interfraternity Coun­cil: Alpha Epsilon Pi. Delta Chi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha Psi, Kappa Sigma, Phi Kappa Theta. Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Pi, Sigma Tau Gamma, and Tau Kappa Epsilon.

The following sororities are represented on the Panhellenic Council: Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha Omicron Pi, Delta Delta Delta, and Gamma Phi Beta.

S T U D E N T C O M M U N I C A T I O N S S E R V I C E S There are several publications designed to provide students with avenues of

expression and a means of understanding and enjoying the feelings and concerns

STUDENT AFFAIRS 27

of others in the student body. The Outlook is a student magazine published for the first time in the fall of 1968. It won top honors in the nation for two consecu­tive years. The Lumberjack is a University newspaper published for nine months of the regular school year as a laboratory experience for students who are major­ing or minoring in Journalism. It is an award-winning collegiate newspaper. A student literary magazine is Pine Knots, which is published annually under the auspices of the Writer's Club.

Station KNAU, a campus carrier current radio station, serves as a laboratory for Speech-Theatre Department majors and minors whose programs have an em­phasis in radio-TV. It is managed and directed by students under the guidance of the Speech-Theatre Department.

The Student Handbook is published by ASNAU and contains up-to-date in­formation on University regulations and all aspects of student life.

A T H L E T I C S Northern Arizona University sponsors a well-rounded program of intercol­

legiate and extramural athletics. Students are urged to take part in the Univer­sity's physical fitness program according to their interest, needs, and abilities, and each student is welcome to utilize the university's facilities whenever they are avail­able.

The University fields N.C.A.A. teams in intercollegiate athletic competition in football, basketball, baseball, wrestling, golf, skiing, track, and cross country. Intercollegiate athletics are under the control of the Athletic Committee, a 14-member faculty committee appointed by the President. Participation in intercol­legiate sports is not only an experience of general educational value but also pro­vides a laboratory for the professional training of students preparing to coach and teach in the field of physical education. NAU is a member of the Big Sky Conference.

The University recognizes the value of intercollegiate sports for non-partici­pating students as well. Student morale and school spirit are enhanced and the activities provide students with additional recreational opportunities.

I N T R A M U R A L P R O G R A M

The Intramural Sports program provides every student with an opportunity to participate in organized and informal sports activities as regularly as time and interest permit. Activities are organized on both a team and an individual basis for both men and women students, enabling all to take part. Leagues are divided into living unit divisions.

With few exceptions the entire program is free. Golf and bowling and a few-other activities require nominal charges. Further information as to schedules, re­sults, standings, and applications may be obtained at the Intramural Office, 115 University Center, or at the Women's Gymnasium.

U N I V E R S I T Y C O U N S E L I N G S E R V I C E

The University Counseling Center was established as a University-wide service aimed at helping students succeed in their college programs. Of necessity the Center works closely with academic advisors, the University Placement Service, the Office of Student Affairs, the Health Service, campus organizations, and the administration.

28 STUDENT AFFAIRS

The Center assists students to adjust to university life, select an academic program leading to a satisfactory vocation, and seek solutions to learning problems, study skill problems, and other difficulties frequently found among college-age young people. Students find help with problems relating to drugs, peer social relations, family relations, and the like. Qualified counselors are available to help in any way possible. In dealing with students counselors consider such areas as interest, personality, ability, and achievement.

A variety of tests are available at a minimal cost. Students are encouraged to take advantage of these measures. The results of the tests are made available to the student taking them.

Counseling services include both individual and small group counseling. The Counseling Center is located on the North Campus on Tormey Drive

south of Ashhurst Music Hall and west of the Women's Gymnasium. The Counseling Center is open to students from 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. Mon­

day through Friday and 8:00 a.m.-12 noon on Saturday. The Counseling Center also operates an on-call service during the evening hours each day and on week­ends. A person who desires to use the on-call service should contact his Resi­dence Hall Director or the university switchboard.

UNIVERSITY SERVICES

PROVISION FOR THE STUDENT'S COMFORT, health, and security while at the University is the function of this administrative unit, which includes the Hous­ing Office, the Health Service, the Bookstore, Mail Service, the Security Division, Food Service, Linen Supply, the Centrex Telephone System and the Duplicating Service. Coordination and administration of these functions falls under the Dean of University Services.

HOUSING: It is the philosophy of Northern Arizona University that life in the residence halls is an important part of the total education of each student. The independence of college life demands responsibility, consideration for others, and self discipline. Living in a residence hall provides a student with challenges and opportunities to further develop these qualities.

The University and its students have developed certain regulations and poli­cies regarding residence hall living in order to make possible an orderly academic environment where individuals will be able to develop their abilities to the fullest extent. It is expected, therefore, that all students at the University will be aware of the regulations and standards and respond to them in an appropriate manner. Specific rules and regulations are covered more thoroughly in the Student Hand­book.

HOUSING APPLICATION AND ROOM RESERVATION: Students who plan to attend Northern Arizona University and desire on-campus housing, may obtain application cards by writing the Director of Housing, Box 4100, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86001.

31

32 UNIVERSITY SERVICES

The application card must be filled out completely and returned to the Hous­ing Office along with a S35.00 housing deposit. Reservations will not be made until this application and deposit is received.

Students currently residing on campus who intend to return to this University in the fall, should fill out a new housing application card before leaving the campus at the end of the spring semester. A returning student is urged to transfer his housing deposit to a future term. This can be done by marking "Transferred" on both the housing application and residence hall check-out cards.

The housing deposit is used to cover room reservations, losses, damages, and may not be applied on room rent charges. The deposit will be refunded upon termination of the contract providing all terms of the contract have been fulfilled.

RESIDENCE HALL CONTRACT: A student accepts residence in a residence hall with the complete understanding that he agrees to continue as a resident through­out the full academic year, or during the portion of the year that he remains a student at Northern Arizona University.

RESIDENCE HALL ASSIGNMENT: Applications are assigned to a residence hall according to date of application by the Housing Office. Normally, students can expect to receive their housing assignment approximately two weeks prior to the beginning of the term. Individual room assignments are made by the Resi­dence Hall Director in each residence hall. Most rooms accommodate two stu­dents; a few halls accommodate three students to a room, and a limited number of single rooms are available. Mutual requests for residence hall and roommate preference are given consideration, but cannot always be guaranteed. A period of time is established by the University during which students may request room and /or residence hall changes.

In order that maximum use of all rooms is assured, a student who is left in a double room by himself and does not wish to pay for single room rent, is re­quired to move into a room with a roommate. Anyone occupying a room desig­nated by the University as a single room will be required to pay single room rent.

RESIDENCE HALL CHECK-IN: When checking into a residence hall, a student contacts the Residence Hall Director. Rooms will be open for occupancy as per an announced schedule. Room assignments will be held until noon on the first day of scheduled classes. Room Rent: Present charges range from $140.00 to SI90.00 per semester, with two or more persons to a room. Should a student's room status be changed to a single occupancy, a prorated charge will be placed against his account. All payments are to be made at the Business Office.

Room rent is not prorated during the first nor last week or a semester; how­ever, it is prorated on a weekly basis during the remainder of the academic year. Residence halls are closed at specified times during the year. An attempt will be made to provide housing on campus for single students who are a long way from home during the Christmas holiday recess. No refunds will be made for absences on weekends or for short vacations. Being in arrears in room rent payments is sufficient reason for denial of continued campus residence privileges.

ROOM RATE CHANGES: The University reserves the right to change room rent rates without notice, if circumstances require adjustment.

Residence Halls For Women (North Center)

COWDEN HALL: This three-story residence hall accommodates 440 students and is centrally located. The hall has a large comfortable lounge area and a separate room for television viewing.

UNTVERSITY SERVICES 33

WOMEN'S HI-RISF: This six-story facility houses 585 women and affords an ex­cellent view of the campus and of the San Francisco Peaks to the north. It is served by two elevators.

NORTH QUADRANGLE: This housing facility occupies one entire block of the campus and consists of North Hail, Campbell Hall, and Morton Hall. For those who enjoy the more traditional type of living. North Quad, which houses 250 women, provides adequate and comfortable surroundings.

RAYMOND: This residence hall, which accommodates 210 students, is being used for women who pledge a sorority on campus. The hall is apartment-style with three women to a two-room unit with a private bath and kitchen. Each sorority group has a very attractive combined chapter room and lounge area which the members have decorated and furnished.

UNIVERSITY QUADRANGLE: University Quad has space for 464 women. The University Dining Hal! is immediately north of this hall.

WILSON HALL: This hall is located on the south side of the campus and houses 440 women. The lounge-lobby area located on the north side of the building pro­vides the residents with a magnificent view of the San Francisco Peaks. The sec­ond floor has a TV loom and the third floor has a private lounge-study area.

Residence Halls For Men (North Center)

BABBITT HALL: This hail houses 16b students on three floors and is located near the center of the campus.

BURY HALL: Accommodating 80 students, this hall is divided into two levels. It is one of the four halls located on the north end of the campus with an "Ivy League" appearance, accomplished by exterior walls of red sandstone partially covered by climbing vine .

HANLEY" HALL: The smallest residence hail on the campus accommodates 53 students on two levels. Space-wise, however, its rooms are the largest of any residence hall on campus Located near the north end of the campus, it is another of the four residence halls possesing the "Ivy League" appearance.

MAIN HALL: This accommodates 161 students or, three floors, and is another of the four residence halls located near the north end of the campus with the "Ivy League" appearance.

PETERSON HALL: This hall is centrally located on the east side of the campus and houses 166 students

SECHRIST HALL: Located near the south end of the campus, this nine-story facility houses 616 students. It is served by two elevators.

TAYLOR HALL: Located near the north end of the campus, this hall lodges 154 students on three levels.

TINSLEY HAL1 : Housing 436 students, this three-story hall is centrally located on the west side of the campus

South Center Residence Hall This multi-level facility houses 830 students. Two wings accommodate a

total of 520 men and another wing has space for 310 women. The three wings are arranged around a large common lobby containing hall staff offices, recep­tion desk and lounge areas. Informal study areas and lounges are provided for men and for women separately on the different levels. Surrounded by magnifi­cent pines, the hail is conveniently located near all South Center facilities.

34 UNIVERSITY SERVICES

Residence Off Campus Limited housing off-campus is available. Students who are under 18 must present written permission to the Office of

Student Affairs from their parents or legal guardians approving their living off-campus before consideration of the request will be given. Final approval must come from the University.

In the case of students living in the home of their parents or legal guardians, approval will be automatically granted.

Any student moving from one off-campus residence to another must conform to the appropriate policy above and inform the Office of Student Affairs of the change of address.

Fraternity Houses Several fraternities have off-campus chapter houses for some of their members.

Facilities And Furnishings FURNISHINGS: Residence hall rooms are furnished with individual beds, dressers, study desks, chairs, mirrors, adequate closet space, and window drapes.

CHECKLIST—WHAT TO BRING: We recommend the following articles: bed­spread, blankets, pillow, towels and wash cloths, small rug, laundry bag, laundry soap, soap dish and soap, water glass, metal or plastic waste paper basket, ash tray if needed, desk blotter, clothes hangers, and an electric iron.

LINEN: A pillow case, mattress pad, and two sheets are furnished. These bed linens are laundered by the University without extra charge. Students are en­couraged to exchange their linen each week at the Linen Supply room.

LAUNDRY FACILITIES: All residence halls have coin-operated washers and dryers.

General Housing Information REFUND OF HOUSING DEPOSIT: Housing deposits are refunded:

1. Upon officially withdrawing from the University. 2. Upon leaving at the end of a semester or term and not returning. 3. When an applicant decides not to attend this University. The applicant

should notify the Director of Housing in writing 15 days prior to the first day of registration at any given period, otherwise the deposit will be forfeited.

DENIAL OF ADMISSION: A student who has applied for student housing and is denied admission to the University, should write to the Director of Housing requesting:

1. His housing application be cancelled. 2. His housing deposit be refunded. A housing assignment in no way affects a students admission status. The

Office of Admissions and Records has the sole responsibility to take action re­garding admissions for the University.

SOCIAL FEE: Upon checking into a residence hall, each student will be charged a nominal social fee, which will be used to defray expenses for social events in the hall and/or the purchase or repair of items used in the hall.

UNIVERSITY SERVICES 35

ROOM SEARCH: The University respects the privacy of the individual student's residence hall room. The University may enter a room to inspect for cleanliness, maintenance, repair, or safety. Personal belongings of students will not be rou­tinely searched. No room shall be entered without knocking, except in an emer­gency. When a specific search is necessary, the person entering the room may do so only by obtaining a warrant from a court of law or a Search Authorization from the Dean of Student Affairs.

PETS: University policy forbids anyone to keep pets of any kind in University housing facilities or anywhere on campus.

STORAGE SPACE: Storage space cannot be provided on campus. The Univer­sity does not permit one to store personal effects in residence halls between the spring and summer session or between the summer session and the fall semester.

Married Housing Apartments Cottage City consists of 46 permanent two room, family style apartments

that are made of native stone. Each unit has a private bath. These apartments are centrally located on the west side of the North Center.

Campus Heights is located in the south part of the North Center near the west entrance of the campus, off U.S. Highway 89A. In this complex there are 208 family style apartments, consisting of one and two bedrooms, which provide dining room, living room, kitchen, and bathroom accommodations.

Furnishings include beds, kitchen table and four chairs, chests of drawers, gas space heater and an apartment size cooking range. Refrigerators must be furnished by the occupant if he resides in either Cottage City or Campus Heights. Furniture in the apartments may not be removed to accommodate other furniture.

South Quad consists of 60 apartments for married graduate students. Sorority Hall has 39 one-bedroom apartments for married students. Apartment Units North (Formerly Old Sorority) has 39 one bedroom apart­

ments for married students. Students will need to provide their own dishes, silverware, kitchen utensils,

floor and study lamps, blankets, linen, window curtains (except in the 82 units where drapes are furnished), waste baskets, and other desirable furnishings they think are necessary for home-like living.

Coin operated washers and dryers are conveniently located in Campus Heights in two different areas, which may be used by the apartment occupants.

Checking into and out of apartments is handled by the Manager of Married Housing.

MINIMUM RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS: At least one member of the family renting married housing facilities must register for and carry to completion the required minimum residence hours for each semester and the summer sessions. Failure to meet the minimum residence requirements is sufficient grounds for eviction.

The minimum residence requirements are 12 semester hours during the aca­demic year and 5 semester hours during each five-week summer session.

There are 152 new two bedroom apartments under construction on the South Center campus.

Married housing apartments on campus are not automatically available upon one's arriving in Flagstaff. Both an application and a deposit should be submitted simultaneously, well in advance of the date needed (in some instances this could be as much as one year). Applicants are to wait for confirmation in writing or by telephone regarding housing before making plans to move on campus.

36 UNIVERSITY SERVICES

Summer Session Housing Apartment type housing for families with children is in great demand during

the summer. When making application for housing, the applicant must send $35.00 along with the application card, unless he has previously left a valid deposit on file with the Housing Office. A new application card must be filled out prior to attending school each summer, far in advance of the date the individual desires housing. The $35.00 deposit is not a guarantee by itself that housing will be furnished summer after summer without submitting a new application.

When asking for an application card, be sure to specify whether married housing, single housing, or workshop-type housing card is needed.

A total of 170 one-bedroom apartments are available in Raymond, Apart­ment Units North (formerly Old Sorority), and South Quad residence halls. These apartments are reserved for families with children. If families have over three or four children, we recommend they seek off-campus housing.

Different residence halls are set aside to accommodate single men and women students, married couples without children, married couples with children, and various workshop groups that reside on campus.

Cooking food in residence halls not specifically equipped with kitchen facilities is not permitted.

Extra beds placed in rooms or apartments by the University will cost $10.00 per bed, regardless of the length of time used.

FOOD S E R V I C E University students living in the resident halls may take their meals in any

one of the University's dining halls. Meals are served cafeteria style in an effort to provide the best meals at the lowest cost to the students. The optional meal tickets may be purchased from the Central Meal Ticket Office by the semester, or in two separate installments. The three optional plans are as follows:

20 Meal Plan Brunch and dinner only on Sunday 15 Meal Plan Any 15 meals Sunday through Saturday 10 Meal Plan Any 10 meals Sunday through Saturday

Refunds on meal tickets will only be made upon withdrawal from school and the amount is prorated by a schedule posted in the Meal Ticket Office. The proration includes a service fee for cancellation. There are no refunds three weeks prior to the end of a semester.

There is no meal service offered during the Christmas vacation period. The Food Service will send out a brochure of prices and any other concerns

regarding the Food Service prior to August 1st to all prospective students. If you should have any questions, please contact the Food Service Director.

H E A L T H S E R V I C E S The basic philosophy of the University Health Center is to prevent illness

when possible and to care for active illness when it does occur. Essentially, the University Health Center strives to help avoid interruption of a student's educa­tion and prevent conditions which will keep students from taking full advantage of their educational opportunities.

UNIVERSITY SERVICES 37

WHO MAY USE THE HEALTH CENTER: Services of the University Health Center are available to undergraduate and graduate students registered for seven (7) or more semester hours and paying full fees. A complete physical examination form is required of all new students entering the university. This physical exami­nation form must be on file at the Health Center two weeks prior to registration. Restricted class schedules or restricted physical activities may be recommended by the University Physician after evaluation of the physical record. Students who have been under a physician's care and those who have any condition that may interfere with normal University activities are requested to submit a report from their family physician to the Health Center. Students who have been absent from Northern Arizona University for one or more semesters and their physical exam­ination was taken over 15 months ago, are required to submit a new physical examination upon re-entry.

Laboratory and X-ray facilities are available at the Health Center. Inasmuch as laboratory fees, X-rays, special medications, major surgery, or off-campus in­juries are not included in the Health Service fee, a student insurance plan is offered to supplement additional costs to the student. This insurance may be obtained at registration each semester. Laboratory and X-ray fees at the Health Center are charged directly to the student's account.

SERVICES OF THE HEALTH CENTER: The Health Center is staffed by physi­cians and registered nurses, and services are available twenty-four hours a day during the academic year. Because in most instances a sick or injured person can best be treated at the Health Center, the University Physicians will not make room visits or house calls. Students are urgently requested to visit the Health Center during regular clinic hours—8:30 to 11:45 a.m., and 1:30 to 4:45 p.m., Monday through Friday. After a three-day period, a charge of S5.00 per day is made for in-patient care. Students who do not have a meal ticket will be charged for meals eaten in the Health Center. Visiting hours are 2:00 to 4:00 p.m. ONLY. Entrance will be through the Emergency doors. Parents may visit at other times. Excuses for missed classes will not be given unless patient is admitted to the In­firmary.

FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: Students may be referred to specialists for con­sultation when the University Physician considers it advisable. Fees for such services as this or hospitalization must be the responsibility of the student.

TRANSPORTATION: Students must provide their own transportation to any medical facility for off-campus treatment.

Any student enrolled at the university who becomes, in the opinion of the medical staff of the Northern Arizona University Health Center, a danger to himself or to others, shall be required to withdraw from the university and will not be re-admitted until the problem from which he suffers has been corrected.

MAIL S E R V I C E Each student living in a university residence hall is assigned a mailbox upon

registration; however, each student should contact the Mailroom for confirmation of the box assignment. Two students will share each box. Mail should be ad­dressed as follows:

Mr. John S. Doe (Student's Name) Box Northern Arizona University Flagstaff, Arizona 86001

38 UNIVERSITY SERVICES

MOTOR V E H I C L E S The operation and storage of motor vehicles on the campus is a privilege

and is revocable at any time. REGISTRATION: Students who operate a motor vehicle on the campus, whether their own or otherwise, are required to register the vehicle with the Business Office and to display an appropriate permit, as required by University Parking and Traffic Regulations, on the car at all times. Students should have with them at the time of official registration the license numbers of all vehicles they expect to operate on the campus. On-campus residents must show on-campus housing receipts before their applications for registration of vehicles will be processed by the Security Division.

UNIVERSITY PARKING AND TRAFFIC REGULATIONS: Students who own or drive motor vehicles on the campus are expected to become acquainted with, and to abide by, all parking and traffic regulations at all times.

PENALTIES: Nonregistration or improper registration of student vehicles, illegal or improper parking, speeding and reckless driving are all subject to a penalty, the severity of which depends upon the violation. Failure to comply with the regula­tions may result in a student being denied the privilege of driving or parking on campus.

LIMITED PARKING: Limited parking space is available for motor vehicles owned by resident students. Because of the limited number of parking spaces on and around the campus, students are not encouraged to keep privately owned vehicles during their periods of residence at the university. There is no parking space available for luggage trailers and boats. Campers and trailers are not allowed to occupy a parking space.

U N I V E R S I T Y BOOKSTORE The University Bookstore invites all students to browse at any time. The

Bookstore contains required textbooks, supplementary books, educational supplies and general supplies. Also included in its stock are University novelty items such as sweatshirts, mugs, stuffed animals and jewelry. Some of the services pro­vided: typewriter rental, special orders, copying, check cashing.

Bookstore Hours: Monday through Friday 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Saturday 8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon Sunday closed

STUDENT FINANCES

NORTHERN ARIZONA UNIVERSITY ENGAGES in an extensive program of financial aid to assist undergraduate and graduate students. Financial aid consists of designated scholarships, employment, grants, and loans. The University ad­heres to a policy that the primary responsibility for financing a college education rests with the student's family. Financial aid from the university is viewed as a supplement to funds which are expected from the family and the student.

Generally, the total amount of financial aid awarded to any one student by any combination of sources is based upon the student's need. However, some scholarships and grants are awarded for academic excellence, and/or participation in various university activities.

Application forms for scholarships and/or financial aid may be obtained either from the high school counselor's office, or by writing to;

Northern Arizona University-Office of Student Financial Aid Faculty Box 4108 Flagstaff, Arizona 86001

Northern Arizona University also participatets in the services provided by the American College Testing Program. This program requires that the A.C.T. Family Financial Statement be submitted by every applicant seeking financial as­sistance. Participants in the A.C.T. Program subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid awarded a student should be based on financial need. The Family Financial Statement assists colleges, universities, and other agencies in determining the student's need for financial assistance.

41

42 STUDENT FINANCES

Family Financial Statements can be obtained either from the high school counselor's office or by writing to:

The American College Testing Program Financial Aid Services P.O. Box 1000 Iowa City, Iowa 52240

Since some scholarships do not designate financial need as a prerequisite: it will be assumed, if the Family Financial Statement is not submitted, that financial need is not a prime factor in the application. Each application must have a social security number for identification purposes.

Married students, graduate students or students who claim to be self-support­ing must complete additional forms verifying this independence and financial need. These forms may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid.

Directions for applying for a scholarship and/or financial aid follow: 1. Complete Arizona Financial Aid Application, including the Family Finan­

cial Statement if necessary. 2. Applications requesting consideration for scholarships for the next academic

year should be submitted prior to December 1. 3. Applications other than scholarship for the next academic year should be

submitted prior to February 1. 4. Applications requesting consideration for financial assistance for the sum­

mer sessions should be submitted prior to February 1. The Student Financial Aid Committee is responsible for the determination

of all awards. Each student is notified by letter the specific amount, terms, and conditions of his award. An award may consist of a scholarship, grant, part-time employment, loan, or combination of these sources of assistance in the form of a financial aid package. As the amount of each award is more often a reflection of need than of academic capabilities, all awards are kept confidential between the student, his parents, and the Office of Student Financial Aid.

Scholarships INSTITUTIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS: The Arizona Board of Regents has created a number of scholarships for Arizona high school graduates. These scholarships are awarded annually by this institution to new and currently enrolled students who meet the qualifications established by the Regents. High schools are in­vited to recommend outstanding students for these scholarships, which include the following:

GENERAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships are available to students who give promise of high scholastic achievement. Recipients must be in the upper 25% of their high school graduating class. These scholarships provide for the remission of regular registration tees with the exception of the following Student Union fee, alumni fee, and special class fees. Renewable to the original recipient each semester, except for the summer term, with the approval of the Scholarship Committee and the maintenance of a 2.5 grade point average.

GENERAL ACTIVITY SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships are available to students who give promise of satisfactory scholastic achievement and outstanding success in the institution's program of approved activities. Recipients must be in the upper half of their high school graduating class. The amount of these scholar­ships is figured in the same way as the General Academic Scholarship. Scholar­ships listed below make up the category, "activity scholarship."

STUDENT FINANCES 43

ATHLETIC ACTIVITY SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships provide for the remission of regular registration fees with the exception of the following: Student Union fee, alumni fee, and special class fees. Renewable if the student maintains the progressive annual grade average as established by the Board of Regents and with the approval of the Scholarship Committee.

MUSIC ACTIVITY SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships provide for the remis­sion of regular registration fees with the exception of the following: Student Union fee, alumni fee, and special class fees. A limited number of them may also pro­vide for the remission of fees for private music lessons. Renewable to the orig­inal recipient with the approval of the Scholarship Committee and the maintenance of a 3.0 grade point average.

SPONSORED SCHOLARSHIPS: Through the generosity of certain individuals, groups, and corporations, numerous scholarships, in addition to those already pro­vided by the Board of Regents, have been established and are offered through the University.

Sponsored Scholarships RUTH C. ACKERMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships, es­tablished by Mr. Lee Ackerman in memory of his mother, Mrs. Ruth C. Acker-man, are available to freshmen and sophomore students in variable amounts. Re­cipients must be graduates of Arizona high schools. Awards are based on scholar­ship, leadership, initiative, need and character.

AIR FORCE ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS: Awarded to outstanding young men and women on a nationwide competitive basis. Covers full tuition for resident and non-resident students, as well as books, fees, supplies and equipment, plus a monthly taxfree allowance of $100. See page 000 for application procedures.

ALPHA DELTA KAPPA SCHOLARSHIP: This is an annual award of $250 to an outstanding junior girl majoring in education. Recipient will be selected on the basis of scholarship, leadership, personal character, and promise of a successful teaching career.

AMERICAN BUSINESS WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is made to an outstanding girl, either an incoming freshman or a continuing student at Northern Arizona University. Preferably a student interested in Busi­ness Administration or any other field in the business college. Recipients will be selected by the American Business Women's Association, Grand Canyon Chapter, Flagstaff, AZ.

APPLEQUIST AWARD: An annual award is made to the forestry student com­piling the highest academic average during the first two professional semesters. This award is made jointly by the Martin B. Applequist Memorial Fund, the South­west Section Society of American Foresters, and the School of Forestry faculty.

ELDON A. ARDREY SCHOLARSHIPS: Awards are made to incoming music majors (freshmen or transter) on the basis of performance, ability, and student need and are continuous dependent upon the student maintaining satisfactory scholastical and musical standards. The amount of each award is determined by the interest available from the Eldon A. Ardrey Memorial Scholarship Fund.

ARIZONA CEDAR RAPIDS COMPANY AWARD: An annual award of $1000 to a junior or senior in forestry who is a resident of Arizona and has graduated from an Arizona High School.

44 STUDENT FINANCES

ARIZONA CONGRESS OF PARENTS AND TEACHERS SCHOLARSHIP: This is an annual award of $200 to an Arizona high school graduate who plans to enroll here in the teacher education program. In awarding this scholarship pri­mary consideration will be placed on need, scholarship, and promise of a success­ful teaching career. Applications can be made through the Scholarship Committee of the Arizona Congress of Parents and Teachers or the University Scholarship Committee.

ART DEPARTMENT SCHOLARSHIP: The Art Department of the University offers to an incoming freshman a scholarship covering the cost of tuition. Re­cipients are selected by the Art Department on the basis of a portfolio of high school art work, grade average, and personal recommendations.

ARIZONA FEDERATION OF MUSIC CLUBS SCHOLARSHIP: The Arizona Federation of Music Clubs offers an annual scholarship of $80 to a woman student in music education, with applied major in piano. Open to residents of Arizona upon recommendation of the piano faculty.

ARIZONA REPUBLIC AND GAZETTE SCHOLARSHIPS: The Arizona Republic and Gazette awards two scholarships of $500 each to junior journalism students who demonstrate promise of being successful after they leave school and who will need financial help to finish their senior year. Out-of-state students are eligible.

ARIZONA SOCIETY OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS SCHOLAR­SHIP: An annual award of S250 is made to an accounting major in the College of Business Administration. The recipient must be of upper division standing and must hold a high scholastic record. The recipient must be recommended to and approved by our College of Business Administration.

BABBITT SCHOLARSHIPS: The Babbitt Brothers Trading Company annually provides $2,000 in scholarship funds to this institution. An annual award of $500 is made to a freshman student who is an Arizona High School graduate from one of the following cities: Flagstaff, Grand Canyon, Holbrook, Page, Tuba City, Williams, and Winslow. These scholarships are renewable annually, not to ex­ceed four-years, provided the student maintains a high scholastic and conduct record. Recipients are selected by the Financial Aid Committee on the basis of scholarship, character, leadership and need.

BAGDAD COPPER CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP: Two annual awards of S500 are made to full-time students, undergraduate, or graduates in any field of University study who are employees for one year or more, or children of such employees of the Bagdad Copper Corporation. Selection is based on comparative merit, without regard to race, religion, or national origin.

TOM O. BELLWOOD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND: The friends and family of Dr. Tom O. Bellwood have established the Tom O. Bellwood Memorial Scholarship Fund for a deserving student based on scholarship, initiative, per­sonality, need and character at Northern Arizona University. This scholarship is established in order to give the many friends of Tom Bellwood an opportunity to perpetuate his memory at Northern Arizona University which he served so faithfully during his forty-one years of service. The amount of the scholarship will be determined by the interest available.

FLORENCE S. BOROZAN SCHOLARSHIP: This annual award of $200 was established by Sam Borozan in honor of his mother, Mrs. Florence S. Borozan. Recipient must be at least a second semester freshman and have a grade point average of 2.5.

STUDENT FINANCES 45

NEIL V. CHRISTENSEN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is made to graduates of Flagstaff high schools for first year work in the NAU Col­lege of Business Administration.

KENNETH J. COOR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This scholarship has been established by the friends of Kenneth J. Coor in memory of his service to Northern Arizona University. The recipient of this scholarship must be a junior, selected by a committee made up of the President of the Associate Student Body, and Dean of Students, and the Chairman of the Student Financial Aid Committee. The selection will be based upon high scholarship, high promise and ability, per­sonality, character, and leadership. The amount of the scholarship will be de­termined by the interest available from the Kenneth J. Coor Memorial Scholarship Fund. CREIGHTON SCHOOL DISTRICT SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award, the exact amount to be determined annually, goes to a graduate of the Creighton Schools in Phoenix. The recipient must be either a junior or senior student enrolled in the elementary education program at one of the three state-supported institutions of higher learning. The recipient will be selected on the basis of professional atti­tude, leadership, character, financial need, and general worthiness. Applications can be secured from the Creighton School offices.

LOREN W. CRESS MEMORIAL AWARD: This award is made each year to an outstanding prospective coach at Northern Arizona University. The award of $100 is made each spring to a junior for his senior year expenses. The recipient is chosen by the Athletic Department and approved by the Student Financial Aid Committee. Recipients must have attributes of an outstanding prospective coach; scholarship; leadership; personal character and professional attitude. Recipient need not be an outstanding athlete. HERMAN E. DeMUND FOUNDATION: The late Mr. Herman E. DeMund, and the Foundation which he established, provided grants for tuition and sustenance for deserving students in the institution of higher learning in the State, beginning in the 1940's. Currently the Herman E. DeMund Foundation provides $1,500 for three or more scholars annually at Northern Arizona University in a field. Selec­tion of the recipients will be made by the Scholarship Committee.

EASTBURN SCHOLARSHIP: This scholarship is awarded annually to a junior student who meets the following qualifications: resident of Arizona, has done all work at this institution, graduate of an Arizona high school, superior character with particular attention given to the traits of personal integrity and moral cour­age, and possesses a grade average of at least 2.5. The amount of the award will be determined by the interest available from the Eastburn Memorial Scholarship Award Fund. EAST GATE GARDEN CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An award of $200 will be given to a graduate of the Flagstaff High School System. This award is available the second semester to a sophomore student in the School of Forestry.

EASTERN STAR SCHOLARSHIP: The Grand Chapter of the Order of the East­ern Star of Arizona awards an annual scholarship of $200 to an outstanding woman graduate of an Arizona high school. The recipient must be of upper-division class standing and must be a member herself, or the daughter of a mem­ber, of an Arizona Chapter of the Order of the Eastern Star. The recipient will be selected on the basis of character, leadership, scholarship, and need.

EL PASO NATURAL GAS COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS: Annual awards are presented each year to deserving students. Selection is based on comparative merit, character, and financial need. The value of the award varies each year depending upon individual needs.

46 STUDENT FINANCES

EMPIRE MACHINERY COMPANY FORESTRY HONOR SCHOLARSHIP: The Empire Machinery Company each year awards a $500 scholarship. Recipients must be enrolled in the School of Forestry, must carry at least 12 hours, and must be a graduate of an Arizona high school. Selection is made on the basis of character, promise of success in his field, and financial need.

ALBERTA AND LESLIE FARRINGTON SCHOLARSHIP FUND: These schol­arships, established from income derived from the Farrington Estate, are avail­able to freshmen students in variable amounts. Recipients must be residents of Arizona and will be chosen on the basis of financial need for assistance, merit, and grades, although grades shall be given last consideration in making awards.

FLAGSTAFF CIVITAN CLUB: An annual award of $400 is made to a junior student enrolled at Northern Arizona University and pursuing a degree that would qualify him to teach within the field of mental retardation, mental health, or crippled children. The candidate will be recommended by the University Scholar­ship Committee to the Civitan Club of Flagstaff for final approval.

FLAGSTAFF ELKS LODGE SCHOLARSHIP: Two annual awards of $100 each will be gievn graduating seniors of the Flagstaff High School. One scholarship is to be awarded to a boy and the other to be awarded to a girl. The recipients for these scholarships are determined by the local Elks Lodge.

FLAGSTAFF KIWANIS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $300 will be given to a graduate of Flagstaff High School. This scholarship is awarded on the basis of leadership, need, and scholarship. The recipient of this scholarship is determined by the University Financial Aids Committee, with the principal of Flagstaff High School as a guest member.

FLAGSTAFF LIONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $250 will be given to a graduate of Flagstaff High School, to be used for tuition, class fees, and books at Northern Arizona University at Flagstaff until the enure amount is used up as long as the recipient maintains the required grade average. Recipients are selected on the basis of leadership, scholarship, and need, with preference being given to sons and daughters of Lions.

FLAGSTAFF ROTARY CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS: Following are three annual awards of $I00:

Tom Bellwood award: To a student majoring in Business Administration with no limit to any particular class level.

William Tinsley award: To a second semester student majoring in the Social Sciences.

William Switzer award: To a second semester student without restriction as to major. Candidates are recommended by the Student Financial Aid Committee to the Rotary Club.

FLAGSTAFF SYMPHONY SCHOLARSHIP GRANTS: This is awarded by semester to students who make a significant contribution to the cultural climate of the University and the community through their performances with the Flag­staff Symphony Orchestra. It is open to performers on any orchestral instrument on the basis of need. Amounts may vary from $100 to $500 per year. Total amount granted in 1970-71—$8,800. The scholarship is awarded in cash at the beginning of each semester and may be used by the student to defray costs of room and board, tuition, or books.

STUDENT FINANCES 47

FLAGSTAFF TELEVISION AND CABLE COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP: An an­nual award of $100 is made to a second year electronic technology student. Awarded on the basis of high scholarship, high promise and ability, and reason­able assurance of following a career in electronics.

SALLY FLEMING MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: A scholarship fund for Amer­ican Indians was established at Northern Arizona University by Dr. Tim Fleming as a memorial to his wife, Dr. Sally Jack Fleming, in March 1970. An annual award of $200 will be issued to an American Indian student. The recipient will be selected on the basis of character, scholarship, financial need, and general edu­cation aptitude. Selection of the recipient will be made by the University Scholar­ship Committee.

FORESTRY ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIP: An award of $100 is made to a deserving upper-class student in forestry.

FORESTRY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $100 will be given to a junior enrolled in the School of Forestry for two semesters prior to the junior year. Recipients must be members of the Forestry Club who have compiled the highest academic average based on their total university careers including nontransferable units. This is awarded by the Forestry Club.

THOMAS CONWAY FRIER and DELLA CARTER FRIER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships, established from income derived from the Frier Estate, are available to junior and senior students in variable amounts. Re­cipients must be residents of Arizona and must have a grade point average of 2.00 for their freshman and sophomore years. Recipients will be selected on the basis of the following: high scholarship, special ability, character, leadership, and need. These scholarships were established to prepare students for leadership in the pro­motion and development of the scientific and social welfare of man.

GARLAND STEEL COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award in the amount of $600 per year awarded to a full-time student. Selection is based on comparative merit and character. Recipients will be chosen from a list of candidates who are employees or children of employees of the Garland Steel Company.

GREENLAW FORESTRY SCHOLARSHIP: Thomas M. Knoles, Jr., for Green­law Properties each year awards a S600 scholarship. Requirements: Students must be Arizona residents, be graduates of an Arizona high school, and be in their junior or senior year in the School of Forestry. This award will be based upon (a) professional promise, (b) financial need, and (c) scholarship.

GRIDIRON SCHOLARSHIP: This scholarship is offered in varying amounts each year by Flagstaff Press Club to an outstanding student who intends to enter the field of journalism. Applicants should contact the Director of Public Information, Northern Arizona University.

FROST AND FOOTE SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $100 will be made to an accounting major who is a member of the accounting fraternity. Alpha Sigma Chi. It is awarded on the basis of scholarship, ability, and indication of a desire to enter public accounting as a career. Recipients are selected by the faculty of the College of Business Administration.

BERTHA B. HOLLIS SCHOLARSHIP FUND: These scholarships are available to young, Protestant, Indian men and women students who plan to enter the legal profession. Recipients shall be selected annually by the Indian Club at Northern Arizona University under the guidance of the Director of Student Affairs. Awards shall be made on the basis of financial need. Final selection shall be made by the Northern Arizona University Scholarship Committee.

48 STUDENT FINANCES

WILMA D. HOYAL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $100 is sponsored by the American Legion Auxiliary of Arizona. The recipient must be enrolled as a political science major, as an upper division student, and must carry at least 15 hours with a grade index of at least 2.5. The recipient will be selected on the basis of scholarship, leadership, and need.

RALPH J. HOLLY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was estab­lished in memory of the late Ralph Julius Holly, Associate Professor of Drama, who directed theatrical productions at Northern Arizona University for 23 years. Candidates for this award should be speech and drama students. KAPPA DELTA PI SCHOLARSHIPS: Two annual awards of $50 each are given to high ranking junior students. Recipients are selected on the basis of the fol­lowing: a continuous grade point average of 2.0, outstanding character, and at­tendance at NAU for three years. Award may be held jointly with a General Academic Scholarship. K. C. PUBLICATIONS SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award will defray the re­cipient's tuition and fees each semester. Applicants are limited to Commercial Arts majors entering their junior or senior year at NAU. Selection criteria will be the student's need for financial assistance, his artistic potential, and his grade average. A committee designated by the Art Department chairman shall review the applications and select the recipient.

JAMES L. KEETON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Selection will be made by the Police Science faculty, and Dennis Keeton or Kathlyn Keeton or Homer Keeton, or someone whom they have selected to represent them. The re­cipient will be one who plans to go into active participation in the field of law enforcement.

KINGMAN ROTARY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of from $50 to $150, the exact amount to be determined by the donor, will be awarded to a sophomore student in one of the Arizona institutions of higher learning. Recipients will be selected on the basis of the following: graduate of Mohave County Union High School, scholarship, leadership, and the need for financial assistance. Appli­cation should be made to the Kingman Rotary Club.

MAGMA COPPER SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Awarded to a scholastically outstand­ing graduate from both San Manuel and Superior High Schools. Recipient must maintain a full curriculum leading to a degree. Scholarship may be renewed each year for four years providing student maintains satisfactory progress in a full curriculum. Applicants apply through their high school principal on a special ap­plication form provided by Magma. Selection is made by a Selection Committee in each community. It is composed of the Superintendent of Schools, the High School Principal, and a member at large. Their selection is approved by Magma Copper Company in each community.

VIRGINIA KURNER MAST MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND: The recip­ient of this scholarship shall be a student of junior or senior standing who is majoring in the area of counseling, pre-social work, or special education. Selection will be based upon the student's indication of having a sincere intention and dedi­cation to work in the field of his education after graduation. Selection will also be based upon high scholarship, character, and need. The amount of the scholar­ship will be determined by the interest available from the Virginia Kurner Mast Fund.

DAVID MURDOCK SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is given to a music stu­dent studying voice who has maintained a scholastic average of 3.0 or better for the preceding year. This scholarship pays for two lessons per week in the student's

STUDENT FINANCES 49

major. The Orpheus Male Chorus of Phoenix acts as administrator for the Murdock fund. Tryouts are held on the campus each May for the coming year. Maximum benefit is S44 per semester.

NORTHERN ARIZONA LODGE 13 OF THE FRATERNAL ORDER OF POLICE SCHOLARSHIP: The Northern Arizona Lodge 13 of the Fraternal Order of Police provides a scholarship for a graduate of Flagstaff High School each year amounting to $300. The qualifications for this scholarship are (1) in the upper 50% of a graduating class, (2) character, (3) leadership, and (4) financial need.

NORTHERN ARIZONA UNIVERSITY BOOKSTORE SCHOLARSHIPS: The Northern Arizona University Bookstore is making an award of $70 per student per semester in books and merchandise at the Northern Arizona University Book­store for two (2) male and two (2) female students. The students must be in financial need of such assistance. They must have a grade point average of 3.0 or better. Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, Senior or Graduate Students can qualify. The Scholarship Committee and Student Financial Aids Administrator shall rule on those students that qualify.

RICHARD G. PARKER SCHOLARSHIPS: Awards are made by the Northern Arizona University Summer Music Camp to Northern Arizona University Sum­mer Music Camp students planning to seek a Bachelor of Music Education De­gree. They are awarded on the basis of performance, ability, and potential as a music educator. The award pays the student's room fees from September through May and are continuous based upon the student maintaining satisfactory scholastic and music standards.

PHELPS DODGE SCHOLARSHIPS: The Phelps Dodge Corporation annually provides $6000 in scholarship funds to Northern Arizona University. Two annual awards of $750 each are made to entering freshmen students who are Arizona high school graduates. These scholarships are renewable annually, not to exceed four years, provided the recipient maintains the scholastic standard of 3.0. Awards are made by the Student Financial Aid Committee on the basis of high scholar­ship, high promise and ability, personality, character, and leadership.

RAYMOND SCHOLARSHIP FUND: The Raymond Education Foundation con­tributes a varying amount of funds each year for scholarships. Recipients are chosen by the Student Financial Aid Committee.

RAYMOND AWARD IN NURSING SCHOLARSHIP: A scholarship in the amount of $500 will be given to a student of superior academic standing (grade average of 3.5 or better) who has completed the first year of the Nursing Program at Northern Arizona University and has carried a minimum course load of twelve (12) semester hours. Evaluation and final selection of candidate will rest with the nursing faculty committee.

RAYMOND AWARD IN PRE-MEDIC1NE SCHOLARSHIP: A scholarship in the amount of $1000 will be given to a student of superior academic standing who has completed ninety (90) semester hours in the pre-professional program at Northern Arizona University and has been accepted by an accredited Medical School in the United States. Evaluation and final selection of candidate will be made by the Faculty Pre-Professional Advisory Committee.

THE ROBERT SCHOOL OF NURSING FUND: The fund was established in 1970 to provide three scholarships of $150 each per semester for students who have been accepted by the Department of Nursing. The recipient must be a dedicated, deserving nurse in need of financial assistance. Selection will be made by the Committee.

50 STUDENT FINANCES

PETER DAVID RONNERUD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND: The re­cipient of this scholarship will be a senior in the Industrial Arts or Vocational Education field who needs financial assistance during his practice teaching experi­ence. Selection will be based on the recipient's character, leadership and financial need, who plans to enter the teaching profession. The Scholarship Committee will select the recipient. The amount and frequency of the scholarship will be de­termined by the interest accumulated from the fund, in amounts of $100.00.

MINNIE ROSEBERRY SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This scholarship will be awarded to some student working in the field of child development. The amount of the scholarship shall be determined by the interest.

SALES AND MARKETING EXECUTIVES CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $350 will be made to a marketing major in the College of Business Administration. The recipient must be of upper division standing and must have maintained a 2.5 grade average in all business courses. The recipient will be selected by the faculty members of the College of Business Administration and recommended to the Student Financial Aid Committee for final approval.

SIGMA NU NURSING SCHOLARSHIP: Two annual awards of S400 each year will be made to incoming freshman students. Scholarship can be renewed the sophomore year with the approval of the Northern Arizona University Scholarship Committee. Recipients will be selected on the basis of financial need, potential to become a good nurse, a 2.5 grade point average, character, and leadership. Recommendations for these scholarships will originate with the Department of Nursing and final approval will be made by the Northern Arizona University Scholarship Committee.

SOPHOS SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $250 will be made to an upper division student. Recipient must have a grade point average of at least 3.0. It is awarded by Sophos, a sophomore men's honorary organization.

SOROPTIMIST CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: The Soroptimist Club annually awards three different scholarships each year to deserving Northern Arizona University-women students. The first award is made to one or two graduates of Flagstaff High School who plan to enter Northern Arizona University. The second award is to one or two upper division Northern Arizona University women students who demonstrate financial need and possess an above average grade point average. The third award is to one or two Northern Arizona University Nursing students.

SOUTHERN UNION GAS COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS: Two annual awards of $250 each are made to upper division students. One scholarship is for a male in business administration: the other for a female in home economics. Recipients must meet the following qualifications: be a resident of Arizona from one of the following counties: Apache, Navajo, Coconino. Mohave, or Yavapai; be of high moral character and shall have demonstrated leadership in high school and/or university activities: be in need of financial assistance. The scholarships may be made annually to the original recipients provided they meet the scholastic require­ments of the Student Financial Aid Committee.

SOUTHWEST FOREST INDUSTRIES SCHOLARSHIP: Four annual awards of $500 each will be made to junior or senior students in forestry.

SUGHRUE LEADERSHIP AWARD: An annual award of $100 will be given to an upper division student who has been elected to a major student body or class office. Recipient must meet the scholastic standards necessary to hold a class or student body office.

STUDENT FINANCES 51

WILLIAM W. TINSLEY SCHOLARSHIP: This is awarded annually to a junior or senior student majoring in History who meets qualifications of character and scholarly ability. Selection of recipient is made by the faculty of the Department of Social Sciences. The amount of the award will be determined by the interest available from the Tinsley Memorial Scholarship Fund.

TRANSAMERICA TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP: An an­nual award of $300 is made to sophomore, junior, or senior students in the area of Business Administration. Recipients are selected on the basis of scholarship, character, leadership, conduct, and need.

ROY & ISABEL TULLIS SCHOLARSHIP: The Roy & Isabel Tullis Scholarship was established in 1970 by Roy & Isabel Tullis to recognize and award financially, on an annual basis, sincere and deserving students. The first year the award is made, it will go to a junior or senior student, preferably of Indian or Mexican-American descent. Recipients will be chosen annually by the Scholarship Com­mittee. VALLEY NATIONAL BANK SCHOLARSHIPS: The Valley National Bank an­nually provides $3000 in scholarships to this institution. Two annual awards of $375 each are made each year to entering freshmen who are graduates of an Arizona high school. Recipients are selected for these awards on the basis of scholarship, leadership, personal character, and need. These scholarships are re­newable annually provided a high level of scholastic achievement is maintained.

VESTA CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $800 to a worthy Spanish-speaking Arizona high school graduate is made by the Vesta Club. The scholar­ship will be used to help defray the student's school expense for four years and is payable at the rate of $400 each semester. Recipients are selected on the basis of character, scholarship, need and promise of future success.

VIC SHIPP TYPOGRAPHY SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is made to a senior student majoring in Commercial Art. The scholarship will defray the cost of tuition and fees each semester. Applications will be reviewed by a committee designated by the Art Department Chairman. Final selection will be made by Vic Shipp Typography. Selection criteria will be the student's need for financial as­sistance, his artistic potential, grade average, loyalty as a good American, and the committee's opinion of his good character.

EDWARD WALKER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is made to a junior or senior student majoring in Sociology who meets qualifications of character and scholarly ability. Selection of recipient is made by the Sociology Department. The amount of the award will be determined by the interest avail­able from the Edward E. Walker Memorial Scholarship Fund.

Financial Aid COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM: The Office of Student Financial Aid receives and considers applications for the College Work-Study Program. This is a part-time work program for full-time students and provides an income of $600 to $700 during the academic year. The Student Financial Aid Committee de­termines a student's eligibility for the College Work-Study Program. Eligibility is based on a student's financial need. EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS: Northern Arizona University par­ticipates in the Federally-sponsored Education Opportunity Grant program. This program provides funds for students from low-income families on a one-to-one match basis with scholarships, university participating loans, and approved part-time employment. Assessment of eligibility is determined by the Student Financial Aid Committee.

52 STUDENT FINANCES

NURSING EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY GRANTS: This federal program is exclusively for full-time undergraduate students of nursing. It is similar to the Educational Opportunity Grant discussed above. LAW ENFORCEMENT STUDENT GRANTS: This program makes available payment for tuition and fees for full-time or part-time students enrolled in an undergraduate or graduate program leading to a degree or certificate in an area related to law enforcement. Recipients must be full-time employees of a publicly funded law enforcement agency and must agree to remain in the service of the employing agency for a period of two years following completion of any course of study funded by a grant.

Loan Funds NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOANS: Under this federally supported pro­gram established in 1958, undergraduate and graduate students of high promise and financial need may borrow variable amounts to assist them to obtain an education. The loan is of low interest with a long-term repayment arrangement. Students entering the teaching profession after graduation are eligible to receive special forgiveness for a certain portion of the loan.

NURSING STUDENT LOANS: This program enables students in financial need who do not qualify for National Direct Student Loans to obtain from banks and other lending institutions low cost, long term loans which are guaranteed by the federal government. The loan is of low interest and no payments on principal are required while the borrower is attending college and for a grace period of nine months afterward. There are no provisions for teacher cancellations under this program.

UNITED STUDENT AID FUND LOAN: To assist students, with need, to attend college by means of long-term, low-interest loans from the borrower's own bank. It is administered similarly to the Federally Insured Student Loan Program.

LAW ENFORCEMENT STUDENT LOANS: A low cost, low-interest bearing loan is available in variable amounts to students enrolled in undergraduate or graduate programs leading to degrees in areas directly related to law enforcement. Special cancellation privileges exist for those who enter the law enforcement profession after graduation.

THE ALUMNI STUDENT LOAN FUND: This loan fund was established to help qualified students "over a temporary financial hump" with short-term, interest-free loans. It is a supplement to other loan programs at Northern Arizona Uni­versity largely involving federally-allocated monies, by providing funds for students short-term needs and financial emergencies which would otherwise prevent a student from continuing or completing his education at Northern Arizona Univer­sity.

APFEL-CARSON-WILSON MEMORIAL STUDENT LOAN FUND: A fund established for the purpose of making emergency loans to students for a short period of time.

ARIZONA FEDERATION BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUBS LOAN FUND: This loan fund was established to provide financial as­sistance to Northern Arizona University students to help them continue their education.

ARIZONA FEDERATION OF GARDEN CLUBS MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This is a memorial fund in honor of Garden Club members. It can be loaned to Arizona students for any purpose.

STUDENT FINANCES 53

ARIZONA FEDERATION OF WOMEN'S CLUBS STUDENT LOAN FUND: The Student Loan Fund of the Arizona Federation of Women's Clubs is sponsored by the various women's clubs in the State Federation.

ASSOCIATED MEN STUDENTS LOAN FUND: The Associated Men Students provide funds for a revolving short-term loan fund for the students of Northern Arizona University. The Associated Men Students contribute on a per capita basis each semester, thereby providing an ever increasing source of assistance for students. A.W.S. LOAN FUND: The Associated Women Students have provided a small loan fund for women students. This fund is available to meet emergencies. WILLIAM M. BAIN MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established to provide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assistance.

MARVIN BAUER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established to pro­vide short-term loans to students who iequire temporary financial assistance.

THE M. O. BEST MEMORIAL FOUNDATION FUND: A loan fund has been established by the M. O. Best Memorial Foundation to help worthy students con­tinue their education.

B.I.A. WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This is a revolving, no interest loan fund, for Indian students. This loan program is administered by the Office of Student Financial Aid and provides small short-term loans for Indian students. DR. BYRD BURTON LOAN FUND: In appreciation to Dr. Burton, their Na­tional Director, national chapters of Cardinal Key National Honor Sorority, established this fund, available to Northern Arizona University students as short-term loans necessary for continuing their education.

SCOTT CAMPBELL MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established to provide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assistance.

DELTA PSI KAPPA LOAN FUND: A loan fund is available to upper division women majors in physical education to assist them in completing their education. Loan is to be paid back a year after graduation.

FORESTRY CLUB LOAN FUND: This has been established by the Forestry Club for a forestry club student who has completed his sophomore year. Up to $100 may be borrowed to be repaid within 18 months.

FOUR GIRLS MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established to provide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assistance.

EARL "JIGGS" INSLEY MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established to provide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assistance.

CARL LEROY MENG MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established by the family of Carl Meng to provide short-term loans to engineering students who require temporary financial assistance. "P.E.O." EDUCATIONAL FUND: A revolving fund is administered by the P.E.O. Sisterhood from which loans are available to young women desiring to complete their higher education with the view to becoming self-supporting. Loans may be granted up to $1000 for graduate work or for two or more years of undergrad­uate study. Loans for not more than $300 will be granted for commercial courses and for summer school study. Loans are available to freshmen at beginning of second semester, to student nurses at completion of probationary period of training. All applicants must be recommended by a local chapter of the P.E.O. Sisterhood.

TOM C. PARSONS MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established to provide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assistance.

54 STUDENT FINANCES

C. T. "MAGGIE" PULLIAM LOAN FUND: Friends of C. T. "Maggie" Pulliam have established a loan fund as a memorial. These funds are made available to needy and worthy students on a short term basis. RAYMOND LOAN FUND: The Raymond Educational Foundation contributes a varying amount of funds each year to a revolving short-term loan fund. Appli­cations for these loan funds are made through the Office of Student Financial Aid.

TED RAYNOR MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established to pro­vide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assistance. KATHY REYNOLDS MEMORIAL FUND: Friends of Kathy Reynolds, who was a junior majoring in Special Education, have established a loan fund to assist junior and first semester senior students majoring in Special Education at Northern Arizona University. WILLIAM RUNKE, JR. MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This fund was established to provide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assistance.

DEAN SCHROEDER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: Friends of Dean Schroeder have established a short-term loan fund to assist undergraduates and graduate students who need a limited amount of financial assistance to satisfy a need.

SECHRIST MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This loan fund has been created to assist students who are in need of financial assistance who are Arizona students.

THE SOROPTIMIST CLUB LOAN FUND: A fund is available to local students at a very low rate of interest.

HOLLICE E. STEVENSON LOAN FUND: Friends of Hollice E. Stevenson have established a loan fund as a memorial to help students continue their education. These loans are for short periods.

THE UDINE LOAN FUND: The Fred F. Udine Memorial Student Loan Fund is to provide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assist­ance because of some unexpected emergency or other unforeseen circumstance.

GLEN WALKER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: Friends of Glen Walker have created a special short-term loan fund to assist students who might need a certain sum of money to complete their education.

JOHN WILEY MEMORIAL STUDENT LOAN FUND: This fund was estab­lished to provide short-term loans to students who require temporary financial assistance.

Graduate Business Fellowships Master of Business Administration Fellowships provide the following for a

selected number of outstanding MBA students: a meaningful managerial work-related opportunity, financial support of in-state tuition, plus fifty dollars a week for the period of the appointment. Fellowships are awarded on a competitive basis employing the following criteria: undergraduate grade point average, ATGSB score, and personal interviews.

These fellowships are provided by Arizona industry and require each student to spend twenty hours per week in a managerial work activity in the sponsoring firm. Current fellowships are the following:

Babbitt Brothers Fellowship First National Bank Fellowship Valley National Bank Fellowship NAU Bookstore Fellowship Flagstaff Community Hospital Fellowship Flagstaff Chamber of Commerce Fellowship

STUDENT FINANCES 55

Graduate Assistantships and Fellowships Graduate teaching assistantships are available in most of those departments

that offer graduate degree programs. Graduate research assistantships are cur­rently available for students in the departments of Biology, Chemistry, and Social Studies. Four graduate associate positions (fellowships) are offered each year to students working toward the Educational Specialist degree. Inquiries concerning the positions and applications should be made by writing directly to the chairman of the department in which the student expects to work toward a degree.

A student awarded a full-time teaching or research assistantship is expected to devote approximately one third of each working week to his assigned duties. He will be expected to carry not less than ten and not more than 12 semester credit hours while holding the assistantship. His status at the University will be that of a student with housing and other privileges enjoyed by students.

An assistantship contract is awarded for one year only. A student may receive a contract a second year, but receipt of a contract for one year does not guarantee that a student will receive a contract the second year. A decision will be made on the basis of the student's performance as a graduate student and as an assistant during the year. No student will be issued a contract for more than two years. Many students receiving full-time assistantships may receive waivers of non-resident fees. However, this does not apply to all assistantship positions. All students will be expected to pay the usual registration and other fees.

A graduate assistant is expected ot demonstrate qualities of social stability and academic leadership beyond those normally expected of other students. Ac­ceptance of a contract as a graduate assistant or graduate associate implies ac­ceptance of such professional responsibilities.

W E S T E R N INTERSTATE COMMISSION FOR H I G H E R EDUCATION

For Arizona residents who wish to attend professional schools of medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, physical therapy, occupational therapy, and optom­etry in one of the other western states, Arizona has joined with the other western states to create the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education through whose effort and agency qualified Arizona residents may attend schools in these other states at essentially the same expense to the students as to residents of the state in which the school is located. Students must have maintained at least average grades in their preprofessional work and must have been legal residents of Arizona for at least the last five years. Recipients are required to return to Arizona to practice or to repay a portion of the funds expended in their behalf.

For further information, interested students should contact Dr. Herbert D. Rhodes, Executive Secretary. Arizona Commission for WICHE, c/o Graduate College, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721.

F E E S A N D E X P E N S E S All regular and special fees must be paid at the time of registration. No

student should come to Flagstaff without having his financial affairs arranged in advance. No credit can be extended.

If fees are mailed, please do not send currency. For information concerning fees and expenses for the summer session, write for the Summer Bulletin.

56 STUDENT FINANCES

General Fees for Arizona Residents The Board of Regents reserves the right to change all fees and charges from

time to time without notice, if necessary. A registration fee of $I52.00 per semester is paid on the day of registration

by each student registering for seven or more units. Upon payment of this fee, the services and facilities of student activities, student union, infirmary, library, college series and alumni association are available to the student without additional charge, except where such an additional charge may be separately stated. Students registering for six or fewer units will pay a registration fee of $I7.00 per unit.

BREAKAGE DEPOSIT $5.00 This deposit will be refunded upon the authorized withdrawal of the student from the institution after making deductions for loss or damage to campus property or for other charges incurred by the student.

Tuition for Nonresident Students CLASSIFICATION OF PERSONS FOR TUITION PURPOSES: The Arizona Board of Regents is required by law to establish for the universities under its jurisdiction and control uniform guidelines and criteria for the classification of students for payment of tuition. Attention is invited to relevant provisions of the Constitution, statutes and laws of Arizona, including Sections 3 and 6, Article 7 of the Constitution (which provisions have been held by the Supreme Court of Arizona to govern domicile for all purposes), Sections 15-724, 15-725, ard 15-791 through 15-795, Arizona Revised Statutes, as amended. 1. A person who does not qualify to enroll as an in-state student must pay tuition, in addition to other established fees and charges that are required for all students. The following provisions govern the assessment of tuition: An out-of-state person enrolling for 12 or more units on campus must pay an out-of-state tuition of S332.50 per semester. A person enrolling for 7-11 units must pay an out-of-state tuition of $28.00 per unit of work carried, in addition to other established fees and charges that are required for all students. Out-of-state tuition is waived for students enrolling for no more than six units. 2. A person may not be classified as an in-state student for the purposes of regis­tration and payment of fees and expenses at the university until he has been domiciled in this state for one year next preceding the last day of registration for credit published by the University. 3. Mere presence of a person irr the State of Arizona for one year does not necessarily establish a domicile for classifying that person as an in-state resident. No person shall be deemed to have gained or lost a domicile by reason of his presence or absence while a student at any institution of learning. 4. The person must have his domicile determined prior to registration and pay­ment of fees. The responsibility of registration under proper status is placed upon the individual. The Board of Regents has promulgated this publication to provide information and guidelines to all persons concerned with classification of individuals for tuition purposes.

An affidavit must be completed and filed prior to any decision concerning domicile. The affidavit is required upon original registration or upon a desired change in classification or after an absence for a semester or more.

In all cases where the records indicate that the student's domicile is not in Arizona, out-of-state tuition will be assessed. Any student found to have made a false or misleading statement concerning his domicile shall be subject to dismissal from the University.

STUDENT FINANCES 57

5. Classification officers of the University have been designated to determine domicile. If there is any question as to domicile, the matter should be brought to the attention of the classification officers and passed upon prior to registration and payment of fees. The same classification officers can, during the registration period published by the University or at other times, pass upon the domicile of a person. 6. The President of the University has appointed one or more appeals committees to hear the cases of individuals who believe that the decision regarding their domicile is not consistent with the laws of the State of Arizona or the guidelines promulgated by the Arizona Board of Regents. An appeal shall be filed in the office of Student Affairs. It shall be written, signed by the student, and accom­panied by a sworn written statement of all facts relative to the matter. Notice of appeal shall be filed at any time within 35 days from the last day of registra­tion published by the University. The person appealing shall have the right to appear and testify before the committee and to be represented by an advisor.

A copy of the "Information and Guidelines for Determining Tuition Status" may be obtained from the office of Student Affairs.

Special Fees

AUDITOR'S FEES $17.00 per unit

The fees for an auditor are $17.00 per unit up to and in­cluding six units at a cost of $102.00. Anyone registered for more than six units will be held for all standard fees, including the student activity fee and the registration fee. A student registered as an auditor in any course will not receive credit for the course under any circumstances. Ordinarily students carrying a full load will not be permitted to audit additional courses. In addition to the above fees, library and course or laboratory fees are charged.

CORRESPONDENCE COURSE FEE $16.00 per unit

EXTENSION COURSE FEE $14.00 per unit

LATE REGISTRATION FEE $ 8.00 Refer to University calendar for date of penalty.

NONRESIDENT APPLICATION FEE (Undergraduate only) $10.00 (for nonresidents domiciled out of state)

AUTOMOBILE REGISTRATION $ 2.00

LATE MEDICAL EXAMINATION $ 3.00 This fee is charged any student failing to appear for medical examination at the time stated.

LATE APTITUDE AND CLASSIFICATION TESTS $ 4.00 Students failing to take the Aptitude and Classification Tests at the time stated for giving such tests will be charged $4.00.

CHANGE OF PROGRAM FEE $ 1.00 During the first two weeks of the semester a student may drop or add a course without financial or academic penalty. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of program (drop and/or add) after the 14th calendar day of the semester.

,8 STUDENT FINANCES

TRANSCRIPT FEE $ 1.00 A fee of S1.00 is charged for each official transcript. No transcript will be issued to anyone whose record is not clear in the Business Office. Requests, including payment, should be in the hands of the Office of Admissions and Records one month in advance of the time needed.

TESTING AND COUNSELING SERVICE subject to costs involved for persons not enrolled as regular students.

LABORATORY FEES See Course Description

PRIVATE MUSIC LESSONS See statement under course description for Music.

HEALTH CENTER CARE (After third day) (per day) $ 5.00 HEALTH CENTER MEALS

(For those not holding meal tickets) (per day) $ 2.00

Refund of Fees Students withdrawing from school or dropping classes will receive a refund

based on a percentage of the total registration fees paid in accordance with the following schedule:

1 through 14 days 80% 15 through 21 days 60% 22 through 28 days 40% 29 through 35 days 20% After 35th day none

The days referred to are calendar days, beginning with the first day classes begin.

Fees for Part-Time Students

The following schedule applies to the resident student who does not live on the campus and who is "special" in the sense that he does not wish to register for a normal program during the academic year. This schedule does not apply to students taking private lessons in music, art, etc.

Basic rate $ 17.00 per unit Two (2) Units $ 34.00 Three (3) Units $ 51.00 Four (4) Units $ 68.00 Five (5) Units $ 85,00 Six (6) Units $102.00

In addition to the above fees, course or laboratory fees are charged.

If a non-domiciled student carries less than 12 units, but more than 6 units, a $28.00 per unit charge for out-of-state tuition must be paid in addition to the above charges.

STUDENT FINANCES 59

Graduation Fees GRADUATION FEE $10.00

Every candidate for a degree must make application for graduation on the prescribed form supplied by the office of the Registrar three calendar months prior to the time the student expects to be graduated. The application must be accompanied by the fee.

DEGREE IN ABSENTIA FEE $ 7.50 Candidates for degrees are required to be present at the commencement exercises in the prescribed academic costume. Exceptions to this rule will be made only in extreme cases, and upon petition to the Office of Admissions and Records of the institution. If the petition is granted, a fee of $7.50 is charged for a degree taken in absentia.

BACHELOR'S CAP AND GOWN $ 5.50

MASTER'S CAP, GOWN AND HOOD $ 9.00

DOCTORAL CAP, GOWN AND HOOD $ 11.00

BINDING FEE (2 copies) $ 10.00 The above fee is required for the binding of two copies of the Thesis of candidates for the Master's and Educational Specialist degrees.

Students who wish living accommodations on the campus either in residence halls, apartments, or cottages, are advised to send in their application for housing and reservation deposit well in advance of arriving in Flagstaff. Write to the Director of Housing for housing application and return the application and reserva­tion deposit to him as soon as possible. The reservation deposit will be refunded upon proper and authorized withdrawal from the residence facility, after making deductions for any loss or damage to University property.

Estimate of Expense for One University Year The following is a summary of the minimum expenses incurred by a resident

student Jiving in a dormitory for one university year:

Room—2 semesters (average rate) $ 310.00 Activity and Registration Fees $ 305.00 Books and Supplies (approximately) $ 175.00 Course Fees and Miscellaneous (vary with courses taken—average) $ 15.00 Board—15 meals per week (approximation) $ 480.00

20 meals per week (approximation) $ 520.00

Total for university year of two semesters 15 meals per week (estimate) 51,285.00 20 meals per week (estimate) $1,325.00

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

AN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION has at its heart the quality of its instruc­tional program. To hold instruction at a high level, policies must be formulated and administered for the best interest of all students. To require and maintain a high quality of instruction in the different programs developed at the University is a privilege, not a right. In order to safeguard its ideals of scholarship and character the University reserves the right to require the withdrawal of any student at any lime for any reason deemed sufficient by the University.

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY: Northern Arizona University is an equal education opportunity institution and does not use race, creed, or sex as admission criteria. The admission process is accomplished in two steps: first is the admission to the University and the second step is admission to freshman or advanced stand­ing in a curriculum of a particular college, school, or department.

All undergraduate students admitted to Northern Arizona University are en­rolled in the "General College." During the first year of attendance an evaluation is made of the student's objectives, academic standing, and ability to fit into the University's educational philosophy and program. The University, by design, offers selected programs to meet its objectives. After the qualifications of the students have been evaluated, they will be advised if they are not accepted into a degree program or may be advised to seek another institution to pursue their degree goals.

Inquiry regarding application for admission should be directed to the Office of Admissions and Records, Northern Arizona University, Box 4103, Flagstaff, Arizona 86001.

61

fi2 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

TRANSCRIPTS FOR ADMISSION: Transcripts of high school and all previous college course work must be on file in the Office of Admissions and Records before a student is eligible for admission. The responsibility for having these transcripts mailed to the Office of Admissions and Records rests with the student applying for admission. Admission may be granted on the basis of a sixth semester high school transcript, and final approval is subject to receipt of the eighth semester transcript.

PHYSICAL EXAMINATION: Prior to registration every new student or former student who has been absent from the University for a semester or more must furnish the Student Health Service with a recently completed University physical examination Health Records form signed by a practicing physician. The health record form must be on file prior to the registration date. Failure to comply with this request may result in refusal of service, and a denial of subsequent registration.

DOMICILE AFFIDAVIT: All students must complete the Domicile Affidavit, whether they consider themselves residents of the state of Arizona or not. The form should be returned with the application materials to the Office of Admissions and Records.

ADMISSION APPLICATION FEE: Applicants for admission residing outside the boundaries of the state of Arizona will pay an application fee of $10 (this fee does not apply to applicants for admission to the Graduate College). This payment should be in the form of a check or money order made payable to Northern Arizona University, and must be submitted with the application for ad­mission. Such applications will not be considered unless accompanied by this required fee, which is not refundable.

Students enrolling for six (6) credit hours or less in on-campus classes, ex­tension, or correspondence are considered non-matriculated students, and should refer to page 000 for part-time student admissions policy.

TIME FOR APPLICATION: Application for admission and all supporting tran­scripts should be submitted to the Admissions Office by no later than July 15 for the fall semester, by December 1 for the spring semester, by May 1 for the first term of the summer session, and by July 1 for the second term of the summer session.

New applicants who are unable to supply all required application materials prior to the deadline for admission due to circumstances beyond their control, or who are currently enrolled at another institution of higher education, may be per­mitted to enroll under the provisions of the "Petition for Permission to Register" procedure. Admission of these students will be ruled upon only after all applica­tion materials are received, and until such time the student is considered as non-matriculated.

Admission to Freshman Standing

SCHOLASTIC REQUIREMENTS: Freshman applicants seeking admission to Northern Arizona University may be considered for admission provided they meet the following conditions:

Have graduated from an accredited secondary school and rank in the upper 50 percent of high school graduating class; or Be an in-state applicant, a graduate of an accredited secondary school and have a minimum score of 21 on the American College Test Battery; or Be an out-of-state applicant, a graduate of an accredited secondary school and have a minimum score of 23 on the American College Test

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 63

The Admissions Committee may grant admission to some applicants who do not meet the above conditions, but who do meet other requirements set by the Arizona Board of Regents which include:

High school grade point average, minimum of 2.5 overall on a 4.0 scale; Demonstrated upward grade trend during high school career or an up­ward grade trend in senior year; Positive recommendations from secondary school administrators and/or a positive recommendation from a university counselor based upon aca­demic potential, work experience, leadership ability, or extra-curricular activities; Attain an average score on the General Education Development Test (G.E.D.) of at least 55; Demonstrate an ability to complete freshman level academic courses by attaining a minimum grade point average of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale in academic courses in English, Social Science, Mathematics, Science, For­eign Languages, or the Humanities, as shown by at least 9 credit hours in a community col.ege and/or summer or evening sessions of a university.

APTITUDE TEST: All new Freshman applicants must take the American Col­lege Test during their junior or senior year in high school on a national test date. Arizona high school applicants should meet this requirement through the Amer­ican College Test program approved by the Arizona School and College Relations Committee.

Transfer applicants who have completed less than one full year of academic study (30 semester hours) must also submit American College Test scores.

Report of test scores must be sent to Northern Arizona University directly from American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 168, Iowa City, Iowa, 52240.

American College Test scores are utilized for admissions consideration and in assisting students to plan their academic programs. Other scholastic aptitude test scores such as SAT-CEEB scores, etc., may be submitted, but please note that the only test scores recognized by the Admissions Committee for admission purposes are scores from the American College Test Battery.

RECOMMENDED SECONDARY-SCHOOL SUBJECT UNITS: English 4 (from Group I)

or English 3 and one 5 (from Groups I and II) foreign language 2

Mathematics 2 2 (from Group III) American History

and Social Studies 2 2 (from Group IV) Laboratory Science 2 2 (from Group V) Electives, depending upon

English option 6 5 (from Groups I through VI)

16 16

ADDITIONAL SUBJECT UNITS RECOMMENDED: The recommended pattern of subjects is that which on the basis of experience can reasonably be expected to provide satisfactory preparation for college when these subjects have been completed with better than average grades. Academically talented students are strongly urged to take additional courses from Group I through V beyond those recommended above.

64 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

CLASSIFICATION OF ACCEPTABLE SECONDARY-SCHOOL SUBJECTS: Group I. English: Only courses with major emphasis upon grammar, composition, and literary analysis. Group II. Foreign Language: A classical or modern foreign language. Less than one unit is not accepted. Two units or more are strongly recommended. Group III. Mathematics: One unit of algebra and one unit of mathematics other than arithmetic, business mathematics or general mathematics. Group IV. Social Studies: History, civics, economics, sociology, geography, and government (including United States and Arizona constitutions). Group V. Laboratory Science: Only courses in biology, chemistry, and physics, in which at least one regular laboratory period is scheduled each week. Group VI. Agriculture, arithmetic, art, bookkeeping, business arithmetic, drama, general mathematics, general science, home economics, industrial arts, journalism, music, secretarial training, speech and other subjects commonly offered for credit by secondary schools, except physical education and military science.

FRESHMAN ADMISSION TO SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES: Students whose records indicate that they have met the scholastic requirements for admission, the recommended secondary school subjects, and who complete all other admission requirements will be admitted to freshman standing in the following colleges and schools: Arts and Science, Business Administration, Creative Arts, Applied Science, and Education.

Students seeking admission to the School of Forestry, the College of En­gineering and Technology, the Department of Music, or the Department of Nurs­ing must complete the following requirements: Forestry: Applicants are required to have three units of high school mathematics, one unit of biology, and one unit or physics or chemistry. Engineering: Applicants are required to have four units of English, four units of mathematics, one unit of chemistry, one unit of physics and one unit of mechan­ical drawing. Students deficient in these requirements are encouraged to enter the program, but with the understanding that additional time will be required to complete the program. Music: The Music Department reserves the right to require a student to take placement tests (without fee) to determine the level at which he should enter the study of a given phase of music. Nursing: Because of limited facilities, only a selected group of students are ad­mitted each year. A separate application must be submitted to the Department of Nursing. The application and brochure describing the Nursing Program may be obtained by writing to: Director of Nursing Program, Northern Arizona Uni­versity, Flagstaff, AZ 86001.

Admission to Advanced Standing APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION: Students applying for admission to advanced standing should submit applications to the Office of Admissions and Records.

TRANSCRIPTS: Students applying for advanced standing must present two copies of official transcripts from all other colleges or universities which they have at­tended. Admission applications will not be acted upon and registration for a regular session will not be permitted until transcripts are on file in the Office of Admissions and Records.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 65

The responsibility for requesting transcripts rests with the student, and should be made to the high school principal and the registrar of each college attended. Transcripts should be mailed directly to the Office of Admissions and Records at least thirty days prior to registration. Failure to present transcripts by this date may result in difficulties for the student in planning his course program with his academic advisor.

DECLARATION OF PREVIOUS COLLEGE ATTENDANCE: Students who have attended an institution of higher education elsewhere are required to give the name of the institution and dates of attendance in the space provided for this purpose on the application form. Failure to do so may result in cancellation of the student's enrollment, of credits earned, or both.

All materials submitted for admission, including transcripts, become the prop­erty of Northern Arizona University and are not returnable. Students requiring additional copies of their transcripts must request these again from the original issuing institution. At the discretion of the University, application materials may be destroyed if not activated after one year. SCHOLASTIC REQUIREMENTS: Students applying for advanced standing are required to present demonstrated evidence of their ability to successfully complete an appropriate program of college level work. They must have an overall grade average for all prior college level work of "C" o better for regular admissions consideration. Provisional admission may be granted to a student who shows high aptitude, but whose grade average is below a "C." In no case, however, can a student be admitted if his grade point average is below the Progressive Retention Policy of the University. A student not eligible to re-enter the institu­tion last attended is ineligible to enter this institution.

VETERAN ADMISSION: By Arizona statute, in determining the admissibility to the University of a veteran, honorably discharged, who has served in the armed forces of the United States for a minimum of two years and who was previously enrolled at a university or community college in Arizona, no failing grades re­ceived by such veteran at any Arizona university or community college prior to his military service may be considered.

The student admitted or re-admitted to the University under this statute is subject to progression, retention, graduation, and other academic regulations and standards in this catalog.

Transfer of Credit All transcripts submitted for evaluation of transferable credit must contain

evidence of honorable dismissal, and only college level courses carrying grades of C (2.0) or better from accredited institutions will be accepted. All such credit will be accepted, hour for hour, insofar as it applies to the requirements of the curricula pursued at Northern Arizona University. Normally, the University does not recognize credit earned during the time a student is on suspension.

Transfer credits from an accredited two-year college or two-year colleges authorized by the Arizona State Board of Directors for Junior Colleges will be accepted up to a maximum of one half of the requirements of the curricula pursued at Northern Arizona University, to include credits earned at all previous collegiate institutions attended. These credits must carry grades of C or better, and be from a non-terminal, college parallel program designed for transfer toward a bachelor's degree.

Students may petition for acceptance of additional transfer credit up to a maximum of seventy-two hours. Transfer applicants should review the section of this catalog pertaining to the college in which they plan to enroll for addi­tional regulations regarding transfer of credit.

66 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Courses transferred from a two-year college may be accepted as substitutes for upper division requirements only in special cases approved by the student's academic advisor at Northern Arizona University.

Two-year college transfer students may follow the degree requirements in effect at the time they began their two-year college work, provided their attendance has been continuous and normal progress has been made. ADVANCED PLACEMENT: Students who have taken a College Entrance Exam­ination Board Advanced Placement course in the secondary school and who have taken the College Entrance Examination Board Advanced Placement Examination and received scores of 5 or 4 will receive University credit as well as advanced placement. Those students who receive a score of 3 may receive University credit and/or advanced placement after a review by the departments concerned. For information, students should contact the Dean of Admissions and Records.

FRESHMAN ENGLISH CREDIT AND WAIVER: Credit for Freshman English by other than classroom attendance at a recognized institution of higher learning may be gained by passing the English section of the General tests of the College Level Examination Program, or by appropriate performance on the CEEB Ad­vanced Placement Test. A non-credit waiver of Freshman English may be gained by passing the Freshman English Exemption Examination administered under the auspices of the Director of Freshman English.

CREDITS FOR RELIGIOUS COURSES: Courses offered by campus religious centers or other religious courses approved for transfer may be accepted for general elective courses at Northern Arizona University within the limits of the requirements of the curricula being pursued by the student. If such courses are taken within a regular registration period, at no time can the total hours exceed the course load policy. Failure to comply with this regulation will result in the courses not being accepted as credit. No more than six hours of work in religion may be used on a degree program.

CREDIT FOR MILITARY SERVICE: See Veterans Educational Benefits.

R.O.T.C. CREDIT: Students who have earned credit hours in R.O.T.C. will be granted the total number of credit hours passed with a grade of "C" or better in elective credit toward graduation.

VISTA AND PEACE CORPS EXPERIENCE: The University recognizes ex­periences in VISTA and Peace Corps programs as appropriate for the awarding of academic credit or course waiver. Documentation of these experiences and frequently achievement type testing is required for granting of this credit or waiver. Applicants with these experiences should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for an evaluation of their experiences and details of this policy.

Readmission Former students who have been away from the University for one semester

or more are required to make formal application for readmission at least four weeks prior to the registration date of the semester or summer session for which they wish to re-enroll. Official transcripts of additional work taken elsewhere must be submitted. Students who fail to meet the required standards will be denied readmission to the University.

Denial or Cancellation of Admission The University reserves the right to deny or cancel admission or registration

of a student whose attendance at the institution, in the opinion of the appropriate administrative officer and the President, would not be mutually beneficial to the student and to the University.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 67

Admission to Graduate Study Consult the Graduate Bulletin for details. Write to the Dean of the Graduate

College for application forms and other information. All Graduate applicants (whether for part-time or full-time) must apply to,

and be accepted by, the Graduate School if they expect to use the hours toward a degree at Northern Arizona University, or if they plan to transfer the hours to a degree program elsewhere. In order to avoid any problems, all Graduate applicants should check with the Graduate Office, Room 146 of the Administration Building.

Part-time Enrollment The University provides an opportunity for residents of Flagstaff and the

surrounding area to enroll as part-time students (six credit hours or less). Many people avail themselves of this opportunity to continue their education at the undergraduate or graduate level. Special procedures have been developed to assist these applicants:

All applicants for part-time enrollment, including applicants for Summer Sessions, are expected to meet the same basic admission requirements and to submit the same documentation as those applicants seeking a full-time status, with the exception of the physical examination. Part-time students are not eligible to use the Health Center facilities during the regular semester, and summer students are eligible for day treatment on a limited basis only.

Applicants for the part-time status should understand very clearly that their status is a non-matriculated status unless formal arrangements for a degree program are made with, and authorized by, the proper University authorities. Part-time applicants seeking a matriculated status must declare their intentions upon apply­ing; this is especially important at the Graduate level.

A personal interview will be required for all undergraduate applicants seek­ing part-time enrollment at Northern Arizona University. Additional documenta­tion may be requested during the interview in order to verify the applicants' eligi­bility for admission.

Part-time applicants must re-apply to the University prior to each semester they wish to attend. One application will serve for both summer sessions. After the initial enrollment as a part-time student, subsequent enrollments are normally handled quickly and easily by means of a one-page application form.

SUMMER SCHOOL: An individual who is not a fully matriculated student at Northern Arizona University during the regular academic year, and who desires to attend one or both of the summer sessions, will be considered as an applicant for the part-time status. (See catalog section above referring to Part-Time Status.)

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION PROGRAM

PHILOSOPHY: It is obvious that individuals in our society learn both from formal educational opportunities and from opportunities outside of the formal educational structure. In many instances the opportunities for learning outside of the formal educational structure have no comparable offering within formal education. In most instances the learning which takes place through opportunities outside of the formal educational structure represent considerable individual motivation, effort, self-direction and discipline (all qualities toward which formal education strives) as well as information about a selected topic.

68 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Credit by Examination is a method of recognizing educational experiences in which an individual has participated but which are outside of the formal credit structure of accredited institutions of higher education. Credit by Examination has been recognized as an option at Northern Arizona University for many years. Present practices will be continued in those departments which have made use of this option as a means of determining credit. It is the intent of this policy to encourage the use of this option by departments not presently recognizing or offering credit through Examination.

ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION IN PROGRAM: Any undergraduate stu­dent may earn credit by examination, if he meets the following standards.

1. He has matriculated (been admitted to attend classes full-time). 2. He is in good standing. 3. He is not within 15 hours of graduation. 4. He pays full-time student fees.

COURSES ELIGIBLE FOR CREDIT BY EXAMINATION: Only those courses which appear in the current General Catalog and which the department chairman has approved as appropriate to have credit earned by examination are included in the program. Hours of credit for each course are those listed in the current Catalog. When available CLEP examination must be utilized to determine credit.

LIMITATION OF CREDIT BY EXAMINATION: An approved student may earn up to thirty semester hours of credit through the "Credit by Examination" Pro­gram with the understanding that the student can petition the Admissions and Scholastic Regulations Committee for consideration of additional hours of credit beyond thirty (30) semester hours.

EXPERIENCES EVALUATED THROUGH CREDIT BY EXAMINATION: 1. Peace Corps 2. Vista 3. Self-learning in a specific content area 4. Trade, industrial, technical school beyond high school level 5. Unaccredited institutions offering courses beyond high school level

LIMITATIONS ON TAKING CREDIT BY EXAMINATION TESTS: 1. The student may not repeat a CLEP Subject Examination within a year

of the previous test date 2. The student may repeat a CLEP General Examination once within a year's

time 3. The student may not repeat locally prepared examinations within a year

of the previous test date of attempting such an examination 4. The student may not receive credit by examination for a course which is

prerequisite to a course in which the student has previously registered or is cur­rently registered. Exceptions to this policy may be made upon appeal to the Admissions and Scholastic Regulations Committee with approval of the Depart­ment Chairman and/or Dean of the College.

VETERANS EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS Northern Arizona University is fully approved for the training of students

under the several government educational programs for veterans and dependents of deceased or disabled veterans. Eligible students must apply directly to their nearest Veterans Administrative Regional Office for their Certificate of Eligibility and for information concerning benefits to which they are entitled.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 69

Qualified students under this program must present the required Certificate of Eligibility to the Veterans Advisor at the Office of Admissions and Records or at the Veterans Station during Registration for certification.

Students attending under the Veterans Administration Vocational Rehabilita­tion Program must contact their Vocational Rehabilitation Specialist prior to registration.

VETERANS DEFERMENT OF TUITION PAYMENTS By action of the Legislature of the State of Arizona, 4B 2206, February 2,

1972: Any person who has a valid Certificate of Eligibility and has applied for

benefits under the G. I. Bill for education may, upon registration at a State sup­ported community college, college or university shall defer such payment for such period upon receipt of a signed and acknowledged promissory note for the amount of such tuition and fees, with no interest charge, that is due and payable at the end of such one hundred twenty day period. For further information, contact the Veterans Advisor in the Office of Admissions and Records.

CREDIT FOR MILITARY SERVICE "A Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Serv­

ices," published by the American Council on Education, is the basis for evaluating the training and experiences in military service. Cases which fall outside of the regular policies of the University will be reviewed by the office of the Execu­tive Vice Provost, or the Admissions and Scholastic Regulations Committee.

Veterans with 18 months of consecutive active duty are normally exempted from physical education and awarded 4 semester hours credit toward graduation. Veterans that have earned a commission in the Armed Forces may petition the Office of Admissions and Records for an additional 12 semester hours credit.

The Evaluation of military credit is completed only after a student has been admitted to the University and all required documentation submitted.

UNITED STATES ARMED FORCES INSTITUTE Courses completed through USAFI Programs will be accepted on transfer

providing that satisfactory grades have been received.

RECORDING OF CREDIT AND GRADING PROCEDURES

1. Credit earned by examination becomes part of the student's academic record when the student has successfully completed one semester's work of seven or more hours.

2. CLEP Examinations: Students earning a score of the 50% tile or higher receive credit. If the student has taken a CLEP General Test and scored at the 50% tile or higher the credit is applied to the appropriate liberal studies area. If the student has taken a CLEP Subject Examination and scored at the 50% tile or higher the earned credit is applied to the appropriate course as determined by the advisor and Department Chairman of the department in which the credit is sought. Only a grade of credit, "6," will be recorded for those courses qualifying as ac­ceptable (50% tile or higher).

70 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

3. Locally prepared examinations: Locally prepared examinations are scored by instructors designated by the appropriate Department Chairman. These in­structors assign a letter grade of "A", "B", "C", "D", or "F" to indicate the quality of work shown by the examination. Grades of "A", "B", "C" are considered acceptable for credit and will be recorded on the student's permanent record as credit, "6". If the grade on the examination is "D" or "F", no credit is earned and no entry is made on the student's permanent record.

INFORMATION FOR ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

Applicants who are not citizens of the United States are welcome to apply to Northern Arizona University. These applicants must be prepared to present official documentation making very clear that they possess the necessary academic background (secondary and/or college or university), as well as the necessary high-level of English language fluency to be able to pursue academic work at the university level. In addition, all international applicants must be prepared to finance the entire cost of their studies and living expenses while in attendance at Northern Arizona University.

The items indicated below are of importance to those international students who may be interested in applying to Northern Arizona University: TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language): The submission of TOEFL Scores by foreign student applicants represents one of the most important facets of the foreign student admission procedure. These scores must be received and reviewed before an admission decision can be made. A foreign student submitting a TOEFL Score of 500 or better will be considered for admission to the Univer­sity. Please note that in certain cases for an applicant seeking admission to Graduate level studies in areas requiring a high level fluency in the English language, a higher score may be required. For further information in regard to the TOEFL and the dates on which the examination is offered, and the locations throughout the world where it is offered, please write to:

TOEFL 1755 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. Washington, D. C. 20036

TRANSCRIPTS, RECORDS, AND AUTHENTICATED DOCUMENTS: Please note that unofficial academic records (and unofficial English translations of same) cannot be accepted for review. It is necessary for the applicant to make arrange­ments to have his academic records submitted directly to Northern Arizona Uni­versity by the issuing institution. In cases where this may be impossible, then the applicant must have a copy of his original record certified as a true copy by an official of the institution he attended, or by a Notary Public, or a United States Consular official. In any case, the individual or office certifying the docu­ment as a true copy, should submit the certified copy directly to Northern Arizona University on behalf of the applicant. Translations of all records which are not in English must accompany the documents, and a key explaining the grading sys­tem must accompany all transcripts or academic records. Documents other than academic records (for example, letters of reference) that are submitted in support of an applicant's request for admission, should come directly to Northern Arizona University from the individual or institution that originates them.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 71

Foreign students seeking to transfer to Northern Arizona University from other institutions within the United States may take advantage of the following procedure in regard to original documents are are difficult or impossible to obtain. Copies of official academic records, letters of reference, etc., that are being held in the files of the other United States school, may be submitted for review, pro­vided that such copies are authenticated by the Registrar's Office at the College or University from which the applicant wishes to transfer. These authenticated copies must be mailed directly to Northern Arizona University from the Registrar's Office.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION: Northern Arizona University does not offer scholarships to foreign students and is prohibited from employing them on campus with state funds. Therefore, each student must come fully prepared to meet the necessary financial obligations for the full time he will be in the United States. It is estimated that each student will need, after arrival in the United States, a minimum of $2,600 (U.S.) for each nine months of study or $3,500 (U.S.) for each twelve months. Please be aware that this is only an estimate and is exclusive of any travel or transportation expenses.

IMPORTANT DEADLINES: Application files from international students must be complete with all forms and supporting documents in accordance with the following schedule:

Applications for Fall Semester—By 1 May Applications for Spring Semester—By 1 October Applications for Summer Session—By 1 February

INQUIRIES AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: International students seeking additional information about Northern Arizona University and their eligibility to apply are invited to write to the following office:

Dean of Admissions and Records Box 4103 Northern Arizona University Flagstaff, Arizona 86001

Those persons who are eligible to apply will be sent application forms and in­structions. Under no circumstances should the international applicant plan to come to Northern Arizona University until an official letter of admission is issued along with the necessary governmental documents. The admissions procedure for an applicant who is not a citizen of the United States is a complex matter, and those interested should make inquiries well in advance of the session or semester for which they wish to attend.

REGISTRATION For supplemental, updated, and more detailed information regarding registra­

tion, students should consult the Class Schedule, Summer Bulletin and Graduate Bulletin.

ACADEMIC ADVISING: Students are assigned faculty advisors who counsel them concerning course selection and degree requirements. This advisement may occur during freshman orientation, early registration and arena registration.

CLEARANCE OF ACCOUNTS: No student whose record indicates indebtedness to the University shall be permitted to register.

EARLY REGISTRATION: Each semester a three week period is scheduled to permit students to register early for the subsequent semester. Students completing early registration need not return until the first day of classes.

72 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

REGISTRATION PERIOD: Students should consult the University Calendar (see page 2) for registration dates. A late registration fee is assessed students registering on or after the date specified for the beginning of classes each semester. The last date a student may register for credit is the end of the first week of classes. Students registering for six (6) or fewer hours of credit are not charged the late registration fee. REGISTRATION PREREQUISITES: Before registering in the regular session (fall or spring semester) all students must have completed admission requirements as defined under the heading "Admissions." In addition, students must comply with all requirements and procedures stated in the semester's "Schedule of Classes."

STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD: Students are issued a Student Identification Card at the time of registration. Presentation of this card is required for receiving a variety of University services including housing, registration, payment of fees, library, financial aids, etc. Replacement of a card which has been lost, stolen, or destroyed is $10.00, payable when ordered.

INCOMPLETE REGISTRATION: Registration is not complete until all fees have been paid and all required examinations have been taken and other requirements met. Failure to satisfy any of the admission or registration requirements is sufficient cause for dropping a student from all classes and cancellation of student registration.

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS: Students are classified as freshman 0-29 hours, sophomores 30-59 hours, juniors 60-89 hours, seniors 90-more hours, ac­cording to the total number of credits their official records in the Office of Ad­missions and Records show they have earned by the close of the proceeding term.

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY: Students who find it necessary to withdraw from the University must withdraw officially through the office of the Vice Provost of Student Affairs.

Drop-Add Procedures During the first two weeks of the semester a student may drop or add a

course without financial or academic penalty. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of program (drop and/or add) after the 14th calendar day of the semester.

The close of the drop period is two weeks past mid-semester. After this date, the grade of "8" (withdrawal fro ma class) is not acceptable.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS CREDIT: Credits are computed in terms of semester hours. A semester hour represents work for one 50-minute class period for one semester.

GRADING SYSTEM: Final grades are given as A, B, C, D, F, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. The grades have the following significance: A—highest, B—above average, C average, D—lowest passing, F—failure, 6—credit, 7—incomplete, 8—withdrawal, 9—audit, and 10—thesis and research in progress.

GRADE POINTS: For the purpose of computing the scholastic Grade Point Aver­age, grade points are assigned, to each of the grades as follows: A, 4 points for each semester hour; B, 3 points; C, 2 points; D, 1 point; and F, 0 points.

SCHOLASTIC GRADE POINT AVERAGE: The G.P.A. is obtained by dividing the total number of grade points earned by the number of semester hours earned. Courses in which grades of 6 (credit), 7 (incomplete), 8 (withdrawal) and 9 (audit) are received are not included in determining the scholastic G.P.A.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 73

INCOMPLETE GRADES: A mark of 7 (incomplete) may be given when a course is unfinished because of illness or other conditions beyond the control of the student. The instructor fills out an ''incomplete grade card," which includes a brief description of the work to be completed, and the grade to be given if the incomplete has not been removed prior to the mid-term grading period of the next regular enrollment period. All incomplete grade cards are filed in the Office of Admissions and Records.

GRADE CHANGES: A student has the right to petition for review of a course grade. Information concerning the procedure for review of the grade is available in the Office of the Dean of the College.

REPEAT: Students who wish to repeat a course in order to receive a higher grade may do so with the approval of their academic advisor. The original grade assigned for the repeated course will be replaced on the transcript by the repeat course grade. A special "Repeat Card" must be obtained by the student at registration.

AUDIT POLICY: A student wishing exposure to an undergraduate course may elect to audit this course. These students will register in the regular manner and pay the regular fees. Regular attendance at all class meetings is the responsibility of the student, but written assignments and examinations are not mandatory. A grade of "9" will be awarded for satisfactory attendance. Courses audited carry no credit toward the G.P.A. or toward graduation.

However, audits count toward the student's course load; audit units do not count toward the 18 semester hour limit (see Course Loads, p. 000). Audits may be repeated for credit. Courses taken for credit may be repeated as an audit. A course being taken for credit may be changed to an audit with consent of the instructor before the end of the drop period, and a course being audited may be changed to credit with the consent of the instructor before the end of the drop period (two weeks after mid-semester).

PASS-FAIL OPTION: Students who have attained junior or senior standing are eligible to utilize the pass-fail option with the approval of the appropriate admin­istrative officer. Eligible students must have a 2.5 cumulative grade point average and a 3.0 or better semester grade point average with 12 hours or more.

A maximum of 12 hours of pass-fail course work may be used in a bacca­laureate degree program.

A student may change his registration in an eligible course from grade to pass-fail or vice-versa only during the first two weeks of the semester.

CLASS ATTENDANCE: The student admitted to membership in the University community has freely accepted the obligation of class attendance; therefore, regular attendance at all classes for which he is registered is the responsibility of the student. It is recognized that absence from class is sometimes necessary. How­ever, each student is accountable for all work missed because of absence. In­structors are under no obligation to make special arrangements for students who have been absent. Should an absence from class be unavoidable, it is the re­sponsibility of the student to report the reason for his absence to the instructor.

Instructors are requested to apprise the Office of Student Affairs of the continual absence of a student so that students with non-academic problems may be assisted.

GRADE DELETION: To assist undergraduate students in finding a major more appropriate to their interests and abilities and leading to successful completion of a bachelor's degree, the following policy is provided:

74 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

A student who has changed his major and has successfully completed a minimum of twelve credit hours in one semester in his new major with a grade of "C" or better and without any grade of "F" may petition for deletion of "D" or "F" course work accumulated in his former major (major, minor, professional, or related courses). A maximum of thirty semester hours may be deleted.

The choice of courses to delete is the responsibility of the student, with the recommendation of his new major advisor and the approval of the dean of the college or his representative.

Initiation of such a petition is the responsibility of the student, and must be accomplished not later than one full semester prior to intended graduation.

"Deleted" courses referred to above will be left on transcripts, but marked to indicate that hours and grades were not used in computing graduation require­ments.

Students wishing to avail themselves of this policy should contact the Office of Admissions and Records.

Grade Reporting MID-SEMESTER GRADES: Grades in lower division courses (freshman and sophomore level) are mailed to the student's permanent address after mid-semester.

FINAL GRADES: The complete report of all final grades is mailed to the stu­dent's permanent address at the close of the semester. A copy of the semester grade report is sent to the Arizona high school and/or junior college previously attended.

Copies of both the Mid-semester and Final grade report are provided for the student's advisor on campus as well as the Dean of Students.

Course Loads UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS: An undergraduate student carrying twelve or more semester hours of work is considered a full-time student for purposes of Uni­versity Classification. The normal course load is 16 hours and the maximum course load is 18 hours each semester. Overloads (over 18 semester hours) can be carried only with the approval of the Executive Vice President. Responsibility for applying for an overload rests upon the student.

Overload approvals for one to three additional credit hours over 18 semester hours will be given automatically to those regularly enrolled undergraduate stut-dents who have demonstrated a 2.0 or better average in their previous semester.

Overloads of more than three additional credit hours over 18 semester hours will be approved only on a discretionary basis and then based on the student's academic ability, good standing with the University and nature of the overload.

Special cases may be appealed to the University Admission and Scholastic Regulation Committee.

GRADUATE STUDENTS: For purposes of University Classification a graduate student carrying nine or more semester hours of work is considered a full-time student. However, a graduate student may not occupy campus housing without carrying 12 or more hours of work unless he holds a position as a graduate as­sistant or graduate associate and has the written approval of the Dean of the Graduate College. The maximum course load for a graduate student is 16 semester hours.

SUMMER STUDENTS: Under no circumstances will a student be allowed to carry more than six semester hours of work during any one 5-week summer term.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 75

Academic Continuation PROGRESSIVE RETENTION POLICY: To insure that students will be making constant progress towards required grade averages the Admissions and Scholastic Regulations Committee has adopted the following policy.

The records of students whose cumulative grade averages fall below the standards mentioned below will be subject to review by this Committee. Appro­priate action may be scholastic probation for the first review, and scholastic suspension for the second review. In some cases, scholastic suspension may be warranted for the first review, especially if there is an indication that the student is not studying adequately, or is not observing high citizenship standards on campus. Students failing 40 percent or more of their course work are subject to the review of this Committee. Students earning a grade point average of 1.000 or below for any single semester's work are also subject to the Committee's review.

Semester Hours Cumulative Grade Point Average 0-29 1.4

30-89 1.7 90-above 2.0

PROBATION: Students on probation are subject to restrictions with respect to course, employment, and extra-curricular activities as may be imposed by the Office of the Executive Vice President. Students on probation are returned to good standing when their cumulative grade averages meet progressive retention policies. Suspended students who re-enter the institution after a period of ineligibility are admitted on probation.

SUSPENSION: Students suspended at the end of a semester are ineligible for the following semester. Normally the University does not recognize credit earned during the time a student is on suspension.

Students who have been suspended twice for failure in scholarship may not return except on evidence presented to, and approved by, the Excutive Vice Presi­dent verifying that underlying conditions have materially improved and that they are now capable of serious intellectual effort.

Students suspended have the right to petition the Executive Vice President in writing and may receive a hearing before the Admissions and Scholastic Regu­lations Committee.

PROVISIONAL ADMISSION: All students admitted through the Provisional Ad­mission Program enter under the status of Academic Probation, with special conditions required for each individual student.

ACADEMIC DISHONESTY: Acts of academic dishonesty, including such activi­ties as plagiarism, stealing tests, copying themes or tests from other students, or using "crib notes," are regarded by the University as very serious offenses. Stu­dents charged with academic dishonesty are subject to the procedures established by the Admissions and Scholastic Regulations Committee.

ACADEMIC RECOGNITION Students who achieve outstanding academic records are recognized in the

following ways: DEAN'S LIST: A Dean's list is published after the close of each semester. To be eligible for the Dean's List, a student must have earned a grade point average of better than 3.499 during the previous semester and must have carried at least twelve semester hours.

76 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

FRESHMAN SCHOLARS: This recognition is granted students who complete the freshman year in the upper five percent of their class. They must carry a mini­mum course load of 12 semester hours and cannot have any grade of "F."

SOPHOMORE SCHOLARS: Sophomore Scholars are students who complete the sophomore year at the University with a grade point average of 3.5 or better. They must carry a minimum course load of 12 semester hours and cannot have any grade of "F."

JUNIOR SCHOLARS: This distinction is earned by students who complete the junior year at this University with a grade point average of 3.5 or better. They must carry a minimum course load of 12 semester hours and cannot have any grade of "F."

SIGMA EPSILON SIGMA: Sigma Epsilon Sigma is a national honorary for women having a scholastic grade point average of 3.5 or better for their freshman year. Its purpose is to encourage fine scholarship and to recognize academic achievement among freshman women.

PHI KAPPA PHI: Phi Kappa Phi is a national honorary for seniors. Member­ship is limited to a maximum of ten percent of the graduating seniors and of the graduate students receiving a master's degree. Students may be elected in the middle of their junior year if they rank in the top five percent of their class. At Northern Arizona University students must have completed two full years of work (60 hours) in residence and must have maintained a minimum grade point average of 3.20 or better.

HONORS AT GRADUATION: Students who have earned high academic achieve­ment are awarded special honors at Graduation. This recognition is based upon the graduation grade point average as follows:

Summa Cum Laude 3.9 Magna Cum Laude 3.7 Cum Laude 3.5

To be eligible for honors at Graduation, a student must have by the end of the semester in which he graduates a total of sixty semester hours in residence with no failing grades. Credits for courses completed by correspondence or extension are excluded.

Indication of these honors are affixed to the student's transcript of record.

DEANS' AWARD: Each year the Deans' Award is given to the campus organiza­tion whose cumulative grade point average for the previous year was higher than any other. This is a traveling award, unless one organization receives it for three consecutive years. Special awards are given to two members of each of the sophomore, junior, and senior classes whose grade point averages are the highest in the respective classes. These awards are given annually at the Honors Convoca­tion.

ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AT ENTRANCE TO NORTHERN ARIZONA UNIVERSITY: This recognition is granted to entering freshmen who ranked in the upper five percent of their secondary school graduating classes.

THE LOWELL PRIZE: The Lowell Prize, which was established by Mrs. Con­stance Lowell as a memorial to her husband, Dr. Percival Lowell, founder of the Lowell Observatory, consists of $100. It is awarded each year by the Lowell Observatory to the graduate with the bachelor's degree who has maintained the highest average in scholarship during residence in the institution. Four years of residence are required for the prize.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 77

HONORS CONVOCATION: An annual Honors Convocation is held each fall at which outstanding students are recognized.

Special Awards THE PRESIDENTS PRIZE. The President's Prize, a gold Lumberjack peavey, is given to the man and woman student who, in the estimation of students and faculty, have done the most for the institution during the school year. Selection is made by ballot under the direction of the Associated Students.

JOSEPH C. ROLLE BASKETBALL AWARD. This award was established in 1949, and is given to the most valuable varsity basketball player each year. Selec­tion is made by a committee.

PAUL BUNYAN JOURNALISM AWARD, a pin designed in the form of an axe-carrying lumberjack, is presented to a senior student who has majored in journalism, who has been outstanding in journalism activities for at least three years, and who has continued such activities on a high plane through the senior year. The award was established in 1955-56 by Melvin Hutchinson as a reward for excep­tional journalistic achievement. A committee administers the award.

"SHRINE OF AGES" CHOIR AWARD. The "Shrine of Ages" awards are available to worthy choir members who show outstanding ability and service in choir. The awards are not a continuous yearly grant, but are continuous only with the consent of the elected officers and choir director. Funds to support these awards are provided by choir donations and receipts from choir productions.

JOHN G. YOST, JR. MEMORIAL ATHLETIC AWARD. This award is pre­sented by Howard Yost in memory of his brother, John Yost. John Yost was a student here and member of the football team in 1916. He lost his life in the service of his country in 1918 as a member of the armed forces in World War I. This award is presented to the outstanding football lineman each year. Selection is under the direction of Howard Yost and committee.

DEAVER BASEBALL AWARD. This award is given to the most valuable base­ball player each year. Selection is made by a committee.

INSPIRATIONAL BASKETBALL AWARD. This award is given to the most inspirational basketball player each year. Selection is made by a committee.

GRADUATION The Office of Admissions and Records is responsible for determining the

acceptance of undergraduate transfer credit. The student's permanent record is checked to see if he has fulfilled all of the degree requirements for graduation. Requirements for degrees are detailed on pages 000.

CLEARANCE OF ACCOUNTS: Degree candidates are required to clear any indebtedness to the University as a condition to certification for graduation.

GRADE AVERAGE REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: To be eligible for graduation in a baccalaureate degree program, a student must have a grade point average of 2.000 or better on all work attempted at tthe University.

CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: While completing the required number of credits for a degree, a candidate must complete all the requirements of the cur­riculum in which he is enrolled.

78 ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

A degree applicant must complete all requirements within a 5-year period or meet the requirements in effect at the time of completion. If a student drops out of school for more than one semester (exclusive of the summer session) he will be held for the requirements in effect at the time of his re-entrance.

The waiving or substituting of requirements for graduation in the major and minor must be approved by the faculty advisor concerned and by the Dean of the student's college or school. The waiving or substituting of liberal studies requirements for graduation must be approved by the Vice Provost for University Programming and the Dean of the student's college or school.

CREDIT ALLOWED IN ACTIVITIES TOWARD GRADUATION: (1) A non-music major or minor may apply 5 semester hours earned in music activities towards graduation requirements. Additional credit may be earned in music ac­tivities but cannot be applied towards the baccalaureate degree. (2) A music major may apply 8 semester hours of activity music credit towards the bacca­laureate degree.

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS: Candidates for baccalaureate degrees must spend at least two semesters, or the equivalent in summer terms, in residence at the University to obtain a degree. At least 30 weeks and 30 semester hours credits must be earned in residence study. The semester (or summer term) preceding graduation must be spent in residence.

A maximum of 30 semester hours of correspondence and extension work (combined) may be used in a baccalaureate degree program.

Students working on advanced degrees should consult the Graduate Bulletin for regulations and procedures.

APPLICATIONS FOR GRADUATION: Candidates for a baccalaureate degree must pay the graduation fee and apply for that degree with the Office of Admis­sions and Records during the first semester of the senior year (or two semesters prior to the completion of degree requirements).

To apply for a degree the first semester senior is required to have a 2.000 grade point average or better on all work attempted at this institution.

Summer session students must pay the graduation fee and file applications in the first week of the term in which they expect to graduate.

Candidates who fail to pay the graduation fee and file applications at the time specified may be scheduled for graduation at a later date.

SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE: Students seeking a second Bachelor's degree must complete an additional year in residence (ie: 30 hours and 30 weeks) and meet all requirements of the new degree and major.

Other Regulations Regulations pertaining to admissions, registration, academic regulations, and

graduation other than those appearing in the catalog may be established and made known to students as need arises. Such regulations will be as binding as those appearing in the University General Catalog or other University bulletins.

THE CURRICULA

THE ARIZONA BOARD OF REGENTS has authorized the University to grant tthe following degrees: Associate in Science, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Music Education, Bachelor of Science, Bach­elor of Science in Applied Science, Bachelor of Science in Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Engineering Technology, Bachelor of Science in Education, and the Bachelor of Science in Forestry. Graduate degrees the University is authorized to offer are the Master of Arts, Master of Arts in Education, Master of Music, Master of Music Education, Master of Science, Master of Science in Forestry, Edu­cational Specialist, Doctor of Education, and the Doctor of Philosophy degree.

THE ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE DEGREE is a two-year program that may be earned in Nursing, Secretarial Studies, or Production Technology. The degree will be conferred upon a student with a major in nursing and upon students in other programs who have been approved by the faculty and who have completed 64 semester hours of course work.

81

82 THE CURRICULA

Bachelor of Arts The degree of Bachelor of Arts will be conferred upon a stutdent who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements:

1. Liberal Studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major field, 35 semester hours. 3. Minor field, 18 semester hours. 4. Language proficiency, 2-year college level.

Bachelor of Fine Arts The Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree is proposed to meet the needs of very talented art students in training them for professional careers in art or in teaching art in higher education. The Bachelor of Fine Arts student upon graduation either will take a career art position or go on to his Master of Fine Arts degree in a chosen field of art to qualify him to teach in higher education. The degree includes the following minimum requirements.

1. Liberal Studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Art History and Analysis: Art 240, 241, 340, 440, 12 semester hours (except

Advertising Design and Illustration major; see page 000). 3. Art Studio courses in area of specialization; painting, sculpture, commercial,

crafts, 62 semester hours. 4. General Electives (one speech course recommended, one literature course

recommended, one language course recommended) to make 125 semester hours.

Bachelor of Music The degree of Bachelor of Music will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements.

1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major field: 73 semester hours in instrumental music or 67 semester hours

in vocal music. Language proficiency at the second year college level re­quired for students in vocal music.

3. Electives to make 125 semester hours.

Bachelor of Music Education The degree of Bachelor of Music Education will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements.

1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major emphasis in either instrumental or vocal music—53 semester hours. 3. Professional education and related courses, 22 semester hours. 4. Electives to complete 125 semester hours.

Bachelor of Science The degree of Bachelor of Science will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements.

1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major field, 35-63 semester hours. 3. Minor field, 0-18 semester hours.

The program in Radiological Technology requires a total of 131 hours.

THE CURRICULA 83

Bachelor of Science in Accountancy The degree, Bachelor of Science in Accountancy, is designed for the student who wants to prepare for the profession of accountancy by extensive study of the basic areas of the accounting discipline. Those students who want less specialization, or who want to combine the study of accounting with some other business subject area should select the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree pro­gram. The degree of Bachelor of Science in Accountancy includes the following minimum requirements:

1. Liberal studies, 44 semester hours. 2. Business Core courses, 33 semester hours. 3. Accounting courses and business electives, 36-39 semester hours. 4. Electives to complete 125 semester hours.

Bachelor of Science in Applied Science The degree of Bachelor of Science in Applied Science will be conferred upon a stu­dent who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and has completed 127 semester hours including the following minimum requirements:

1. Liberal studies, 24-30 semester hours. 2. Major core courses, 65 semester hours. 3. Emphasis requirements and electives, 32-38 semester hours.

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements:

1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Business Core courses, 38 semester hours. 3. Area of Concentration requirements, 12-21 semester hours. 4. Approved electives, 27-33 semester hours.

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene The degree of Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has com­pleted 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements:

1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Dental Hygiene, 51 semester hours. 3. Courses in supporting cognate fields, 26 semester hours. 4. Electives, 6 semester hours.

Bachelor of Science in Nursing The degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for the degree by the faculty and who has completed a program of 132 hours as specified under "Degree Requirements" in the description of the program under the Department of Nursing.

84 THE CURRICULA

Bachelor of Science in Engineering The degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering with emphasis in Civil, Electrical, Mechanical or Physics Engineering will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and has completed 127 semester hours in­cluding the following minimum requirements:

1. Liberal studies, 24-30 semester hours. 2. Major core courses, 65 semester hours. 3. Emphasis requirements and electives, 32-38 semester hours.

Bachelor of Science in Engineering Technology The degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering Technology with emphasis in Civil, Engineering Drafting and Design, Electrical, Industrial and Mechanical Tech­nology will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements:

1. Liberal Studies, 24-30 semester hours. 2. Major core courses, 31 semester hours. 3. Emphasis requirements and electives, 64-70 semester hours.

Bachelor of Science in Education The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon the student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements:

(Elementary) 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Subject content courses, 35 semestetr hours. 3. Approved minor, 15 semester hours (minimum). 4. Professional program, 27 semester hours.

(Secondary) 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major field, 30 semester hours (minimum). 3. Minor field, 20 semester hours (minimum). A minor is optional. 4. Professional program, 19 semester hours. 5. Related areas, 8 semester hours.

Bachelor of Science in Forestry The degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 128 semester hours. For a complete description of the course requirements in this program, see "School of Forestry."

Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Technology The degree of Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Technology will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for the degree by the faculty and who has com­pleted a program of 125 hours as specified under "Degree Requirements" in the description of the area of Radiologic Technology.

THE CURRICULA 85

GRADUATE DEGREES Master's degrees offered by the institution for the most part require a calendar

year of full-time study beyond the bachelor's degree. The Educational Specialist degree is a sixth-year program that has the possession of a master's degree and teaching experience as prerequisites. The Doctor of Education degree may be earned in Educational Psychology, Educational Administration, or Curriculum and Instruction. It is recommended that a student seeking a doctorate in one of these fields first become qualified as a master teacher. The Doctor of Philosophy de­gree may be earned at this institution in Biology with an emphasis either in Zoology or Botany. Further information concerning programs available under any of these degrees will be found in the Graduate Bulletin. A copy of this publication may be obtained by writing to the Graduate Office, Faculty Box 4125, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86001.

COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM AND EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

In all colleges and schools the number by which a course is designated is intended to indicate the relative advancement of the course. The following num­bering system and explanation should be helpful to students in planning their re­spective programs.

Department symbol and course number

Courses numbered Explanation

from 1-99 Courses which do not carry semester hours credit toward a degree.

100-299 Lower division courses primarily for freshmen and sophomores. 300-499 Upper division courses primarily for juniors and seniors. 500-599 Courses open to graduate students and qualified seniors. A differentiation

will be made in the work required of the graduate and the undergraduate student.

600-699 Graduate courses open only to students admitted to graduate study. 700-799 Advanced graduate courses usually of a professional nature.

Explanatory Notes and Key to Symbols

Astr. 391:392 ASTRONOMY (4 :4 ) . First Semester, photography and telescope making, spherical astronomy, celestial mechanics, and radar astronomy. Second semester, spectroscopy, photo-electric photometry, astrophysics, and infrared and radio astronomy. First semester not prerequisite to the second. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite; Phys. 151:152 or Ch.Ph. 111:112 and Phys. 213.

Department symbol and course number

Code for departmental and area symbols

Acct Accounting Am.St. American Studies Am.En. American Enterprise Anth. Anthropology

86 THE CURRICULA

Ap.Ma. Applied Mathematics Hum. Humanities Ap.Mu. Applied Music I.E. Industrial Education Art Art Ital. Italian A.S. Aerospace Studies Jlsm. Journalism Astr. Astronomy Ling. Linguistics B.E. Business Education L.S. Library Science Biol. Biology Math. Mathematics Chem. Chemistry Hist. History Ch.Ph. Chem-Physics Mbio. Microbiology C.Sc. Computer Science Mgt. Management D.P. Data Processing Mktg. Marketing D.Hyg. Dental Hygiene Mus. Music Econ. Economics Nav. Navajo Ed.Ad. Educational Administration Nurs. Nursing Ed.CI. Curriculum & Instruction O.Ad. Office Administration Ed.Fd. Educational Foundations Phil. Philosophy Ed.Ps. Educational Psychology Ph.Sc. Physical Science Ed.SE. Special Education P.S. Political Science Engr. Engineering PSA. Police Science and Engl. English Administration Env.S. Environmental Science Psyc. Psychology Fin. Finance Phys. Physics For. Forestry P.T. Public Transportation Fren. French Rad. Radiological Technology G.B. General Business Sci. Science Geog. Geography Soc. Sociology Geol. Geology Soc.S. Social Science Germ. German Sp.Th. Speech and Theater H.E. Home Economics Span. Spanish Hper. Health, Physical Education, Sw.St. Southwest Studies

Recreation and Athletics Tech. Technology Honr. Honors V.E. Vocational Education

A colon (:) between the course numbers indicates that the course is a two-semester sequence. When two course numbers are listed separated by a colon, the first semester is prerequisite to the second, unless (as in this instance) a statement is made following the course description that the first semester is not prerequisite to the second.

Course tide.

Credit hours for each course. In some cases, the amount of credit vary with the choice of the department for a particular semester, and the possible number of hours would be separated by a hyphen (e.g., 2-3). In other instances the number of hours may vary with the student's particu-lar needs for a given semester (e.g., 1-6).

Brief description of the course. The actual contact hours for the course for one semester. In this case the class meets for three hours of lecture each week and for one two-laboratory period each week.

THE CURRICULA 87

Prerequisites and/or special requirements for the course, if any. Prerequi­sites may be satisfied by the course or courses indicated, or otherwise the student must satisfy the instructor of his ability to take the course. The word corequisite means that the course indicated must be taken concur­rently, if it has not been previously taken.

Admission to Courses A student must be qualified by his background and level of academic maturity

to enter a course offered by the University. If a course is listed with a prerequi­site, a student must have received credit for the prerequisite as a condition of ad­mission to the course. If a course is listed with a corequisite, a student must have previously received credit for the corequisite or he must register for it concurrently. Otherwise, the student must present satisfactory evidence to the instructor of the course he proposes to enter that he can complete the work successfully.

A course that is listed without a prerequisite may be entered by any student provided he has the necessary level of experience. Normally a freshman may not register for a course at the 300 level or above; a sophomore may not normally register for a course at the 400 level or above. An undergraduate student may not register for a course at the 600 level or above except during the last semester of his senior year and then only after previously having been admitted to graduate study.

To enter a course titled Independent Study, Independent Reading, or Under­graduate Research requires the permission of the instructor and the department chairman. Graduate courses with a 697 number (Independent Study) require as well the permission of the Dean of the College.

PASS-FAIL OPTION The Pass-Fail Option is designed to encourage students to take upper-division

courses outside of the areas of their major field of study through utilization of a grading system which will not affect their overall grade point average. Request to participate in this program is made through the Office of the Vice President for University Programming, which is responsible for evaluation of each petition and approval of those students eligible.

The Option is available to Junior and Senior level students who have a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or better, or a grade point average of 3.0 for twelve hours or more the preceding semester. Students may take up to two courses in any subject area and twelve hours total without course prerequisites in 300, 400, and 500U level courses. Students are required to complete all class work and may change from pass-fail to enrollment for a regular grade, or vice versa, only during the two-week "drop-add" period at the beginning of a semester.

INTERTERM PROGRAM The University makes provision for students who wish to use the period be­

tween semesters for some intensified studies. Credit for these studies may be awarded when the particular program has received prior approval from the stu­dent's advisor and the dean of the college. Announcement of courses will be made at the time of the Fall registration.

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

HIGHER EDUCATION IS FAR MORE than the acquisition of particular skills and knowledge necessary to prepare a student for a profitable vocation. A degree from Northern Arizona University signifies that a student has had an introduction to a wide field of learning that will help him become an interested and responsible citizen of the world community. The Liberal Studies Program is part of every undergraduate degree and is designed to meet this goal.

Some students need a broadly designed degree program not only for personal intellectual development but as part of a career objective. The Area Studies and the graduate Vocational Education programs involve courses from more than one discipline in the major and thus fall in this category.

In addition to the programs listed here, a number of programs offered within the College of Public and Environmental Service are equally interdisciplinary in nature. The student interested in a broadly based degree should consider among others programs in Environmental Studies, American Studies, Southwest Studies, and Transportation.

89

90 INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

AREA STUDIES PROGRAM The objective of area studies is to offer the students an interdisciplinary pro­

gram organized along geographic or cultural lines. These programs are adminis­tered by committees composed of the teachers concerned with the particular geo­graphic or cultural area, and are coordinated by the Council on International and Intercultural Studies.

Students may take a Bachelor of Arts degree in Latin American Civilization, with Spanish Language, 18 hours of History, 35 hours of Latin American Studies, and approved electives. Advice and information about this major can be obtained from the Latin American Studies advisors listed below.

Students may minor in one of seven 18-hour programs, by concentrating on one continent or significant cultural area. Courses would be taken from several fields, such as anthropology, art, English, economics, history, humanities, and po­litical science. Advice on how to proceed with one of these minors may be ob­tained from the advisor of each program listed below.

American Indian Studies: Dr. William Griffen, Department of Sociology Asian Studies: Dr. John Nicolson, Department of Social Science Black Studies: Dr. John Wood, Department of Anthropology Classical Studies: Dr. Barry Powell European Studies: Dr. Wm. Roosen, Department of Modern Languages International Relations: Dr. Harry Matthews, Department of Social Science Latin American Studies: Dr. Katharine Nutt, Department of Social Science or

Dr. Guy Bensusan, Department of Humanities Southwest Studies: Dr. Andrew Wallace, Department of Social Science

INDIVIDUALIZED STUDIES The peak of scholarship is attained when a student, equipped with the neces­

sary tools and background, is sufficiently motivated to pursue worthwhile subjects of knowledge persistently, independently, and successfully. Commonly this level of academic maturity is expected at the graduate level. However, the University recognizes that many undergraduate students can begin to progress to this level at an earlier stage and indeed can find great stimulation to scholarship through an opportunity to earn credits toward the bachelor's degree in self-directed study. The University therefore provides opportunities for qualified students for guided investi­gations and experiences into areas of knowledge that may not be included in formal course structures. These are through enrollment in one or more of the courses

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 91

Courses of Study

408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). Supervised field experience in an appropriate agency or organization. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 hrs. credit. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6;. Original research under the supervision of a research advisor. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 hrs. credit. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). An individualized approach to selected topics by guided reading and critical evaluation. Ma> be repeated for a maximum of 6 hrs. credit.

Contemporary Developments The following courses will consistently be offered by departments for the

benefit of students to bring them up to date concerning career possibilities and developments within the various major fields of study. 199. SEMINAR: CAREER-PROFESSIONAL ORIFMAIION i!:-h. Opportunities and levels of preparation re­quired for professional careers following itudv in leleited academic areas. 499. CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS iV3i. Examination of recent trends and investigations in a selected area of a particular major field of studv.

V o c a t i o n a l E d u c a t i o n FACULTY: The faculty is comprised of leading professional teacher education personnel from each of the related vocational areas of study represented at this institution. Although the program is not limited to Business Education, Home Economics and Industrial Education, advisors are available in these areas.

OBJECTIVES: The Master of Arts degree in Vocational Education is a profes­sional program designed to meet the increasing need for an interdisciplinary ap­proach to the preparation of instructional, administrative and supervisory personnel in the field of Vocational Education. The objectives of this degree are: (1) to provide opportunities for studying and developing administrative, supervisory and teaching skills from an integrated approach; (2) to meet the educational needs of vocational education personnel employed in areas where the curricular offerings are interdisciplinary in nature, i.e., Manpower Development and Training programs; Work Incentive Programs; Vocational Special Needs, etc.; (3) to provide program flexibility which enables existing and potential educators to select specific areas of study needed to administer, supervise and implement broad programs of vocational education at the district, city or state level; (4) to prepare individuals for Voca­tional Certification. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

D E S C R I P T I O N O F C O U R S E S V. E, 503 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (1-3). For specific needs of vocational educators, individually and or groups. V. E. 560 OCCUPATIONAL ANALYSIS (3) Identification of various elements of occupations for developing meaningful programs and courses. V. E. 566 COORDINATING COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS IN VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3). Responsibilities of the coordinator: techniques in selection and improvement of training stations and relations with training sponsors. V. E. 583 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT FOR SPECIAL NEEDS (3). Planning, implementation and evalu­ation of vocational programs for the handicapped and disadvantaged. V. E. 591 DEVELOPMENT OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3). Background, evolution and philosophy of vocational education; relationship to general education. V. E. 594 VOCATIONAL GUIDANCE (3). Procedures for assisting individuals in choice, prepara­tion, entrance and advancement in occupations. V. E. 596 TECHNIQUES IN GROUP LEADERSHIP (3). Group dynamics for utilization in vocational education.

1

92 INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

V. E. 661 LEGAL AND FINANCIAL ASPECTS OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3). Internal and external functions, responsibiities and relationships o[ vocational agencies.

V. E. 664 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF ADULT Education (3). Development, administration and implementation of adult programs in vocational education. ,

V E. 680 RECENT TRENDS IN VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3). Current review of literature, research and problems in federal, state and local programs.

V. E. 690 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3). Organizing, budgeting, housing, equipping, staffing and directing, directing and controlling programs.

V. E. 691 RESEARCH TECHNIQUES FOR VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3). Problem identification, method­ology, data collection, interpreting and reporting.

V. E. 692 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (31. Planning, organization and evaluation of subject matter.

V. E. 696 PUBLIC RELATIONS FOR VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3). Building positive relationships with students, colleagues, cooperating agencies and the community.

The Liberal Studies Program The Liberal Studies program seeks to fulfill its purpose through courses

planned to increase the student's depth of understanding as well as his breadth of knowledge. The intention is to study all subjects reflectively with a philosophical concern for values and principles. In Liberal Studies courses, the emphasis is upon the interpretation and appraisal of knowledge rather than upon quantitative additions to it. Further, the courses are structured to increase the student's appreciation of the relevance of each area of human inquiry to every other area, endeavoring to librate student minds from compartmentalized thinking.

This program is designed to help the student appreciate his heritage from the past, understand the cultural, social, and scientific environment of the present, and discover personal and valuable motives for constructive efforts on behalf of exist­ing and future generations.

There are 42 to 45 hours of Liberal Studies courses required of all candidates for a baccalaureate degree. However, any student who believes he has adequately anticipated one of the lower division courses may, with the approval of his advisor and the Liberal Studies Coordinator, be examined over the subject matter. If he receives a passing grade he will be exempt from the course and allowed to use the semester hours for electives. Honors courses may be used, where appropriate, to fulfill part of the Liberal Studies requirements. Other substitutions in the pro­gram may be made only with the approval of the Coordinator of Liberal Studies, Dr. Robert C. Dickeson.

Of the 42 hours required in Liberal Studies, 30 hours should be taken at the lower division and 12 at the upper division level. The hours must not be selected from courses in the student's major or minor fields. A student exempt from courses in one unit must complete the exempted hours from courses in other fields. The following distribution of courses (with the exceptions noted above) constitute the approved Liberal Studies program. The advisor and Coordinator of Liberal Studies must approve changes for any degree program.

University Requirements (12-14 Hours) LOWER Eng. 102, 103 Freshman English (3-3) DIVISION or

Engl. 104, 105 English for Bilinguals (4-4) Math. 151 Mathematical Concepts & or equivalents totalling

Applications (4) four or more hours Hper. 171, 172 Freshman Physical Education (1-1)

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 93

Sciences (8-12 Hours) LOWER Astr. 180 Man in Space (4) DIVISION Biol. 101 Man and His Biological World (4)

Geol. 101 Man and the Earth (4) Ph.Sc. 125 Man and His Physical World (4)

or Eight hours of lab courses from any one of the fol­lowing: Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Geology.

UPPER Biol. 300 Biogenetics of Man (3) DIVISION For. 322 Environmental Conservation (3)

Geol. 301 Geology in Human Affairs (3)

Social and Behavioral Sciences (9-12 Hours) LOWER Anth. 152 Social and Cultural Systems (3) DIVISION Econ. 180 The Economic Environment of Man (3)

Hist. 140, 141 History of Western Civilization (3-3) Hist. 291, 292 American Civilization (3-3) Jlsm. 200 Mass Media and Man (3) P.S. 140 American Democratic System (3) Psyc. 150 General Psychology (3)

UPPER Anth. 301 Peoples of the World (3) DIVISION Anth. 369 Cultural Linguistics (3)

Anth. 376 The Contemporary United States Indian (3) G.B. 310 Legal Environment of Business (3) Geog. 440 World Regional Patterns (3) H.E. 377 Consumer Problems and Family Economics (3) H.E. 381 Culture and the Home (3) Hist. 307 Main Currents of Scientific Thought (3) Hist. 444 Europe in the Modern World (3) Hist. 494 Recent United States History (3) I.E. 382 Technology and Culture (3) P.S. 354 Comparative Political Ideas (3) Soc. 300 Contemporary Social Problems (3)

Humanities (8-12 Hours) LOWER Art 294 Aesthetics of the Visual Arts (2) DIVISION Engl. 257 Masterpieces of World Literature (3)

Hum. 231 Man and the Arts (3) Mus. 293 Aesthetics of Music (3) Phil. 150 Man and Value (3) Sp.Th. 180 Problems in Communication (3)

UPPER Art 440 Contemporary Art (3) DIVISION Engl. 352 Enjoyment of Poetry (3)

Engl. 451 Literary Expressions of Underground Movements (3) Hum. 353 Great Issues in Western Culture (3) Hum. 361 Asian Ideas and Values (3) Hum. 481 Recent Trends (3) Phil. 352 Philosophy of Religion (3) Phil. 353 Man and Reality (3) Phil. 354 Man and Scientific Thought (3)

94 INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

Graduate Courses Courses in the list below are provided for students who need to meet the

Liberal Studies requirements of a master's degree program in education or who desire enrichment at the graduate level in a subject outside their areas of specializa­tion. Courses other than these may be used to meet Liberal Studies requirements with the approval of the student's advisor, but these courses are particularly de­signed for the student who has little acquaintance with the field. They have no prerequisites other than admission to graduate study.

For. 608 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) Econ. 610 The Teacher and the Modern Economic World (3) Mus. 620 Music in American Culture (3) Mus. 623 Recent Music in Western Civilization (3) Art 625 Current Developments in the Visual Arts (3) Soc. 640 The Sociological Imagination (3) Soc. 645 Sociological Concepts (3) Biol. 600 Evolution and Modern Man (3) Phil. 653 Issues in Science and Religion (3) Geog. 655 Geographical Aspects of Contemporary Affairs (3) I.E. 660 Technology in World Affairs (3) Psyc. 670 Current Issues in Psychology (3) H.E. 675 Adult Education (3) Sp.Th. 680 Communication in the Modem World (3)

THE HONORS PROGRAM

OBJECTIVES OF THE HONOR PROGRAM are: to challenge the superior stu­dent to develop his abilities to the maximum: to give encouragement and recogni­tion to the Superior student: to raise scholastic achievement throughout the institu­tion: to provide the superior student the opportunity for independent study.

The Honors Program is under the supervision of the Honors Council, a faculty body which has representation from the colleges and schools throughout the Uni­versity. The program is administered by an appointed Director.

HONORS FORUM: A lecture-discussion series arranged by the Honors Program, and supported by the Associated Students and the Convocations Committee. Out­standing speakers are brought to the University', thereby bringing an added dimen­sion to the intellectual atmosphere of the campus. The Honors Forum series is open to the University community and the general public.

HONORS COURSES: These courses are an integral part of the honors student's program of study. They are. for the most part, not additional requirements to the student's academic program. Honors courses are extra work in the sense that they require greater effort than regular courses: however, placed in a class with other superior students, most honors students find themselves highly motivated for this extra work. Honors courses are an excellent means to prepare for graduate study or advanced professional training.

97

98 THE HONORS PROGRAM

TYPES OF HONORS PROGRAMS

Graduation "With Honors" The Honors Program offers highly motivated superior students opportunities

for enriched study that leads to graduation "With Honors." This designation of merit upon graduation may be earned within any four year degree program in the University. It is awarded by the Honors Council in Cooperation with the indi­vidual colleges and departments of the University.

REQUIREMENTS: The requirements for graduation "With Honors" are: 1. Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 30 hours of approved honors credit. 2. A minimum of 18 hours of honors courses carrying course numbers on the

100 and 200 level. These need not but may include special courses or programs designed for Freshmen, such as the Freshman Science Program, the Freshman Social Science Program, and Tutorials in Integrated Programs of Study.

3. A minimum of 12 hours of honors credit in courses carrying 300 and 400 level designations. These must include Honors 390 (Directed Reading) and Honors 485 (Directed Research). In addition, two honors colloquia (Honors 350 and Honors 450) must be taken for a total credit of six hours.

4. Submission of a written petition to the Director of the Honors Program stating the student's program of study for Honors 390 (Directed Study). Petitions may be obtained from the Director of the Honors Program.

5. Submission of a written petition to the Director of the Honors Program that clearly states the student's research proposal for Honors 485 (Directed Re­search). Petitions may be obtained from the Director of the Honors Program. Findings resulting from Honors 485 must be submitted to the Director of the Honors Program for deposit in the University Library. If the finished product is in the area of the performing or visual arts, a program or other suitable descriptive document may be submitted in lieu of a typed report.

6. The candidate for the degree "With Honors" must earn a final cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or better. The candidate must also compile a final grade point average of 3.20 or better for all Honors courses attempted. The failure to meet these requirements will result in a student being denied graduation "With Honors."

7. Students must be admitted to the Honors Program before earning credit toward graduation "With Honors."

Bachelor of Arts: Honors This is a degree program combining a strong emphasis on liberal studies with

"depth in breadth" in specific disciplines. This degree program has five facets:

1. The core of the program is a major embracing at least two disciplines (65 hoursi. This may be either a merged major, the courses of which are selected, and occasionally, designed, to provide a single unified course of study in a major pro­gram more broadly conceived than is the case with the usual bachelor's degree program; or a concentration major based on an honors major in one department, which includes a distribution of courses, integrated with the major, in at least two other departments.

2. The liberal studies requirement is 34 hours. Though the actual number of hours is reduced somewhat from the requirement in the regular program, the reduc­tion is more than compensated for by the liberalizing influence of the broad major, as well as the advanced courses in the language program.

THE HONORS PROGRAM 99

3. The student must demonstrate proficiency in one research tool. A foreign language, statistical methodology, or computer language and operation are con­sidered research tools. Students will either demonstrate proficiency in one of these research methodologies or take 18 credit hours of course work in one of the re­search tool areas listed.

4. During each of the last three semesters of the student's college career he will enroll in an Honors colloquium. There will be one colloquium from each discipline of the major and a culminating colloquium devoted to the integration of knowledge. These colloquia will consume six hours, four from the major and two from the liberal studies requirement.

5. At the end of the first semester of the senior year the student will present a senior thesis or submit to a comprehensive examination. If the student's other work has been satisfactory, an unsatisfactory thesis or examination may result in a B.A. degree without the designation Honors. On the other hand, if the com­mittee considers the thesis or examination marginal, it may give him probationary status and require him to repeat the examination or revise the thesis. The student will then have one additional semester in which to fulfill the requirement.

Upper-division students are normally not eligible to begin work on The Degree of Bachelor of Arts: Honors.

Tutorials in Integrated Programs of Study This program (TIPS) is a specially designed honors program for entering fresh­

men. Northern Arizona University requires each student to complete a designated number of credit hours in liberal studies, usually through a collection of specific courses. TIPS provides an alternative approach—study in breadth and depth which centers on some fundamental idea, issue, or problem. The approach is inter-disciplinary, utilizing methods and materials from all areas of man's knowledge.

A TIPS student will normally enroll, during each semester of his freshman year, in 6-10 hours of tutorial work. The balance of his academic load will be in regular courses. The credit hours obtained in TIPS are applicable as Honors courses at the 100 or 200 level in the graduation "With Honors" program.

ADMISSION TO HONORS PROGRAMS Admission to Honors Courses

ENTERING FRESHMEN: Admission into lower division honors courses and TIPS may be granted to entering freshmen if they rank in the top ten percent of their high school graduating class and or have an average score in the 85th percentile or higher on the ACT examination.

UPPER-CLASSMEN: Admission into honors courses may be granted to students who have completed twelve or more honors of college credit with a grade point average of 3.20 or better. Students who qualify for honors courses but who do not wish to participate in the graduation "With Honors" program must have per­mission of their advisor and the instructor of the honors course in order to enroll in an individual honors course.

Admission to Graduation "With Honors" Program Admission to graduation "With Honors" program may be secured only by

application to the Director of the Honors Program upon the completion of 12 or more credit hours of college work. Admission will be granted only if the stu­dent has maintained a grade point average of 3.20 or better, and is recommended

100 THE HONORS PROGRAM

by his academic advisor and one other faculty member. Transfer students who enter the University with less than 45 hours credit must meet all requirements. Students entering the University with more than 45 credit hours must complete the required twelve hours of upper division credit (including Honors 390, 485, and two honors colloquia), plus an additional six hours of honors courses. Trans­fer students will be admitted tto the Honors Program on the basis of their academic record which must include a minimum grade point average of 3.20 or better.

HONORS COURSES Honors courses are of four general types:

DEPARTMENTAL COURSES: These are honors courses which have been de­veloped, or are being developed, by the departments of the University, offering greater depth for the honors student in his chosen field of study. These courses can be identified as honors by their descriptions in the departmental course list­ings. In some cases, honors sections of regularly offered departmental courses are given and are designated as such in the class schedule bulletins.

LOWER DIVISION AND LIBERAL STUDIES COURSES. Although subject to change. Honors sections of the following courses are available each year. Course descriptions can be found under the appropriate departmental course listings.

Ch.Py. 111H Chem Physics (4). Ch.Py. 112H Chem Physics (3). Engl. 102H Freshman English (3). Engl. 103H Freshman English (3). Hist. 140H Western Civilization to 1660 (3). Hist. 141H Western Civilization from 1660 (3). Hum. 231H Man and Arts (3). Hum. 361H Asian Ideas and Values (3). H.E. 381H Culture and the Home (3). Math. 136H Calculus and Analytic Geometry I (4). Math. 137H Calculus and Analytic Geometry II (4). Mus. 137H The Aesthetics of Music (2). Phil. 150H Problems of Reason and Responsibility (3). Phil. 325H Philosophy of Science (3). Psyc. 150H General Psychology (3). Psyc. 275H Dynamics of Behavior (3).

Honr. 390 DIRECTEd READING (3).Individualdirecteed study within the student's major, with topic and readings approved by the instructor. Written description of the proposed study must be sub-mitted to the Director of the Honors Program. Preresuisites: Admission to the Honors Program.

Honr. 485 DIRECTED RESEARCH(3).Individual directed research within the student's major with research topic arrpoved by the instructor to be closely related to the topic studied in Honr. 390.Writen description of the proposed research must be submitted to the Director of the Honors Program. Prerequisite: Honr.390 COLLOQUIA Courses which must be completed by a student in the Graduation "With Honors" Program Honr.350 HONORS COLLOQUIM (3 ).Foundations of intellectual inquiry; in-depth consideration of methodologies in humanites, the social sciences, sciences, and professional disciplines. Pre-requisite : Admission to the Honors Program. Honr. 450 HONORS SEMINAR(3). An interdisciplinary consideration of the relationship between man and his social and physical environments. Substantive problems will be investigated to illiminate connecting concerns of various academic disciplines. Prerequisite : Admission to the Honors Program.

THE HONORS PROGRAM 101

A SAMPLE HONORS PROGRAM

Student is admitted to the program

RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS

S. G. RENNER, JR., Commander

BASIC AND ADVANCED COURSES in Air Force Aerospace Studies are offered at Northern Arizona University. The basic course is designed to provide training in basic leadership techniques, to develop an understanding of U. S. Military forces and defense policy, and to prepare the student for the advanced course. The advanced course, offered only to selected students, qualifies the student to perform the duties of commissioned officers in the United States Air Force.

PURPOSE: The Department of Aerospace Studies Curriculum consists of the General Military Course (GMC) and the Professional Officer Course (POC). The goal of this professional education is to provide the foundation of military knowl­edge and skills needed by an Air Force Second Lieutenant entering on active duty. Upon graduation, each student who satisfactorily completes the Professional Officer Course and degree requirements will receive a commission in the Air Force Reserve.

103

104 RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS

Qualifications for Admission GENERAL QUALIFICATIONS: A student, either male or female, entering AFROTC must: (1) be a citizen of the United States (noncitizens may enroll, but must obtain citizenship prior to commissioning); (2) be of sound physical condition; (3) be at least 17 years of age. If designated for pilot training, be able to complete all commissioning requirements prior to age 261/2 (otherwise, be able to complete all commissioning requirements prior to age 30).

Qualifications for Admittance to Professional Officer Course. (1) The four-year student must successfully complete the General Military Course. (2) The two-year applicant must complete a six-week field training course. (3) All must pass the Air Force Officer Qualification Test (AFOQT). (4) All must pass the Air Force physical examination. (5) All must maintain a minimum grade point average of 2.0 ("C").

Programs FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM: In the four-year program, the qualified college student normally enrolls in the Air Force ROTC during his freshman year at the same time he enrolls in his other college courses. He pursues the General Military Course (GMC) during his first two years. And earns a' total of 8.0 semester hours credit for the four semesters of study. If he desires to earn a commission, the student must pass an Air Force aptitude test, a medical examination, and be selected by an interview board of Air Force officers. If selected, the student then enrolls in the Professional Officer Course (POC)—the last two years of the Air Force ROTC curriculum. He normally attends a four-week field training course between his sophomore and junior year at an Air Force base. Upon successful completion of the Professional Ofifcer Course and the college requirements for a degree, the student is commissioned in the U. S. Air Force as a second lieutenant. The new officer then enters active duty or is granted an educational delay to pursue graduate work.

TWO-YEAR PROGRAM: The basic requirement for entry into the two-year pro­gram is that the student have two academic years of college work remaining, either at the undergraduate or graduate level, or a combination of the two. Applicants seeking enrollment in the two-year program must pass an Air Force aptitude and Air Force medical examination, and be selected by an interview board of Air Force officers. After successfully completing a six-week field training course at an Air Force Base, the applicant may enroll in the Professional Officer Course in the Air Force ROTC program. The student then follows the same program and meets the same requirements for Professional Officer Course members in the four-year program.

FLIGHT INSTRUCTION PROGRAM: All qualified senior students interested in becoming Air Force pilots may participate in the Flight Instruction Program (FIP) during their last year in college. Those who complete this program, and pass the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) examinations, may receive their private pilot licenses. Each student receives 36'/2 flying hours of instruction at an FAA-approved flying school at no expense to the student. This training also includes ground school instruction in weather, navigation and Federal Aviation Regulations.

Financial Assistance PAY AND ALLOWANCES: Professional Officer Course members in their junior and senior years receive $100 per month for 20 months of Professional Officer Course attendance. Students are also paid to attend field training. Uniforms,

RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS 105

housing and meals are provided during field training at no cost to the student. Students are provided and/or reimbursed for travel to and from field training.

SCHOLARSHIPS: Air Force ROTC offers scholarships annually to outstanding young men and women on a nationwide competitive basis. Scholarships cover full college tuition for resident and nonresident students as well as books, fees, supplies and equipment, plus a monthly taxfree allowance of $100. Scholarships are available on a four-, three- and two-year basis. To qualify for the four-year scholarship, the student must be a male citizen and submit an application prior to 15 November of his senior year in high school. Interested students should consult their high school counselors or contact an AFROTC unit for application forms to be submitted to HQ, AFROTC, Maxwell AFB, Alabama. Male and fe­male students enrolled in AFROTC at Northern Arizona University are eligible for three- and two-year scholarships. Those interested must apply through the Department of Aerospace Studies. Consideration is given to academic grades, score achieved on the Air Force Officers Qualifying Test and physical fitness. A board of officers considers an applicant's personality, character and leadership po­tential.

DRAFT DEFERMENT: Students enrolled in freshman and sophomore AFROTC General Military Courses normally receive student draft deferments. Freshman and Sophomores on AFROTC scholarships and juniors and seniors who qualify for and are enrolled in the Professional Officer Course are granted deferment from induction by local Selective Service Boards.

Aerospace Studies (Air Force ROTC)

PROFESSOR: Lt. Col. S. G. Renner, Jr.; ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Capt. R. E. Pitt

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES A. S. 101 AEROSPACE STUDIES I (2). The doctrine, mission and organization of the United States Air Force; U. S. strategic offensive and defensive forces; their mission and functions. 1 hr. lecture, 1 hr. leadership lab.

A. S. 102 AEROSPACE STUDIES II (2). Aerospace defense; missile defense; U. S. general purpose and aerospace support forces; the mission, resources and operation of tactical air forces with special attention to limited war. 1 hr. lecture, 1 hr. leadership lab.

A. S. 201 AEROSPACE STUDIES III (2). Nature of war; advent of the air age; development of various concepts of employment and technological improvements of air power from 1909 thru WW II. Prerequisites: A. S. 101, 102 or equivalent. 1 hr. lecture, 1 hr. leadership lab. A. S. 202 AEROSPACE STUDIES IV (2). Establishment of Air Force as a separate service; the Cold War: development of various concepts of employment and technological improvements of air power from Korean Conflict to present. Prerequisites: A. S. 101, 102, 201 or equivalent. 1 hr. lecture, 1 hr. leadership lab.

A. S. 301 AEROSPACE STUDIES V (3). The context of American defense policy; strategy and the use of force; bureaucracy and technology; military sociology. Prerequisites: A. S. 101, 102, 201, 202 or equivalent. 2s hrs. lecture, 1 hr. leadership lab. A. S. 302 AEROSPACE STUDIES VI (3). National security strategy of realistic deterrence; man­agement of defense resources: aerospace weapon systems; and future roles and missions. Pre­requisites: A.S. 301. 21/2 hrs. lecture, 1 hr. leadership lab.

A. S. 401 AEROSPACE STUDIES VII (3). The theory and applications of general concepts of leadership to Air Force situations. Prerequisites: A. S. 301, 302. 21/2 hrs. lecture, 1 hr. lead­ership lab. A. S, 402 AEROSPACE STUDIES VIII (3). General theory and practice of management with special reference to the Air Force; information systems and resource control techniques. Prerequisites: A. S. 301, 302, 401. 2i hrs. lecture, 1 hr. leadership lab. A. S. 403 FLIGHT INSTRUCTION (Cr.). Dual instruction and solo flight totaling 361/2 hrs. Students may obtain an FAA private pilot's certificate.

SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCES

CHESTER B. AINSWORTH, D e a n

HOME ECONOMICS • INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION PRODUCTION TECHNICIAN • POLICE SCIENCE AND

ADMINISTRATION

THE PURPOSE OF T H E SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCES is to provide edu­cational opportunities in each of the areas of Home Economics, Industrial Educa­tion, Production Technician, and Police Science and Administration. Upon the com­pletion of a degree curriculum within one of these fields a student is prepared to enter an occupation of value both to himself and society. OBJECTIVES: The School makes every effort to provide challenging educational experiences in appropriate facilities to develop the- necessary foundation for the student to function successfully and effectively in the career for which he seeks preparation. A carefully selected combination of practical, academic, and liberal studies are blended in all curricula to achieve this end. Further, the School seeks to prepare quality teachers for the state and well qualified people in areas classified as non-teaching. The curricula provided are designed to prepare individuals with a well balanced personal and professional development to participate in society as educated, responsible citizens.

107

108 APPLIED SCIENCES

Home Economics PROFESSORS: M. Pipes; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: H. Jennings, Chairman; I. Withycombe; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: P. Bartholomew, B. Benson, E. Lewis, C. Lee, F. Philip, F. Rourke; INSTRUCTORS: F. Johnson, V. Kozlowski.

OBJECTIVES The broad goal of Home Economics is to help the individual to function more

effectively in society as a member of the family. The specific objectives are to provide majors in the following areas: Home Economics Education to qualify the student to meet the requirements for vocational and non-vocational certification; General Home Economics; Home Economics in Business with an emphasis in Foods and Nutrition or Clothing and Textiles; Dietetics with preparation for internships in either therapeutic or administrative dietetics, clinical nutrition, food service manage­ment, or developmental foods; Interior Design with a professional curriculum in­cluding internships; Home Economics Education at the graduate level. Further objectives include provision for Home Economics minors in Education and General Home Economics.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A list of general degree requirements will be found on pages 81 to 84.

Bachelor of Science in Education Programs under this degree will qualify the student for certification for teach­

ing in Arizona schools.

NON-VOCATIONAL MAJOR: 35 semester hours in Home Economics are required including Chem. 103, H.E. 110, 112, 136, 145, 267; one course from H.E. 160 or 280; and 386, 290, 310, 312, 367, 377, 485. Ed.CI. 430 and 495. A teaching minor is required.

VOCATIONAL MAJOR: 42-63 semester hours in Home Economics are required including Chem. 103, H.E. 136, 145, 267, two courses from H.E. 160, 211, 380 and 386, 290, 310, 311, 312, 367, 377, 390, 485, Ed.CI. 430, 495 and upper division electives. For teaching occupational Home Economics, H.E. 535 and V.E. 566 or their equivalents are required in addition to vocational certification. A teaching minor is required for less than a 55 hour major.

Bachelor of Science GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS MAJOR: 35 semester hours in Home Economics are required including H.E. 110, 112, 125, 136, 145, 185, 160 or 211, 267, 290, 295, 310, 311, 377, and upper division electives.

HOME ECONOMICS IN BUSINESS MAJOR: 36 semester hours in Home Eco­nomics are required including H.E. 110, 112, 125, 136, 185, 211, 267, 310, 377, and 385 with additional courses from H.E. 336, 367, 386, 467, 487, 497 for an emphasis in foods and nutrition, or H.E. 145, 312, 313, 315, and 415 for an emphasis in clothing and textiles. A related minor in business is required.

DIETETICS MAJOR: 35 hours in Home Economics are required including H.E 110, 136, 267, 336, 367, 385, 467, 487, and 496. A minimum of 27 additional hours are chosen with the approval of the advisor from the following courses: Acct. 157, 158, 357, Mgt. 300, 333, 430, G.B. 305, Econ. 464, Chem. 103, 213, 260, 304, Biol. 235, Mbio. 205, Psyc. 346, Ed.Ps. 225, Anth. 151, Soc. 151, 303, Math. 270.

APPLIED SCIENCES 109

INTERIOR DESIGN MAJOR: 37 hours in Home Economics are required includ­ing H.E. 122, 125, 160, 280, 282, 312, 342, 346, 380 and 408. 26 additional hours are required, with the approval of the advisor, from Art, Business Administration, and Industrial Education. These hours include 11-19 hours from Art 120, 150, 151, 220, 240, 241, 280, and 423; nine hours from I.E. 105, 121, and 353; and six hours from Acct. 157 and Mkt. 333. This program coupled with an internship would meet the education requirements established to apply for the accreditation examination and affiliate membership in the American Institute of Interior De­signers (A.I.D.) and/or an associate membership with the National Society of Interior Designers (N.S.I.D.). Graduating design majors desiring professional mem­bership with either design organization should first be employed with a bona fide design firm before making application.

Associate of Arts in Home Economics This two year program focuses on the responsibilities and behaviour patterns

of the homemaker. 18 semester hours in Home Economics are required, including H.E. 125, 136, 145, 185, 211, 266 and 290. Six semester hours of Liberal Studies and eight semester hours of electives are included. The program is cooperatively planned with the student and the advisor.

Minor Programs GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS MINOR: 20 semester hours in Home Economics are required including H.E. 112, 136, 145, 160, 185, 266 and 290.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION MINOR: 24 semester hours in Home Eco­nomics are required including H.E. 112, 125, 136, 145, 160 or 211, 266, or 267, 290 and 377, plus upper division electives. Ed.CI. 430 is recommended and is required for student teaching in Home Economics.

GRADUATE PROGRAM The department offers the Master of Arts degree in Home Economics Educa­

tion and the Master of Arts degree in Vocational Education. The degree in Home Economics Education is designed to provide the necessary study for certification and recertification of Vocational Home Economics teachers. Details of the pro­grams are listed in the Graduate Bulletin.

The Master of Arts in Vocational Education degree is available and useful for graduate students in Home Economics Education. For descriptions of courses and information on the vocational education degree program, see the catalog section on Interdisciplinary Programs.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chetn. 103 CHEMISTRY OF FOODS (4). See description under Chemistry. H. E. HO DEVELOPMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS (1). History and development of Home Economics; purposes of education for home and family life; survey of professional opportunities.

H. E. 112 CLOTHING SELECTION (2). Economic, artistic, psychological, and personal problems in the selection of clothing.

H. E. 122 PRINCIPLES OF COLOR AND DESIGN (3). Properties of pigment as related to basic color theories incorporating the theory of design through use of line, mass and space relationships. 1 hr. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

H. E. 125 SOCIAL AND BUSINESS ETIQUETTE (1). Development of proficiency in meeting social responsiblities and obligations. Fee $2.00.

H. E. 136 NUTRITION (3). Food components and their interaction; the nutritive value of foods; body requirements for various nutrients throughout the life cycle, consideration of presem*day problems; animal feeding experiment. Fee $1.00,

110 APPLIED SCIENCES

H. E. 145 CLOTHING, CONSTRUCTION (3). Theory of garment making; fabric and pattern selection, operation, use and maintenance of sewing equipment. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

H. E. 160 INTRODUCTION TO INTERIOR DESIGN (3). Function and design in residential interiors; space planning, form, textures, color, lighting and furnishings for single cell solutions in de­signing of interior spaces. Field trip. Fee $3.00.

H. E. 182 WORKSHIP IN FOOD AND NUTRITION (1-2). Management, preparation and personal re­lationships as related to institutional food service.

H. E. 185 MARRIAGE AND PERSONAL INTERACTION (3). Values and purposes of family life in the American culture; responsibilities and relationships of individuals to the group and society.

H. E. 211 APPLIED DESIGN (2). Experiences in the application of the principles and elements in practical situations; illustrative displays, and accessories for the home. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

H. E. 266 FOODS AND NUTRITION (3). Non-technical meal planning and current nutrition; includes techniques, skills and consumer aspects. For non-majors and minors in Home Economics. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00.

H. E. 267 FOOD PRINCIPLES (3). Food preparation in relation to theory, chemical interaction, and techniques used in controlling the product. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00.

H. E. 280 HOUSING AND DESIGN (3). Designing of single and multiple spaces to meet living re­quirements; storage, lighting, acoustics, materials and finishes with three dimensional orienta­tion of space, scale and proportion relationships for design conclusions. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab., field trip. Fee $4.00.

H. E. 281 WOOD FINISHES, DRAPERIES, AND UPHOLSTERY (3). Theory of drapery design and construction; refurbishing of furniture including wood finishing techniques and methods.

H. E. 282 INTERIOR DESIGN (INTERMEDIATE) (3). Designing of multiple spaces of residential and commercial interiors; manufacturers resources, space planning, lighting, textures and furnishings supportive to total design conclusions. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab. Field trip. Fee $6.00. Pre­requisite: H. E. 280.

H. E. 290 CHILD DEVELOPMENT (3). Various patterns and stages of growth, maturation, and learning, home, school and community influences in the care and guidance of children from infancy to early adolescence.

H. E. 291 CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND THE DEPRIVED CHILD (3). The culturally deprived child and his interaction with his environment; types and causes of deprivation and intervention techniques with assigned case studies. Prerequisite: H. E. 290.

H. E. 295 HOME NURSING AND FAMILY HEALTH (3). Health for the family, care of the sick, the mother through pregnancy and childbirth, and infant care.

H. E. 310 HOME MANAGEMENT (2). Management process as applied to the multiple resources of individuals and the family.

H. E. 311 HOME MANAGEMENT RESIDENCE (3). Application of the management process to group living experiences. Application for residence to the Chairman of Home Economics is required prior to registration. Fee $5.00, plus campus board and room.

H. E. 312 TEXTILES (3). Fundamental concepts of fiber, fabric structures, and finishes; recent trends and development in their characteristics and commercial importance. 2 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00.

H. E. 313 FASHION (2). A historic, social and psychological perspective of clothing for the individual and society.

H. E. 315 FLAT PATTERN DESIGN (3). Dress design and flat pattern drafting methods; students complete an original design in pattern and fabric.

H. E. 336 ADVANCED NUTRITION (3). Recent developments in carbohydrate, protein, and lipid metabolism and their interrelationships, evaluation of methods used in nutritional assays and a comparative study of dietary standards. Prerequisite: H. E. 136.

H. E. 340 PROFESSIONAL DESIGN PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES (3). Business processes as related to the practicing interior designer; retailing, purchasing and invoicing written contracts; filing svstems, product research, and specification writing as related to the working field of interior design. Field trip. Fee $4.00. Prerequisites: H. E. 280, 282.

H. E. 342 COMMERCIAL INTERIOR DESIGN (3). Space planning and designing of multiple com­mercial spaces; community centers, public and private offices, hotel and motels, shopping center and environmental planning. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs lab., field trip. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: H.E. 282.

H. E. 346 HISTORY OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE AND FURNITURE (I). Evolution of the architectural forms, their influences for interior structure, detailing and ornamentation: furniture and decora­tive arts as related to major cultures and their significant periods. Prerequisite: Art 210, 241.

APPLIED SCIENCES 111

H. E. 367 FOOD MANAGEMENT (3). Advanced food preparation and service; planning of time, energy, money, and nutritional content. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: H. E. 267.

H. E. 377 CONSUMER PROBLEMS AND FAMILY ECONOMICS (3). Contemporary issues affecting economic behavior as related to income, credit, quality, expenditure and investments.

H. E. 380 INTERIOR DESIGN (ADVANCED) (3). Organization and designing of multiple spaces in residential and commercial interiors; research in acoustics, lighting, ventilation and heating systems. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab., field trip. Fee $4.00. Prerequisites: H. E. 282, 340, 342; Art 423.

H. E. 381 CULTURE AND THE HOME (3). Influence of historical cultures on contemporary family liFe, and the effects of recent trends, values and issues on family structure and function in our society. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

H. E. 385 DEMONSTRATION PROCEDURES (2). Planning, conducting and evaluating demonstra­tions in home economics areas for the prospective teacher and home economist in business.

H. E. 386 HOUSEHOLD EQUIPMENT (2). Technology as applied to selection, use, and care of equipment and appliances for use in the home.

H. E. 390 NURSERY SCHOOL EDUCATION (3). Theories, trends, materials, and programs in pres­ent practice. Student participation in pre-school laboratory. 2 hrs. lecture, 5 hrs. lab.

H. E. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

H. E. 415 TAILORING (3). Techniques, methods in designing and fitting custom suits and coals. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab.

Ed. CI. 430 HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING METHODS (HOME ECONOMICS) (3). See description under Curriculum and Instruction.

H. E. 467 QUANTITY FOOD PRODUCTION (2). Preparation, quality control, service, menu planning, inventory and cost control, as well as operation and maintenance of equipment. 1 hr. lecture, 4 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: H. E. 267, 367.

H. E. 480 WORKSHOP IN CLOTHING AND TEXTILES (2). Basis for the development of curricula or various age groups.

H. E. 484 FAMILY DEVELOPMENT (3). Adjustment and child guidance; the life cycle in our changing economic and social order.

H. E. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

H. E. 487 EXPERIMENTAL FOODS (3). Sensory and objective evaluation of qualities of foods; original research. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisites: Chem. 103 and H. E. 267.

H. E. 490 NURSERY SCHOOL SUPERVISION (3). Organization, planning, and teaching in the various areas of early childhood education for all groups including the socially and economically deprived (public, private, and cooperative programs). Students will have opportunities to organize, plan and evaluate teaching methods and materials employed in the Nursery School area.

Ed. CI. 495 SUPERVISED TEACHING, SECONDARY (3-6). See description under Curriculum and Instruction.

H. E. 496 DIET THERAPY (3). Dietary modifications in treatment of disease with consideration of physiological, psychological and metabolic aspects; some practical experience provided. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisites: Chem. 103 and H. E. 336.

H. E. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

H. E. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN HOME ECONOMICS (1-3). See page 91.

GRADUATE COURSES IN HOME ECONOMICS H. E. 535 OCCUPATIONAL HOME ECONOMICS (3). Teaching occupational programs in keeping with requirements of federal legislation.

H. E. 595 METHODS AND MATERIALS IN TEACHING HOME ECONOMICS (3). Development, use and evaluation of instructional media as related to educational objectives.

H. E 606 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY STUDIES (3). The interaction of the individual with the family in a broad social environment; focus on socio-psychological forces.

H. E. 607 CURRENT TRENDS IN FOODS (3). Developments and research in foods and nutrition.

H.E. 610 HOUSING AND INTERIOR DESIGN (3). Housing and living environment of the contemporary family based on its needs and values, cultural, socio-economic and design influences affecting home planning development of interior space and plot plans. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00.

H.E. 615 PRINCIPLES IN HOME ECONOMICS (3). The development of scientific, aesthetic, and managerial concepts.

112 APPLIED SCIENCES

H. E. 617 SUPERVISION OF HOME ECONOMICS AND CONSUMER EDUCATION (3). Implementation of general and funded program; for teachers, cooperating teachers and supervisors.

H. E. 618 FAMIIY ECONOMICS (3). The economic position of American families in terms of incomes, prices and standards of liwng. H. E. 636 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HOME ECONOMICS (1-3). Research in specific areas as sel-ected by the student in consultation with his advisor.

H. E.644 ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN CIOTHING (3).

H. E. 645 RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN CLOTHING AND TEXTILES (3). Critical review of literature related to consumers; socio-psychological aspects.

H. E. 650 EVALUATION IN HOME ECONOMICS (3). Selection and construction of evaluative instru­ments applied to Home Economics.

H. E. 660 HOME ECONOMICS SEMINAR (3). Current issues and trends in selected areas.

H. E. 675 ADULT EDUCATION (3). Planning for teaching programs to meet current individual aND community needs.

H. E. 685 WORKSHOP IN HOUSEHOLD EQUIPMENT (2). Comparative study of equipment for homes and Home Economics Departments.

H. E. 687 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN HOME ECONOMICS (3).

H. E. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN HOME ECONOMICS (1-2).

For graduate courses in Vocational Education, please refer to page 91.

Industrial Education PROFESSORS: C. Ainsworth, Dean, R. Wooldridge, Chairman; ASSOCIATE PRO­FESSORS: R. Miller, D. Teel; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: E. Balzer, E. DeCamp, C. Hill. M. Holman, G. Rau; INSTRUCTORS: R. Baker, M. Hanson, G. Holds-worth, J. Johnson.

OBJECTIVES The objectives of Industrial Education at Northern Arizona University are to

provide desirable experiences for the preparation of industrial arts teachers, to provide vocational-industrial teacher education that will enable qualified individuals to become certified under the Arizona State Plan for Vocational Education, to prepare personnel for industry who possess both a technical specialty and a broad experience in industrial subjects, to provide exploratory experiences in a variety of activities for effective living, as well as for recreational, vocational and advoca-tional values, to provide experiences with a wide variety of materials for elementary teachers to better prepare them for teaching in the industrial careers, and, as a service to the community, to provide trade, extension, and other professional voca­tional education courses for those individuals who have entered upon or desire to advance in various occupations or professions.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A list of general degree requirements will be found on pages 81 to 84.

Bachelor of Science The curriculum for the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Industrial

Education is designed for students who plan to become employed in technical, supervisory, or managerial positions in industry. It requires 125 semester hours of which 62 are in the major field. The degree program has two parts: a production technical speciality and a general major with a broad experience in industrial edu­cation and management. The technical speciality consists of a two-year tech­nician program in which the student may be awarded the Associate in Science degree. As an alternate one may complete an emphasis area in industrial arti education. The general major is usually completed during the student's last two years.

APPLIED SCIENCES 113

After completing the technical speciality, the student may enter employment and return later to pursue further education, which can be in either the four-year Bachelor of Science (non teaching) degree program or the Bachelor of Science in Education degree (teaching) program.

An explanation of the two parts of the major requirements follows: (1) Production Technician: This is a two-year technology program with empha­

sis areas in radio-television, drafting, tool and manufacturing, and construction tech­nologies.

(2) General major: 42 semester hours are to be selected from the following: I.E. 100, 103, 121, 131, 141, 150, 161, 171, 302, 325, 351, 491, Engl. 202, G.B. 305, Mgt. 300 and 335.

MANUAL ARTS THERAPY: The program in Manual Arts Therapy is provided through the cooperative efforts of the Northern Arizona University at Flagstaff and the U. S. Veterans Administration Hospital at Whipple, Arizona. The pro­gram is designed to train manual arts therapists who will be eligible for civil service positions in the area of physical medicine and rehabilitation at U. S. Veterans Administration Hospitals. Considerable opportunity for placement awaits those who are trained to this specialized field of therapy.

The student spends ten weeks in internship in Manual Arts Therapy at The U. S. Veterans Administration Hospital, Whipple, Arizona. Upon satisfactory com­pletion, the student will be granted ten semester hours credit and with the satis­factory completion of his other course work will qualify for employment in the field of Manual Arts Therapy.

Arrangements for taking the hospital internship in Manual Arts Therapy must be made through the Dean, School of Applied Sciences.

Industrial Arts Education Majors with the Bachelor of Science in Education degree may qualify as manual arts therapists by serving the ten-week internship.

The program for Manual Arts Therapy leading to the Bachelor of Science degree includes I.E. 100, 102, 103, 111, 121, 131, 141, 150, 161, 171, 302, 351, 491, Biol. 225, Hper. 334, Ed. Ps. 225, Psyc. 151, 275, 335 or 340, and 415. Also 20 semester hours of approved Industrial Education courses are required in ad­dition to 10 semester hours of hospital internship as described above.

Bachelor of Science in Education INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION MAJOR: 35 semester hours are required, in­cluding I.E. 100, 102, 103, 111, 121, 131, 141, 150, 161, 171, 302, 330, 351, 491, and Ed.CI. 430, 495 (Industrial Education section). EMPHASIS IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION: A student may elect to com­plete an extended major with an emphasis in one of the areas listed below. In addition to the major requirements he will be expected to complete 18 to 27 semes­ter hours in one of these areas, but will not carry a minor outside the field. The purpose of this program is to provide for additional specialization in certain tech­nical areas. The emphases available are the following: 1. Drafting: This requires I.E. 150, 152, 237, 250, 251, 254, 353, with Industrial Education electives of 0-5 semester hours. 2. Electricity-Electronics: Required courses are I.E. 241, 242, 341, 441, with In­dustrial Education Electives of 0-8 semester hours. 3. Metals: Required courses are I.E. 231, 233, 237, 332, 333, 334, Tech. 335, with Industrial Education Electives of 0-5 hours. 4. Multiple Activity (General Shop): I.E. 150, 162, 222, 233, 241, and Industrial Education Electives of 0-8 semester hours are required.

114 APPLIED SCIENCES

5. Power and Transportation: I.E. 162, 261, 262, 361, 362, 364, and Industrial Education Electives of 0-9 semester hours are required. 6. Woods: I.E. 222, 321, 322, 325, 421, 423, and Industrial Education Electives of 0-9 semester hours are required.

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION: This curriculum is designed for in­dividuals with industrial experience who are teachers of reimbursable Trade and Industrial programs or who wish to become teachers in such programs. The in­dividual who successfully completes the curriculum will receive the Bachelor of Science in Education degree with a major in Vocational-Industrial Teacher Educa­tion. Liberal Studies, professional education, and State certification course re­quirements for this curriculum are the same as those required for usual secondary education teaching degrees. A student with previous trade industrial, or technical experience may be granted through examination and/or evaluation up to a maxi­mum of 18 semester hours of credit toward the major requirements. He may also secure credit for the required six semester hours of supervised student teaching in Industrial Education by presenting verification of a minimum of two years of suc­cessful full-time contractual teaching experience in his field. Credit in both of these categories will be placed upon the student's transcript upon completion of all other degree requirements. In addition, up to nine semester hours of industrial internship credit may be granted for supervised or approved work experiences in selected trades or industrial occupations after beginning work toward the degree. The student may elect to pursue an extended major in Vocational-Industrial Edu­cation or he may choose one of several teaching minors, thus making him eligible for general secondary certification in addition to being vocationally certified. The Department Chairman of Industrial Education and/or the designated Teacher Ed­ucator of Vocational-Industrial Teacher Education will be responsible for advising all students pursuing this degree program.

The program may be completed with a major of 35 semester hours, including a minimum of 17 semester hours of professional vocational-industrial courses and a maximum of 18 semester hours of technical course credit described above. Such a major would require an approved teaching minor in an outside field, or approved electives in Industrial Education which may be selected in place of a minor, for an extended major of 55 hours minimum and 62 hours maximum.

In order to expedite certification as a Trade and Industrial Education teacher, individuals already in approved Vocational-Industrial Education programs under requirements of the State Plan for Vocational Education may complete their major before registering for other University courses. The State Plan requires a mini­mum of 15 semester hours of approved professional Industrial Education teacher preparation courses to be eligible for a regular vocational certificate. In addition, the student must have completed the course P.S. 300, Federal and Arizona Consti­tution, prior to the renewal of his certificate. The first 15 semester hours must be in courses dealing with the preparation of instructional materials, methods of presentation, and the construction of evaluation devices. These initial courses must be selected with the assistance and/or approval of the Department Chairman of Industrial Education or the Teacher Educator for Vocational-Industrial Educa­tion. Once the major in Trade and Industrial Education has been completed, the student may elect a minor in Industrial Arts Education or some other field, or he may select related technical courses directly related to his teaching specialty. COURSES OFFERED FOR RENEWAL PURPOSES: Courses are offered for renewal purposes during the regular academic year, during summer sessions, and by extension in various locations in the state to make it possible to meet require­ments for renewal of vocational certificates. The Chairman of the Department of Industrial Education may be contacted for further information regarding extension course offerings.

APPLIED SCIENCES 115

Minor Programs INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION: 20 semester hours are required, including I.E. 100, 111, 121, 131, 141, 150, 161, and 1 semester hour minimum of Industrial Education electives.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS: 16 semester hours are required, including I.E. 100, 111, 121, 131, 150, and I.E. 500 and I.E. 586 as a fifth year requirement.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS The Department of Industrial Education offers courses leading to the degree

of Master of Arts in Industrial Education and the Master of Arts in Vocational Education. The Master of Arts in Vocational Education is an interdisciplinary program and is available and useful to graduate students in Industrial Education. For descriptions of courses and information on the Vocational Education degree program, see the catalog section on Interdisciplinary Programs.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES I. E. 100 INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (1). Specific program requirements within the Department of Industrial Education. Designed for persons entering the field to assist in planning programs of study. I. E. 101 FUNDAMENTALS OF TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS (3). See Tech. 101.

I. E. 102 TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS I (4.). See Tech. 102.

I. E. 103 TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS II (4). Set Tech. 103.

I. E. 105 PRINCIPLES OF DRAFTING (2). Basic drawing techniques and freehand lettering; empha­sis on geometric construction, multiview drawing, dimensioning, sectioning, auxiliary views and pictorial projection. 2 hrs. lecture and 2 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

I. E. Ill INDUSTRIAL CRAFTS (3). Basic techniques and information involving leather, plastics, lapidary, and art metal. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

I. E. 121 BASIC WOOD PROCESSING (3). Use and care of the common hand and portable power tools for processing wood; emphasis on materials, design, construction principles, and finishing applied to approved projects. Prerequisite for all other wood processing courses. A brief intro­duction to machines is included. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

I. E. 131 GENERAL METALS I (3). Basic experiences and information concerning bench metal, sheet metal, ornamental iron work, hot metal forming, metal casting, welding, and machine prac­tice. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

I. E. 141 SURVEY OF ELECTRONICS (3). Basic principles of electricity and electronics as applied to Industrial Education objectives; includes the study of direct and alternating current, basic electrical machinery, test instruments, and a fundamental orientation of electronic lube and semi­conductor functions. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

I. E. 150 TECHNICAL DRAFTING (3). A comprehensive course including experience in threads and fasteners, assembly and detail drawings, shop processes, charts and graphs, and various pictorial drafting techniques. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

I. E. 151 ENGINEERING DRAFTING (3). An introduction to various specialized areas of drafting and design such as piping, architectural, sheet metal development, electrical and electronic. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. I. E. 152 TECHNICAL ILLUSTRATION (3). Illustration practices used in service manuals, catalogs, and brochures, with an emphasis on rendering techniques; studying advertisement principles, paste-up techniques, and specialized equipment used in technical illustration. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

I. E. 161 INTRODUCTION TO POWER MECHANICS (3). Various types of energy converters, such as steam and gas turbines, atomic fuel generators, air-stream reaction engines, internal combustion engines, electrical generators and motors, hydraulics and fluidics; emphasis also placed on at-home auto repair and servicing to include automotive consumerism. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs lab. Fee $2.00.

I. E. 162 ENGINE REBUILDING (3). Design, construction, and application of internal combustion engine components including ignition, cooling, lubrication, fuel systems and engine tests and measurements. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I. F.. l61.

116 APPLIED SCIENCES

I. E. 164 PRINCIPLES OF TURBINE ENGINES (3). Operation and theory of ramjet and turbojet engines, ignition systems, gas and steam turbines and operational controls. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 161.

I. E. 171 INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHIC ARTS (3). Basic visual and graphic communication proces­ses, including letter press, linoleum block, offset lithography, silk screen, and photography. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. I. E. 205 TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS III (4). See Tech. 205.

I. E. 222 FUNDAMENTALS OF FURNITURE CONSTRUCTION (3). Selection, safe operation and care of basic woodworking machines; information on materials and design with a strong emphasis in con­struction of furniture. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00 Prerequisite: I. E. 121.

I. E. 231 ADVANCED METALS PRACTICES (3). Foundry and metal casting, design, pattern making, and hot and cold forming of metals. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00.

1. E. 233 METAL MACHINING PROCESSES (3). Basic operations and technical information con­cerning common metal working machines and metal machining processes. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 131.

I. E. 237 SHEET METAL LAYOUT AND CONSTRUCTION (4). Information and practice on materials, tools, and processes involving sheet metal; galvanized iron, tin plate, cooper and brass, sheet metal layouts, developments, and working out of short cuts and allowances in sheet metal work. S hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

I. E. 241 BASIC ELECTRICITY (4). Introduction to DC-AC circuit theory and the nature of elec­trical network analysis as applied in Industrial Education at the secondary level, including appli­cations of Kirchoff's Laws, Thevenin and Norton equivalent circuits, and analysis of capacitive and inductive characteristics under sinusoidal and nonsinusoidal waves. 3 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: I. E. 102, 141. I. E. 242 BASIC ELECTRONICS (4). Theory and application of semiconductor and vacuum tube devices; analysis of power supply, audio amplifier, oscillator, pulse and ramp generator circuits, including introduction of logic circuits. 3 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: I.E. 103,241.

I. E. 250 MACHINE DRATTING (3). Detail and assembly drawing including gears, cams and other mechanisms; emphasis on drawing standard machine parts and dimensions for tolerance and num­erical control. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 150 or 151.

I. E. 251 TOPOGRAPHICAL DRAFTING (3). Use of field notes for drawing maps using representative symbols lor relief of natural and man-made surfaces; plane table, stadia and leveling field prac­tice; study of programmetry with field trips to Astrogeological and Geological Survey Labora­tories for observation of printers and plotters. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prere­quisite: I. E. 151.

I. E. 254 DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY (3). Theory and problems on projection of points, lines, sur­faces, and solids; practical applications in mining, electrical, civil, and mechanical engineering. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 151.

I. E. 261 FUEL AND FUEL SYSTEMS (3). Internal combustion engine fuels, fuel systems, car-buretion principles, fuel injection principles, and exhaust emission control devices. Must also be taken concurrently with I. E. 262. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite-I.E. 161. I. E. 262 VEHICLE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS (3). Theory and laboratory practice in the fundamentals of conventional and transistorized ignition circuits, charging circuits, starting circuits, and acces­sory circuits, including diagnostic and test equipment. Must also be taken concurrently with I. E 261. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 161.

I. E. 263 ADVANCED ENGINE REBUILDING AND MACHINING (3). Engine diagnosis and reconditioning procedures, including boring, honing, and other operations involved in standard overhaul pro­cedures. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 162.

I. E. 265 HYDRAULICS (3). Flow of fluids, hydraulic oils, pumps, motors, pressure controls and valves, accumulators, ejectors, and hydraulic circuits. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

I. E. 302 SHOP MAINTENANCE (3). Common preventive and corrective maintenance problems, installation, adjustment, sharpening of tools and equipment in wood, metal and other types of industrial education laboratories. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. I. E. 321 PRINCIPLES OF CABINETMAKING (3). Principles of design and construction applied to cabinetmaking; processes, materials and machine accessories as applied to the cabinetmaking industry; strict application of these procedures in the construction of cabinets. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 222.

I. E. 322 WOOD AND METAL FINISHING (3). Information about and experience with a wide variety of transparent and opaque finishing materials by brush, spray and wipe-on methods. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisites: I. E. 121, 131. I. E. 325 PRODUCTION METHODS AND PROCESSES (3). Application of production principles to manufacturing of products, including design, estimating, purchasing, mass production, construc­tion, finishing, and marketing. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 222.

APPLIED SCIENCES 117

I. E. 330 CONTEMPORARY INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS (3). A study of experimental and innovative curriculum approaches used in secondary industrial education laboratories. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab.

I. E. 332 ADVANCED METAL MACHINING (3). Processes and technical related information on common metalworking machines and accessories, with emphasis on design of jigs and fixtures, and on a high degree of skill and accuracy on advanced projects. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 233.

I, E. 333:334 WELDING PROCEDURES (3:3). First semester, the operation of welding equipment and related theory including AC and DC electric arc and oxy-acetylene. Second semester, tungsten inert gas, metallic inert gas, equipment, metallurgy of welding, non-destructive and destructive testing procedures, and related problems. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $15.00 per semester.

I. E. 341 BASIC RADIO (4). Theory and application of basic principles of radio operation, measurement, alignment, and troubleshooting; topics include AM receivers, FM stereo-amplifiers, and citizens band transceivers. 3 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 212.

I. E. 351 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN (3). Principles of design as applied to projects constructed in wood, metal, plastics, and other media. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 150.

I. E. 353 ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING (3). Architectural design, methods, and types of construction of important details of modern dwellings, including architectural drafting practices. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00 Prerequisite: I. E. 151.

I. E. 354 STRUCTURAL DRAFTING (3). Review of reactions, shear bending moment, section mod­ulus, moment of inertia and center of gravity, including steel connections by rivets, bolts, and welds and practical experience through frequent use of detailing and designing tables. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 151.

I. E. 361 PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS (3). Application of principles of physics to vehicle per­formance, including torque, horsepower and similar topics. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: I. E. 161, 261, 262.

I. E. 362 POWER TRAINS (3). Fundamental operations and service of automobile and truck chassis, drive lines, universal joints, differentials, transmissions, overdrives and automatic transmissions as used in automobiles, trucks and heavy equipment. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite; 1. E. 161.

I. E. 364 AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS (3). Lecture and laboratory work involving front-end geometry, alignment, wheel balancing, lubrication, power steering, brake systems, and refrigeration systems. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 161.

1. E. 365 BASIC PNEUMATICS (3). Theory and laboratory practice involving air flow, compressors, pressure controls, distribution systems, actuators and heat exchangers. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. I. E. 382 TECHNOLOGY AND CULTURE (3). A study of historical, contemporary, and emerging technologies and influences of technology on the culture of man. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

I. E. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

I. E. 121 PRINCIPLES OF WOOD CONSTRUCTION AND CARPENTRY (3). Principles of carpentry with a strong emphasis in the tiends of industry, upgrading of wood construction, home fabrication, miniature home building, new materials, processes and procedures. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. FEE $5.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 321.

I. E. 123 MATERIALS OK CONSTRUCTION (3). Structure and properties of woods, metals, plastics, laminates, fiberglass and other media. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: I. E. III, 121. 131.

I, E. 441 BASIC TELEVISION (4). Theory and application of basic principles of black and white, and color television operation. Course includes troubleshooting and servicing of television receiv­ers. 3 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I. E. 341.

I. E. 461 ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR FLUID POWER (3). Electrical and electronic princi­ples involved in various types of controls, including limit switches, relays, photo cells, micro and time switches, electro-hydraulic valves and servo-mechanisms. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisites: I. E. 141, 265.

I. E. 462 FLUIDICS (3). Theory and mechanical programming devices, fluid power logic, digital systems, servo-mechanisms and instrumentation. 2 hrs. lecture and 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: I. E.461.

I. E. 491 LABORATORY MANAGEMENT (3). Shop administration, safety, planning and installation of equipment, purchasing and control of supplies and materials, and similar topics related to production and instructional efficiency.

I. E. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

118 APPLIED SCIENCES

Graduate Courses in Industrial Education I. E. 500 ADVANCED LABORATORY PROBLEMS (1-3). Technical activities in a specific area, as chosen by the individual in consultation with his advisor.

I. E. 561 SHOP PLANNING, ORGANIZATION, AND CONTROL (3). An advanced course in shop manage­ment procedures to promote efficient use of instructional equipment and materials; shop planning will be stressed.

I. E. 565 METHODS OF TRADE AND TECHNICAL TEACHING (3). Analysis of teaching methods, prepa­ration and use of instructional materials, identification and evaluation of instructional content as related to technical classes.

I. E. 586 TEACHING AIDS IN INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (3). Selection, design, construction and use of mockups, demonstration units, charts, posters and other teaching aids similar to those used in industry.

I. E. 592 SELECTION AND DEVELOPMENT OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS (3). Principles underlying course of study development in Industrial Education; typical lesson. plans, teaching plans, syllabi, evaluation instruments and other instruction materials. I. E. 595 EVALUATION IN INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (3). Principles and techniques involved in the design, selection, and administration of Industrial Education evaluation devices. I. E. 602 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (1-3). Professional problems in specific areas as selected by the student in consultation with his advisor, including special instructional materials and evaluation devices.

I. E. 660 Technology and WORLD AFFAIRS (3). A study of the technologies of selected countries of the world; philosophical, cultural, social, ecological, and economic implications of the impact of technology will be stressed. A Liberal Studies course for those not majoring in Industrial Education. I. E. 662 DEVELOPMENT OF RELATED INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS (3). Principles underlying the development of related instructional materials; typical lesson plans, instruction sheets, and supple­mentary instructional materials to meet specific needs of those enrolled.

I. E. 681 INDUSTRIAL ARTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3). Industrial Arts activities developed as an integral part of the elementary school program leading to creative experiences that broaden the child's interests and experiences; emphasis placed on those constructional activities that correlate with traditional subject matter in the elementary classroom. Fee $3.00.

I. E. 683 HISTORY OF INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (3). The economic, social and philosophical factors that have motivated and influenced the development of general, vocational, and practical arts education. I E. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (1-2).

For graduate courses in Vocational Education, please refer to page 91.

Police Science and Administration ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: W. Brown Jr. , Coordinator; A S S I S T A N T PROFES­SORS: B. Gourley, G. Ladhoff, B. Lynn.

OBJECTIVES The purpose of the Police Science and Administration Program is much more

than training men and women for the general duties of the police service. The ob­jective of this four year program is to raise the professional standards of the entire police structure in the United States by training young men and women in police supervision, management, and administration. In the years to come their qualifica­tions will bring them into positions of leadership in their selected fields, giving the public a more competent, respected police. The several courses of study should appeal to mature men and women already engaged in the police service as well as to healthy young men and women of excellent character and reputation interested in careers in the varied fields of law enforcement.

APPLIED SCIENCES 119

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS In addition to the general university degree requirements, students earning a

degree in Police Science and Administration must also meet the following standard: Maintain a 2.00 grade point average in all courses taken in the major, using no more than two courses with grades of D in meeting the major course requirements.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MAJOR PROGRAMS: 63 hours are required and may be earned under one of the following options.

1. General Four Year. This program calls for 36 hours in Police Science in­cluding Engl. 202. All majors must meet, in addition, certain physical, mental and medical requirements generally required of most police organizations, have no juvenile or criminal record, and be of excellent character and reputation. Police Science basic courses, PSA. 200:201, 210, 300, 301, 420, 421 are required of all majors. In addition the major must complete six hours of studies selected from the following and as approved by the advisor: PSA. 320, 321, 350, 410, 460, at least nine hours of Sociology selected from: Soc. 151, 210, 300, 303, 342, 343, 406, 441, 450 and 451, at least nine hours of Psychology selected from Psyc. 150, 200, 245, 275, 335, 346, 347, 402, 415, 510, and at least nine hours of Political Science selected from P.S. 201, 301, 302, 324, 341, 360, 361, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 452.

2. Criminalistics. This program requires 33 hours in Police Science, including Engl. 202. Police Science course requirements are the same as the general four year program. At least 30 hours is to be selected from Ch. Ph. 111, 112, Chem. 213, 271 or 260, 272 or 340, 391, 485, Chemistry Lab I (151), Chemistry Lab II (250), Chemistry Lab III (251), Chemistry Lab IV (252), plus five hours of ad­ditional Chemistry as approved by the advisor. Math 136, 137 must be taken in addition to the above.

3. Accounting. This program requires 33 hours in Police Science as indicated above, including Engl. 202, and at least eighteen hours selected in Accounting as approved by advisor from Acct. 157, 158, 257, 258, 302, 350, 357, 370, 470, 471, 498, at least six hours of Psychology and at least six hours of Political Science from courses listed above.

MINOR PROGRAM: 19 hours completes the minimum program for the minor and should include PSA. 100, 200, 201, 210, 300, 301 and three hours of upper division Police Science & Administration.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSA. 100 INTRODUCTION TO LAW ENFORCFMENT (2). History o[ the Anglo-American police; law-enforcement organizations of the U. S.: federal, slate, local, and private; the police career; orienta­tion; public attitudes.

PSA. 200-201 CRIMINAL LAW OF ARIZONA (3:3). First semester, organization and history; arrest, search and seizure; general provisions; crimes of common law nature, interpretations; case studies. Second semester, continuation of law contents; all other crimes; interpretations, especially those sections constantly used by law enforcement officers; enforcement of the criminal law; case studies.

PSA 210 EVIDENCE I (2). Rules of evidence in general; hearsay rule and its exceptions; docu­ments, best and secondary evidence; corpus delicti; opinion evidence; evidentiary privileges, ad­missibility and weight, presumptions, illegally obtained evidence; recordings; preserving evidence.

PSA, 211 EVIDENCE II (3). Fundamental legal problems of current criminal prosecution; laws affecting the admissibility of evidence in court and the preparation of rase material leading to trial; laws governing preparation and presentation of evidence at trials of healing; cross examination; case preparation, court room demeanor, appearance and oral testimony; expert witnesses; antici­pating evidence the opponent will present; moot court, Superior Court Judge with County Prosecutor assisting.

120 APPLIED SCIENCES

PSA. 220 TRAFFIC CONTROL (3). History and growth of the traffic problem; development of special­ized police to control; concepts of engineering, education and enforcement; regulation; theory of accident investigation; special events; special problems; parking. PSA. 250 FIREARMS (2). The moral aspects, legal provisions, safety precautions, and restrictions governing use of firearms; firing sidearms, combat procedures on practical pistol course; target analysis and range drill procedures. One-half program spent on range. Students furnish Cal. 38 special sidearm and all amunition. Fee $1.00- Enrollment limited to majors in Police Science and by special approval of instructor. PSA. 260 DEFENSIVE TACTICS (2). Theory of rough and tumble fighting; fundamentals and pre­cautions; close-in defense and attack; control over an adversary, defensive and aggressive physical maneuvers; the armed and unarmed opponent; club maneuvers; prisoner handling and control; sur­prise raid tactics, tactics for external attack, program of training; physical fitness requirements. PSA. 300:301 POLICE ADMINISTRATION (3:3). First semester, introduction to police organization, administrative; personnel, public relations; records; governmental control of police; police functions; chief of police and executive control. Second semester, facilities; communications and equipment; traffic, patrol, and criminal investigation; specialized divisions; crime prevention; scientific crime detection; internal affairs; maintenance and operation. Both semesters must be taken to receive CTedit. Required of majors.

PSA. 320 POLICE PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION (3). Recruitment, selection tests, standards and management techniques, personnel evaluation and promotion; selection for promotion and research, performance evaluation; discipline; training; assignments; welfare. Prerequisite: PSA. 300:301. PSA. 321 POLICE SUPERVISION (3). Supervisor's role in management; supervisor selection; psy­chological aspects; motivation, leadership, morale, discipline and communication; counseling and interviewing, complaints and grievances; decision-making and planning; performance appraisal; training functions. PSA. 350 RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF POLICE OFFICERS (3). History of Constitution and the Bill of Rights related to the police officer; law of arrest, with and without warrants; search and seizure; search warrants; civil liabilities of police; relationship of police to judicial and correctional au­thorities; intimidation; malicious prosecution; attempts to influence police officers; the role of poli­tics; organized crime. PSA. 400 POLICE RECORDS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (3). Detailed study of the records, com­munications and reporting systems; their use, maintenance, analysis and interpretation; evaluation of current systems and their adaptability to integration through modern electronic equipment. PSA. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). A minimum schedule of employment with an approved and qualified first line police organization of two four-hour days per week either August 20 through December 24th or January 15 through May 15th (2 eight-hour days per week from June 10th to Aug­ust 15th); performance of trainee police tasks, orientation to police operations and administration, desk functions (complaints, booking, fingerprinting, communications, records), participation in in-service training program, field activities (patrol, traffic, juvenile, vice, criminal investigation, interrogation, etc.) under supervision of qualified senior police officers; minimum pay schedule in­cluded. With special approval may work a 40 hour week in selected positions, twelve units credit awarded. Prerequsites: PSA. 300:301. Majors only, age 21.

PSA. 110 CRIMINOLOGY (CRIME AND DELINQUENCY) (3). Criminal behavior; types of crime and criminals; history of delinquency and treatment; crime prevention, current deviants; criminal syn­dicates; white collar crime; traditional crime and criminals; criminality of women; crime statistics; social pathology and crime; causes of crime and criminal behavior (theories and factors); influence or noninfluence of home, community schools, churches; some modern sociological theories versus practical approach. PSA. 411 CORRECTIONS AND REHABILITATION (3). Federal, State and local prisons systems; man­agement and treatment of criminals; history of punishment, jail detention, probation and parole; prison activities; rehabilitation. PSA. 420 INVESTIGATION (3). Methods and procedures of the types of investigations used in major and minor crimes; variety of sources of information; recognition, evaluation and preservation of evidence; preliminary and follow-up investigations. Prerequisite: PSA. 210. PSA. 421 Interrogation (3). Principles and psychology of questioning; formal interrogation of suspects and witnesses; understanding and using devices for detection, (polygraph and other); recog­nition of criminal traits; recording interrogations. Prerequisite: PSA. 210. PSA. 430 POLYGRAPH PROCEDURES (3). Mechanical theory and machine characteristics; facilities; tests and techniques; interpretation; interrogation principles, chart analysis; medical and legal aspects. Prerequisite: PSA. 210. PSA. 431 POLYGRAPH TECHNIQUES (2). Practical supervised case work; lab. 25 cases. Lab fee $2.00. Prerequisite: PSA. 430. PSA. 460 THE ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE (3). Development of the criminal law; federal, state, and local criminal legislation; machinery of enforcement; criminal courts; juvenile courts; probation, prison, and parole, PSA. 490 CASE STUDIES IN POLICE ADMINISTRATION (2). Problems of national, state, county, and municipal law enforcement agencies in Arizona; review of new books, manuals and periodicals. Prerequisites: PSA. 300:301. PSA. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN POLICE SCIENCE AND ADMINISTRATION (1-3).

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

DONALD s. OVERTURF, Administrative Assistant

ASTRONOMY • BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES • CHEMISTRY ENGLISH • GEOLOGY • HISTORY • MATHEMATICS MODERN LANGUAGES • PHILOSOPHY • PHYSICS

POLITICAL SCIENCE

PROVISION OF A LIBERAL EDUCATION for students as potential citizens, leaders, and professional personnel within the framework of the values of an ex­panding democracy is the purpose of the College of Arts and Science. Implicit within this purpose is a concern for the freedom of the individual, moral responsi­bility for purposive conduct in a free society, and concern for human values which underlie the progress and improvement of human society.

OBJECTIVES: To assist in achieving its purpose the College of Arts and Science has established the following objectives: (1) to provide the foundation of liberal education for all students in the University; (2) to assist the student in building a philosophy of life which combines critical thinking and humane values in such manner as to further the progress of both the student and society; (3) to furnish adequate background in specific disciplines so that graduating seniors may do grad­uate work, enter a professional school or immediately begin a useful career; and (4) to provide the educational foundations for a life-time of learning for the student.

123

124 ARTS AND SCIENCES |

COLLEGE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS In addition to the general university degree requirements, students earning a

degree in the College of Arts and Science must also meet the following standards. 1. Maintain a 2.00 grade point average in all courses taken in the major,

using no more than two courses with grades of D in meeting the major course re­quirements.

2. Earn a minimum of six units of residence credit in upper division courses in major field as a part of meeting the University residence requirements.

3. Students earning the Bachelor of Science in Education degree must fulfill the grade point average requirements for admission to the teacher education pro­gram as specified by the Teacher Education Committee.

Policy on Transfer Students The College of Arts and Science welcomes students who have attended ac­

credited junior, community, or four-year colleges who may wish to transfer into this College. Such students are advised to select course work in the prior institu­tion which will fit well into the liberal studies program of Northern Arizona Uni­versity thereby effecting a smooth transfer. In general, full lower division credit will be granted for all courses equivalent to those specified for the freshman and sophomore years at any one of the three four-year universities in Arizona.

In certain special cases credit will be given for transfer credit earned on the upper division level when evaluation of such credits here would indicate that such action is justified and recommended by the academic advisor of the student. Courses transferred from a two-year college may be accepted as substitutes for upper division requirements only in special cases approved by the student's academic advisor in this university. Students may petition for acceptance of additional trans­fer credit up to a maximum of seventy-two hours.

All transfer students into the College of Arts and Science should review care­fully the general university requirements and standards as set forth in earlier pages of this catalog under the policy statement on transfer of credit.

The Areas of Academic Emphasis The College of Arts and Science in its undergraduate programs offers a series

of programs of study identified in the following pages as general majors, extended majors, minors, and elementary education content emphasis areas. Details on exact hour and course requirements are given in the departmental listings. A summary of the areas of academic specialization follows:

THE MAJORS Type of Major Degree

Subject Matter Area & Min. Hours Earned Astronomy General (35) BS Biology General (36) BS

Extended (58-63) BS Biology, Sec Ed. General (34) BS Ed

Extended (58-63) BS Ed Botany General (36) BS

Extended (58-63) BS

ARTS AND SCIENCES 125

Chemistry General (30) BS ACE Certified Extended (64) BS Varied Sciences Extended (45-63) BS

Chemistry, Sec. Ed. General (30) BS Ed Coordinated Dual Extended (48-57) BS Ed

Earth Science, Sec. Ed. General (35) BS Ed English

English Literature General (35) BA, BS English Literature Extended (53) BA, BS American Literature General (35) BA, BS American Literature Extended (53) BA, BS Comparative Lit. General (35) BA, BS Comparative Lit. Extended (53) BA, BS Creative Writing General (35) BA, BS Creative Writing Extended (53) BA, BS

English, Sec. Ed. General (35) BS Ed Extended (53) BS Ed

Geology Extended (60) BS Applied Geology: Geophysics Extended (62) BS Hydrology Extended (63) BS Engineering Geology Extended (63) BS

History General History General (36) BA, BS General History Extended (55) BA, BS US History General (36) BA, BS US History Extended (55) BA, BS European History General (36) BA, BS European History Extended (55) BA, BS Latin Amer. Civil. Extended (53) BA, BS Asian Civilization General (36) BA, BS World History Extended (55) BA, BS

History, Sec. Ed. General (35) BS Ed Extended (55) BS Ed

Mathematics General (35) BS Mathematics, Sec. Ed. General (32) BS Ed Modern Languages

French General (35) BA German General (35) BA Spanish General (35) BA Two Languages Extended (53) BA

Modern Languages, Secondary Ed. French General (35) BS Ed German General (35) BS Ed Spanish General (35) BS Ed

Philosophy (Grad. Prep.) General (35) BA Philosophy (With emphasis in—)

Liberal Arts Extended (53-56) BS Business Extended (53-56) BS Pre Law Extended (53-56) BS Pre Medical Extended (53-56) BS Pre Ministerial Extended (53-56) BS

126 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Physical Science (With empahsis in—) Chemistry General (34-37) BS Physics General (34-37) BS Earth Science General (34-37) BS

Physical Sci. Sec. Ed. General (36) BS Ed Physics (With options in—)

Astronomy General (35) BS Atmospheric Physics General (35) BS General Physics General (35) BS

Physics, Secondary Ed. Physics-Mathematics Extended (50) BS Ed Physics-Chemistry Extended (50) BS Ed

Political Science General (36) BA, BS Recreation Land Management

Geology Emphasis Extended (60) BS History Emphasis Extended (63) BS

Social Science General (35) BS Extended (55) BS

Social Science Secondary Education General (35) BS Ed Three Fields Extended (55) BS Ed Latin American Extended (55) BS Ed World History Extended (55) BS Ed Asia History Extended (55) BS Ed

Zoology General (36) BS Extended (58-63) BS

Special Note: In connection with selection of the general majors, the student must also select a related minor. This selection should be made in close coordina­tion and with the approval of the advisor in the major department. When the student selects the extended major he will find in most cases that the choice of a minor is optional or not required. The student should check with the advisor of the department of the major relative to the matter of the minor.

THE MINORS & CONTENT EMPHASIS AREAS Subject Matter Area Min. Hrs. Astronomy 20 Biology 18 Biology Elementary Ed * Botany 18 Chemistry 18 Earth Science 18 Earth Science Elementary Ed. . * Earth Science Secondary Ed 20 English 18 English Elementary Ed * English Secondary Ed 20 History 18 History Elementary Ed. * Mathematics 20 Mathematics Elementary Ed *

ARTS AND SCIENCES 127

Modern Languages: French 18 French Elementary Ed * French Secondary Ed 20 German 18 German Secondary Ed 20 Navajo 18 Spanish 18 Spanish Elementary Ed * Spanish Secondary Ed 20

Philosophy 18 Philosophy Elementary Ed *

See also Humanities Dept. College of Creative Arts.

Philosophy Secondary Ed 20 Physical Science 22 Physical Science Secondary Ed 22 Physics 18 Political Science 18 Social Science Secondary Ed. with emphasis in:

U. S. History 24 World History 24 Sociology (Center for Behavioral Science) 24 Government 24

Social Science Elementary Ed *

•Special Note: The elementary education content emphasis usually requires 15 hours of course work and therefore is not a standard minor. It represents a series of courses grouped by the faculty of the department concerned and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education as an appropriate subject matter content emphasis for students studying toward fulfillment of the requirements for the B. S. in Education Degree in Elementary Education.

The College of Arts and Science and Teacher Education The College of Arts and Science cooperates with the College of Education in pro­viding academic offerings for undergraduate students pursuing study leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education degree, both on the secondary and the elementary levels. Students selecting general majors, extended majors, or minors in the College of Arts and Science should work closely with the advisors of the departments con­cerned to make certain that academic requirements are properly fulfilled. In ad­dition, all students studying in any of the teacher education programs are urged to coordinate closely with the College of Education advisors in fulfilling profes­sional education requirements.

The B. S. in Education degree program on the secondary level leads to certifi­cation to teach grades 7 to 12 inclusive and requires the student to complete a teaching major and a teaching minor or an extended teaching major. In all ap­plicable cases the student must secure the approval of the advisor before pursuing an extended major. For listings of possible choices of general majors in teaching, extended majors in teaching, and minors in teaching see the section on the Areas of Academic Emphasis as listed in this college.

The student pursuing the B. S. in Education degree with a major in Elemen­tary Education must complete 28-32 semester hours in academic areas, with many of the suggested courses found in the curriculum of the College of Arts and Sci­ence. The elementary student must also earn 15 semester hours of content course

128 ARTS AND SCIENCES

emphasis, sometimes referred to as elementary education minors or as elementary education subject matter field groups. The College of Arts and Science offers several of these course combinations: biological sciences, earth sciences, English, history, mathematics, French, Spanish, philosophy-humanities, and the social sci­ences. The major advisement responsibility for students studying in the B. S. in Elementary Education degree program rests with the advisors of the College of Education.

Pre-Laiv The University offers a pre-law program which prepares students for admission

to accredited law schools. The pre-law program is directed by a University-wide committee chaired by the Vice President for University Programming. Following the policies of most law schools, the pre-law program of Northern Arizona Univer­sity is made flexible to provide courses chosen to fit the needs of individual stu­dents. In the orientation program for new students at the opening of the fall term, there is a separate session for pre-law students and prospective pre-law stu­dents. Initially, freshmen enroll with pre-law advisors in the College of Arts and Science, in police science in the School of Applied Science and Technology, in the College of Business Administration, in the Center for Integrated Studies, and in the Center for Behavioral Sciences.

On chosing a major, normally in the sophomore year, pre-law students pass under the jurisdiction of their major advisor; however, they maintain contact with a pre-law advisor for information regarding admission to law schools, advisement about scholarships, grants and loans, and information about the Law School Ad­mission Test.

Although no one major is specified, training in accounting, English, history, and government is of first importance, and these disciplines constitute the most common majors and minors used by pre-law students. Law schools, with very few exceptions, require possession of a bachelor's degree for admission. Annually, representatives of law schools visit the University to advise and to recruit students for their law schools.

The Law School Admission Test, which is required for admission by most law schools, is administered on this campus by the Director of Testing. Although it is administered quarterly, it normally should be taken in the fall before entering law school. Information about the test is available from a pre-law advisor.

Pre-Medical, Pre-Dental, and Pre-Veterinary Sciences Pre-professional programs of study are available for students considering

careers in medicine, dentistry, or veterinary medicine. These programs are de­signed to satisfy the admission requirements of the professional schools while pre­paring the student for a university degree. In terms of minimum college work re­quired for entrance to professional school, the dental and veterinary schools suggest a three-year undergraduate preparation. Most medical schools recommend a four-year degree-production pre-professional program. While the college major can be in any area, students usually major in biology or chemistry because of the number of required natural science courses.

Assistance is available, through pre-medical, pre-dental, and pre-veterinary faculty advisers, to provide the student with realistic curriculum guidance in the undergraduate program. A pre-professional faculty advisory committee provides supplementary information on admission standards, national trends and specific application procedures. It also provides faculty and committee recommendations for students.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 129

Medical and dental schools in the United States require or strongly recommend that students planning to apply for admission take the Medical College Admission Test or the Dental Aptitude Test. These nationally standardized tests are given at least twice a year on the campus and are taken at the time of formal application to the professional school.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Chairman of the Pre-Med Advisory Committee.

Recreation Land Management A Recreation Land Management program is offered for students interested in

public land management positions. The program includes 24 to 32 hours of em­phasis with options in anthropology, geology, or history. 31 to 33 hours are taken in supporting courses, six hours are required in communication skills (Sp.Th. 101, Engl. 202), and 42 hours are completed in Liberal Studies. 14 to 28 hours may be elected by the student in consultation with his advisor for a total of 125 hours.

Astronomy PROFESSOR: A. Adel; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: R. Hall, R. Wildey.

OBJECTIVES The primary objective of Astronomy is to search for man's place in the astro­

nomical universe. As a scientific discipline and as a cultural effort astronomy is a powerful force in broadening the intellectual horizon. Study in the astronomically active Flagstaff-area cannot be underestimated as valuable for the student con­sidering astronomy as a profession.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: An "Astronomy Option" major in Physics is offered by the Physics Department. See Physics.

MINOR: 20 semester hours are required for the minor in Astronomy, for both the Bachelor of Science and the Bachelor of Arts Degrees, including Ch.Ph. 111:112 and Phys. 213 or Phys. 151:152; Astr. 180, Astr. 391:392.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Astr. 180 MAN IN SPACE (4). Astronomy and Space Science for the student wishing to comprehend how these areas may bear upon our individual lives. Includes a night-time laboratory- with individual telescope use on rooftop observing platform. 3 hrs. lecture, I hr. discussion, and I hr. lab. Lab and discussion are held alternate weeks. Fee $5.00.

Astr. 391:392 ASTRONOMY (4:4). First semester, photography and telescope making, spherical astronomy, celestial mechanics, and radar astronomy. Second semester, spectroscopy, photoelectric photometry astrophysics, and infrared and radio astronomy. First semester not prerequisite to the second. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Phys. 151:152 or Ch. Ph. 111:112 and Phys. 213.

130 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Biological Sciences PROFESSORS: G. Anderson, R. Beal, O. Johnson, T. Vaughan, J. Wick, Chairman; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: R. Balda, K. Derifield, D. English, R. Hevly, C. Johnson, W. Lipke, L. Mogensen, J. Rominger, S. Wilkes; ASSISTANT PROFES­SORS: G. Bateman, D. Blinn, W. Gaud, M. Glendening, G. Goslow, N. Grim, G. Pogany, C. Slobodchikoff, J. States, R. Tamppari; INSTRUCTOR: C. Holm.

OBJECTIVES Objectives of the Department of Biological Sciences are: to prepare students

for biology as a profession; to provide students with the background in biology necessary for admission to medical, dental, veterinary medical, and other profes­sional schools; to provide a program of instruction for biology teachers in secondary schools; to provide subject matter courses appropriate for elementary teachers; to provide a knowledge of biological phenomena for cultural enlightenment and service.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

THE MAJOR IN BIOLOGY requires the completion of 36 semester hours of biology. This must include Biol. 102, 103, 250, 340 and 470. Exemption from Biol. 102 and 103 is possible if the student displays an adequate knowledge of biological principles. Additional hours of biology selected with the approval of an advisor must include 6 hours each of botany and zoology courses. Also required are Math 112, Chem. 101, 102 or Ch. Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151:152, Chem. 251 or 251:252, and Chem. 260 or 271:272. Phys. 213 and 261 are recommended.

THE MAJOR IN BOTANY requires the completion of 36 semester hours of biology. This must include Biol. 102, 103, 232 or 335, 250, 340 and 470. Exemp­tion from Biol. 102:103 is possible if the student displays an adequate knowledge of biological principles. Additional hours to complete the major are selected with the approval of the advisor. Also required are Math. 112, Chem. 101:102 or Ch.Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151:152, Chem. 251 or 251:252, Chem. 260 or 271:272. Phys. 213 and 261 are recommended.

THE MAJOR IN ZOOLOGY requires the completion of 36 semester hours of biology. This must include Biol. 102, 103, 220 or 222, 250, 340 and 470. Exemp­tion from Biol. 102:103 is possible if the student displays an adequate knowledge of biological principles. Additional hours to complete the major are selected with the approval of the advisor. Also required are Math. 112, Chem. 101:102 or Ch.Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151:152, Chem. 251 or 251:252, Chem. 260 or 271:272. Physics 213 and 261 are recommended.

THE MAJOR IN ZOOLOGY for students interested in Medical Technology and who plan to receive the Bachelor of Science degree from Northern Arizona Uni­versity after completing a year of clinical Medical Technology courses elsewhere requires the completion of 24 semester hours of biology. This must include Biol. 102, 135, 255, 355, 475 and 480. Additional hours to complete the major are selected with the approval of the advisor. Also required are Math. 112, Chem. 101:102 or Ch.Ph. 111:112 and 213, Chem. 151:152, 251, 260, 304, plus one year of clinical Medical Technology courses.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 131

A MINOR IN BIOLOGY, BOTANY OR ZOOLOGY requires the completion of 18 semester hours of biology. In all three minors this must include Biol. 102: 103 unless exemption is granted on the display of an adequate knowledge of bio­logical principles. The Botany minor also requires Biol. 232 or 335 and 310. The Zoology minor also requires Biol. 230 and 250. In the three minors additional hours are selected with the approval of the advisor.

Bachelor of Science in Education THE MAJOR IN BIOLOGY in this degree requires the completion of 34

semester hours of biology. This must include Biol. 102, 103, 250, 340, and 470. Exemption from Biol. 102 and 103 is possible if the student displays an adequate knowledge of biological principles. Additional hours to complete the major are selected with the approval of the advisor. Also required are Math. 112, Chem. 101: 102 or Ch.Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151:152, Chem. 251 or 251:252, Chem. 260 or 271: 272. Phys. 213 and 261 are recommended.

A minor of 20 semester hours is offered in Biology. This must include Biol. 102:103 unless exemption is granted on the display of an adequate knowledge of biological principles. Additional hours to complete the minor are selected with the approval of the advisor.

Extended Majors Extended majors are available in the Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of

Science in Education degrees for those students who wish to gain a broad back­ground in the various sciences. The extended major includes 58-63 semester hours of science courses. The requirements for each major listed above must be met, but in lieu of a minor, additional courses are selected in Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Geology and Physics. Mathematics and Science courses applied to the liberal studies requirement are not included in the extended major.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Biological Sciences offers courses leading to the Doctor of

Philosophy degree, the Master of Science degree or the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Biology. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Biol. 101 MAN AND HIS BIOLOGICAL WORLD (4). The relationships between man and his biotic environment and the origin and diversity of living forms. Liberal Studies credit only. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Biol. 102 BIOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES {4). Principles of chemical and physical organization, life processes, reproduction, inheritance, origins, evolution and ecology, 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Biol. 103 PHYLOGE.NETIC BIOLOGY (4). Systematic coverage of the plant and animal kingdoms, in­cluding reproduction, life cycles, distribution, and economic importance of the major groups of plants and animals. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 102. Biol. 135 MEDICAL ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I (4). A correlated study of the structure and function of the human body in health and disease for students in Nursing, Medical Technology, and other Para-medical Sciences. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab.

Biol. 136 MEDICAL ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II (4). A correlated study of the structure and function of the human body in health and disease for students in Nursing, Medical Technology, and other Para-medical Sciences. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab.

Biol. 220 T H E LOWER INVERTEBRATES (3). A survey of the invertebrate phyla with emphasis on classification, identification, functional morphology, life history, and ecology—Protozoa through Sipunculida. 2 hrs. lecture, one 3-hr. lab., a weekend trip to Mexico and/or local field trips arranged. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103.

132 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Biol. 221 THE HIGHER INVERTEBRATES (3). A survey of the invertebrate phyla with emphasis on classification, identification, functional morphology, life history, and ecology—Annelida through Cephalochordata. 2 hrs. lecture, one 3-hr lab., a weekend trip to Mexico and/or local field trips arranged. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103.

Biol. 222 ENTOMOLOGY (4). Classification, identification, ecology, physiology and economic impor­tance of insects. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 55.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103.

Biol. 225 VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY (4). Evolution, systematics, distribution, ecology and primary adaptations of the major vertebrate groups. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103.

Biol. 230 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY (4). The interpretation of vertebrate structure with emphasis on phylogeny and function. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103.

Biol. 231 MYCOLOGY PHYCOLOCY (3). See Mbio. 231.

Biol. 233 BRYOPHYTES AND VASCULAR PLANTS (3). Comparative morphology and function of both living and fossil mosses, liverworts, ferns, fern allies and seed plants, their ecology and economic significance to man. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103 or equivalent. Biol. 235 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY (5). A correlated study of the structure and function of the human body. 4 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 101 or 103.

Biol. 250 GENETICS (3). Fundamental concepts and methods of analysis of plant and animal in­heritance including basic mendelism, elementary probability, chromosome behavior, population and human genetics. Prerequisites: Biol. 102 or Biol. 101 under special conditions.

Biol. 250L GENETICS LABORATORY (1). Laboratory studies of various modes of inheritance of plants and animals with special emphasis on Drosophila and humans. 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Corequisite: Biol. 250.

Biol. 300 BIOGENETICS OF MAN (3). Modern theories of heredity and evolution, their historical background, their importance and influence in human affairs. Available for Liberal Studies credit only. Biol. 310 PLANT TAXONOMY (4). Introduction to the principles of plant classification; a survey of flowering plant families in Northern Arizona, collection, identification, and preservation of wild flowers and grasses. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103.

Biol. 331 VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY (4). Principles of vertebrate embryology as exemplified in the development of amphibian, avian, and mammalian embryos. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5 00 Prerequisite: Biol. 230.

Biol. 332 HISTOLOGY (4). The structure of tissues and organs with special reference to man. 2 hrs. lecture, and two 3-hr labs. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Biol. 102, 103 and 8 additional hours of biology.

Biol. 335 PLANT ANATOMY (3). Cells, tissues, and organs of seed plants, with emphasis on develop­ment and correlations of structure and function. Lecture and lab combined; two 2-hour periods per week. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103.

Biol. 340 CELL PHYSIOLOGY (4). Physical and chemical properties of protoplasm, permeability phenomena, enzyme action, cellular respiration, cell growth and division. 3 hrs lecture 3 hrs lab Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 101, 102, or Ch. Ph. 111. 112; Chem. 260; Biol. 102, 103.

Biol. 470 ECOLOGY (4). Interactions of plants and animals in their natural environment, including community dynamics, ecological processes, and surveys of local biotic communities. 3 hrs. lecture 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Biol. 102, 103 and one of the following: Biol. 220, 222, 310.

Biol. 472 MARINE BIOLOGY CAMP (3). Collection, identification and ecology of marine organisms particularly in intertidal areas. Fee $20.00. Prerequisite: 8 hours of Biology.

Biol. 475 PARASITOLOGY (3). Parasites and their life cycles, host injuries, treatment, means of con­trol, and prevention of infection. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Junior standing in Biology. s

Biol. 480 MICROTECHNIQUE (3). The theory and practice of temporary and permanent slide mounts for microscopic study. This includes both plant and animal material. 1 hr. lecture, and two 3-hr labs Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: A minimum of 12 hours of Biology.

Biol. 481 BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF RADIATION (3). Elements of nuclear physics, atomic decay and measurements of radiant energy. General responses of organisms to ionizing radiation The use of isotope tracers in biological research. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites- 24 hours of biology and one year of physics.

Biol. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Graduate Courses

Biol. 510 PHYCOLOGY (3). Systematics, structure, reproduction, ecology, and methods of collectine algae; culture and experimental study of selected algal species. Field trips, 2 hrs lecture 3 hr? lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: 15 hours of Biology. '

ARTS AND SCIENCES 133

Biol. 511 MYCOCOLOGY (3). Fungi and related forms. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Pre­requisite: Biol. 103 and 232.

Biol. 517 AGROSTOLOGY (3). A study of the identification, classification, structure, distribution, and economic importance of grasses. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Biol. 103 and 310.

Biol. 520 PROTOZOOLOGY (3). Systematics, morphology, ultrastructure, life cycles, physiology, genetics, and reproduction of protozoa. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103.

Biol. 525 ICHTHYOLOGY (3). Systematics, distribution, functional morphology, and nature history of fishes. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab, recommended weekend field trip. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Two years of biology.

Biol. 526 HERPETOLOGY (3). Classification, distribution, ecology and identification of amphibians and reptiles. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Two years of Biology.

Biol. 527 ORNITHOLOGY (3). Classification, anatomy, physiology, ecology, behavior, and distribution of birds. Field identification of local birds. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: 20 hours of Biology.

Biol. 528 MAMMALOGY (3). A survey of functional morphology, classification, natural history and ecology of mammals. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 230.

Biol. 540 COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (4). A survey of the physiology of the organ systems of invertebrates and vertebrates with an emphasis on adaptation and phylogeny of the systems. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 340.

Biol. 545 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (4). Plant functions, including their mechanisms and integration. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103 and Chem. 260 or equivalent.

Biol. 57f FIELD BIOLOGY (2). Ecology and systematics of the more common groups of plants and animals for elementary teachers. 1 hr. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 101.

Biol. 600 EVOLUTION AND MODERN MAN (3). The historical and philosophical development of evo­lutionary thought, the modern synthesis, and its effects on thought in biology and other scientific disciplines. Liberal Studies credit only.

Biol. 610 ADVANCED PLANT TAXONOMY (3). History of taxonomy, rules of nomenclature, and phy­logeny of the flowering plants; a special identification project included. 3 hrs. lecture/lab. combined. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103 and 310.

Biol. 622 INSECT IDENTIFICATION (3). Identification of immature and adult insects; modem theories of insect classification; special projects. 1 hr. lecture, 4 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 222.

Biol. 630 INSECT MORPHOLOGY (3). External morphology and internal anatomy as related to function in insects. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: 24 hours of Biology including Biol. 222.

Biol. 631 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY (3). An extensive theoretical and practical analysis of develop­mental systems including regeneration, chromosome morphology and embryonic growth patterns. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: 24 hours of Biology including Biol. 331.

Biol. 635 ADVANCED PLANT ANATOMY (3). The anatomy of seed plants, especially development of vegetative and reproductive organs. Lecture and lab combined; two, 2-hr. periods per week. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: An undergraduate major in Biology.

Biol. 646 PLANT CHEMISTRY (3). Composition of plants, properties, nature, and classification of plant constituents, changes occurring during growth, and storage of plant products. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 271 and 272 and Chem. 304.

Biol. 650 ADVANCED GENETICS (3). Structure, mutation and recombination of genes considered at the molecular level with particular emphasis on the bacteria and their viruses. Prerequisites: Biol. 250.

Biol. 651 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (3). Cellular differentiation, ultrastructure, and its relation to function, molecular genetics, and macro-molecules of the cell. Prerequisites: An undergraduate major in Biology.

Biol. 652 CYTOLOGY AND CYTOGENETICS (3). Cytoplasmic and nuclear anatomy with emphasis on chromosome behavior during cell division. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 250.

Biol. 653 HUMAN GENETICS (3). Inherited characteristics in man from the view of medicine with reference to the relation of genetics to marriage and social conditions. Prerequisite: Biol. 250.

Biol. 660 ORGANIC EVOLUTION (3). The origin and diversification of major taxa, with considerations of rates and patterns of evolution, and the evolution of biotas. Prerequisites: 15 hours of Biology.

Biol. 661 SPECIATION (3). Principles of species formation and an analysis of intraspecific variation. Prerequisite: 24 hours of Biology.

Biol. 663 BIOGEOGRAPHY (3). Principles governing the distribution of the biota of the world. Pre­requisite: An undergraduate major in biology.

Biol. 665 SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY (3). Diversity of animals, theories of classification, and rules of nomenclature.

134 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Biol. 666 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (3). A survey of principles and examples of animal behavior. Pre­requisite: An undergraduate major in biology.

Biol. 670 ADVANCED ECOLOGY (3). Contemporary theories on various ecological phenomena including ecological systems theory, species diversity, competition, predation, habitat selection, dispersal, and population regulation. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Biology.

Biol. 671 PALEOBOTANY-PA LEOECOLOGY (3). Historical and morphological survey of major plant groups and introduction to ethnobotany, palynology, and historical bio-geography. Lecture and lab combined; two 2-hr. periods per week with field trips. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Biol. 103 and at least one of the following: Anth. 250, Biol. 310, 470, For. 412, or Geol. 350.

Biol. 672 LIMNOLOGY (3). Ecology of inland waters; examination of structural, physical and chem­ical influences on biotic communities. Field trips and 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 55.00. Pre­requisite: 24 hours of Biology.

Biol. 673 PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY (3). Analysis of interactions and effects of environmental factors on survival, growth and reproduction. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 55.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 340, 470.

Biol. 674 MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY (3). Insects and other arthropods as vectors of diseases of man and animals. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 55.00. Prerequisite: 15 hours of Biology.

Biol. 676 ECONOMIC BOTANY (3). Plant products useful to man including plant parts used, geographic origin and distribution, and leading producers; field trips to industries utilizing plant products. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 103 or equivalent.

Biol. 680 BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES (2-3). Selected topics on techniques utilized in modern field and laboratory research. May be repeated for credit. 1 or 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 55.00. Pre­requisite: 24 hours of Biology.

Biol- 681 ADVANCED STUDIES IN BIOLOGY (2-3). In-depth coverage of important groups of plants and animals. May be repeated for credit. 2 hrs. lecture, (3 hrs. lab—at option of instructor). Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: 24 hours of Biology.

Biol. 682 QUANTITATIVE BIOLOGY (3). An introduction to statistical analysis with special reference to large samples and the basic principles of reasoning. Fee $5.00. prerequisite: 20 hours of biology.

Biol. 685 MODERN BIOLOGY FOR TEACHERS (3). Fundamentals of biology with emphasis upon recent developments in the field. Prerequisite: A minimum of 20 hours in Biology.

Biol. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BIOLOGY (1-3).

Biol. 698 SEMINAR (1). Oral reports on current literature topics or individual research by staff and graduate students. May be repeated for credit.

Biol. 699 THESIS (2-9). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for an advanced degree.

Biol. 795:796 INTERNSHIP IN COLLEGE TEACHING (1:1).

Chemistry PROFESSORS: K. Bean, C. Heaton; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: G. Caple, J. DeKorte, D. Gilbert, E. Hoyt, R. Huffman, G. Morrison, S. Savage, J. Swenson, Chairman, J. Wettaw; ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: J. Zahrt.

OBJECTIVES The objectives of the Chemistry Department are to develop those scientific

insights which are desirable for educated persons and to provide instruction in Chemistry for students preparing to enter various professional vocations.

In order to meet these objectives, a flexible curriculum has been designed which permits the individual student to tailor his chemistry major or minor to fulfill his personal objectives. For example, the 30 hour major may be designed to permit professional work in industrial chemistry or be combined with other majors (dual major) or minors to provide professional competence in more than one area, thus permitting practice in interdisciplinary vocations. The following are some examples of possible dual majors with Chemistry: Criminalistics, Environmental Science, Computer Science, Anthropology, Biology, English, Geography, Geology, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics, Political Science, and Social Science. A second interdisciplinary option involves the use of an extended major in order to extend

ARTS AND SCIENCES 135

one's study into complimentary areas of science. This option is particularly ap­propriate for such pre-professional programs as pre-medicine, pre-veterinary and pre-dental medicine, and pre-law. The certified major is designed to meet the professional qualifications for certification by the American Chemical Society and is recommended for those who plan to practice chemistry professionally or go on to graduate studies in chemistry. The coordinated major is designed to strengthen the preparation of the secondary science teacher in at least two fields of science in order to provide more broadly and deeply trained science teachers.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: 30 hours of non-duplicating chemistry courses are required. The courses will be selected with the approval of a chemistry advisor to meet the individual student's needs. By permission, up to eight hours of course work in related fields may be counted toward the major. Chem. 485 or 497 is strongly recommended.

CERTIFIED MAJOR: Students will be certified to the American Chemical So­ciety upon completing a 64 hour extended major including the following minimum requirements: Ch.Ph. 111:112, Chem. 213 (or the equivalent which includes Chem. 101:102, 213 and Phys. 151:152), Chem. 271:272, 330, 391:392, Integrated Chem­istry Labs I-VI, Chem. 533, 534, 550, or 513, Mathematics courses through Math. 238, Phys. 213, and two advanced courses in biochemistry, organic chemistry, theoretical chemistry, chemistry research, physics, computer science, molecular biology, engineering or 300 and 400 level mathematics courses.

EXTENDED MAJORS: Extended Majors are available under the Bachelor of Science degree for students who wish to gain a background in various sciences. The extended major requires 45-63 hours of science or science related courses. The requirements for a 30 hour major must be met; but in lieu of a minor, addi­tional science or science related courses may be selected with the approval of a chemistry advisor.

DUAL MAJORS: A dual major may be selected by combining a 30 hour chem­istry with any other major on consultation with a chemistry advisor.

MINOR: 18 hours of non-duplicating chemistry courses are required for a minor in chemistry (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science). The courses will be selected with the approval of a chemistry advisor to meet the individual student's needs.

Bachelor of Science in Education MAJOR: See 30 hour major above. COORDINATED MAJORS: A coordinated program (dual major) is recommended for the secondary science teacher. A chemistry major may be combined with a major in biology, physics, mathematics, or earth science. The total credit require­ment will vary from 48-57 hours and will include a core of courses from each area selected with the approval of an advisor in each area.

MINOR: See 18 hour minor above.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Chemistry offers courses leading to the Master of Science

degree in Chemistry, the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Chemistry and the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Physical Science. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

136 ARTS AND SCIENCES

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 100 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY (3). An introduction to chemical calculations and elementary atomic theory for those students not qualified for Chem. 101 or Ch.Ph. 111. May not be used for credit in any major or minor program.

Chem. 101:102 FUNDAMENTAL CHEMISTRY (3:3). A conceptual approach to some fundamental prin­ciples of chemistry. May be used as a Liberal Studies science requirement if Integrated Chemistry Labs I and II are taken. Both Labs I and II may be taken concurrently with Chem. 102. Prerequisite: High School Chemistry and Algebra.

Chem. 103 CHEMISTRY OF FOODS (4). Some fundamental laws and theories of chemistry. Chemical substances and reactions with applications to home economics courses. For Home Economics stu­dents only. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

Ch. Ph. I l l CHEM PHYSICS (4). Introduction to the concepts of mechanics, kinetic-molecular theory, chemical reactions, electromagnetics, atomic and molecular structure. 3 hrs. lecture, and 2 hrs. physics lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: High School Chemistry and second year Algebra.

Ch. Ph. 112 CHEM PHYSICS (3). Introduction to the concepts of solution reactions, chemical kin­etics and equilibria, electrochemistry, thermodynamics and magnetism. 3 hrs. lecture. Chem. 151 (Integrated Chem. Lab I) or Chem. 151 and Chem. 250 (Integrated Chem. Lab II) should be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: Ch. Ph. 111.

Note: The sequences of courses Ch. Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151 (Integrated Chem. Lab. I), Chem. 250 (Integrated Chem. Lab II); and Chem. 213 replaces the traditional freshman year chemistry course.

Note: Integrated Chemistry Labs are designed to provide a sound foundation in the most widely used laboratory techniques and to emphasize chemical principles in selected experimental sequences, which are left open-ended to allow interested students to continue their investigations. Quantitative analytical and instrumental techniques are used throughout all laboratories. Completion of Lab VI is equivalent to the laboratory experience usually encountered in first year general chemistry, sophomore organic, quantitative analysis, advanced inorganic, instrumental and physical chemistry laboratories. Laboratory lectures are given during the appropriate laboratory period.

Chem. 151 INTEGRATED CHEMISTRY LAB I (1). Stoichiometry, reaction thermodynamics, and sep­arations. 2 hrs. lab including lecture time when appropriate. May be taken separately or con­currently with Chem. 250. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Ch. Ph. 111L or corequisite: Chem. 101 or 102.

Chem. 213 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (2). The final chemistry course of the Chem. Physics sequence and also a complement to the fundamental principles taught in Chem. 101:102. A systematic presen­tation of the properties and reactions of representative members of the periodic table with emphasis on application of modem chemical principles. Prerequisite: Ch. Ph. 112 or Chem. 102.

Chem. 250 INTEGRATED CHEMISTRY LAB II (1). Chemical structure, reaction mechanisms, and evaluation of data. 3 hrs. lab. including lecture time when appropriate. May be taken concurrently with Chem. 151 or 251. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite or corequisite: Chem. 151.

Chem. 251:252 INTEGRATED CHEMISTRY LABS III AND IV (1:2). First Semester, synthesis of com­pounds plus verification of their composition by quantitative analysis; qualitative identification by instrumental methods. Second semester, advanced work in the structural analysis of products of chemical reactions by spectroscopic methods; the use of the chemical literature. 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00 [or Lab III. 6 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00 for Lab IV. Prerequisite or corequisite: Chem. 250, and concurrent registration in Chem. 260 or Chem. 271 is recommended for Lab III: Chem. 251, and concurrent registration in Chem. 272 is recommended for Lab IV.

Chem. 260 INTRODUCTORY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3). An introduction to the chemistry of aliphatic and aromatic organic compounds. Recommended for students needing only one semester of organic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 102 or Ch. Ph. 112.

Chem. 271:272 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3:3). A rigorous introduction to the study of carbon-containing compounds; modem concepts relating synthesis, structure determination and reaction mechanisms will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Ch. Ph. 112 or Chem. 102.

Chem. 304 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY (3). Biologically important chemicals and their function in living cells. Prerequisite: Chem. 260 or Chem. 271.

Chem, 304L BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (1). An introduction to qualitative and quantative bio-chemical techniques. 3 hrs. lab. Fee $6.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 251 and prerequisite or co-requisite: Chem. 304.

Chem. 330 QUANTITATIVE CHEMISTRY (2). Principles and practices of chemical analysis; emphasis on stoichiometric and equilibrium calculations. See Chem. 351 entry for laboratory work Pre­requisite: Ch. Ph. 112 or Chem. 102.

Chem. 351 INTEGRATED CHEMISTRY LAB V—QUANTITATIVE CHEMISTRY (I). Designed for students de­siring a thorough preparation in quantitive analysis. Emphasis is on rigorous experimental meas­urement, instrumental methods in chemical analysis and data evaluation all in the context of typical analytical applications. 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 251 and prerequisite or co-requisite: Chem. 330.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 137

Chem. 352 INTEGRATED CHEMISTRY LAB VI (2). Individual projects according to the student's back­ground and interests; kinetics, molecular spectroscopy, thermo-dynamics, and quantum mechanical calculations. 6 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 351 with concurrent registration in Chem. 392 recommended.

Chem. 391:392 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (3:3). First semester, introduction to the fundamental prin­ciples of physical chemistry with an emphasis on thermodynamics and kinetics. Prerequisite: Math. 137. Second semester, an introduction to quantum and statistical mechanics. Prerequisite: Math. 238.

Chem. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Chem. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Chem. 511 PREPARATIVE CHEMISTRY (1-2). Synthesis of organic or inorganic compounds involving both classical and modern methods. May also include laboratory techniques such as glass blowing 3 or 6 hrs. lab. Fee $6.00 or $10.00.

Chem. 513 BIOCHEMISTRY (3). Chemistry of biological substances and of the production and utiliza­tion of energy in biochemical systems.

Chem. 513L BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY (1-2). A study of modern biochemical techniques. Fee $6.00 or $10.00.

Chem. 533:534 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS (3:2). First semester, theory and application of instrumental analysis; basic instrumentation, including operational amplifiers and optics. Second semester, use of operational amplifiers in Chemical Instrumentation; problems assigned for analysis according to individual experience and need. 3 hrs. lecture for Chem. 533. 6 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00 for Chem. 534. Prerequisite: Chem. 391 for 533 and Chem. 533 corequisite for Chem. 534.

Chem. 550 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3). Inorganic systems including the application of physical chem­ical methods. Corequisite: Chem. 391.

Chem. 570 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3) Recent work in mechanistic and synthetic organic chemistry is emphasized. Prerequisite: Chem. 272 and Chem. 391.

Chem. 590 THEORETICAL CHEMISTRY (3). Quantum chemistry, chemical kinetics, classical, non-equilibrium and statistical thermodynamics, spectroscopy and structure. May be repeated for credit as the content will vary. Prerequisite: Chem. 392.

Chem. 600 RECENT TRENDS IN CHEMISTRY (3). A survey for high school science teachers of modem developments in atomic and molecular structure and the role of energy in chemical transforma­tions; review of stoichiometric calculations. Prerequisite: 8 hrs. of chemistry.

Chem. 603 MODERN HIGH SCHOOL CHEMISTRY CURRICULA (3). Introduction to modern chemistry curricula with emphasis on the investigative approach including group and/or individual activities; planning and equipping the chemistry laboratory; safety practices in the laboratory, 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $6.00. Prerequisite: 11 hrs. of chemistry.

Chem. 619 DIRECTED STUDIES IN RESEARCH (1-4). Work on a current research problem under the direction of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit.

Chem. 623 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY FOR TEACHERS (3-4). Stoichiometry and equilibria review; prin­ciples and practices of titrimetry, gravimetry, colorimetry and selected electroanalytical methods. 3 hrs. lectures and 1 optional 3 hr. lab. Fee $6.00.

Chem. 624 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY (3). Aqueous and nonaqueous equilibria, separations, real-time digital computer applications in analytical chemistry.

Chem. 641 MODERN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR TEACHERS (3-4). Inorganic systems including the application of chemical principles. 3 hrs. lecture and 1 optional 3 hr. lab. Fee $6.00.

Chem. 642 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3). Modern inorganic chemistry' including recent bond­ing theories, applications of symmetry and group theory to spectroscopic measurements, inorganic reaction mechanisms and modem physical inorganic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 550.

Chem. 660 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR TEACHERS (3-5). Fundamental concepts of organic chemistry including both aliphatic and aromatic compounds. 3 hrs. lecture and 1 or 2 optional hrs. lab. Fee $10.00 or $15.00.

Chem. 670 THEORETICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3). Molecular orbital, theory, conformational analysis, reaction mechanics and other aspects of physical organic chemistry.

Chem. 690 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY (1-4). Selected topics in a specific area of current in­terest will be discussed in detail. May be repeated for credit.

Chem. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-2). Prerequisite: Approval of Department Chairman.

Chem. 698 GRADUATE SEMINAR (1). Presentations on current topics in chemistry.

Chem. 699 THESIS (4). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

Chem. 795:796 INTERNSHIP IN COLLEGE TEACHING (1:1). Required for all graduate assistants. Pre­requisite: Approval of Department Chairman.

1 3 g ARTS AND SCIENCES

Earth Science OBJECTIVES

The program is designed to provide basic preparation in Earth Science for future elementary or secondary teachers desiring to use the new curncumm ma-terials.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science in Education

MAJOR- The 34 hours needed to complete the major include Geol. 121, 122, and 305, Geog. 406, Chem. 101:102, and Math. 112. Additional hours in Geology are'to be selected with the approval of the advisor. MINOR- 20 hours are required including Geol. 121, 122, and 305, Geog. 406, Chem. 101:102, Math. 112, and additional hours selected with the approval of the advisor.

A content emphasis is available for Elementary Education majors. Details are found on page 182.

GRADUATE DEGREES A student may earn the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Earth Sci­

ence or the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Physical Science with an emphasis in Earth Science. Consult the Graduate Bulletin for details of these pro­grams.

English PROFESSORS: A. Adams, V. Alwin, M. James, Chairman, E. Kyte; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: T. Donohoe, R. Gallagher, G. Harvey, J. McGehee; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: R. Bacon, J. Bartell, W. Burke, R. Crisp, L. Davis, K. Doerry, D. Hargrave, B. Powell, W. Roach, B. Short, P. Strong, D. Symes, P. Trowbridge; INSTRUCTORS: K. Cunningham, S. Gladish, A. Johnson, T. Johnson, A. Peirce, S. Shott

OBJECTIVES It is the purpose of the programs in English to develop students who are ready

for practically any future which they may choose because of the diversity and depth of their liberal arts education in Engfish language and literature; who are aware of the close association between logical thought and effective expression; who are motivated to strive constantly for increased skill in the oral and written use of language as a medium for communication or artistic creation; who possess a sound critical and aesthetic judgment which they may exercise in assessing the truthful­ness, philosophic implications, and imaginative and artistic quality of material read during the balance of their lives; who are interested in deepening their understanding of the cultural and social background of America and other countries as it is re­vealed in literature; who are adequately prepared to teach English in elementary or secondary schools; who are equipped to achieve success in graduate study in the field of English. A further purpose is to cooperate with other departments in the humanities in accomplishing these objectives.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 1 3 9

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Note: Freshman English may not be counted toward the major or minor in

any of the following programs. The courses in the English curriculum group themselves into four primary

and two secondary sequences. The following courses form the core of these sequences.

Primary Sequences: Sequence A, English Literature Sequence B, American Literature Sequence C, Comparative Literature Sequence D, Creative Writing

Secondary Sequences: Sequence E, Folklore Sequence F, Linguistics

Bachelor of Science MAJOR: The 35 hours of requirements for the Bachelor of Science in English are grouped in six categories: 1. Engl. 212 (should be taken no later than first semester of the sophomore year). 2. Engl. 412 or 461 (to be taken during the senior year). 3. Three hours of lin­guistics (students with no other experience in linguistics should take Engl. 318). This requirement is automatically satisfied, if a six-hour sequence in linguistics is used to satisfy Requirement 5. 4. Nine hours in one of the four primary sequences listed above including the first course in the sequence followed by two other courses in the sequence. Normally courses should be taken in their general numer­ical order with 200 courses preceding 300 courses, etc. 5. Six hours in any se­quence (primary or secondary) other than the sequence used to fulfill Requirement 4. Exception: If the Creative Writing sequence is chosen for Requirement 4, neither the Folklore nor Linguistics sequence can be used to fulfill Requirement 5. 6. 11 additional hours of English, six of which must be beyond the 300 level.

EXTENDED MAJOR: An extended major for this degree requires 53 hours in­cluding 35 hours of courses as described above for the Bachelor of Science plus additional hours of supplementary courses selected with approval of one's advisor.

MINOR: A minor in English is comprised of 18 hours including Engl. 212 (to be taken before other courses in the minor), 412 or 461 (to be taken in the senior year), six hours (including the first course in the sequence) in one of the primary sequences listed above, and additional hours chosen with approval of one's advisor.

Bachelor of Arts MAJOR: The 35 hours of requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree are the same as those for the Bachelor of Science degree except the Bachelor of Arts degree also requires three hours in Speech-Theater and a two-year college level pro­ficiency in a foreign language.

EXTENDED MAJOR: The 53 hours of requirements for an extended major for this degree are 35 hours of courses as described above for the Bachelor of Arts plus additional hours of supplementary courses selected with approval of one's advisor.

MINOR: The 18 hours of requirements for the Bachelor of Arts minor are the same as those for the Bachelor of Science minor.

140 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Bachelor of Science in Education MAJOR: The English major for a Bachelor of Science in Education requires 35 hours including Engl. 212 (to be taken before any other literature course) Sp.Th. 210, Engl. 311, 318, 328, plus additional hours in English selected with the ap­proval of one's advisor. EXTENDED MAJOR: The Bachelor of Science in Education extended major in English requires 53 hours including 35 hours of courses as listed for the Bachelor of Science in Education described above plus additional hours of supplementary courses selected with the approval of one's advisor.

MINOR: A teaching minor in English requires 20 hours including Engl. 212 (to be taken before any other literature course), Engl. 311, 318, 328, plus additional hours selected with the approval of one's advisor.

An Elementary Education Content Emphasis in the Language Arts is 15 hours. See under College of Education for details.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of English offers courses leading to the following Master of

Arts degrees: (a) in English; (b) in the Teaching of English; (c) in the Teaching of English as a Second Language. The Master of Arts in English may also be earned (d) with an emphasis in Junior and Community College Teaching and (e) with an emphasis in English as a Second Language. Consult the Graduate Bulletin for de­tails of these programs.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Engl. 101 FRESHMAN ENGLISH (3). Techniques for improving proficiency in writing; special em-phasis on sentence sense and paragraph building designed to improve clarity of expression. Students may enroll in this course only upon the recommendation of their Engl. 102 instructors.

Engl. 102 FRESHMAN ENGLISH (3). A composition course which allows the student to choose a literary, a linguistic, or a rhetorical approach to the improvement of his writing.

Engl. 103 FRESHMAN ENGLISH (3). A composition course which enables the student to progress be­yond the skill achieved in Engl. 102. The student must enroll in a section with an approach different from his 102 course. Prerequisite: Engl. 102 or its equivalent.

Engl. 104:105 ENGLISH FOR BIUNCUALS (4:4). For students who speak English as a second language. Should be taken by foreign students and bilinguals in place of Engl. 102:103 to meet the Freshman English requirement.

Engl. 202 TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING (3). Instruction and experience in writing proposals, tech­nical descriptions and instructions, analyses, interpretative and recommendation reports, abstracts, progress reports, business letters, technical articles and correspondence.

Engl. 207 WRITING POETRY AND FICTION (3). Practice in the writing of short stories and poems aimed at establishing control of such elements of fiction as dialogue, description, character, po of view and time; and such elements of poetic form as meter, rhythm, form.

Engl. 212 MAJOR PRINCIPLES IN THE READING OF LITERATURE (3). Discussion and wTitten assignme on selected works of poetry and fiction directed toward giving students experience in judging significance of emotional and intellectual responses to literature in terms of the artistic, emotior and moral issues generally considered important by experienced readers.

Engl. 213 MAJOR ISSUES IN ENGLISH LITERATURE (3). Key aesthetic and cultural issues genera relevant to the field of English Literature: Readings may be selected for their bearing on the topics chosen for the course.

Engl. 214 MAJOR ISSUES IN AMERICAN LITERATUXE (3). Key aesthetic and cultural issues generally relevant to the field of American literature; readings will be selected [or Uieir bearing on the topics chosen for the course.

Engl. 215 MAJOR ISSUES IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (3). Key aesthetic and cultural issues in literature other than that of England and America; readings may be selected on a cross-cultural basis in order to bear on an issue of international scope.

Engl. 216 MAJOR ISSUES IN ANCIENT LITERATURE (3). One or more issues in the fields of Greek, Roman, or Hebrew Literature; readings selected will either focus on one of the three traditions or will cut across cultural boundaries in presenting an issue relevant to the ancient world in general.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 141

Engl. 255 LITERATURE OF MINORITY GROUPS (3). Literature by and about minority groups which is designed to broaden student comprehension of the special problems and special contributions of each group in its integration with other cultures in the United States.

Engl. 257 MASTERPIECES OF WORLD LITERATURE (3). A selection of the great works of literature from the Greeks to the present. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Engl. 258 UNDERGRADUATE SEMINAR IN LITERATURE (3). Concentration on a major theme of a series of related problems through the reading of appropriate literary works dealing with various aspects of the topic.

Engl. 307 FORM AND THEORY IN THE WRITING OF POETRY AND FICTION (3). Students will write works in various genres and then discuss in terms of works in the same genre by established writers. Though designed for the creative writing major this course is also valuable for the literature major interested in problems of form in literature.

Engl. 311 ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3). Reading and creating prose consciously through an awareness of its structural elements and practice in the oral presentation and criticism of expository prose so that the student may (a) analyze and evaluate literature skillfully; and (b) teach composition in the public schools.

Engl. 313 Topics IN ENGLISH LITERATURE (3). Intensive investigation of one important artistic, historical, cultural, or philosophical issue of English literature; the student will carry out an ex­tended project on some aspect of the selected topic.

Engl. 314 Topics IN AMERICAN LITERATURE (3). Intensive investigation of one important artistic, historical, cultural, or philosophical issue of American literature; the student will carry out an extended project on some aspect of the selected topic.

Engl. 315 Topics IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (3). Intensive investigation of one important artistic, historical, cultural, or philosophical issue in literature other than that of England and America; the student will carry out an extended project on some aspect of the selected topic.

Engl. 317 TOPICS IN MYTH AND FOLKLORE (3). The basic principles, issues, and themes involved in the study of myth and folklore.

Engl. 318 ENGLISH LINGUISTICS (3). Current English linguistics giving the student essential back­ground information as well as an up-to-date approach to the study and teaching of English as lan­guage.

Engl. 328 ENGLISH GRAMMARS (3). Primarily structural and transformational approaches to English grammar.

Engl. 351 INTRODUCTION TO SHAKESPEARE (3). Readings in Shakespear's major works to discover the key literary and cultural factors which make him the great poet and dramatist of the English lan­guage.

Engl. 352 ENJOYMENT OF POETRY (3). An introduction to poetry for students not majoring in English, which brings poetry into the everyday world by showing the ways a poem appeals to one's mind and feelings. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Engl. 354 AFRO-AMERICAN LITERATURE (3). The special historical, cultural, and intellectual issues which distinguish the literary contributions of Afro-Americans to American literature.

Engl. 358 MODERN DRAMA (3). The way contemporary society is reflected in its literature through careful readings of the plays of our time.

Engl. 407 ADVANCED CREATIVE WRITING (3). Concentrated work in the writer's chosen field, fiction or poetry. May be repeated once for credit.

Engl. 412 PROBLEMS IN THE READING AND PRESENTATION OF LITERATURE (3). Development of the critical awareness needed by the student to clarify for himself and express to others the meaning and value of literature from various periods and genres; the writing of critical essays on these works; some aspects of linguistics which can effectively be used in the study of literary style, analysis and critism; the study of various techniques for their oral presentation in the classroom.

Engl. 415 READINGS IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AFTER 1500 (3). A broad exploration of a single literary tradition, theme, or idea important in literatures other than that of England and America. When possible the course will involve instructors from other departments.

Engl. 416 READINGS IN MEDIEVAL LITERATURE (3). A broad exploration of a single cultural issue, literary theme, or tradition of the middle ages through extensive reading in works by important authors and in relevant background material.

Engl. 440 THE NATURE OF POETRY {3). Development of the critical techniques needed for a sensitive reading of poetry; may be organized around a period, poetic form, or important cultural or literary issue. Engl 441 T H E NATURE OF SHORT FICTION (3). Development of the critical techniques needed for a sensitive reading of short fiction; may be organized around a period, single fictional type, or im­portant cultural or literary issue.

142 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Engl. 442 T H E NATURE OF THE NOVEL (3). Development of the critical techniques needed for a sen­sitive reading of novels; may be organized around a period, a single novelistic type, or important cultural or literary issue.

Engl. 451 LITERARY EXPRESSIONS OF UNDERGROUND MOVEMENTS (3). Analysis of various intellectual and cultural undercurrents of the twentieth century through a study of the literature in which they have been embodied; perspective will be given to the literature of the age through discussions of parallel efforts in art, music, and material culture. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Engl. 461 LITERATURE, CULTURE, AND THE HUMAN PERSONALITY (3). The use of history, psychology, sociology, and anthropology in the study of literature; taught in conjunction with other departments whenever possible.

Engl. 471 CRITICAL AND CREATIVE READING (3). The interaction of sounds written symbols, and perceptions in the reading process and how such interaction may be atlected by sociological, psy­chological, physiological, and neurological factors.

Engl. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Engl. 502 ADVANCED TECHNICAL WRITING (3). Development of advanced skills in technical report writing for teachers as well as professionals in technical fields.

Engl. 507 CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP (3). A workshop in the writing of serious fiction and poetry.

Engl. 508 DIALECTS (3). The concepts of geographical and social dialects and a philosophy as well as a methodology for handling disectral differences.

Engl. 513 READINGS IN ENGLISH LITERATURE AFTER 1500 (3). A broad exploration of a single period, cultural issue, literary theme, or tradition of post-medieval English literature (excluding Shake­speare) through extensive reading in important authors and background material.

Engl. 514 READINGS IN AMERICAN LITERATURE (3). A broad exploration of a single period, cultural issue, literary theme, or tradition of American literature through extensive reading in important authors and background material.

Engl. 518 CURRENT ENGLISH USAGE (3). The current approaches to the study of English language usage: doctrines, history, and varieties; sources of information; criteria for judging.

Engl. 523 ENGLISH AUTHORS (3). Intensive reading and research in one or two important English authors; the student will be required to write an extended paper on some aspect of an author's work.

Engl. 524 AMERICAN AUTHORS (3). Intensive reading and research in one or two important American authors; the student will be required to write an extended paper on some aspect of an author's work.

Engl. 525 CONTINENTAL AUTHORS (3). Intensive reading and research in one or two important conti­nental authors; the student will be required to write an extended paper on some aspect of an author's work.

Engl. 527 MYTH AND FOLKLORE (3). Intensive research in the origins and significance of myth, or the intensive study of aspects of folklore such as ballad, fable, legend, folk, and hero tale, and practice in the collection and evaluation of data from contemporary folk sources.

Engl. 528 T H E HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE (3). The historical development of the English language, considering the internal and external influences that have determined its characteristics.

Engl. 544 T H E LITERATURE OF THE SOUTHWEST (3). Intensive study and research in the historical, cultural, and artistic elements which characterize the literature and culture of the Southwest.

Engl. 575 MEDIA IN ENGLISH (3). The appreciation of media and its use in English programs.

Engl. 578 METHODOLOGY IN ENGUSH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (3). Development of skills and techniques for teaching oral English, reading and writing.

Engl. 611 GRADUATE COMPOSITION (3). Intensive experience in the writing of expository prose; con­centration on the refinement of the student's writing techniques and prose style. Recommended for all graduate students, particularly those planning to teach composition at the college level.

Engl. 618 THE PHONOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY OF ENGLISH (3). Phonetics, phonemics, intonation, and the morphologic processes in English. Recommended for teachers of English as a second or foreign language or English as a second dialect.

Engl. 628 STRUCTURAL GRAMMAR (3). An overview of traditional grammar and a studv of the major aspects of structural grammar.

Engl. 638 TRANSFORMATIONAL GRAMMAR (3). The major aspects of transformational grammar to­gether with its implications for the teacher of English.

Engl. 641 POETRY: TRADITION AND EXPERIMENT (3). Intensive study and research in poetry of one or several periods or traditions of English and American literature with the object of defining the thematic, formal, stylistic, cultural, and psychological factors which make up the works in the genre.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 143

Engl. 642 PROSE FICTION: TRADITION AND EXPERIMENT (3). Intensive study and research in prose fiction of one or several periods or traditions with the objects of defining the thematic, formal, stylistic, cultural, and psychological factors which make up works in the genre.

Engl. 643 DRAMA: TRADITION AND EXPERIMENT (3). Intensive study in several plays drawn from one of several traditions with the object of defining the thematic, formal, stylistic, cultural and psy­

chological factors which make up works in the genre; emphasis also on the development of the special critical techniques needed to translate the text of a play into the mental equivalent of a dramatization of the play.

Engl. 650 SHAKESPEARE (3).

Engl. 652 CHAUCER, SPENSER, OR MILTON (3). May be repeated for credit.

Engl. 655 POPULAR LITERATURE (3). An examination of the appeal, significance, and literary qualities of popular literature. Liberal Studies Credit Only.

Engl. 660 READING LITERATURE IN CRITICAL PERSPECTIVE (3). The placing of one or several works in a critical context through the application of such critical methods as formalist, sociocultural, psy­chological, and archetypal.

Engl. 670 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, AND METHODOLOGY (3). Intensive study of a topic special interest to advanced students. May be repeated for credit.

Engl. 671 PERCEPTUAL READING: GRADES 7-14 (3). Successful teaching of reading resulting from an awareness of changes ever occurring in such diverse factors as semantics, linguistics, mass media, and value judgments.

Engl. 672 TEACHING ENGLISH TO THE SLOW LEARNER (3). Analysis of the cultural, linguistic, and psychological factors involved in the slow learner's response to English and the language arts.

Engl. 673 THE ENGLISH PROGRAM IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3). Advanced treatment of methods and curriculum for the experienced teacher, emphasizing the latest development in the field.

Engl. 674 ENGLISH PROGRAM CONSTRUCTION (3). For the teacher or administrator who wants guidance in the actual construction of a new English unit or course or curriculum.

Engl. 675 THE TEACHING OF COMPOSITION IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3). Methods and materials to help teachers in evaluating themes, reviewing, writing fundamentals, and improving student's written work.

Engl. 676 LITERATURE FOR ADOLESCENTS (3)- Materials and methods appropriate for use in junior and senior high school.

Engl. 680 THE TEACHING OF COMPOSITION AND LANGUAGE IN THE COLLEGE CLASSROOM (3). Treatment of practical issues encountered in teaching language and composition in the college classroom; ob­servation of language and composition courses at various levels and the teaching of classes.

Engl. 681 THE TEACHING OF LITERATURE AND CRITICAL METHODS IN THE COLLEGE CLASSROOM (3). Treatment of practical issues encountered in preparing and presenting fiction and poetry in the college classroom; observation of literature classes at various levels and the teaching of classes.

Engl. 690 RESEARCH METHODS AND PRACTICUM (1-3). Research techniques with practical application and experience in the field of English.

Engl. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3).

Engl. 699 THESIS (3). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

Engl. 796 INTERNSHIP (3-6). See Ed. Ad. 796.

Geology PROFESSORS: A. Cotera, Chairman, S. Beus; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: C. Barnes, R. Rawson; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: D. Brumbaugh, R. Eastwood, R. Holm, E. Montgomery, D. Nations.

OBJECTIVES Objectives of the Department are fourfold: to provide the educational background and experience necessary to enter the professional fields of Geology and Geo­physics; to provide basic preparation in Earth Science for future primary or sec­ondary teachers; to provide the academic foundation for graduate study in Geology, Geophysics, Geochemistry, Oceanography and Earth Science; to provide informa­tion about the Earth which is of cultural value to students in other disciplines in order that they may better comprehend their heritage and intelligently use the resources of the earth.

144 ARTS AND SCIENCES

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor- of Science

GEOLOGY EXTENDED MAJOR: 63 hours are required including Geol. 121, 250, 310, 315, 319, 320, 370, 420, 421; Ch.Ph. 111:112; Chem. 151:152, 213, 251; Phys. 213; Math. 112, 270; Engl. 202. Additional 3 hours selected with ap­proval of advisor. APPLIED GEOLOGY EXTENDED MAJOR: 53 hours are required in the core program including Geol. 121, 310, 315, 370, 420, 421; Math. 136, 137, 238, 239, 270; Chem. 151:152, 213, 251; Physics 213. A selection of one of the following three options is also required.

Geophysics: 9 additional hours including Phys. 261, 271, 372. Hydrology: 10 additional hours including Geol. 360, 430; Engr. 395. Engineering Geology: 10 additional hours including Geol. 360, 430; Engr. 383.

RECREATION LAND MANAGEMENT MAJOR: 60 hours are required including Geol. 121, 122, 250, 360, 430. An additional 15 hours must be selected with the approval of the advisor. Supporting courses must include 12 hours of Physical and Biological Science including Ch.Ph. 111:112, 9 hours of Social Science (6 hours from Hist. 291:292 or Anth. 151.) and 7 hours of Forestry.

EARTH SCIENCE MAJOR: 35 hours required including Ch.Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151; Math. 112; Geol. 121, 122, 250, and 305; Geog. 406:407. Astr. 180 recom­mended as a Liberal Studies elective.

EARTH SCIENCE MINOR: 18 hours including Geol. 121, 122, 305. Additional hours selected with advisors approval.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Geology offers courses leading to the Master of Science

degree in Geology, the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Earth Science, and the Master of Science in Earth Science. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Geol. 101 MAN AND THE EARTH (4). Origin, characteristics, and processes of the earth; development of life and mans dependence upon the earth. Available for Liberal Studies credit only, 3 hrs. lecture. 2 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

Geol. 121 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY (4). Fundamental physical aspects of the earth's crust; rocks and minerals, structures, landforms and their origin. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab., field trips. Fee $10.00.

Geol. 122 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY (4). Chronological sequence of events in the history of the earth and its inhabitants. 3 hrs. lecture. 3 hrs. lab., field trips, including an optional overnight trip to the Grand Canyon. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 121.

Geol. 250 PALEONTOLOGY (5-4). Principles and methods of paleontology including classification, mor­phology, evolution and distribution of fossil organisms. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. (optional)' field trips. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in geological or biological sciences.

Geol. 301 GEOLOGY IN HUMAN AFFAIRS (3). The relationship between affluence, energy sources and mineral deposits; geologic hazards to human activity. 3 hrs. lecture. Liberal studies credit only.

Geol. 305 ROCKS AND MINERALS (3). Origin and identification of common rocks and minerals; gems and mineral resources of the Earth- Earth Science Major or Minor only. 2 hrs. lecture 3 hrs lab Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 121.

Geol. 310 MINERALOGY (5). Crystal symmetry, crystal chemistry, and optical crystallography; determinative mineralogy including optical techniques. 3 hrs. lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Fee 53.00. Pre­requisite: Chem. 213 or concurrent enrollment.

Geol. 315 PETROLOGY (5). Analysis of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks in hand specimen and thin section. 3 hrs. lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 310.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 145

Geol. 319:320 SEDIMENTOLOGY AND STRATIGRAPHY (3:3). First semester, analytical study of sediments and their origin. Second semester, study of basic stratigraphic principles and practices. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prequisites: Geol. 121, 310 or concurrent enrollment. Math. 270.

Geol. 360 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY (3). Problems and techniques in engineering geology; foundations, ground water, geologic hazards. 2 hrs. lecture, S hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Geol. 121, Math 112.

Geol. 370 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY (4). Principles of deformation of solids; recognition, interpretation, and representation of geologic structures. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Geol. 310, Math. 270, Phys. 213.

Geol. 410 INTRODUCTORY OCEANOGRAPHY (3). Biological, chemical, physical and geological properties of the oceans. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Science.

Geol. 420 FIELD METHODS (2). Methods and instruments required for gathering and interpreting geologic data in the field. 1 hr. lecture, 3 hrs., lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Upper division standing in geology.

Geol. 421 SUMMER FIELD GEOLOGY (6). A six-week course in geologic mapping and field investiga­tion. Fee $50.00. Prerequisites: Geol. 370, 420.

Geol. 430 GEOMORPHOLOGY (3). The interpretation of the development, history, and significance of landforms. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 121.

Geol. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Geol. 501 EVOLUTION OF GEOLOGIC PROVINCES (3). Geologic Principles applied to the interpretation of Earth History on a regional scale. 3 hrs. lecture, field trips. Fee $20.00.

Geol. 522 OPTICAL MINERALOGY (3). Optical crystallography and the identification of minerals using the petrographic microscope. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Not open to students who have completed Geol. 310 or equivalent.

Geol. 535 PALEOECOLOGY (3). Interpretation of ancient environments and the adaptation of organisms to these environments. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: Geol. 250 or Geol. 122 and Biol. 220.

Geol. 560 INTRODUCTION TO GEOPHYSICS (3). Survey of the principles and methods of geophysics as applied to Geologic problems. 3 hrs. lecture. Prerequisites: Geol. 121, Math. 136.

Geol. 570 INTRODUCTION TO GEOCHEMISTRY (3). Application of chemistry to solution of geological problems; chemistry of the earth. 3 hrs. lecture. Prerequisite: Chem. 213; Corequisite: Geol. 315.

Geol. 600 TECHNICAL SESSIONS IN GEOLOGY (0.5). Weekly presentation of technical papers. Required of all graduate geology majors. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in geology.

Geol. 605 ADVANCED PALEONTOLOGY (2-3). Selected groups of fossil organisms through time. 2 or 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Geol. 250.

Geol. 606 GEOLOGY FOR TEACHERS (3). Earth materials and processes of earth's surface. Available to Earth Science Majors only. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab, field trips. Fee $3.00.

Geol. 607 EARTH HISTORY (3). Origin and development of the earth; major structural and strati-graphic features. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab., field trips. Fee $10.00.

Geol. 608 LAND FORMS OF NORTH AMERICA (3). Historical development of the major structural features of North America. 3 hrs. lecture, field trips. Fee $10.00.

Geol. 611:612 SEDIMENTARY PETROLOGY (3:3). First semester, petrographic analysis of sandstone; paleogeographic reconstruction of source areas and environment of deposition of sediments. Second semester, carbonate rocks; the origin, distribution, composition, and textures of carbonate rocks. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 522.

Geol. 615 FOUNDERS AND CONCEPTS OF GEOLOGY (2). The men and concepts that contributed to the evolution of geology as a science; analysis of some controversial problems. 2 hrs. lecture.

Geol. 620 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY (3). The geology of the metallic and non-metallic mineral deposits of economic significance. 3 hrs. lecture. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 315.

Geol. 621:622 IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY (3:3). First semester, petrogenesis of igneous rocks; advanced study in thin section. Second semester, fabric analysis of metamorphic rocks, polymetamorphism and environmental interpretations. 2 hrs. lecture. 3 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Pre­requisite: Geol. 315. Geol. 625 ISOTOPE GEOCHRONOLOGY (3). Dating methods for the determination of the age of rocks. 3 hrs. lecture, field trips. Prerequisite: Geol. 315 or 305.

Geol. 626 Topics IN EARTH SCIENCE (3). Fundamentals of one of the following topics for Education or Earth Science Majors only: Rocks and Minerals; Planetology; Astrogeology. 3 hrs. lecture or 2 hrs. lecture and 2 hrs. lab., held trips. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: 8 hours of Earth Science or Geology. May be repeated for credit.

146 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Geol. 630 MICROPALEONTOLOGY (2). Important microfossils, especially foraminifera, ostracods, and conodonts. I hr. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 250.

Geol. 631 FIELD GEOLOGY FOR TEACHERS (3). Field study of selected geological localities in Northern Arizona. Fee $20.00. Prerequisite: 1 year of Geology. Geol. 638 ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY (2) (Pre-Session). An introductory course designed for teachers of Earth Science in elementary and secondary schools. Available to Earth Science Majors only. Lec­tures, lab. work, and field trips. Fee $12.50.

Geol. 640 VOLCANOLOGY (2-3). Classification of volcanoes, petrogenesis, origin and distribution of volcanic features. 2 or 3 hrs. lecture; field work. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 315 or 526.

Geol. 644 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY (3). Origin and classification of structural features. 3 hrs. lecture, field work. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 370.

Geol. 646 ADVANCED STRATIGRAPHY (3). Correlation and analysis of the stratigraphic record from the rock and fossil record 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. field work. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 319:320. Geol. 650 MARINE GEOLOGY (3). Geology of the continental shelves and ocean basins, their origin, form, structure, and sediments. Prerequisite: Geol. 319:320.

Geol. 670 HYDROGEOLOGY (3). Investigation into the Geologic aspects of ground water. 3 hrs. lecture. Prerequisite: Geol. 370.

Geol. 680 TEACHING METHODS IN EARTH SCIENCE (2). Discussion and experimentation with the in­vestigative approach to the teaching of earth science. Available to Earth Science Majors only.

Geol. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GEOLOGY (1-3).

Geol. 698 GRADUATE SEMINAR (1-2). Discussion and readings on selected subjects.

Geol. 699 THESIS (4-6).

History PROFESSORS: G. Downum, G. Kyte, W. Lyon, Chairman, L. Nash, K. Nutt; AS­SOCIATE PROFESSORS: L. McFarlane, J. Nicolson, M. Poen, P. Rulon; ASSIST­ANT PROFESSORS: H. Becher, D. Kitterman, N. Kunze, R. Laner, M. Morley, W. Roosen, D. Strate, A. Wallace, D. West.

OBJECTIVES The objectives of the History program are: to provide knowledge of the

fundamental concepts and principles basic to most societies; to enable the student to assess what the study of history may contribute in our analysis of the past and its relationship to the problems of today; to instill a respect for scholarship in its universal implications, and to approach the study of mankind with objectivity. This curriculum is relevant to preparation for teaching, the law, archival work, and some aspects of government service. It promotes general education by fostering critical study, clarity of thought, and diligence in research.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: The major may include an emphasis in any of the following six areas with either 36 hours or an extended major of 53 to 55 hours.

General History Emphasis; Thirty-six or more hours of courses in History are to be selected with the approval of the advisor. The extended major of 55 hours also includes courses in related areas. A minor is optional with the extended major.

U. S. History Emphasis: One-third of the student's program is in historical periods, one-third in regional or thematic, and one-third outside the emphasis for a total of 36 hours. An outline of this major is available upon request from the history advisors. The extended major of 55 hours includes courses in areas related to history. A minor is optional with the extended major.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 147

European History Emphasis: One-third of the student's program is in historical periods, one-third in regional or thematic, and one-third outside the emphasis for a total of 36 hours. An outline of this major is available upon request from the history advisors. The extended major of 55 hours includes courses in areas related to history. A minor is optional with the extended major.

Latin American Civilization Emphasis: This is an interdivisional major, consisting of history, political science, sociology, geography, anthropology, economics, liter­ature, art, and music for a total of 53 hours. The student is expected to take a Spanish minor. Programs are constructed in consultation with the advisor.

Asian Civilization Emphasis: 36 hours are required, with 12-15 in Asian history and civilization. Related courses in other social sciences or humanities may also be included.

World History Emphasis: Courses selected with the approval of the advisor in European history, Anglo-Hispanic history, Afro-Asian history, and in other related social sciences, for a total of 55 hours.

MINOR: 18 hrs. are required including Hist. 140, 141, 291, 292, and six hours of upper division history approved by the academic advisor.

Bachelor of Science RECREATION LAND MAJOR: This requires 32 hours with an emphasis in his­tory and includes Hist. 291:292, 488, 489 and additional hours in history selected with the approval of the advisor. Supporting courses also include 12 hours from physical sciences (chemistry, physics, geology), nine hours from law enforce­ment, political science, and anthropology, and ten hours from forestry and biology selected with the approval of the advisor.

Bachelor of Science in Education TEACHING MAJOR and MINOR: 35 or 55 hours are required. See requirements in the Social Science section.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION EMPHASIS: Fifteen hours are required. See detailed description under Elementary Education.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Social Science offers courses leading to the Master of Arts

degree in History, Master of Arts degree in Social Science, and Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Social Science. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OP COURSES Hist. 140 WESTERN CIVILIZATION TO 1660 (3). European social, cultural, and political develop­ments wiui attention to institutional trends and influences.

Hist. 141WeSTERNS CIVILIZATION SINCE 1660 (3). Major phases of European civilization to the present; the social and cultural background of our own age. Hist. 291 AMERICAN CIVILIZATION TO 1865 (3). Colonial period and national development to the close of the Civil War. Hist. 292 AMERICAN CIVILIZATION SINCE 1863 (3). Social, economic, and political developments since the Civil War. Hist. 301:302 HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT (3:3). See P.S. 301:302.

Hist. 307 MAIN CURRENTS IN SCIENTIFIC THOUGHT (3). Brief examination of the broader ideas of science as they have developed in the western world. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Hist. 310 HISTORY OF SCIENCE TO NEWTON (3). Development of scientific thought from its earliest beginnings in Ancient Greece through Galileo Galilei.

148 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Hist. 311 HISTORY OF SCIENCE SINCE NEWTON (3). Main developments in modern science from the Age of Isaac Newton to the twentieth century; investigation of Newtonian mechanics, Darwinism, Posi­tivism, Relativism, and quantum mechanics.

Hist. 320 HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT WORLD (3). Evolution of Greek and Roman cultures; contributions to the development of western culture.

Hist. 325 ASIAN CIVILIZATIONS I: CHINA AND JAPAN (3). Major developments of these Asian civiliza­tions from earliest times to the present; interpretations of intellectual history, events, change, per­sonalities, institutions, and arts.

Hist. 326 ASIAN CIVILIZATIONS II: INDIA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA (3). Major developments of these Asian civilizations from earliest times to the present; interpretations of intellectual history, events, change, personalities, institutions, and arts.

Hist. 330 THE MIDDLE AGES (3). The transition from Roman to Germanic Europe; the development of the Papacy, monasticism, feudalism, and national states; the medieval intellectual synthesis and its breakdown.

Hist. 331 AFRICAN HISTORY (3). African pre-history; impact of the western powers; twentieth century developments.

Hist. 340 RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION {3). The cultural, political, and social development of Europe from the Middle Ages to the Age of Louis XIV.

Hist. 311 EARLY MODERN EUROPE {3). The government and cultural development of the major European nations between the Reformation and the French Revolution.

Hist. 336 PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY (3). See Phil. 356.

Hist. 375 ENGLAND TO 1688 (3). Society, government, and culture from Roman and Anglo-Saxon to Stuart times; medieval kingship; the Church and Parliament; the Tudor Renaissance and Reforma­tion; the Civil War and emergence of the constitution of 1688.

Hist. 376 ENGLAND SINCE 1688 (3). Society, government, and culture from Queen Anne to Elizabeth II; the Hanoverians, the constitution and the Empire; the Industrial Revolution and the Victorian age; war, politics, and life in the 20th century.

Hist. 377 THE BRITISH EMPIRE (3). The evolution of a maritime empire from medieval to Victorian times; the idea and operation of the imperial system; government, economy, and culture of the colonies and dominions; the 20th century Commonwealth.

Hist. 380 LATIN AMERICA TO 1810 (3). Spanish exploration and impact upon Indian civilization; political, social, economic, religious, and cultural development in the colonial period.

Hist. 381 LATIN AMERICA SINCE 1810 (3). Struggle for independence, the problems of national development.

Hist. 390:391 AMERICAN THOUGHT AND CULTURE (3:3). Meaning and significance of various social and cultural aspects of American history from Puritanism through the New Deal. First semester not prerequisite to the second.

Hist. 392 COLONIAL PERIOD IN AMERICAN HISTORY (3). The background of European exploration and settlement in North America, and the political, social, and economic development of colonies to 1763.

Hist. 393 CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION (3), Politics and society in the 1850's, causation and principal events of the war, and problems of the reconstruction era.

Hist. 394 REGIONAL STUDIES IN NORTH AMERICA (3). The political, military, social, economic, and cultural history of specified regions and sections in North America. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 hrs. credit.

Hist. 395:396 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES (3:3). Major foreign policies of the United States, and leadership in the evolution of foreign policy since the establishment of the new nation. First semester not prerequisite to the second.

Hist. 397 MINORITY GROUPS IN AMERICA (3). Political, social, and economic facets of the Negro, Hispanic, and Indian American. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

Hist. 424 HISTORY OF MODERN ASIAN SOCIETIES (3). Historical studies in the intellectual, social, political, and economic patterns of the major Asian communities: China, India, Japan, and Southeast Asia. May be repeated for credit. Course will be taught alternately as separate countries.

Hist. 443 NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE (3). International development of the chief European states; the genesis and settlement of World War I; the foundations of the present century.

Hist. 444 EUROPE AND THE MODERN WORLD (3). The breakdown of collective security; the develop­ment of dictatorship and the crisis of deomcracy; genesis, conclusion, and consequences of World War II. For liberal studies credit.

Hist. 4.50 RUSSIA TO 1861 (3). A survey of Russia from the earliest times to the passage of the Great Reform Act of 1861; emphasis is on the interrelationship of political, social, economic, and religious institutions.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 149

Hist. 451 RUSSIA SINCE 1861 (3). A survey of Russian history from the Serf Liberation Act to the present period; particular emphasis is placed on revolutions of the 19th and 20th centuries.

Hist. 480 REGIONAL STUDIES IN LATIN AMERICA (3). Political, economic, and social evolution of South America's most important nations. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 482 HISTORY OF MEXICO (3). Political, economic, and social evolution of Mexico and a con­sideration of Mexico's place in world affairs.

Hist. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Hist. 488 AMERICAN WEST I (3). Colonial and trans-appalachian West, 1607-1850; the Turner thesis, the significance of the West in American national development, land policy of the colonial and Federal government, sectionalism in ante-bellum America.

Hist. 489 AMERICAN WEST II (3). Trans-Mississippi West, 1790-1900; geographical and climatic factors in the Far West; political, economic, and social evolution of the western territories and states; the agrarian revolt, the closing of the frontier.

Hist. 490 THE ENLIGHTENMENT (3). A critical evaluation of the Enlightenment considering his­torical, philosophic, cultural, and scientific aspects of the period.

Hist. 491 THE FORMATIVE YEARS (3). Coming of the Revolution, the Confederation, making the Constitution, the Federalist period.

Hist. 492 JEFFERSON AND JACKSON (3). Political and social developments from 1800 to 1848.

Hist. 493 FOUNDATIONS OF RECENT U. S. HISTORY (3). Political and social developments from 1860 to 1917.

Hist. 494 RECENT UNITED STATES HISTORY (3). The political, economic, and cultural development of the United States since World War I. For liberal studies credit.

Hist. 495:496 ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE U. S. (3:3). Agrarian and commercial background; develop­ment of the factory system and industrial production; the transportation revolution; finance capital­ism, and political response to industrialism. First semester not prerequisite to the second.

Hist. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Hist. 498 COLLOQUIUM IN HISTORY (3). An interdisciplinary approach to special topics. Studies and discussions in subjects arranged by the instructor.

Hist. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN HISTORY (1-3). Sec page 91.

Graduate Courses Hist. 570 HISTORY OF AMERICAN EDUCATION (3). See Ed. Cl. 570.

Hist. 580 INTER-AMERICAN DIPLOMACY (1826-PRESENT) (3). Development of the regional system of American republics, collective security arrangements. Developments during the "Good Neighbor" era to the present with emphasis on the Organization of American States.

Hist. 581:582 HISTORY OF THE IBERIAN PENINSULA (SPAIN AND PORTUGAL) (3:3). A political and social history of the peninsula from Roman times through the Age of Discovery (16th century) emphasizing the emergence of each as a nation. Modern history and cultural development from the 17th through the 20th centuries. First semester not prerequisite to the second.

Hist. 594 THE CITY IN AMERICAN HISTORY (3). The impact of the city in American history; the city in the colonial and ante-bellum periods is treated, but emphasis is placed upon post Civil War history.

Hist. 600 THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: USES AND METHODOLOGIES (3). Methods and evaluations in history and the social sciences; basic research techniques and philosophies of history.

Hist. 601 METHODOLOGY IN SOCIAL SCIENCE (3). See P.S. 601.

Hist. 620 STUDIES IN ASIAN HISTORY (3). Independent investigation of assigned topics, which accom­pany class lectures. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 621 PROBLEMS IN ASIAN HISTORY (3). Current problems and research in Asian History. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 635 STUDIES IN EUROPEAN INSTITUTIONS (3). Designed to cover specific institutions by period, such as Medieval, or by theme, such as economic.

Hist. 639 STUDIES IN EUROPEAN HISTORY (S). Covers specific subjects in European culture, political, and social development by time periods.

Hist. 642 EUROPE AND THE FRENCH REVOLUTION (3). The French Revolution and its effect upon European ideas, politics, and organization. Hist. 645 STUDIES IN FRENCH HISTORY (3). Significant social, cultural, political, and economic issues in the history of France. Hist. 646 BREAKDOWN OF COLLECTIVE SECURITY (3). The concept and practice of collective security; the crisis with Japan, Germany, and Russia. Hist. 648 PROBLEMS IN GERMAN HISTORY (3). The chief social, political, and cultural factors in the growth of modern Germany.

150 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Hist. 649 PROBLEMS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY (3). Specific subjects in European history, such as Marxism, Soviet Un ion , the C o m m o n Market, etc. Individual investigation of assigned topics will be- made to each student in class. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 656 RADICAL MOVEMENTS IN W O R L D AFFAIRS (3). A short in t roduct ion to and compar ison of c o m m u n i s m and other radical movements . Crosslisted wi th P.S. 656.

Hist. 678 STUDIES IN BRITISH HISTORY (3). Significant social, cul tura l , pol i t ical , and economic issues.

Hist. 680 PROBLEMS IN L A T I N AMERICAN HISTORY (3). Specific subjects in La t in American history. Individual investigation of assigned topics will be made to each student in the class. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 691 LEADERS AND LEADERSHIP IN U N I T E D STATES (3). T h e qual i t ies of American leaders, their motives, methods a n d objectives, and their successes a n d failures in c h a n g i n g the American en­vironment .

Hist. 692 PROBLEMS IN T H E AMERICAN W E S T (3). Specific topics in the American frontier, such as cul tural , economic, regional , poli t ical , mil i tary, and social history.

Hist. 693 COMPARATIVE STUDIES IN AMERICAN HISTORY (3). Interaction wi th in the U. S. His'tory of movements, inst i tut ions, themes; compar i son of one t ime period wi th another ; compar ison of American themes with other na t ional -cul tura l g roups .

Hist. 695 PROBLEMS IN AMERICAN HISTORY (3). Specific subjects in American history, such as economic, cul tura l , urban, d ip lomat ic history, involving independent invest igat ion of assigned topics. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 696 STUDIES IN AMERICAN HISTORY (3). Current research, publ ica t ions , and methodology in such fields as economic, cul tura l , u rban , const i tu t ional history. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3).

Hist. 699 T H E S I S (1-4). Prerequisite: Admiss ion to candidacy for the master 's degree.

Hist. 710 SEMINAR IN EUROPEAN HISTORY (3). Research a n d investigation in assigned topics. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 790 SEMINAR IN AMERICAN HISTORY (3). Research a n d investigation in assigned topics. May be repeated for credit.

Hist. 795:796 INTERNSHIP IN COLLEGE T E A C H I N G (1:1). Seminar , pr imari ly for graduate assistants, in teaching on the C o m m u n i t y college level.

Mathematics PROFESSORS: A. Adel, H. Butchart, E. Hughes, C. Little, R. Meyer, Chairman, E. Walter; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: A. Gray, L. Johnson, J. Micklich, C. Moore, L. Perko; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: J. Anderson, T. Bement, D. Bon-nett, P. Horn, N. Martin, J. Mutter, R. Packard, W. Rozema, W. Schulz, A. Steffensen; INSTRUCTORS: K. Jones, J. Kirk, M. Loyer, M. Robinson.

OBJECTIVES The purposes of the offerings in mathematics are: (1) to provide the student

the satisfaction of the pursuit of a substantial intellectual endeavor; (2) to foster the student's appreciation of the role of mathematics in the evolution of culture; (3) to assist the student in preparation for career goals in which mathematics is either directly or indirectly involved, including the preparation for advanced grad­uate study or for teaching mathematics, as well as working as a professional mathe­matician in business, industry, or government.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The basic beginning sequence of courses for mathematics majors or minors

consists of Math. X35, 136, and 137. A student with sufficient mathematics in high school can start this sequence at Math. 136 or even Math. 137, and thus in­crease the number of upper-division courses in his program.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 151

Bachelor of Science MAJOR: The major requires the completion of 35 semester hours of mathematics. This must include the completion of the basic sequence, Math. 135, 136, 137, also Math. 238, 239, 340, 341, and electives chosen from courses numbered 300 or above.

MINOR: The minor requires the completion of 18 semester hours of mathematics. This must include the completion of the basic sequence, Math. 135, 136, 137, also Math. 238, and electives chosen from Math. 239 and courses numbered 300 and above.

Bachelor of Science in Education MAJOR: The major requires the completion of 32 semester hours of mathematics. This must include the completion of the basic sequence, Math. 135, 136, 137, also Math. 238, 239, 340, 341, 365 and electives chosen from courses numbered 300 or above.

MINOR: The minor requires the completion of 20 semester hours of mathematics. This must include the completion of the basic sequence, Math. 135, 136, 137, also Math. 238, and Math. 340 or Math. 370, and electives chosen from Math. 239 and courses numbered 300 or above.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CONTENT EMPHASIS: This requires the com­pletion of 15 semester hours of mathematics. Refer to the College of Education section for details.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Mathematics offers courses leading to the Master of

Science degree in Mathematics and the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Mathematics. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 105 FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS (2). A basic review of elementary mathematics. 1 hr. lecture, 2 hrs. lab.

Math. 109 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA (2). To be taken by those who need more mathematics but are not prepared for Math. 110. 1 hr. lecture, 2 hrs, lab. Prerequisite: High School Algebra and Geometry.

Math. 110 COLLEGE ALGEBRA (3). Polynomials, factoring, fractions, exponents, radicals, equations and inequalities, algebraic functions, exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisite: High School Algebra and Geometry.

Math. 112 COLLEGE ALGEBRA-TRIGONOMETRY (4). Algebraic operations, solution of linear and quad­ratic equations and systems, intuitive differentiation and integration of polynomials, trigonometric definitions and fundamental identities and solution of triangles, and logarithms. Prerequisite: 2 years of high school Algebra or Math. 109.

Math, 130 FINITE MATHEMATICS (3). Matrices and solution of linear systems, inequalities, linear programming, permutations and combinations, discrete probability, and brief introduction to des-(riptive statistics. Prerequisite: Math. 110 or 112.

Math. 135 ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS (4). Introduction to number systems, functions and relations, lin­ear systems and matrices, mathematical induction. A precalculus course for majors and minors. Prerequisite: 3 years of high school Algebra or Math. 110 or 112-

Math. 136 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I (4). Functions, linear inequalities, limits, deriva­tives, differentiation of algebraic functions, maxima-minima, definite integral, geometry of lines and tonics. An intuitive treatment of introductory calculus. Prerequisite: Math. 135.

Math. 137 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY II (4). Limits and continuity, differentiation and inte­gration of some transcendental functions, parametric equations, polar co-ordinates, vectors in two and three dimensions, formal integration. Prerequisite: Math. 136.

Math. 151 MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS (4). The interrelationships between the various fields of mathematics and the application of mathematics to the natural and social sciences.

152 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Math. 238 CALCULUS AND LINEAR ALGEBRA (4). Partial differentia lion; multiple integration; linear algebra; vector spaces; linear transformations; eigenvalues; complex vector spaces. Prerequisite: Math. 137. Math. 239 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE SERIES (4). Ordinary equations of first and second order, simultaneous linear systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series, series solutions of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 238.

Math. 270 APPLIED STATISTICS (3). Descriptive methods, probability and inference; normal, poisson, T, and chi-square distributions; applications stressed. Prerequisites: Math. 110, 112, 135 or 151.

Math. 310:311 INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL THOUGHT (SET THEORY) (3:3). Introduces the student to abstract mathematics and gives him a background for courses such as Math. .511 and 531; elementary set theory, analysis, and modern algebra. Prerequisite: Math 238.

Math. 361 APPLIED MATHEMATICS (3). Fourier series, LaPlace transformations, partial differential equations; an introduction to vector analysis and complex functions with applications. Prerequisite: Math. 239.

Math. 363 VECTOR ANALYSIS (3). Algebra of vectors, calculus of vector fields and differential forms, Stoke's theorems, potential theory and coordinate systems with special attention to problems of mathematical physics. Prerequisite: Math. 238.

Math. 365 MODERN GEOMETRY (3). A continuation and amplification of high school plane geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 136.

Math. 373:374 PROBABILITY THEORY AND MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (3:3). First semester, combinations permutations, random variables, moments of discrete probability functions, and applications of some special distributions. Second semester, continuous random variables, moments of special distributions, gamma functions, sampling distributions, and point and interval estimation. Pre­requisite: Math. 137.

Math. 142 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS (3). An examination of the historical development of mathematics and its impact upon Western culture; consideration of its philosophical basis, es­pecially in modern mathematics. Prerequisite: Math. 340.

Math. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Math. 504 ELEMENTS OF ALGEBRAIC SYSTEMS (3). Introduction to axiomatic development of selected algebraic systems. Not acceptable toward M.S. degree.

Math. 505 ELEMENTS OF ANALYSIS (3). Introductory study of properties of real numbers and the logical foundations of elementary calculus. Not acceptable toward M.S. degree.

Math. 511:512 INTRODUCTION TO HIGHER ALGEBRA (3:3). First semester, groups, rings, fields; iso­morphism theorems. Second semester, field extensions, Galois theory, additional topics chosen by instructor. Prerequisite: Math. 340.

Math. 516 FINITE DIMENSIONAL VECTOR SPACES (3). Bases, linear independence, dual spaces, trans­formations, quadratic forms, unitary spaces. Prerequisites: Math. 238, 340.

Math. 531 ADVANCED CALCULUS I (3). Metric spaces, limits, sequences, series, continuity, uni­formity, differentiation, integration. Prerequisites: Math 239, 341.

Math. 535 THEORY OF FUNCTIONS OF A COMPLEX VARIABLE (3). Calculus of complex numbers, elem­entary functions, Cauchy theorv, calculus of residues, special functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 341.

Math. 563 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (3). Numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations; applications of digital computers to fitting polynomial and transcendental functions to data Pre­requisites: Math. 239 and 361.

Math. 570:571 STATISTICAL METHODS I AND II (3:3). First semester, sampling t-tests, linear re­gression and correlation, elementary analysis of variance. Second semester, analysis of variance and covariance, multiple and partial regression, non -parametric methods. Prerequisite: Math. 110 or 112 or 135.

Math, 601 MATHEMATICS CURRICULA (3). An investigation of the issues and principles involved in the construction of mathematics curricula.

Math. 602 INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS IN MATHEMATICS (3). Introduction to sources of materials, in­cluding textbooks, models, tests, historical source material, and newer educational media.

Math. 607 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS FOR TEACHERS (3). Fundamental mathematical concepts and structural principles upon which the content of elementary and secondary mathematics is based.

Math. 009 SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICS EDUCATION (3). Investigation of contemporary issues and trends through study of philosophical and experimental research relating learning theory to teaching of mathematics.

Math. 611 THEORY OF FINITE GROUPS (3). Permutation groups, abstract groups, Cayley's theorem, Sylow's theorem. Prerequisite: Math. 511.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 153

Math 618 T H E O R Y OF NUMBERS (3). Divisibility, congruences, con t inued fractions, Fermat 's theorem, quadra t ic residues. Prerequisite: An undergraduate m i n o r in mathemat ics .

Math. 621 DIFFERENTIAL G E O M E T R Y (3). Propert ies of curves a n d surfaces in the n e i g h b o r h o o d of a point treated by calculus and vector methods . Prerequisite: Math . 238.

Math. 630 T H E O R Y OF FUNCTIONS OF A R E A L VARIABLE (3). Po in t set theory, modern theory of measure and integration, differentiation appl ica t ions . Prerequisite: Math. 531.

Math. 632 ADVANCED CALCULUS II (3). A con t inua t ion of Math. 531. Prerequisite: Math. 531 or 630.

Math. 637 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS (3). Normal linear. Banach and Hilbert spaces, bounded l inear operators, uniform boundedness pr inciple , interior m a p p i n g pr inc ip le , Hahn-Banach theorem. Pre­requisite: Math. 516.

Math. 611:642 P O I N T SET T O P O L O G Y (3:3). Topologica l spaces, metric spaces, compactness , con­nectedness, local properties and uniform spaces. Prerequisite: Math . 511.

Math. 661 INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS (3). T h e mathemat ica l tools of physics wi th a p ­plications to problems in mechanics , electricity, and magne t i sm, etc. Prerequisite: Ma th . 361 a n d 1 year physics.

Math. 665 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3). Basic theory of ord inary differential equa t ions , existence and uniqueness of solutions, con t i nuous dependence on data, l inear systems of equa t ions , higher order linear equat ions . Prerequisites: Math . 239, 340.

Math. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MATHEMATICS (1-3).

Math. 699 T H E S I S (2-1). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master 's degree.

Math. 795:795 INTERNSHIP IN COLLEGE T E A C H I N G (1:1).

Modern Languages PROFESSORS: C. de la Pena, O. Giusti, Chairman; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: R. Rivero; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: C. Carlisle, V. Kobylin, R. Voss; IN­STRUCTORS: J. d'Aquin, I. Goossen, R. Hernandez, F. Nieto, M. Rodriguez.

OBJECTIVES The modern language program has a fourfold purpose in instruction: to teach

the student to speak, read, and write the language within the scope of a limited vocabulary; to give advanced students a background of oral language and of litera­ture so they may pursue its study for their own pleasure and culture; to promote friendly relations between people of our own and other countries through in­creased understanding of language, customs, and cultures; and to prepare language teachers with majors and minors in French, German, and Spanish and with minors in Navajo.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts

FRENCH MAJOR: 35 semester hours in French will be required with a minimum of 12 hours at the 400 level, including Fren. 403 and 404.

GERMAN MAJOR: 35 semester hours of German will be required with a mini­mum of 12 hours at the 400 level, including Germ. 403 and 404.

SPANISH MAJOR: 35 semester hours in Spanish will be required with a minimum of 12 hours at the 400 and 500 levels, including Span. 403.

EXTENDED MAJOR: 53 semester hours will be required, with a minimum of 30 hours in the first language and a minimum of 20 hours in the second. The course level requirements for the first and second languages are the same as those for a major and a minor, respectively.

154 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Bachelor of Science in Education FRENCH MAJOR: 35 semester hours in French will be required, including the following: Fren. 303, 304, 403, 404, 405, 406.

GERMAN MAJOR: 35 semester hours in German will be required, including the following: Germ. 303, 304, 403, 404, 405, 406. SPANISH MAJOR: 35 semester hours in Spanish will be required, including the following: Span. 303 and/or 304, 403, 405, 406.

Minor Programs MODERN LANGUAGES MINOR: Courses meeting the requirements for a language minor may be selected in French, German, Navajo, or Spanish. For stu­dents earning a Bachelor of Arts degree or a Bachelor of Science degree, a mini­mum of 18 hours is required, including at least two courses at the 300 level or higher. For students earning a Bachelor of Science in Education degree, a mini­mum of 20 hours is required, including at least two courses at the 300 level or higher.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Modern Languages offers courses leading to the Master

of Arts degree in the Teaching of Spanish. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES French

Fren. 101:102 FIRST YEAR FRENCH (4:4). Inductive grammar, reading, and conversational drills. Credit not applicable to major or minor language programs. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

Fren. 201:202 SECOND YEAR FRENCH (4:1). Review of grammar, reading of modern French. 4 hrs. lecture, 1 hr. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Fren. 102.

Fren. 303:304 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION (3:3). Prerequisite: Fren. 202.

Fren. 321 INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LITERATURE (3). Foundation course in the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Fren. 304.

Fren. 403:404 ADVANCED COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION (3:3). First semester, composition. Sec­ond semester, conversation. Prerequisite: Fren. 304.

Fren. 405:406 FRENCH CIVILIZATION (2:2). First semester, to French Revolution. Second semester, French Revolution to Present. Prerequisite: Fren. 304.

Fren. 409 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE (3). Major writers and works of the Age of Reason and Pre-romanticism. Prerequisite: Fren- 321.

Fren. 410 NINETEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE (3). Romanticism, Parnasse, Realism, Naturalism, and Symbolism by genre and auihors. Prerequisite: Fren. 321.

Fren. 411:412 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE (3:3). First semester, to World War II. Second semester, World War II to Present. Prerequisite: Fren. 321.

Fren. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

German Germ. 101:102 FIRST YEAR GERMAN (4:4). Inductive grammar, reading, and conversational drills. Credit not applicable to major or minor language programs. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

Germ. 201:202 SECOND YEAR GERMAN (4:4). Review of grammar, reading of modern German. 4 hrs. lecture, 1 hr. lab. Fee 52-00. Prerequisite: Germ. 102.

Germ. 303:304 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION (3:3). Prerequisite: Germ. 202.

Germ. 321 INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN LITERATURE (3). Foundation course in the evolution of German literature from ca. 800 to Present. Prerequisite: Germ. 304.

Germ. 403:404 ADVANCED COMPOSITION AND COVERSATION (3:3). Prerequisite: Germ. 304.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 155

Germ. 405:406 GERMAN CIVILIZATION (2:2). First semester, to Frederick the Great. Second semes­ter, Frederick the Great to Present. Prerequisite: Germ. 304.

Germ. 409:410 GERMAN LITERATURE FROM 1720-1830 (3:3). First semester, Enlightenment, Pietism, Storm and Stress. Second semester, Classicism and Romanticism. Prerequisite: Germ. 321.

Germ. 411:412 GERMAN LITERATURE FROM 1830 TO PRESENT (3:3). First semester, Biedermeier, Young Germany, Realism, and Naturalism. Second semester. Impressionism and twentieth century German literature. Prerequisite: Germ. 321.

Germ. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Italian Ital. 101:102 FIRST YEAR ITALIAN (4:4). Inductive grammar, reading, and coversational drills. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

Ital. 201:202 SECOND YEAR ITALIAN (4:4). Review of grammar, reading of modern Italian. 4 hrs. lec­ture, 1 hr. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Ital. 102.

Language Lang. 210 LANGUAGE FOR READING KNOWLEDGE (3). Specific language announced in class schedule. May be taken for more than one language.

Navajo Nav. 101:102 FIRST YEAR'NAVAJO (4:4). Speaking, reading, and writing of basic conversational Navajo. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

Nav. 201:202 SECOND YEAR NAVAJO (4:4). Review of grammar and phonetics. Development of speak­ing, reading, and writing skills. 4 hrs. lecture, 1 hr. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Nav. 102.

Nav. 303:304 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION (3:3). Prerequisite: Nav. 202.

Nav.497 INDEPENDENTSTUDY(1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Course in Navajo Nav. 501:502 NAVAJO LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (3:3). First semester, linguistic approach to learning and teaching the Navajo language. Second semester, continuation of Navajo language training with emphasis on cultural aspects.

Spanish Span. 101:102 FIRST YEAR SPANISH (4:4). Inductive grammar, reading, and conversational drills. Credit not applicable to major or minor language programs. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

Span. 201:202 SECOND YEAR SPANISH (4:4). Review of grammar, reading of modern Spanish. 4 hrs. lecture, 1 hr. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Span. 102.

Span. 303 INTENSIVE CONVERSATIONAL PRACTICE (3). Especially structured for students who do not have native fluency in Spanish. Prerequisite: Span. 202.

Span. 304 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION (3). Prerequisite: Span. 202.

Span. 321 INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC LITERATURES (3). Evolution of literary thought and expression, genres, and metrics through representative selections, to prepare the student for critical evaluation of literature. Prerequisite: Span. 303 or 304.

Span. 403 ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3). Prerequisite: Span. 304.

Span. 405:406 HISPANIC CIVILIZATION (3:3). First semester, culture and civilization of Spain. Second semester, culture and civilization of Spanish-America. First semester not prerequisite to the sec­ond. Prerequisite: Span. 303 or 304.

Span. 491:492 HISTORY OF SPANISH LITERATURE (3:3). First semester, from the Middle Ages to the eighteenth century. Second semester, from the eighteenth century to present. Prerequisite: Span. 321. Span. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Courses in Spanish Span. 505 GOLDEN AGE DRAMA (3). Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Calderon, Alarcon, and others. Prerequisite: Span. 492.

Span. 506 CERVANTES (3). Prerequisite: Span. 492.

Span. 507 MODERN SPANISH POETRY (3). Jimenez, Machado, Garcia Lorca, Salinas, and others. Pre­requisite: Span. 492.

156 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Span. 508 MODERN SPANISH NOVEL (3). Nineteenth and twentieth century Spanish Novelists. Pre­requisite: Span. 492.

Span. 591 HISTORY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE (3). Literary movements in Latin-America which led to Modernismo and its developments. Prerequisite: Span. 321 and two advanced under­graduate courses.

Span. 603 LITERARY THEORY AND STYLISTICS (3). Literary styles in the works of outstanding writers. Prerequisite: Span. 403.

Span. 604 HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE (3). The origins and evolution of modern Spanish. Pre­requisite: Span. 403.

Span. 605 GOLDEN AGE PROSE (3). Special emphasis on the picaresque novels. Prerequisite: Span. 492.

Span. 608 MODERN SPANISH DRAMA (3). Major works presenting the evolution from classical to contemporary Spanish theater. Prerequisite: Span. 492.

Span. 609 TEACHING SPANISH IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3). Prerequisite: The equivalent of an under­graduate minor in Spanish.

Span. 610 MODERN SPANISH-AMERICAN POETRY (3). Dario, Nervo, Neruda, Mistral, and others. Prerequisite: Span. 591.

Span. 616 SEMINAR IN SPANISH-AMERICAN NOVEL (3). Gallegos, Guiraldes, Mallea, Asturias, and others. Prerequisite: Span. 591.

Span. 623 GOLDEN AGE POETRY (3). Italian influence, Platonism, Mysticism, and the Baroque. Pre­requisite: Span. 492.

Span. 631 CONTEMPORARY MEXICAN LITERATURE (3). Lyric Poetry, Essay, Revolution and Post-Revolution Novel. Prerequisite: Span. 591.

Span. 691 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISPANIC LITERATURES (3). Offered when student interest and availa­bility of a specialist coincide. Prerequisite: Consent of Department.

Span. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SPANISH (1-2).

Span. 699 THESIS (4). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the Master's degree.

Philosophy ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: W. Nietmann, Coordinator; ASSISTANT PROFES­SORS: D. Jensen, M. Malone, R. Wood; INSTRUCTORS: M. Jones, J. Walder.

OBJECTIVES A central objective of the philosophy program is the development of the stu­

dent's ability to examine philosophical problems in the areas of his interests, for this ability is a measure of his understanding of the sciences, humanities, and the arts. To this end the Philosophy Department offers a minor which can be adapted to the needs of students in such areas as natural science, social science, language, literature, and the fine arts. The major in philosophy is not only intended to provide preparation for graduate study in philosophy, it is also designed to con­tribute to general education and to preprofessional training in areas where early specialization is normally unnecessary, such as law, medicine, business, and the ministry.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts

PHILOSOPHY MAJOR: The Bachelor of Arts degree is for people who intend to do graduate work in Philosophy. Requirements include Phil. 101, 252, 338, 339, 340, 342; six hours to be selected from Phil. 341, 343, 344, 345; three hours to be selected "from Phil. 411, 414. Remaining hours to complete the 35-hour major are to be selected with approval of advisor.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 157

Bachelor of Science PHILOSOPHY MAJOR: The Bachelor of Science degree is for people who are interested in a pre-professional education or people with a general interest in Philosophy. All Philosophy programs which lead to a Bachelor of Science degree require an extended major of 53-56 hours. Of these hours, 24 hours are to be taken in Philosophy. Required for the Bachelor of Science in Philosophy is either Phil. 201:202 or 338:339 and courses selected from one or both of the following sets of courses. Set (1): Phil. 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345. Set (2): Phil. 101, 252, 351, 356, 357, 410, 411, 414. The various emphases and their course requirements are listed below.

Liberal Arts Emphasis: Nine hours selected from Set (1), nine additional hours in Philosophy; 12 hours in Literature; 12 hours in History; six hours in Art, Drama, Humanities, Music.

Business Emphasis: Phil. 101 or 252, six hours from Set (1), nine additional hours in Philosophy; 21 hours to be selected from the following courses in Business: Acct. 328; D.P. 120, Econ. 386; Fin. 311; G.B. 321 (or 221, 222); Mgt. 300, Mkt. 333; nine hours to be taken in at least two of the following areas: Psy­chology, Sociology, Mathematics; Engl. 311.

Pre-Law Emphasis: Phil. 101, six hours from Set (1), nine additional hours in Philosophy; 15 hours to be selected from at least two of the following areas: History, Political Science, Sociology; six hours in Psychology and/or Business; six hours in Literature and/or Speech; three additional hours to be selected from one of the above named areas.

Pre-Medicine Emphasis: Nine hours to be selected from Set (1), nine hours from Set (2); Chem. 213, 271:272; 12 hours in Biology to include one year of general biology and a course in general genetics or embryology; Math. 112 (or 136 or 137); Physics 213; three hours of Psychology. It is recommended that Ch.Ph. 1 l l : 112 be taken to fulfill the Liberal Studies "Science" requirement.

Pre-Ministerial Emphasis: 12 hours to be selected from Set (1); six additional hours in Philosophy; Hist. 320, 330, 340; nine hours in Literature; Psy. 151, 275; Soc. 347, 406.

Minor Programs PHILOSOPHY MINOR: For students earning a Bachelor of Arts degree, a mini­mum of 18 hours is required, including Phil. 340 and 342. For students earning a Bachelor of Science degree, a minimum of 18 hours is required, including Phil. 342. SECONDARY EDUCATION TEACHING MINOR: An Alternative Elective Se­quence in Philosophy is available in the Humanities Department Secondary Edu­cation Teaching Minor—see Humanities Department, College of Creative Arts.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CONTENT EMPHASIS: An Alternative Elective Sequence in Philosophy is available in the Humanities Department Elementary Education Area of Content Emphasis—see Humanities Department, College of Creative Arts.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phil. 101 CLASSICAL LOGIC (3), The construction and criticism of argument, syllogistic method, formal and informal fallacies.

Phil. 150 MAN AND VALUE (3). Discussion regarding Uve place of value in life. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

I

158 ARTS AND SCIENCES

Phi l . 201:202 INTRODUCTION TO P H I L O S O P H Y (3:3). Fundamen ta l problems in ph i losophy; development of critical techniques. First semester, social ph i losophy and ethics. Second semester, epistemology and metaphysics. First semester not prerequisi te to the second.

Phi l . 252 SYMBOLIC L O G I C (3). Propos i t ional and quant i f ica t ional logic, symbolization and analysis of a rgument .

Phi l . 338 EPISTEMOLOGY (3). T o p i c s in the theory of knowledge.

Ph i l . 339 METAPHYSICS (3). T o p i c s in the theory of reality.

Ph i l . 340 ANCIENT P H I L O S O P H Y (3). Pre-Socratics, P la to , and Aristotle

Phi l . Ml MEDIEVAL P H I L O S O P H Y (3). C h u r c h Fathers , Neo-PIatonists , and Schoolmen.

Phi l . 312 MODERN P H I L O S O P H Y (3). Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkely, H u m e , Kant.

Phi l . 313 NINETEENTH CENTURY P H I L O S O P H Y (3). Hegel , Kierkegaard, Marx , Nietzsche.

Ph i l . 3-14:343 T W E N T I E T H CENTURY P H I L O S O P H Y (3:3). First semester, Anglo-American phi losophy. Second semester, Cont inenta l ph i losophy . First semester not prerequisi te to the second.

Phi l . 351 PHILOSOPHY IN LITERATURE (3). Ph i losophica l issues as expressed in the novel , d rama, and poetry.

Phi l . 352 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (3). Problems concerning religious language, na ture a n d existence of God, the religious life. Available for Liberal Studies credit only .

Ph i l . 353 MAN AND REALITY (3). Investigation of concepts such as knowledge, t ru th , reality, being, t ime. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Phi l . 354 MAN AND SCIENCE (3). Problems ar is ing ou t of the concepts , theories history-, and pro­cedures of the sciences. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Ph i l . 355 PHILOSOPHY OF A R T (3). Aesthetic experience; functions of art; conceptual foundat ions of art .

Ph i l . 356 PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY (3). T h e na tu re and limits of o u r knowledge of the past, historical explanat ion , and a ims of historical inqui ry . Cross listing: Hist . 356.

Phi l . 357 POLITICAL P H I L O S O P H Y (3). Issues encountered in the analysis and evaluat ion of polit ical a n d social inst i tut ions. Cross listing: P. S. 357.

Phi l . 410 SEMINAR IN A PHILOSOPHICAL AREA (3). Phi losophy of rel igion, ph i losophy of science, or ethics; specific area to be announced in die class schedule. May be repeated for a m a x i m u m of 6 hrs. credit.

Phi l . 411 SEMINAR IN A PHILOSOPHICAL P R O B L E M (3). Phi losophy of Mind, Phi losophy of Language , Ethical Theory , or Phi losophy of Percept ion; specific p rob lem to be announced in the class schedule. May be repeated for a m a x i m u m of 6 h rs . credit.

Ph i l . 414 SEMINAR ON MAJOR P H I L O S O P H E R ( S ) (3). Specific p h i l o s o p h e r s ) to be announced in the class schedule. May be repeated for a m a x i m u m of 6 hrs . credit.

Ph i l . 197 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 9 1 .

Graduate Courses Phi l . 500 RESEARCH SEMINAR (3). T o p i c to be a n n o u n c e d in class schedule. May be repeated for a m a x i m u m of 6 hrs. credit.

Phi l . 653 ISSUES IN SCIENCE AND R E L I G I O N (3). T h e status arid function of scientific and theological c la ims. A Liberal Studies course.

Phi l . 571 T H E T E A C H E R AND H I S P H I L O S O P H Y (3). Concepts which the individual teacher uses in unders tanding his life as a teacher.

Physical Science OBJECTIVES

The Physical Science program provides an integrated series of experiences in Physical Science for the non-science major to enrich his understanding of the physical world, develop his appreciation of science as human endeavor, and en­courage his evaluation of the role of science and scientists in contemporary human affairs. For the Physical Science teacher the experiences will prepare him ade­quately in depth and breadth of Physical Science content and process to assume the responsibilities in this subject area at the secondary school level. For the

ARTS AND SCIENCES 159

Physical Science major the program will provide a broad and integrated back­ground in the Physical Sciences appropriate and complementary to a wide variety of environmental and other science related professions as well as background for future graduate specialization.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS See pp. 81-84 of the catalog for general degree requirements. In the require­

ments for the degrees there is a core curriculum that also constitutes the minor requirements.

CORE CURRICULUM: Ch.Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151:152, 213, Phys. 213, Geol. 121, and Astr. 180 constitute the basic block of courses for all majors in Physical Sciences. MAJOR: The major requires 34 to 37 hours and may be earned with an emphasis in one of the following areas.

Physics Emphasis: Core Curriculum and an additional 12-15 hours in Physics, approved by advisor, will complete the major.

Chemistry Emphasis: The Core Curriculum and an additional 12-15 semester hours in Chemistry, approved by the advisor, will complete the major.

Earth Science Emphasis: The Core Curriculum and an additional 12-15 hours in Earth Science, approved by advisor, will complete the major. MINOR: Normally the student will complete the 22 hours in the Core Curriculum but substitutions may be made with the approval of the advisor.

Bachelor of Science in Education MAJOR: 36 hrs. Core Curriculum, Geol. 122, Chem. 251, 260, Phys. 261, Geog. 406. Substitutions may be made with approval of advisor. MINOR: 22 hrs. Core Curriculum. Substitution may be made with approval of advisor.

Graduate Degree Course work leading to a Master of Arts Degree in the Teaching of Physical

Science is offered. This program is flexible enough to provide the additional specialization or broadening of background needed for the individual teacher and teaching situation. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ph.Sc. 125 MAN AND HIS PHYSICAL WORLD (1). The concepts and methods of the physical sciences in an historical context with an emphasis on their relatedness to significant concerns of the present day world. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. This course will not meet the requirement for science majors or pre-professiona! curricula. Fee $3.00.

Physics PROFESSORS: T. Bedwell, T. Thorpe, W. Willis, Chairman; ASSOCIATE PRO­FESSORS: R. Hall, R. Layton, K. O'Dell, E. Roth, W. Ward, R. Wildey; ASSIST­ANT PROFESSORS: W. Delinger, G. Johnson, J. Zahrt.

160 ARTS AND SCIENCES

OBJECTIVES The primary objective of the Physics program is to serve the needs of stu­

dents who wish to teach Physics at the secondary level, or become professional scientists in the areas of Astronomy, Atmospheric Physics, and Geophysics, or who need a basic knowledge for other areas of professional activity. An im­portant part of this objective is to provide students the opportunity to do meaning­ful research as part of both the undergraduate and graduate programs.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS See pp. 00-00 of the catalog for general degree requirements. Requirements

in Physics consist of a core curriculum, which constitutes the minimum require­ments for a minor, and additional advanced courses to give a total program of 35 semester hours. The advanced courses are designed to give an emphasis area in Astronomy, Atmospheric Physics, or General Physics.

Bachelor of Science MAJOR: The 35 hours required to complete the major includes as a core curricu­lum the courses listed below for the minor plus Phys. 261, 391:392, and 491:492 or 485 and an emphasis in one of the following optional areas.

Astronomy option, requiring Astr. 180 and Astr. 391:392.

Atmospheric Physics option, requiring Chem. 391:392 and Phys. 410:411.

General Physics option, in which the student completes the required hours in upper division physics elective approved by the advisor.

MINOR: This may be completed with the following 18 hours and also constitutes the core curriculum for the major: Either Ch.Ph. 111:112, Phys. 213 or Phys. 151:152; and in addition, Phys. 271, 372:373.

Bachelor of Science in Education As part of an experimental program in teacher training, the concept of major

or minor has been eliminated in the program to prepare Physics teachers. Coordi­nated programs leading to certification in Physics-Chemistry or Physics-Mathe­matics have been substituted. These programs permit much greater freedom in the choice of electives, and provide better preparation for the teaching situations encountered in secondary schools. In addition to the courses shown below, 19 hrs. of Professional Studies are required of secondary teachers.

COORDINATED PROGRAM IN PHYSICS-MATHEMATICS: The 50 hours re­quired in this program includes the core curriculum listed under the Physics minor above and in addition Phys. 261, 391:392, Math. 136:137, 238:239, 340, 365, and 370.

COORDINATED PROGRAM IN PHYSICS-CHEMISTRY: The 50 hours required in this program include the core curriculum listed under the Physics minor above and in addition Phys. 261, 391:392, Chem. 151, 250, 213, 251:252, 271:272, 391, 485, Math. 136:137.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ch. Ph. Il l CHEM. PHYSICS (1-7). Introduction to the concepts of mechanics, kinetic-molecu­lar theory, chemical reactions, electromagnetics, atomic and molecular structure. 3 hrs. lecture, andi 2 hrs- physics lab. Fee $5.00.

Ch. Ph. 112 CHEM. PHYSICS (3). Introduction to the concepts of solution reactions, chemical kinetics, ami equilibra. electro-chemistry. thermodynamics and magnetism. 3 hrs. lecture.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 161

Chem. 151 (Integrated Chemistry Lab. I) or Chem. 151 and 250 (Integrated Chemistry Lab II) should be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: Ch. Ph. 111.

Phys. 151:152 GENERAL PHYSICS (4:4). 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: High School Algebra and Trigonometry.

Phys. 213 ELEMENTARY PHYSICS (3). The final course of the Chem Physics sequence. Selected topics in mechanics, electromagnetism and optics. 2 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. (algebraic approach) or 3 hrs. lecture (calculus approach).

Phys. 261 ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENCE STUDENTS (3). Emphasis on circuits, covering both transistors and vacuum tubes. Laboratory experiementation with circuits and devices used in modern instru­ments for scientific research. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Phys. 151:152 or Ch. Ph. 111:112, and Phys. 213.

Phys. 271 INTERMEDIATE PHYSICS I (3). A calculus based classical mechanics course for students with some prior background in Physics. Prerequisites: Math. 137, Phys. 213 or Phys. 152.

Phys. 372:373 INTERMEDIATE PHYSICS II AND III (3:4). First semester, static and time dependent electromagnetic fields, wave phenomena, and an introduction to transport phenomena. Second semesier, quantum mechanics and thermal and statistical physics applied to atoms, nuclei, and materials. Prerequisite: Math 137.

Phys. 391:392, 491:492 ADVANCED LABORATORY I, II, III. IV (1-2). Advanced laboratory problems in Physics. The student and instructor select experiments to be performed.

Phys. 401:402 THEORETICAL PHYSICS (3:3). First semester, classical mechanics and relativity. Second semester, quantum mechanics, nuclear and atomic structure and electromagnetic theory.

Phys. 410:411 ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS (3:3). First semester: thermodynamics of phase change and nucleation, condensation and ice nuclei, ice crystal and droplet growth, precipitation mech­anism, and cloud modification techniques. Second semester: atmospheric electricity, geomagnetic phenomena, radar and atmospheric signal phenomena.

Phys. 433 PHYSICAL OPTICS (3). Electromagnetic waves, geometrical optics, physical optics, optical instruments and measurements.

Phys. 451:452 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM (3:3). Electrostatic and electromagnetic phenomena employing vector notation; topics include field concepts, circuit principles, fields of moving charges, fields in matter, electromagnetic induction, Maxwell's Equations, electromagnetic waves, Green's Theorem and Huygens* Principle.

Phys. 454 THERMAL AND STATISTICAL PHYSICS (3). Thermodynamics, heat transfer, kinetic theory and quantum statistics.

Phys. 455:456 SOLID STATE PHYSICS AND PHYSICAL ELECTRONICS (3:3). First semester, elec­tron physics; band theory of solids. Second semester, vacuum devices, gaseous processes, semi­conductor devices, and modern amplifiers. Prerequisite: Phys. 261.

Phys. 457:458 ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS (3:3). First semester, atomic and molecular spectra and systems, X-rays. Second semester, atomic nuclei, radioactivity, particles, and nuclear models.

Phys. 465:466 QUANTUM MECHANICS (3:3). First semester, the Schroedinger Equation and its solution. Second semester, applications to atomic and nuclear physics. Phys. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Phys. 610.611 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS (3:2). Prerequisite: Phys. 151:152 or equivalent.

Phys. 640 MODERN SECONDARY PHYSICS CURRICULA (3). Introduction to PSSC and Harvard Project Physics curricula with emphasis on experimental approach; planning and equipping the physics laboratory; safety practices in the laboratory.

Phys. 642:643 MODERN EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES (1:3). First semester, experimental electronics in modern scientific investigation. Second semesier, theory and laboratory practice in selected areas of modern and/or advanced investigation into areas such as high vacuum, mag­netic fields, mass spectroscopy, etc. A maximum of six hrs. may be earned in the above sequence. Prerequisite: Phys. 151:152.

Phys. 671:672 RESEARCH AND ADVANCED PROBLEMS (2-3).

Political Science PROFESSOR: W. Strauss; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: E. Bowman, G. Hansen, H. Matthews, J. Ostheimer, T. Wyckoff; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: G. Buckley (temporary), H. Carey, L. Ritt

162 ARTS AND SCIENCES

OBJECTIVES The objectives of the Political Science program are fourfold: to provide a

knowledge of the theory, principles, and practice of government and politics and a knowledge of the analytical tools of political science and their application to the understanding of politics; to prepare students for occupations in teaching, govern­ment, business, and law; to promote general education through fostering habits of critical study, clarity of thought, and diligence of research; to nurture the respect for scholarship and learning that characterizes liberally-educated men and women.

DEGREE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: 36 hours are required. P.S. 201 and three hours of upper division work are required from each of the following areas: political theory and methodology, public law and administration, American government and politics, comparative government and politics, and international politics and organization. Eighteen (18) additional hours must be selected, with no more than nine hours recommended in any one area.

MINOR: 18 hours are required. P.S. 201 and 15 additional hours are required with no more than nine hours recommended from any one of the areas as described above.

GRADUATE DEGREE Political Science offers the Master of Arts degree in Political Science. See

the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P. S. 110 THE AMERICAN DEMOCRATIC SYSTEM (3). A basic introduction to American National Government designed for non-majors: constituitonal foundations, the structures of government, courts, Congress, Presidency, interest groups, political parties, major political issues facing the American |xople. Satisfies teacher certification requirement for teachers in Arizona for federal constitution. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

P. S. 160 POLITICAL ECONOMIC INSTITUTIONS (3). A detailed examination of the political, economic, and social structure of American society; a comparative analysis of other major polit­ical and economic systems of relevance to the modern world; introduction to the methodology of the social sciences. For non-majors.

P. S. 201 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL ANALYSIS (3). Survey of the methods, subject matter, and uses of political science; comparison and classification of political systems.

P. S. 300 FEDERAL AND ARIZONA CONSTITUTION (3). A basic course in the national and state government designed to meet the requirements for teacher certification. Not available for credit toward political science majors or minors.

P. S. 301:302 DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT (3:3). Major political thinkers horn Plato to the present. First semester not prerequisite to the second. Cross listing: Hist. 301:302.

P. S. 321 GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATION (3). Principles in the field of public administration; organization theory and bureaucracy, administrative dynamics, personnel administration, the regulatory process; fiscal ami budgetary mechanics, PPBS, the politics-administration dichotomy; defining the public interest.

P. S. 311 STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT (3). The politics and administration of state and local government in the United States; problems, structures, and services. Satisfies teacher certifi­cation requirements for teachers in Arizona for Arizona constitution.

P. S. 313 THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY (3). Survey of the American presidency, including its historical development, but emphasizing the current characteristics and functions of this most uitjjorant institution; examination of the executive bureaucracy.

P. S. 354 COMPARATIVE POLITICAL IDEAS (3). Content to be determined by the nature of the political-economic issues being debated in the public forums. Available for liberal studies credit only.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 163

P. S. 357 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (3). See Phil. 357.

P. S. 360:361 COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT (3:3). Comparative analysis of selected foreign gov­ernments: democratic, totalitarian, and those in process of developing.

P. S. 380:381 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (3:3). Introduction to international political relations; a survey of the major issues of world affairs, with a search for political solutions. P. S. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

P. S. 420:121 PUBLIC ECONOMIC POLICY (3:3). An examination of environmental and ideological inputs into the system; the political system and forces shaping the making of public economic policy; simulation of derision-making in the field of economic policy; the effects of public eco­nomic policy upon the society and economic institutions within it.

P. S. 122:123 AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT (3:3). Inquiry into the Supreme Court's interpretation of the Constitution concerning the powers of the Court, Congress, and President: three sensitive areas in American society; personal rights, civil rights, and voting reform. First semester not prerequisite to the second.

P. S. 421 ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCIES: POLITICS, LAW AND PROCESSES (3). Policy-making role of the administrative agencies, which serves to define their political relation to other govern­mental branches, interest groups, and American society at large; development of an understanding of both formal and informal processes involved in the operations of administrative agencies.

P. S. 430 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY (3). See Soc. 430.

P. S. 442 LEGISLATIVE PROCESS (3). A survey of American legislatures at the federal and state level including both structural and behavioral aspects of the legislative process.

P. S. 143:414 POLITICAL PARTIES AND PRESSURE GROUPS (3:3). The nature and functions of political patties: their role in nominations, elections, and the development of public policy; the nature and function of interest groups; the role of the individual as party members. First semester not prerequisite to the second.

P. S. 452 JURISPRUDENCE (3). Our Western legal values; a historical inquiry into their origins and growth from the Laws of Moses to modern limes together with an analytical study of such concepts as law, right, justice, authority, and obligation.

P. S. 460 WEST EUROPEAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (3). Political traditions of major European countries, including a survey of contemporary governments and problems.

P. S. 461 EAST EUROPEAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (3). Political traditions of major Eur­opean countries, including a survey of contemporary governments and problems.

P. S. 470:471 GOVERNMENTS OF ASIA (3:3). Cultural and historical backgrounds; traditional patterns in conflict with modernization; present forms of government. First semester not a pre­requisite for the second.

P. S. 474 AFRICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (3). Survey of contemporary African political development. P. S. 480 INTERNATIONAL LAW (3). An examination of universal and regional organizations in international relations with emphasis upon the United Nations; inquiry into legal foundations of international order.

P. S. 482:483 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY (3:3). Structure and functions of American foreign policy machinery; problems facing American foreign policy and prospects for their solution. First semester not prerequisite to the second.

P. S. 483 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

P.S. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

P. S. 498 COLLOQUIUM in POLITICAL SCIENCE (3). An interdisciplinary approach to special topics; studies and discussions in subjects arranged by instructor. P. S. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (1-3). Examination of recent trends and investigations in political science.

Graduate Courses P. S. 540 AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT (3). The practical-theoretical development of American political thought from its English-Colonial roots, through the founding of a new government and civil crisis to current commentary and criticism.

P. S. 562:563 LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT (3:3). Political traditions of the Republics of Latin America, including a survey of contemporary political structures and problems. First semester not a prerequisite to the second.

P. S. 601 METHODOLOGY IN SOCIAL SCIENCE (3). Traditional and recent research techniques in social science. Cross-listed: Hist. 601. P. S. 602 PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL THOUGHT (3). Special topics in political theory and philosophy; sovereignty; legitimacy; the public good; the state and morality.

164 ARTS AND SCIENCES

P. S. 603 CURRENT TRENDS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (3). Examination of the development of recent trends in political science; topics selected on basis of student interest and needs.

P. S. 622 PROBLEMS IN AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT (3). Specialized topics such as presidential war powers, judicial legilsation, limits in civil rights, and freedom of religion.

P. S. 650 PROBLEMS IN AMERICAN POLITICS (3). Selected problems in American politics chosen according to student interests and needs.

P. S. 656 RADICAL MOVEMENTS IN WORLD AFFAIRS (3). See History 656.

P. S. 670 PROBLEMS IN COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT (3). Survey of significant theories and methods of comparative analysis. Individual research on specific cases.

P. S. 672 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT (3). Survey of political development at the national level, in­cluding imperialism, revolutions, nationalism, processes of structural change.

P. S. 680 PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS, ORGANIZATIONS, AND LAW (3). A problem-oriented approach to interstate relations with an emphasis on regional organizations and the United Nations.

P. S. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY {1-3).

P. S. 699 THESIS (4). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy.

P. S. 795:796 INTERNSHIP IN COLLEGE TEACHING (1:1). Seminar, primarily for graduate assistants, in teaching on the junior community college level.

Social Science OBJECTIVES

The Social Sciences attempt to achieve breadth of subject matter and integra­tion of disciplines in order to provide the student with adequate background of the past and insight and perspective with regard to today's society and its prob­lems. The curriculum includes some emphasis upon methodology and analysis as well as thorough acquaintance with factual frameworks. It prepares students for such professions and occupations as teaching, on secondary and college levels, law, business, civil service, foreign service, the Peace Corps, and aspects of research. It encourages habits of analytical study and nurtures respect for scholarship and learning.

For information on programs, contact Chairman, Department of Social Sci­ence. For course listings, see History, Political Science, and the other social sci­ences, in addition to those listed below.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: 35 or 53 hrs. are required. The program includes Hist. 140, 141, 291, and 292, plus other courses in History, Political Science, Sociology, Anthropology, Geography, Economics, and related fields designed to produce a coherent pattern for the individual student.

Bachelor of Science in Education MAJOR: 35 or 55 hours are required. Students taking either a 35- or 55-hour teaching major in Social Science must have their program of studies constructed by an advisor. A 35-hour teaching major may emphasize two of the following fields: U.S. History (thematic or chronological approach), European History, Gov­ernment, or Sociology. A 55-hour major may emphasize three fields, which may include Economics, Anthropology, and Psychology in addition to those fields listed for a 35-hour major. A Latin American emphasis (55 hours), World History emphasis (55 hours), and Asian Civilization emphasis (35 hours) may also be earned.

ARTS AND SCIENCES 165

MINOR: 24 hours are required. The Social Science Minor prepares teachers for the secondary level and is designed for those who seek a degree in secondary education. It may also be elected by elementary education students who do not wish to follow the Elementary Education Content Emphasis. The Social Science Minor may be pursued with any one of four emphases; United States History, World History, Sociology, or Government. Students must select three hours (one course) from the upper division liberal studies offerings in Aiithropology, Eco­nomics, Geography, Psychology, or Sociology to complete their Social Science Minor Students may pick up an advising program sheet from an advisor, who is listed in the Schedule o f Classes. An alternative elective sequence m Humanities with a Social Science emphasis is also available as a Secondary Education Teaching Minor—see Humanities Dept.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CONTENT EMPHASIS: 15 hrs. are required. See under the College of Education for details of Social Science Minor. An alterna­tive elective sequence in Humanities with a Social Science emphasis is also ayaU-able in the Humanities Department—see Humanities Dept., College of CreaUve Arts.

GRADUATE DEGREES Courses leading to the Master of Arts degree in Social Science and the Master

of Arts degree in the Teaching o f Social Sciences are offered. See the Graduate Bulletin ioT details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES s 7n9 Spminar- S O C I A L S C I E N C E T E A C H I N G M E T H O D O L O G I E S (3). A critical examinat ion a n d

c r l ^ w l l ^ L n r r h e r h V s ' T o ^ investigated. Soc. S. 7 0 3 R E S E A R C H S E M I N A R IN S O C I A L S C I E N C E (S). Individual research a n d g r o u p study o f ad­vanced topics i n social science. Soc. S. 799 I N T E R N S H I P (3-6). See Educ. 799.

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

JAMES D. BENSON, Dean

FRANK H. BESNETTE, Associate Dean

ACCOUNTING • BUSINESS EDUCATION • DATA PROCESSING • ECONOMICS • FINANCE • MANAGEMENT MARKETING • OFFICE ADMINISTRATION • SECRETARIAL

STUDIES

COLLEGIATE EDUCATION, whether in the Liberal Studies area or in a profes­sional program, should provide a foundation from which an individual can develop his own intellectual capacity.

Significant to the intellectual growth of an individual is his appreciation for the totality of subject matter included in the arts and sciences as well as the inter­relationships which exist between the sciences, the humanities, the social sciences, and mathematics.

Education for professional careers in business should complement the liberal studies program. Underlying the operation of the College of Business Administra­tion at Northern Arizona University is the fundamental premise that undergraduate education for business should be preparatory to management careers. This in­cludes developing an understanding of the socio-economic environment of which business is a part and an appreciation of the economic organization with its inter­related parts. In addition, the business administration student must be prepared to exercise the skills of planning, decision-making, and direction of operations in eco­nomic organizations.

167

168 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

OBJECTIVES In accordance with the stated philosophy of the College of Business Admin­

istration, the following objectives are proposed. PREPARATION FOR FULFILLMENT OF INDIVIDUAL GOALS: It is the aim of the University to provide broad intellectual stimulation in order that the indi­vidual will seek to achieve the maximum level of his own capacity; that he will utilize fully his own capabilities as an individual and a citizen.

The total program of the College of Business Administration, in conjunction with all of the other Colleges and Schools of the University, is designed to pro­vide the academic framework for intellectual enrichment, expansion of the indi­vidual, and a broad understanding of the structure and dynamics of society. PREPARATION FOR PROFESSIONAL LEADERSHIP IN THE BUSINESS COMMUNITY: It is the particular aim of the College of Business Administration to equip the student with appropriate knowledge and skill to achieve ultimately a position of leadership within the business community.

The Business Administration core program provides fundamental knowledge of the business organization as well as equips the student with basic skills of busi­ness management. Study of organizational and economic theory, the economic and legal environment of business, and the fundamental areas of business provide an understanding of the structural elements of business organizations. Analysis of the behavioral, qualitative, and quantitative elements of the decision-making process provides the foundation for ultimate assumption of the manager's role.

PREPARATION FOR ENTRY-LEVEL POSITIONS IN BUSINESS: The College of Business Administration provides an opportunity for developing specialized skills and knowledge in areas requiring additional concentration for entry-level positions.

The Business Administration program requires 12-21 semester hours of specialized course work in one of seven areas. These areas are accounting, data processing, economics, finance, management, marketing, and office administration-executive secretarial.

PREPARATION FOR BUSINESS TEACHERS ON THE SECONDARY AND TWO-YEAR COLLEGE LEVELS: The College of Business Administration, in conjunction with the College of Education, prepares students for teaching careers in secondary schools and in two-year colleges.

The Bachelor of Science in Education Degree sequences provide an opportunity to master basic skills in typewriting, shorthand, accounting, distributive education, office and business machines, and office procedures. In addition, the Degree pro­vides a thorough background in professional education, in professional business education, and in basic business principles.

PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE SCHOOL: The College of Business Admin­istration prepares students for advanced study in the various fields of business ad­ministration, law and economics.

PREPARATION FOR SECRETARIAL CAREERS: The programs of the College of Business Administration include the fundamental skills and knowledge neces­sary for successful secretarial employment.

The two-year Associate Degree program provides an opportunity to master the basic skills needed for successful secretarial employment.

SERVICE AREAS TO THE COMMUNITY: The College of Business Administra­tion provides services of various types to the business community through profes­sional activity and scholarly research.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 169

The College's resources, including a data processing center, may be made available to the community and are coordinated through the Bureau of Business Services.

FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE PROFESSORS: J. Benson, Dean, E. Grape, V. Kell, B. Lockling, Adjunct Professor E. Rickard; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: A. Bergland, R. Berman, F. Besnette, Associate Dean, J. Briel, A. Choi, J. Dustman, D. Harvey, S. Litzler, A. Lorents, J. Massey, R. Miller, K. Runyon, R. Seglund, W. Stricklin, J. Swanson, M. Wunsch; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: M. Bosse, D. Chase, S. Dannenfeldt, D. Eberhardt, L. Gardner, T. Hoff, T. Shahen, C. Vitaska; INSTRUCTORS: J. Coiner, J. Cox, V. Ward, K. Worthington; LECTURER: D. Wall.

ACCREDITATION The College of Business Administration is accredited by, and is a full member

of, the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business (1969).

STATEMENT OF POLICY ON TRANSFER STUDENTS TRANSFER CREDITS FROM COMMUNITY COLLEGES: Undergraduate pro­grams in business administration at the university level normally concentrate the professional courses in the last two years of a four-year program. Only a limited amount of work in business courses is offered below the junior year. The objec­tive of this policy is to permit the student to acquire a foundation of work in the basic arts and sciences as a prerequisite for professional courses in business.

All business programs accredited by the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business require the students to take a minimum of 40 percent of the four years' work in the arts and sciences, including work in mathematics, social science, humanities, and the natural sciences. Students desiring a four-year degree are advised to take a majority of their work during the first two years in the arts and sciences, including a strong background in mathematics.

Students planning to take their first two years of work at a junior college or at another four-year college should take only those courses in business that are offered as freshman or sophomore level courses at any of the three Arizona uni­versities. Full lower-division transfer credit will be granted for all courses equiva­lent to those specified for the freshman and sophomore years at any one of the three four-year universities in Arizona. These lower-division courses are numbered 1 through 99 at the University of Arizona, 100 through 299 at Arizona State Uni­versity and Northern Arizona University.

Professional business courses taught in the junior and senior years in the three state universities may not be completed for transfer credit at any community col­lege. Courses taught as terminal, vocational, or career classes at the community colleges, even though similar to professional courses offered at the junior and senior levels at the three universities, will not be accepted for credit toward a bachelor's degree. As an exception to this policy, a one-semester course in busi­ness law will be accepted.

A maximum of 30 hours of business and economics courses from community colleges will be accepted toward a bachelor's degree in business administration.

170 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Suggested Courses: The following general pattern of courses is recommended for students who complete their first two years' work in a junior college and plan to transfer to one of Arizona's universities without loss of credit:

Pre-professional Courses: 24 hours Accounting 6 hours Economics 6 hours Statistics 3 hours Lower Division Business Electives 9 hours

General Education: 40 hours English Mathematics Science Humanities Physical Education Social Sciences

Bachelor of Science in Accountancy This degree program requires Math. 110 and 130 as minimum mathematics re­quirements.

BUSINESS CORE: The required business core includes D.P. 120; Acct. 157:158; G.B. 221:222; Econ. 285:286; Mgt. 300; G.B. 304; Mktg. 333 and 490.

MAJOR: The required accounting courses are Acct. 257, 258, 302, 350, 357, 470, 498.

BUSINESS ELECTIVES: The program requires the completion of 9-12 semester hours of upper-division accounting or business administration courses.

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration All programs under this degree require the completion of 38 semester hours of core business courses plus 12-21 semester hours in an area of concentration and 27-33 semester hours of approved electives. The business core consists of: G.B. 100; D.P. 120; Acct. 157:158; G.B. 221:222; Econ. 285:286; Mgt. 300; G.B. 304 or 306; Mktg. 333; Fin. 311; and Mgt. 490. This degree has a minimum mathematics requirement of Math. 110 and 130. The following areas of concentration are available for a major emphasis:

ACCOUNTING: This concentration requires the completion of Acct. 257, 258, 302, and 3 semester hours from Acct 303, 350, 357, 470, 471, 498.

DATA PROCESSING: This concentration requires the completion of D.P. 251, 261, 360, 361, and 3 semester hours from D.P. 351, 435, 445.

ECONOMICS: This concentration requires the completion of Econ. 385, 386, 473, and 9 semester hours from Econ. 346, 356, 445, 464, 483, 486, 492.

FINANCE: This concentration requires the completion of Fin. 410, 420, 450, and 480.

MANAGEMENT: This concentration requires the completion of Mgt. 310, 311, 335, 410, and 435.

MARKETING: This concentration requires the completion of Mktg. 334, 335, 490, and 3 semester hours from Mktg. 336, 437, 438, 439.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 171

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION: This concentration requires the completion of O.Ad. 209; Mgt. 311; G.B. 350; and O.Ad. 360. Recommended electives are O.Ad. 253, 254; Acct. 302, 328; and Mgt. 430, plus any additional upper-division courses for which advisor approval has been obtained.

EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL: This concentration requires the completion of O.Ad. 309, 315, 322; and G.B. 350. Recommended electives are O.Ad. 253, 254, 360; Mgt. 311, 430; Acct. 302, 328, plus any additional upper-division courses for which advisor approval has been obtained.

Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Education BUSINESS CORE: The required business core includes G.B. 100; D.P. 120; Acct. 157:158; G.B. 221; Econ. 285:286; Mgt. 300; G.B. 304; Fin. 311; Mktg. 333; G.B. 350; and B.E. 356.

Business Education majors will, in addition, choose one of the following sequences to complete a 53-hour program:

BASIC BUSINESS: This sequence includes the requirements O.Ad. 309; B.E. 355; Econ. 483; B.E. 592, plus one of the following courses: O.Ad. 209, 253, 360; Acct 257, 302, 470; Econ. 346, 473; B.E. 595; Fin. 380.

DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION: This sequence includes the requirements Mktg. 334, 336; B.E. 505, 561; and V.E. 566, plus electives from the following courses: O.Ad. 209, 309; G.B. 350; Mgt. 311; Mktg. 433; and V.E. 591.

OFFICE EDUCATION: This sequence includes the requirements O.Ad. 309, 315, 322; B.E. 355, plus one course from the following: O.Ad. 209, 215, 360; B.E. 595. Those students who have not had a beginning typewriting course must take O.Ad. 109. Those students who have not had a beginning shorthand course must take O.Ad. 115. A business education student majoring in any one of the three sequences may become vocationally certified with 18 semester hours of technical instruction and three hours in vocational education. In addition, there is a requirement of ap­proved employment or an occupational experience by the State Supervisor.

Bachelor of Science Degree in Economics REQUIRED ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS COURSES: D.P. 120; Acct. 157:158; G.B. 221:222; Econ. 285:286; Fin. 311; Econ. 385:386, 473.

ECONOMICS ELECTIVES: This program requires 9 semester hours to be com­pleted from the following courses: Econ. 346, 356, 445, 464, 483, 486, 492, 593.

SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE ELECTIVES: This program requires 18 semester hours from at least two of the following fields: Anthropology, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.

Minor Programs BUSINESS TEACHING MINOR: 24 semester hours are required, including O-Ad. 209 309; Econ. 285; B.E. 356, 355; plus 6 semester hours in O.Ad. 315 and 322, or Acct.157 and 158; 3 hours of electives from G.B. 100, 305, 350; D.P. 120; Acct. 257; Econ. 286; Mgt. 300; Fin. 311; Mkt. 333; O.Ad. 360. OTHER MINOR PROGRAMS: Students from other colleges and schools desiring a minor in Accounting, Data Processing, Economics, Finance, General Business, Marketing, Management, or Secretarial Studies should see an advisor in the College of Business Administration. The advisor will propose a program of study (usually 18-24 semester hours) designed to meet the needs of the student. The program must be approved by a committee for minor programs.

172 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Two-Year Secretarial Program The two-year secretarial curriculum is designed for those who wish to attend col­lege two years and become secretaries. The degree of Associate of Science is awarded to those meeting the requirements in this program. Required courses for the Degree are G.B. 100, 305, 350; Engl. 101 or 102, 103; Hper. 171, 172; D.P. 120; Acct. 157; Econ. 285; O.Ad. 115*, 209*, 215*, 253, 254, 309, 315, 322; Electives: 12 hours for which advisor approval must be obtained.

Certificate Data Processing Program

The certificate data processing program is designed for students who desire to enter the data processing field in operations or as programmer trainees. Required courses are: Engl, 102, 103; Math 110, 130; Acct. 157, 158, G.B. 100, 221, 222; Econ. 285 or 286; D.P. 120, 251, 261, 351, 360, 361; Electives 12 hours.

Statement of Policy Prerequisites The prerequisites for admission to upper division business courses shall be the completion of all lower division business core courses and the required mathematics and English courses (with the exception of those upper division courses designated as liberal studies courses). Exceptions will be made only upon petition by the academic program advisor and the Dean of the College of Business.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Master of Business Administration degree and the Master of Arts degree

in Business Education are offered by the College. See the Graduate Bulletin for a full description.

For Graduate courses in Vocational Education, please refer to page 91.

GRADUATE BUSINESS FELLOWSHIPS There are a number of Graduate Business Fellowships available to graduate

students pursuing the MBA degree. See listing under Student Finances in this catalog.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ACCOUNTING

Acct. 157 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING-FINANCIAL (3). Introduction to theory and practice in the preparation and interpretation of general purpose financial statements.

Acct. 158 PRINCIPLES or ACCOUNTING-MANAGERIAL (3). Introduction to the development and analysis of accounting information for managerial planning and control. Prerequisite: Acct. 157.

Acct. 257:258 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING (3:3). Current accounting theory and practice in the preparation, interpretation, and analysis of general purpose financial statements. Prerequisite: Recommended grade of C or better in both Acct. 157 and 158.

Acct. 302 COST ACCOUNTING I (3). Introduction to the compilation, analysis, and interpretation of cost accounting information with emphasis on managerial uses for planning, control, and decision­making. Prerequisite: Acct. 158.

Acct. 303 COST ACCOUNTING II (3). Emphasizing cost accounting as a highly developed device to assist in reaching objectives, stressing the planning and controlling aspects of cost accounting. Prerequisite: Acct. 302.

Acrt. 328 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING (3). Accounting information analysis and interpretation for managerial decision-making, forecasting, and control. Prerequisite: Acct. 158.

*Course may be waived by proficiency and another business course substituted.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 173

Acct. 350 ACCOUNTING THEORY (3). The evolution and current state of the theory underlying general purpose financial statements. Prerequisite: Acct. 258.

Acct. 357 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING I (3). Application of accouting and procedures to special areas of partnership, capital structure, joint ventures, installment sales, consigments, governmental and not-for-profit organizations, fiduciary and introduction to business combinations. Acct. 457 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING II (3). Application of accounting theory to special fields and activities, with particular emphasis on analysis and interpretation of records and statements re­lating to consolidations, business combination, and home office and branch accounting system. Prerequisite: Acct. 357.

Acct. 470 INCOME TAX ACCOUNTING (3). Provisions of the federal and state income tax laws and their application; preparation and use of individual and small business tax forms.

Acct. 471 ADVANCED TAXES (3). Special problems in reporting, research, planning, and accounting for taxes; preparation of partnership, trust and corporate returns, assessment, collection, and reporting of income, social security, estate and gift taxes. Prerequisite: Acct. 470.

Acct. 498 AUDITING THEORY AND PRACTICE (3). Conceptual and practical aspects of the exami­nation of financial statements by independent accountants, objectives and techniques of internal control, standards of presentation and disclosure in financial statements, and objectives and pro­cedures of auditing practice, statistical sampling techniques, and auditing of EDP records. Pre­requisites: Acct. 258, 302; G.B. 222.

Graduate Courses Acct. 508 ACCOUNTING FOR GOVERNMENTAL UNITS AND OTHER NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS (3). The basic concepts of fund and budgetary accounting used to account for the financial activities of federal, state, and local governmental units; systems for achieving accounting and administrative controls for service organizations, such as hospitals, educational institutions and other non-profit organizations; the basic concepts of national income accounting.

Acct. 519 BEHAVIORAL FOUNDATIONS OF ACCOUNTING AND INFORMATIONS SYSTEMS (3). Some basic aspects of accounting and information systems from a behavioral perspective to provide a frame­work for understanding the interdependence between information systems and human behavior. May be taken by other than accounting majors.

Acct. 640 RESEARCH AND PLANNING IN FEDERAL TAXES (3). Tax problems of partnerships, estates, trusts, and corporations; presentation of tax cases and practice before the tax court.

Acct. 650 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING THEORY (3). Basic structure of accounting theory; the problems of asset measurement and income determination for current issues in accounting.

Acct. 658 ADVANCED AUDITING THEORY AND PRACTICE (3). Current problems and issues in audit­ing, auditing standards and auditing case problems.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Graduate Courses

B. A. 600 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3). General systems theory used as a basis [or the study of management information systems with emphasis on problem solving techniques and analysis. B. A. 601 MANAGEMENT THEORY AND ANALYSIS (3). Theories of the business organization as a subsystem of the culture.

B. A. 602 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (3). Management problems from an economic point of view; the application of economic analysis to decision making in various areas of business policy development.

B. A. 603 SEMINAR IN MARKETING (3). Concepts and techniques employed by business to meet customer needs; marketing management concept, the systems approach, market analysis, marketing mix strategies, logistics, and marketing methods.

B. A. 604 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSES—PROBABILISTIC (3). Probability concepts and their applpcation to business problems. B. A. 605 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS—DETERMINISTIC (3). Deterministic models and their applica­tion to business problems. B. A. 606 ADVANCED MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING (3). Accounting information for financial analysis, cost planning and control, and performance evaluation.

B. A. 607 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS (3). Analytical techniques required for financial decision making: topics include current and fixed asset management, cost of capital, capital budgeting, valuation of financial instruments, debt management, and the impact of accounting methods on financial statements.

B. A. 608 INTEGRATING SEMINAR (3). Current business problems requiring utilization of theory, techniques of analysis, and the evaluation of alternatives in terms of human and cost factors.

174 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

DATA PROCESSING D. P. 120 INTRODUCTION TO DATA PROCESSING (3). Basic concepts of computer data proof ing; hardware, software, and applications; FORTRAN IV programming presented in sufficient depth to enable the student to use FORTRAN IV as a "tool" in future courses; special consideration given to problem formulation, logic, and flowcharting for data processing applications.

D. P. 251 FORTRAN IV PROGRAMMING (3). Skills in problem formulation, flowcharting, coding, testing, and documentation developed through required computer programs.

D. P. 261 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING (3). Elements of programming electronic digital computers with particular emphasis on machine and assembler languages; skill in problem formu­lation, flowcharting, coding, check-out, and documentation developed through required written programs and computer use.

D. P. 351 COBOL PROGRAMMING (3). In depth study of the Common Business Oriented Language; skills in problem formulation, coding, testing, and documentation developed through required com­puter programs.

D. P. 360 SYSTEMS CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS I (3). Introduction to system concepts, business systems, information systems, system study and documentation and system design. Prerequisite: D. P. 251 or 351.

D. P. 361 SYSTEMS CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS II (3). Advanced design of information proces­sing systems with heavy emphasis on file design, input and output layouts, and logic flowcharts using card, tape and disk configurations. Prerequisite: D. P. 251 or 351.

D. P. 435 ADVANCED PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS SEMINAR (3). Special purpose languages such as report program generators (RPG, MANAGE), simulation languages (GPSS) and other languages and projects depending on the individual requirements and desires of the students. Prerequisites: D. P. 251 or 351. and 261.

D. P. 445 MANAGEMENT OF DATA PROCESSING (3). Problems encountered in the management of the data processing organization; project management and control, operations management and control, personnel management, hardware and software acquisition and operating systems.

Graduate Courses D. P. 550 DATA PROCESSING FOR TEACHERS (3). Basic concepts in data processing with special emphasis upon their application to subjects taught at the secondary and junior college levels; manual, mechanical, and electronic data processing systems; an introduction to computer program­ming. No previous background in data processing is required.

D. P. 551 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS (3). Structure and use of the com­puter and the FORTRAN programming language as a research tool. No computer background is required.

ECONOMICS Econ. 180 THE ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF MAN (3). The problems and issues significant to the U.S. economy; primarily macroeconomic in approach. For non-business majors only.

Econ. 285 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS—MACRO (3). Nature and operation of the economic system, particularly the free enterprise system; the io!e of money and banking institutions in our economy; monetary and fiscal policies.

Econ. 286 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS—MICRO (3). Product prices in various market structures; wage, rent, interest, and profit determination; farm problems; international economics; economic development.

Econ. 346 DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN ECONOMIC SYSTEM (3). Background of our modem free enterprise system; the industrial revolution, international influences; economic development.

Econ. 356 REGIONAL AND URBAN ECONOMICS (3). Theory of regional economics; techniques for analyzing historical and potential growth patterns; problems associated with rapid urbanization; public and private programs designed to alleviate these problems.

Eton. 385 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMIC THEORY (3). Measurement of economic activity; Classi­cal, Keynesian, and Neo-Keynesian theories of income and employment; fiscal and monetary policy; economic growth and fluctuations.

Eton. 386 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC THEORY (3). Nature of economic analysis; theories of demand, production, and supply; price and output determination; resource utilization.

Eton. 445 PUBLIC FINANCE (3). Theories of government financing; studies of taxation and ex-penditures; government debt; intergovernmental fiscal relations.

Eton. 464 LABOR ECONOMICS (3). Economic theory applied to the operation of the labor market; theory of and evidence on labor supply, demand, and their interaction; the economics of unions-examinations of real wages, money wages, and the wage structure.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 175

Econ. 473 MONEY AND BANKING (3). History and functions of money and banking institutions; monetary theory and policy; international finance.

Econ. 483 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS (3). An analysis of the economic aspects of capi­talism, socialism, and communism.

Econ. 486 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (3). Economic theory as applied to international trade and finance, including balance of payment analysis, exchange rates, the international monetary system, and international cooperation.

Econ. 492 SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC THOUGHT (3). Introduction to the writings of men significant in the development of economic thought.

Graduate Courses Econ. 593 NATURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS (3). See For. 593.

Econ. 610 THE TEACHER AND THE MODERN ECONOMIC WORLD (3). A review of economic principles designed primarily for the teacher.

Econ. 680 CURRENT ECONOMIC PROBLEMS (3). Problems of employment, prices, finance, eco­nomic growth, monopoly, pollution, urban development and information as to current levels of economic activity.

Econ. 693 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3). Advanced economic theory. Prerequisites: Econ. 385 and 386 or equivalent.

FINANCE Fin. 311 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE (3). Survey of the major areas of financial operations in busi­ness and their relationship to other business functions; internal financial activities, sources of funds, and the firm's involvement with money and capital markets; emphasis on the development of skill in the selection and the use of basic techniques of financial analysis and their application to financial decision-making. Concurrent registration in lower division core courses not per­missible.

Fin. 370 MANAGEMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (3), Managerial aspects of financial institutions and their role in the economy including commercial banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies, mutual funds, small business investment companies, commercial and consumer finance companies. Prerequisite: Fin. 311.

Fin. 380 RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE (3). Managing risk in the business enterprise, including an investigation into the nature and classification of risks, methods of handling risk by means of assumption, transfer, and reduction, and techniques of risk analysis. Prerequisite: Fin. 311.

Fin. 385 REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT (3). Theory and practices, contracts, finance, management, selling, titles, legal concepts, real estate as an investment. Prerequisite: Fin. 311.

Fin. 410 SECURITY MARKETS AND ANALYSIS (3). Introduction to the techniques of fundamental and technical analysis of securities; principles of value determination and the appraisal of risks inherent in securities forms; the concepts of asset and portfolio management and the management of investment funds. Prerequisite: Fin. 311.

Fin. 420 MONEY AND CAPITAL MARKETS (3). An analysis of the markets for short and long term credit instruments for business borrowers and the interrelationship of these markets through the structure of interest rates; the role of the monetary authorities, money, and interest rates in the operation of money and capital markets. Prerequisite: Fin. 311.

Fin. 450 PROBLEMS IN CORPORATION FINANCE (3). The development of theory and intensive application of techniques of financial analysis to the investment and financing decisions faced by the firm including capital budgeting, cost of capital, dividend policy, management of fixed and working capital mixes. Prerequisites: Fin. 410 and 420.

Fin. 480 SENIOR SEMINAR IN FINANCE (3). The application of financial theory to the development and implementation of financial policy through the use of readings and case studies drawn from business experience. Prerequisite: Fin. 450.

Fin. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Course Fin. 600 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN FINANCE (3). Financial theory and its application in the man­agement of the business enterprise; effects of monetary policy on financial markets, capital formu­lation and working capital management; use of deterministic and probabilistic analytic techniques in financial decision making.

176 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

GENERAL BUSINESS G. B. 100 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS {2). Overview of marketing, management, economics, finance, and accounting; concepts of government and business, business ethics and international trade; introduction to case studies.

G. B. 221 QUANTITATIVE METHODS I (3). Basic business statistics including the collection, tabu­lation, and analysis of business and economic data and including averages, dispersion, and statistical inference; statisitical decision-making, correlation and regression, index numbers, time series analysis, and business forecasting also covered. Prerequisites: Math 110, 130.

G. B. 222 QUANTITATIVE METHODS II (3). Probability concepts, conditional and expected value and utility as a basis for decision-making, game theory, queuing theory, and basic principles of linear programming. Prerequisite: G. B. 221.

G. B. 301 BUSINESS LAW I (3). Law, courts, and administrative agencies, business crimes, torts, and the Uniform Commercial Code, with comprehensive treatment of contracts, agency and em­ployment, personal property, bailments and sales.

G. B. 305 BUSINESS LAW II (3). Law of commercial paper, security devices and insurance, partnerships, corporations, real estate, trusts and bankruptcy.

G. B. 306 GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS (3). Social controls of economic activity, their purpose, development, legal basis, function and effects in the developing concepts of the American economy.

G. B. 310 LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS (3). Survey of the law, its objectives and its impli­cations for the businessman and citizen; the social forces which confront economic units and in­stitutions; the values which cause law to change and to adopt the particular conclusions that it follows; the implications of these values for businessmen and consumers.

G. B. 321 INTERMEDIATE BUSINESS STATISTICS (3). Further training in quantitative analysis and business problems; probability, unrestricted and stratified sampling, statistical estimation, sta­tistical decision-making, test of hypotheses, analysis of variance, introduction to linear program­ming and operation research; stress on the uses of techniques in production personnel, and marketing management. Lecture and lab.

G. B. 350 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3). Theories of communication with emphasis on business; practical oral and written experience; concepts of group and individual communication in all areas of business activity.

G. B. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

G. B. 499 BUSINESS SENIOR SEMINAR (I). Social responsibilities of business, the role of the business executive in the community, and business administration alumni responsibilities; career objectives and opportunities and interviewing techniques.

MANAGEMENT Mgt. 300 MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS (3). A study of management processes and functions in profit seeking organizations; analysis of organization structure, management princi­ples, and leadership practicies; introduction to techniques and tools of decision making.

Mgi. 310 MANAGEMENT CONTROL OF OPERATIONS (3). Problems of managing for profit; effi­ciency in procurement and utilization of resources; methods of economic and other quantitative analysis for optimizing profits. Prerequisite: Mgt. 300.

Mgt. 311 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & LEADERSHIP (3). Fundamental concepts of individual, small-group, and intergroup behavior in organizational settings; conceptual tools for analyzing individual and group behavior in typical business organizations. Prerequisite: Mgi. 300.

Mgt. 335 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES (3). Study of various types of structures; forces determin­ing their use; effect of structure on goal achievement, performance evaluation, and coordination. Prerequisite: Mgt. 300.

Mgt. 410 MANAGEMENT FOR PROFIT OPTIMIZATION (3). Practice of methods of problem-solving in business; focuses on developing effective strategies for relating the firm to its environment. Prerequisite: Mgt. 310, 335.

Mgi. 415 LABOR-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS (3). History of the labor union movement and man­agements response to this movement; analysis of labor-management cooperation and conflicts; the institutionalized process of collective bargaining; major labor laws and cases.

Mgt. 435 MANAGEMENT PLANNING 8: DECISION-MAKING (3). Problems of setting objectives; deci­sion-making processes in organizations; development, implementation and monitoring plans from a general management point of view. Prerequisites: Mgt. 310, 311, 335.

Mgt. 430 MANPOWER MANAGEMENT (3). Personnel functions and responsibilities of line man­agers in business organizations; nature of the total labor force and various manpower programs with emphasis on the development of human resources in business organizations. Prerequisites: Mgt. 311.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 177

Mgt. 440 ORGANIZATIONAL DYNAMICS (3). The variety of management practices required in different organizational settings within a changing culture; comparative analysis of the specific demands placed on multi-national firms. Prerequisites: Mgt. 311, 335, Senior standing in Business Administration.

Mgt. 490 BUSINESS POLICIES (3). Complex business cases used to provide a realistic view of the role of a general manager in dealing with business problems and in providing leadership and direction to the functional areas of the business. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Business Administration.

Graduate Course Mgl. 600 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN MANAGEMENT (3). Research and investigation of behavioral science application to management; problems of motivation, leadership and human behavior with emphasis on the management of organizational change.

MARKETING Mktg. 333 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING (3). Conceptual approach to the marketing function in business: behavioral patterns and legal and economic constraints affecting marketing decisions; introduction to analysis and control techniques for effective planning for product, promotion, pricing and distribution policies.

Mktg. 331 BUYER BEHAVIOR (3). The nature and determinants of human behavior that affect market decisions; the decision-making process and such psychological and sociological concepts as perception, personality, small groups, social class, and culture. Prerequisite:Mktg. 333.

Mktg. 335 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR MARKETING (3). Introduction to decision making in market­ing through the application of the analytic point of view; market analysis and decisions relating to product, purchasing, pricing, promotion and distribution. Emphasis placed upon both the scien­tific method and practical quantitative techniques. Prerequisite: Mktg. 333.

Mktg. 336 MARKETING INSTITUTIONS AND CHANNELS (3). A systems approach analyzing channel members and their economic-social relationships; retailers, wholesalers, and major concepts relative to channel structure, design, conflict, communication and effectiveness. Prerequisite: Mktg. 333.

Mktg. 437 LOGISTICS (3). A conceptual approach to the solution of problems and techniques of physical distribution and supply; development of such topics as transportation location theory, physical distribution alternatives and costs and investory systems for plant, warehouse, wholesale, and retail establishments. Prerequisite: Mktg. 335.

Mktg. 438 PROMOTION MANAGEMENT (3). Theories and practices of advertising, sales manage­ment, promotion, and public relations as related to the marketing program including promotional planning and strategy, program integration and effectiveness, and relevant communication con­cepts. Prerequisite: Mktg. 334.

Mktg. 439 INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND MARKETING RESEARCH (3). Conceptual approach to defining, generating, and using information in a marketing-management context emphasizing the planning of information systems as well as concepts relative to information collection, analysis, and im­plementation.

Mktg. 490 MARKETING MANAGEMENT (3). Analysis of marketing objectives, problems, and poli­cies that require decisions by marketing executives: integrates all areas of marketing-manage­ment and relates the marketing activities of the firm to finance, production, and other major policy areas. Prerequisites: Mktg. 334 and 335.

Graduate Course Mkgt. 600 MARKETING THEORY AND ANALYSIS (3). The various contributions of business economics, the behavioral sciences and management sciences to the development of marketing theory.

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION O. Ad. 109 BEGINNING TYPEWRITING (3). Basil skills of touch system; speed development. Fee 52.00. Students with one year's credit in typewriting taken elsewhere should enroll in O. Ad. 209.

O. Ad. 115 BEGINNING SHORTHAND (3). Theory of Gregg Shorthand through spelling, reading, writing, taking dictation, and transcribing. Beginning typewriting skills ale required or course must be taken concurrently. Students with one year's credit in shorthand taken elsewhere should enroll in O. Ad. 215.

O. Ad. 209 INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING (3). Development of speed and accuracy; application of skills to the preparation of business communications. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Previous type­writing instruction elsewhere or O. Ad. 109.

O. Ad. 215 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND (3). Theory review; speed building; transcription. Pre­requisite: Previous shorthand instruction elsewhere or O. Ad. 115.

178 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

O. Ad. 253 RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE MACHINES (3). Records management cycle involv­ing crealion, retention, and disposition of business records; methods of office reproduction including caibon copies, photocopies, spirit duplication, stencil duplication, and offset dupli-caiion; voice willing equipment; proportional spacing and special-feature typewriters. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Previous typweriiing instruction elsewhere or O. Ad. 109.

O. Ad. 251 BUSINESS MACHINES (3). Rotary, Electronic, and printing calculators; ten-key adding machine. Fee $3.00.

O. Ad. 309 PRODUCTION TYPEWRITING (3). Improvement of speed and accuracy on office-type woik; initiative and judgment in the piepaiation ot manuscripts, letters, tables, and business forms; legal and executive tasks. Fee S2.00. Prerequisite: Equivalent instiuciion elsewhere or O. Ad. 209. O. Ad. 315 DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION (3). Shorthand skill building; review of shorthand theory; business English; office-style dictation; transcription of mailable business letters, memos, and reports. Prerequisite: Equivalent instruction elsewhere or O. Ad. 215.

O. Ad. 322 SECRETARIAL PRACTICE (3). Simulated office situations integrating skills and under­standings obtained in shorthand, typewriting, office machines, and business machines; paper flow, office procedures, work short-cuts, and human relations in the office. Prerequisites: (). Ad. 209, 215.

O. Ad. 360 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE MANAGEMENT (3). Relations of office functions to the business enterprise; planning information systems and flow; direction and control of office systems, pro­cedures, and tasks; selection and sujxrvision of personnel.

Professional Courses in Business Education B. E. 355 OFFICE EDUCATION INSTRUCTIONAL SYSTEMS (3). Skills, procedures, and materials in leaching office occupation oriented classes; operation of major office machines with application to block-lime scheduling and simulation through integrated projects and model office situations.

B. E. 356 PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3). Fiends; phil­osophy, goals, and curicula; literature and legislation.

Educ. 430 HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING METHODS (BUSINESS) (3). Objectives for and techniques used in presenting basic business, bookeeping counting, and typewriting concepts; preparation and presentation of lesson plans; testing, grading, measurement, and evaluation; teaching materials; principles of skill building.

Graduate Courses B. E. 505 ORGANIZATION AND SUPERVISION OF OFFICE AND DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION (3). Philosophi­cal bases; development and present status; special problems in organizing, planning, implementing, and administering programs.

B. E. 561 DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3). Development and organization of programs; the learning process, types of learning activities; course planning; sources of ma­terials; coordination and program administration.

B. E. 592 PERSONAL AND FAMILY FINANCE CONCEPTS FOR EDUCATORS (3). Content, materials, and techniques for integrating money management practices into the instructional program; designed for any educator who desires to include phases of personal economics in his teaching.

B. E. 595 MATERIALS AND TEACHING PROCEDURES IN OFFICE EDUCATION (3). Development and analysis of instructional materials in office occupation classes; selection of learning activities; construc­tion and evaluation of behavioral objectives; identification of classroom equipment and layout.

B. E. 607 SEMINAR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION (3). Analysis and critical evaluation of research, curriculum making, guidance, and tests and measurements; administration and supervision.

B. E. 610 DIRECTED OBSERVATION WORKSHOP (1-3). Vistation of various types and sizes of businesses for observation of current office procedures; analysis of job-training techniques with implications for teaching. Credit is applicable to vocational certification.

B. E. 612 IMPROVEMENT OF INSTRUCTION IN SHORTHAND (3). Objectives; teaching materials; teaching approaches; presenting subject matter; testing, grading, measurement, and evaluation; standards of achievement; teaching procedures basic to development of skill and vocational proficiency; audio and visual aids; recent research.

B. E. 613 IMPROVEMENT OF INSTRUCTION IN TYPEWRITING (3). Objectives, teaching materials; teaching approaches; presenting subject matter; testing, grading, measurement, and evaluation; standards, of achievement; teaching procedures basic to development of skill and vocational profficiency; audio and visual aids; recent research.

B. E. 614 IMPROVEMENT OF INSTRUCTION IN BOOKKEPING-ACCOUNTING (3). Objectives; teaching materials; review of subject matter; presenting subject matter; teaching approaches; testing, grading, measurement, and evaluation; audio and visual aids; recent research.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 179

B. E. 615 IMPROVEMENT O F INSTRUCTION IN BASIC BUSINESS (3). Objectives, methods , and ma­terials for courses such as general business, economics , consumer economics, business law, free enterprise; resource uni t s ; testing, grading, measurement , and evaluat ion; recent research.

B. E. 616 IMPROVEMENT OF INSTRUCTION IN DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION (3). Objectives, techniques, and materials for secondary and post-secondary p rograms ; evaluat ion of materials; measurement ; research and current trends in leaching marke t ing subjects; p roblems of coordina t ion and admin is -strat ion.

B. E. 661 T E C H N I Q U E S O F COORDINATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION (3). T r a i n i n g for cooperative educat ion programs; work experience; teacher coordinat ion; occupat ion-or iented classroom in­struction.

B. E. 670 EVALUATION O F CURRENT PROBLEMS IN BUSINESS EDUCATION (3). Trends ; recent research and related literature; in-depth study of current topics of interest.

B. E. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BUSINESS EDUCATION (1-2).

B. E. 699 T H E S I S (4). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master 's degree.

For Graduate courses in Vocational Education, please refer to page 91.

BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT

The Bureau of Business and Industrial Development, established in 1965 as an integral part of the College of Business Administration, is the College's external arm. The Bureau provides various business and economic research services to individuals, private enterprises and public organizations. The Bureau publishes economic information and articles of interest to the Northern Arizona Community. The Bureau also presents a broad series of management training programs.

The Bureau's activities are the responsibility of three directors: The Director of Business and Economic Research, The Director of Management Development Programs, and The Director of Community Development.

COLLEGE OF CREATIVE ARTS

WILLIAM E. WHYBREW, D e a n

ART • HUMANITIES • MUSIC • JOURNALISM • SPEECH AND THEATER

FIELDS OF COMMUNICATION and areas of major concern in the fine and performing arts are embraced by the College of Creative Arts. Included in the administrative structure of the College are the departments listed above.

The College of Creative Arts serves the University in several ways. Through its major programs it offers study in depth for the student interested in a career m one of the disciplines with which the College is directly concerned Mmor pro­grams provide opportunities for those with a more limited mterest in one of these fields, and liberal studies offerings and other courses for non-majors contribute to the breadth of knowledge of these students whose major interest lies in another area of study. In addition, through the creative and performing activities of its students and faculty, the College of Creative Arts provides cultural events for the enrichment of the University life and that of the community.

181

182 CREATIVE ARTS

Art PROFESSORS: P. Jacobs, Chairman; R. Tewari; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: R. Beasley, D. Bendel, E. Gibson, J. Hopkins, R. Jacobson, G. Miller, M. Webster, W. Williams; INSTRUCTORS: A. Bakovych, J. Brookins, J. Davidson, R. Hamilton, B. Horn, G. Monthan.

OBJECTIVES The objectives of the art program are threefold; to allow the integration of

art with a general education program for students wishing to prepare for teaching art in the elementary and secondary schools; to give a sound background in funda­mentals and techniques followed by specialization in one or more areas of art for those who are planning for professional careers in art; to give the non-art major an understanding and an appreciation of art.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts

See pages 74 to 75 for general degree requirements. Students must complete a minimum of 45 hours in art and/or art history for

the Bachelor of Arts degree. A related minor may be taken with a maximum total of 63 hours in art ART HISTORY MAJOR: The following courses are required for the Bachelor of Arts degree in Art History: Art 101, 140, 141, 240, 241, 249, 340, 341, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 448. Electives bring this total to a minimum of 45 hours. Sug­gested minors for art history majors are: a studio art area, humanities, music history, world literature, history. Suggested electives are: Art 497; Hist. 140, 141; Mus. 335, 336; Engl. 213, 317; studio art courses approved by the advisor.

A two year college level language proficiency is required. French or German is specifically recommended as the language, because art history majors will prob­ably continue through the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees, which require a reading knowledge of either or both of these languages.

Bachelor of Fine Arts See pages 74 to 75 for general degree requirements. The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is designed to meet the needs of the serious

art student preparing for a professional career in the visual arts. Students who wish to prepare for teaching positions at institutions of higher education will need to continue their training at the graduate level. The following are minimum require­ments for the degree.

ADVERTISING DESIGN AND ILLUSTRATION MAJOR: Students majoring in advertising design and illustration under the Bachelor of Fine Arts program must complete the following requirements. Design Emphasis: Art 120, 121, 150, 250, 251, 252, 253, 255, 256, 321, 351, 450, 454,' 490, 491. Art 495 and 496 (or approved substitutes) are also required, plus art electives to a total of 62 hours. In addition to the above, twelve credits in art history, marketing and journalism are required: 6 credits in art history including Art 241, Mkt. 334 or 438 and Jlsm. 211 or 311. Illustration Emphasis: Art 120, 121, 150, 220, 250, 251, 252, 253, 255, 256, 257, 321, 355, 450, 490, 491. Art 495 and 496 (or approved substitutes) are also required, plus art electives to a total of 62 hours. In addition to the above twelve credits in art history, marketing and journalism are required: 6 credits in at history including Art 241, Mkt. 334 or 438 and Jlsm. 211 or 311.

CREATIVE ARTS 1 8 3

SCULPTURE MAJOR: Students majoring in sculpture under the Bachelor of Fine Arts program must complete the following courses: Art 120, 130, 131, 132, 150, 151, 160, 220, 223, 270, 330, 331, 400, 401, 430, 490, 491, 499 plus art electives to a total of 62 hours. Twelve additional credits in art history are required: Art 140, 141, 241, 340.

PAINTING MAJOR: Students majoring in painting under the Bachelor of Fine Arts program must complete the following courses: Art 120, 121, 131, 150, 151, 220, 221, 223, 224, 321, 420, 421, 423, 490, 491, 499 plus art electives to a total of 62 hours. Twelve additional credits in art history are required: Art 140, 141, 241, 340.

PRINTMAKING MAJOR: Students majoring in printmaking under the Bachelor of Fine Arts program must complete the following courses: Art 120, 121, 150, 151, 220, 221, 223, 224, 321, 323 (a minimum of 12 hours), 490, 491, 499 plus art electives to a total of 62 hours. Twelve additional credits in art history are re­quired: Art 140, 141, 241, 340.

CERAMICS MAJOR: Students majoring in ceramics under the Bachelor of Fine Arts program must complete the following courses: Art 120, 130, 150, 151, 160, 161, 220, 223, 260, 270, 280, 360, 400, 401, 490, 491, 499 plus art electives to a total of 62 hours. Twelve additional credits in art history are required: Art 140, 141, 241, 340.

JEWELRY AND METALSMITHING MAJOR: Students majoring in jewelry and metalsmithing under the Bachelor of Fine Arts program must complete the fol­lowing courses: Art 120, 130, 150, 151, 160, 220, 223, 270, 271, 280, 370, 371, 400, 401, 490, 491, 499 plus art electives to a total of 62 hours. Twelve additional credits in art history are required: Art 140, 141, 241, 340.

FABRIC DESIGN MAJOR: Students majoring in fabric design under the Bach­elor of Fine Arts program must complete the following courses: Art 120, 130, 150, 151, 160, 220, 223, 270, 280, 380, 400, 401, 490, 491, 499 plus art electives to a total of 62 hours. Twelve additional credits in art history are required: Art 140, 141, 241, 340.

Bachelor of Science in Education See page 75 for general degree requirements. Students majoring in art education must complete a minimum of 35 hours in

art, including the following: Art 120, 121, 130, 140, 141, 150, 160, 220, 223, 270 plus a minimum of eight units in upper division work approved by the advisor.

Students wishing to take an extended art education major must complete the above requirements plus an additional 20 hours in art. The specific courses are to be determined after consultation with the student's advisor. No minor need be taken in connection with the extended major. A minimum of 55 hours is required to complete this program.

Requirements for Art Minors GENERAL ART MINOR: All students working for the B.A. or B.S. degree with an art minor must complete Art 120, 150, 241 plus a minimum of nine units selected by the student in conference with an art advisor. Concentration may be restricted to, or a combination of, the following areas: advertising art, ceramics, fabrics, graphic arts, jewelry and metalsmithing, painting, and sculpture. A total of 18 credits is required.

184 CREATIVE ARTS

ELEMENTARY ART CONTENT EMPHASIS: Students must complete Art 120, 150, 241 plus a minimum of six hours selected by the student in conference with an art advisor. A total of 15 credits is required.

SECONDARY ART TEACHING MINOR: Students must complete Art 120, 150, 241 plus Ed.CI. 430 (High School Teaching Methods in Art) and 11 hours selected by the student in conference with an art advisor. A total of 23 credits is required.

ART HISTORY MINOR: Students must complete the following courses: Art 140, 141, 241, 340, 341 plus three hours of electives in art history. A total of 18 credits is required.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Art offers the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of

Art. Also available is a minor in Art for the Master of Arts in Education degree in Secondary Education or in Elementary Education. For details see the Graduate Bulletin.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Art 101 INTRODUCTION TO ART (2). Art elements and principles as applied to present-day consumer art and the fine arts.

Art 120 BEGINNING DRAWING (3). Fundamentals of drawing, including perspective, line, form, tone, texture, and composition; work primarily in pencil, ink, and charcoal; some figure studies may be included.

Art 121 INTERMEDIATE DRAWING (3). Further work in drawing, with emphasis on composition; ex­perimentation with a variety of mediums; some figure studies may be included. Fee $1.00. Pre-requisite: Art 120.

Art 130 CLAY MODELING (2). Principles of volume design in clay with introductory projects ranging from representational to non-objective. Fee $5.00.

Art 131 ANATOMY FOR ARTISTS (3). Construction in wire and wax from the human skeleton and muscle structure. Fee $2-00.

Art 132 FIGURE MODELING (3). Work in clay from the live model. Fee $800. Prerequisite: Art 130.

Art 140 HISTORY OF ART TO 1400 (3). Lectures on the art of the western world from antiquity through Gothic architecture, arranged chronologically.

Art 141 HISTORY OF ART FROM 1400 (3). Lectures on the art of the western world from Gothic painting to the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Art 140.

Art 148 UNDERSTANDING ART (3). A study of styles, techniques, and meaning in painting, sculpture, and architecture of various periods.

Art 150 TWO-DIM EN SIGNAL DESIGN (3). Fundamentals of design, including the uses of line, form, value, texture, and color, basic color theory and composition.

Art 15! THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN (3). Design theory applied to three-dimensional concepts. Prerequisite: Art 150.

Art 160 BEGINNING CERAMICS {2}. An introductory class in ceramics, stressing basic techniques, skills, and aesthetics of handbuilding and wheel thrown work; general information regarding clay, glaze, decoration, firing, etc. Some design ability is necessary. Fee $15.00.

Art 161 BEGINNING CERAMICS (2). A second semester class for students who wish additional con­centration in handbuilding and basic throwing before taking Intermediate Ceramics. Fee $15.00.

Art 210 CRAFTS DESIGN (2). Design in copper and silver, weaving, and some use of native materials. Fee 53.00.

Art 220 BEGINNING PAINTING (3). Introduction to the basic fundamentals of oil and/or acrylic painting and grounds. Prerequisites: Art 120, 150.

Art 221 INTERMEDIATE PAINTING (3). Further exploration in techniques, media, and style. Pre­requisite: Art 220.

Art 223 INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHIC ARTS (3). Basic techniques in two printing processes: relief and intaglio. Fee $6.00. Prerequisites: Art 120, 150.

Art 224 INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHIC ARTS (3). Basic techniques in two printing processes: lithography and silk screen. Fee $6.00. Prerequisites: Art 120, 150.

CREATIVE ARTS 185

An 230:231 PORTRAIT SCULPTURE (3:3). Work in clay from the human head Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Art 130.

Art 240 NINETEENTH CENTURY ART (3). A study of European painting, sculpture, and architecture analyzing the development of styles and emphasizing the art of France, Germany, England, and Spain from 1775 to 1905.

Art 241 TWENTIETH CENTURY ART (3). A survey of twentieth century art from 1900 to the present.

Art 249 BEGINNING MUSEUM PRACTICES (3). Lecture-demonstrations on painting, graphics, and sculpture media and techniques; basic museum procedures including acquisitions, restoration, and display.

Art 250 BEGINNING ADVERTISING LAYOUT (3). Techniques of layout rendering, problems in internal organization of advertising materials, study of visual forms in the communication of ideas. Pre­requisites: Art 120, 150, 252.

Art 251 INTERMEDIATE ADVERTISING LAYOUT (3). Layout and design of specific advertising problems; design and development of symbolic forms for commercial use. Prerequisite: Art 250.

Art 252 HAND LETTERING (2). A study of basic letter forms, letter spacing, and ink rendering tech­niques.

Art 253 TYPOGRAPHY (2). A study of type faces, type style relationships, and type composition; em­phasis on specifying type for the typesetter and on designing with type. Prerequisite: Art 252.

Art 255 PRODUCT ILLUSTRATION (2). Basic methods in advertising illustration; some perspective study, experience in rendering manufactured products in opaque grays, watercolor washes, and India ink. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Art 120, 150.

Art 256 COMMERCIAL ART REPRODUCTION (3). Preparing art work for reproduction; includes study of printed reproduction processes, technical terminology, concentration on producing camera-ready art. Fee $10.00. Prerequisites: Art 120, 150, 252.

Art 257 ILLUSTRATING THE HUMAN HEAD (3). Rendering the human head for use in advertising and editorial illustration. Use of various mediums; some use of color. Fee $7.50. Prerequisite: Art 255.

Art 260 INTERMEDIATE CERAMICS (3). Emphasis on throwing techniques, using the potter's wheel and some hand-building; information relating to glazes and glaze testing. Fee $15.00. Prerequisite: Art 160.

Art 270 BEGINNING JEWELRY AND METALSMITHING (2). Fabrication of jewelry from gold and silver sheet and wire; lost-wax centrifugal casting. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Art 150, 151.

Art 271 INTERMEDIATE JEWELRY AND METALSMITHING (3). Further work in metal and other ma­terials. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Art 270.

Art 280 FABRIC DESIGN (3). A media course extending the concepts and skills attained in Art 150-151 in a creative and interpretative mode; utilizing basic fibers and materials. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Art 120, 150, 151.

Art 340 ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3). Art education theory and methods for students plan­ning to teach in the elementary grades. Some observation in the elementary schools.

Art 320 OUTDOOR PAINTING (3). Painting of outdoor subjects in various mediums. Prerequisite: Art 220. Art 321 LIFE DRAWING (3). Drawing from the draped and nude model in various mediums; ana­tomical structure stressed. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Art 121.

Art 323 THE GRAPHIC IMAGE (3). Studio experience in specific printing processes: Relief Printing, Fee $6.00; Intaglio Priming, Fee $6.00; Lithographic Printing, Fee $6.00; Silk Screen Printing, Fee $6.00; Photography, Fee, $6.00. May be repeated in each area for credit. Prerequisites: Art 223, 224.

Art 324 LIFE PAINTING (3). Figurative work from studio model or studies from life outside the studio. Fee $1.00. Prerequisites: Art 220, 321. Art 326 PORTRAIT PAINTING (3). Painting portraits in various mediums. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Art 220. Art 330 INTERMEDIATE SCULPTURE (3). A study of spatial concepts as applied in sculptural design. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: Art 130, 151. Art 331 MATERIALS AND METHODS OF SCULPTURE (3). Studio experience in specific areas of sculpture: Stone Sculpture, Fee $2.00; Wood Sculpture, Fee $2.00; Welded Metal Sculpture, Fee $15.00; Cast Metal Sculpture', Fee $15.00; Ceramic Sculpture, Fee $15.00; Glass Sculpture, Fee $15.00; New Media Sculpture, Fee $15.00. May be repeated for a maximum nine hours of credit. Prerequisite: Art 330. Art 340 ASIAN ART: INDIA (3). Lectures on Indus Valley, Buddhist, Jain, Hindu, and Moslem art of India. Art 341 ASIAN ART: CHINA AND JAPAN (3). Chinese and Japanese art styles from earliest times through the nineteenth century.

186 CREATIVE ARTS

Art 350 AIR BRUSH TECHNIQUES (3). Rendering airbrush drawings and retouching photographs for advertising use. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Art 255.

Art 351 ADVANCED ADVERTISING LAYOUT (3). Advanced work in layout and design, including problems of broad scope; some work in package design. Prerequisites: Art 251, 253.

Art 355 FIGURE ILLUSTRATION (3). Rendering the advertising figure in various mediums. Fee $7.00. Prerequisite: Art 257.

Art 360 ADVANCED CERAMICS (3). An investigation into decorative techniques as applied to thrown ceramic work. Fee $15.00. Prerequisite: Art 260.

Art 370:371 ADVANCED JEWELRY AND METALSMITHING (3:3), Advanced studio work. Fee $5.00. Pre­requisite: Art 271.

Art 380 ADVANCED FABRIC DESIGN (3). Advanced studio work. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Art 280.

Art 400:401 STUDIO PERFORMANCE (3:3). Advanced studio experience for upper classmen. Fee $5.00.

Art 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

Art 410 ART ACTIVITIES FOR THE YOUNG CHILD (3). Construction of art materials to be used as an integrated part of the educational activities in the primary and intermediate grades.

Art 420:421 ADVANCED PAINTING (3:3). Advanced work in painting using mediums and subjects of the student's choice. Prerequisites: Art 221, 321.

Art 423:424 WATERCOLOR PAINTING (3). Traditional and experimental watercolor techniques with emphasis on developing a high degree of expression; includes matting and framing. Prerequisite: Art 220.

Art 425 ADVANCED OUTDOOR PAINTING (3). Advanced work in landscape and other outdoor painting. Prerequisite: Art 320 or equivalent.

Art 430 ADVANCED SCULPTURE (3). Advanced studio work in sculpture as applied to architectural and environmental problems. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Art 331.

Art 440 MEDIEVAL ART (3). An in-depth study of European art styles from early Christian through Gothic periods; emphasis on architecture, architectural decoration, and book illumination. Pre­requisites: Art 140, 141.

Art 441 RENAISSANCE ART (3). A historical survey of the developments in painting, architecture, and sculpture from 1200 to 1600 A.D., with emphasis on Italy. Prerequisites: Hum. 231, Art 141, Hist. 140 or 340.

Art 442 BAROQUE AND Rococo ART (3). Art and architecture of Europe from the beginning of the seventeenth century to 1775; emphasis on the social and cultural milieu of this period. Prerequisites: Art 140, 141.

Art 443 ART OF THE UNITED STATES (3). Art and architecture of the United States from the colonial period (including unschooled artists) to the twentieth century; emphasis on historical significance.

Art 444 LATIN AMERICAN ART (3). Art of the early Mexican and South American Indian culture of colonial Latin America, Mexican Renaissance, and contemporary Central and South America.

Art 448 SEMINAR: ART HISTORY (3). Lecture, investigation, and research into one of the many per­iods, movements, or issues in the art of the past and present. May be repeated for credit.

Art 450: ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION (3). Further work in illustration, with emphasis on composition. Some work in rolor. Fee $7.00. Prerequisites: For illustration majors. Art 355; for advertising design majors, Art 255.

Art 454 ADVERTISING DESIGN CONCEPTS (3). Principles of effective visual communications and their place in advertising; studio work in designing for the total concept. Prerequisite: Art 351.

Art 490:491 STUDIO EXHIBITION (3:3). Independent studio work culminating in an exhibition. A written report and an oral examination, directed and evaluated by a faculty committee selected by the student and his advisor, required.

Art 495 PROFESSIONAL STUDIO: PRODUCTION (6). Internship at a professional advertising agency or advertising art studio, with emphasis on skills and production methods. Fee $15.00. Prerequisite: Overall grade average of B or higher, consent of advertising art faculty.

Art 496 PROFESSIONAL STUDIO: CREATIVE (6). Internship at a professional advertising agency or ad­vertising art studio, with emphasis on creative solutions to problems in advertising. Fee $15.00. Prerequisite: Overall grade average of B or higher, consent of the advertising art faculty. To be taken concurrently with Art 495.

Art 497 INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN ART (1-3>. Studio area fee: $500.

Art 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN ART (1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Art 5I0 ARTS AND CRAFTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3). Theory and practice in art methods for experienced and prospective elementary teachers.

CREATIVE ARTS 187

Art 515 ARTS AND CRAFTS IN T H E SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3). Theory a n d practice in art methods for experienced and prospective secondary teachers.

Art 600 PROFESSIONAL STUDIO (3). Professional level s tudio work for graduate s tudents . Fee $5.00. May be repeated for credit.

Art 611 SEMINAR: T R E N D S AND ISSUES IN A R T AND A R T EDUCATION (1-3). A study of research f indings in perception, theory, divergent and convergent th ink ing , a n d aesthetics as a basis for creative development.

Art 625 CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE VISUAL A R T S (3). Lecture and discussion on recent develop­ments in all areas of art. Available for liberal studies credit only.

Art 640 PERIOD A R T HISTORY (3). Advanced study a n d research in to one per iod or area of art his­tory: Primitive, Mesopotamia, Egypt, Greco-Roman, Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque and Rococo, Nineteenth Century, Twent ie th Century, Asia, Uni ted States, or La t in America. May be repeated for credit.

Art 696 INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN A R T (1-3). Advanced research in art educat ion, art history, or s tudio. Studio area fee: 35.00.

Art 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN A R T (1-2). Advanced research in ar t educat ion, art history, or s tudio. Studio area fee: 55.00.

Art 699 T H E S I S (4). Prereauisite: Admission to candidacy for the master 's degree.

Humanities PROFESSOR: A. Mansure, Chairman; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: G. Bensusan, V. Merchant, C. Smallwood; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: D. Atkin, C. Aufdem-berge, T. Cleman, J. Eide, T. Hunt, K. Luckert; INSTRUCTORS: C. Cole, D. Rusche.

OBJECTIVES The academic discipline of Humanities is a unified study of man: a rational

and empathic understanding is sought concerning men as they understand them­selves; and synoptic perspectives of men's ideas and values are obtained by inte-gTatively examining ways in which persons express themselves through music, literature, drama, the visual arts, religion, and philosophy. The integrative ap­proach of the Humanities Department corresponds to and coincides with that of the unified humanities high-school teaching subject approved by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The unified and intercultural programs of this department are a creative nexus implementing the University's concern to foster the search for humanistic values and personal growth in the contemporary world.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HUMANISTIC STUDIES includes an Ideas and Values core of 15 hours consisting of Hum. 101 plus 12 hours selected from Hum. 202, 301, 330, 370, and 440. A World Arts and Peoples Sequence of 18 hours is provided. Of particular significance in this program is a humanistic focus of 18 hours of approved selections in African, American, Asian, Latin Amer­ican, Russian, Southwest, or Western European foci; in Comparative Religious Studies; or in Epochal, Conceptual, or other Humanistic Concerns. No minor is required in this degree program. A statement of other requirements for this de­gree will be found in the catalog section on curricula.

A NON-TEACHING MINOR IN HUMANITIES is available and must be de­veloped in advance with written authorization from the Chairman of the Depart­ment of Humanities to meet the needs and goals of the student.

188 CREATIVE ARTS

Bachelor of Science in Education SECONDARY EDUCATION TEACHING MINOR: 12 hours are required in the Humanities Department Core, consisting of Hum. 101 plus 9 hours selected from Hum. 202, 301, 330, 370, and 440. An additional 12 hours of approved selections from one of six alternative elective sequences or six hours from each of two such sequences will be arranged. The courses available in the six alternative elective sequences are as follows:

Art: If a six-hour art sequence is arranged, it will consist of Art 140 and 141. If a 12-hour sequence is planned, it will include Art 140, 141, 440 plus one of the following: Art 340, 341, 346, 443. Literature: The literature sequence consists of Engl. 212 and 412 plus selections from Engl. 215, 315, 351, 440, 441, 442.

Music: The music sequence consists of Mus. 335 and 336 plus selections from Mus. 337, 338, 339, 340.

Philosophy: The philosophy sequence consists of Phil. 201:202 plus selections from Phil. 340, 342, 351, 356, 410.

Social Science: The social science sequence consists of selections from Hist 320, 330, 340, 341, 390:391, 443, 444, 490, P.S. 201, 341, 301:302.

Speech and Theater: If a six-hour speech and theater sequence is arranged, three hours are to be from each of two of the following area listings; if a 12-hour se­quence is planned, three hours are to be from each of the three area listings plus an additional three hours from one area listing. The area listings are as follows: public address, Sp.Th. 365, 401, 465, 463; radio-television, Sp.Th. 121; theatre, Sp.Th. 131, 231, 331, 431.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CONTENT EMPHASIS: Approved selections may be made in this 15-hour program as follows: Hum. 101 plus 12 hours selected from Hum. 202, 301, 330, 370, 440; or Hum. 101 plus six hours selected from Hum. 202, 301, 330, 370, 440, plus six hours from one of the alternative elective sequences listed in the Humanities Department Secondary Education Teaching Minor.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hum. 101 INTRODUCTION TO HUMANITIES (3). Presuppositions, attitudes, scope, objectives, methods, and problems of contemporary study in humanities.

Hum. 202 T H E SEARCH FOR MEANING (3). Relationships among ideas and values; search for a coherence through which study, personal identity, and participation in society become meaningful.

Hum. 231 MAN AND THE ARTS (3). Aesthetics, the nature of the fine arts, creative experience, and formulation of artistic and humanistic values.

Hum. 250 ARTISTIC AND INTELLECTUAL HERITAGE OF WESTERN MAN BEFORE 1500 (3). Arts and ideas as a reflection of Western man's heritage to and including medieval times.

Hum. 251 ARTISTIC AND INTELLECTUAL HERITAGE OF WESTERN MAN SINCE 1500 (3). Arts and ideas as a reflection of Western man's heritage from the Renaissance to the present.

Hum. 301 CURRENT CONFLICTS IN AMERICAN HUMANISTIC VALUES (3). Humanistic value conflicts in America today as illustrated in contemporary art forms, in current ethical dilemmas, in personal and group alienation, and in other present-day developments.

Hum. 330 COMPARATIVE RELIGIOUS VALUES OF MANKIND (3). Comparative religious values of mankind as sources of the humanity of man and of his obligations to his fellow-man.

Hum. 353 GREAT ISSUES IN WESTERN CULTURE (3). Ideas and values of Western man as ex­pressed through music, literature, drama, the visual arts, religion, and philosophy.

Hum. S60 AFRICAN IDEAS AND VALUES {3). Contemporary African ideas and values; their expres­sion through music, literature, drama, the visual arts, religion, and philosophy; and their contri­butions to life in the United States.

CREATIVE ARTS 189

Hum. 561 ASIAN IDEAS AND VALUES (3). Contemporary Asian ideas and values; their expres­sion through music, literature, drama, the visual arts, religion, and philosophy; and their contri­bution to life in the United States.

Hum. 362 LATIN AMERICAN IDEAS AND VALUES {3>. Contemporary Latin American ideas and values; their expression through music, literature, drama, the visual arts, religion, and philosophy; and their contributions to life in the United States.

Hum. 370 FOUNDATIONS OF FREEDOM (3). Meaning and sources of freedom and responsibility, with application to free enterprise, intellectual freedom, political freedom, religious liberty, and other concepts of freedom.

Hum. 401 SEMINAR IN HUMANITIES (3). Selected topics among contemporary and world-wide humanistic issues.

Hum. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

Hum. 420 HUMANISTIC CROSSROADS {3). Confrontations of arts, ideas, and values during signifi­cant moments of crisis and choice.

Hum. 440 WORLD PERSPECTIVES IN THE ARTS AND LITERATURE (3). Research in humanistic values found in examples of the arts and literature of selected peoples of the world, seen in different semesters within (A) Africa, (B) East Asia, (C) Latin America, or (D) South Asia. May be repeated once for credit.

Hum. 481 RECENT TRENDS (3). Relation of developments in contemporary life and society to man's creativity and value judgments.

Hum. 482 RELIGION IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION (3). Selected aspects of religion in Western civilization, considered in different semesters as found in (A) religious experience, (B) history and literature of the Bible, (C) Near Eastern religions and their impact on Western civilization, or (D) contemporary issues in Judeo-Christian thought. May be repeated once for credit.

Hum. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Hum. 492 STUDIES IN INTERCULTURAL RELATIONS (3). The role of humanistic traditions in cultural confrontations, considered in different semesters as found in (A) intercultural influences in the arts, (B) American Indian religious traditions, (C) Southwest Indian religious traditions, or (D) comparative religious mythologies. May be repeated once for credit.

Hum. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3).

Hum. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN HUMANITIES (1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Course Hum. 701 RECENT CULTURAL TRENDS AFFECTING EDUCATION (3). Implications for educators of recent developments in the humanities areas.

Journalism ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: W. Gillette; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: B. Bostrom, J. Coffroth, R. Cooley, Chairman; INSTRUCTORS: N. Borg, M. Dumond.

OBJECTIVES A broad program of educational experiences is demanded of potential Jour­

nalism majors in order to prepare them to report events of our time. Therefore, major emphases in broad communications programs have been designed to cultivate attitudes, habits and understanding that contribute to accurate, yet precise, reporting.

It is the purpose of the Journalism program to develop students with a well-rounded knowledge and understanding of man and society and of the institutions, arts, sciences, and technology which affect man and society; a practical and working knowledge of the philosophies and fundamental techniques used in a specialized area of mass communications; an appreciation of the increasing im­portance of mass communications in our democratic society; the advanced knowl­edge and understanding of at least one subject area outside but related to a specialized area of mass communications.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The Bachelor of Science degree may be earned with a major of from 30-63

semester hours depending on the area of concentration selected. A list of other requirements for completion of the degree will be found on pages 81-84.

190 CREATIVE ARTS

Bachelor of Science An interdisciplinary major with five special areas of concentration designed

to prepare the student for professional work in the mass media and/or teacher education.

NEWSPAPER EDITORIAL: 33 semester hours are required including the following courses: Jlsm. 101, 102, 201, 230, 301, 312, 321, 330, 380, 401, and 410. An additional interdisciplinary background requirement of 18 semester hours includes six hours of American History, Engl. 214, 314 or Econ. 285:286, P.S. 201, plus three semester hours in upper division political science. A minor is optional.

JOURNALISM EDUCATION: 30 semester hours of Journalism are required as follows: Jlsm. 101, 102, 201, 211, 230, 301, 312, 321, 330, and 380. The student must also carry 20 semester hours of professional courses in education and Select an approved teaching minor.

PUBLIC RELATIONS EXTENDED MAJOR: The following 36 semester hours in Journalism are required: Jlsm. 101, 102, 201, 211, 230, 286, 301, 312, 314, 380, 386, and 486. In addition, Mktg. 334 and 438 and a computer science course are required. Completion of the extended major is made up in 18 semester hours of related electives selected by the student with advisor approval. No minor is required.

MASS COMMUNICATIONS EXTENDED MAJOR: Requirements include 30 semester hours in Journalism and Speech-Theater: Jlsm. 101, 102, 201, 230, 301, 321, and 330; Sp.Th. 102, 121, and 161. The remaining 33 semester hours may be selected with advisor approval from radio-television and other related areas. No minor is required.

ADVERTISING EXTENDED MAJOR: This program includes Journalism and Speech-Theater in its primary emphasis of 36 semester hours and requires Jlsm. 101, 102, 201, 211, 212, 230, 286, 311, 312, 321, and 411; Sp.Th. 121. A total of nine semester hours—Mktg. 334 and 438 and a computer science course—are also required. An extended background of 20 semester hours includes courses in related areas selected by the student with advisor approval. No minor is re­quired.

Journalism Minors JOURNALISM: This 18 semester hour minor includes Jlsm. 101, 102, 201, and 230 plus six hours of upper division Journalism courses approved by the minor advisor.

JOURNALISM EDUCATION: The 24 semester hour minor includes Jlsm. 101, 102, 201, 230, 312, and 321 plus six hours of upper division electives in Journalism or related areas approved by the student's major advisor.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Jlsm. 101 INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATIONS (3). Mass media and how they function in today's society.

Jlsm. 102 BASIC REPORTING (3). Techniques of news writing.

Jlsm. 200 MASS MEDIA AND MAN (3). Social, economic and psychological impact of the mass media on public opinion and the decision-making process in contemporary society. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Jlsm. 201 INTERMEDIATE REPORTING (S). Practical work in in-depth reporting both on-campus and off-campus.

Jlsm. 211 INTRODUCTION TO ADVERTISING (3). The professional agency, house agency, and media advertising departments; basic concepts of advertising writing, design, and graphic techniques.

Jlsm. 212 MAGAZINE PRODUCTION (1). Layout and typography as they apply to contemporary magazine design.

CREATIVE ARTS 191

Jlsm. 230 BASIC EDITING (3). Preparing copy for publications, headline writing, and basic layout through news value judgment.

jlsm. 286 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC RELATIONS (3). The professional agency, industrial PR, and small business PR; concepts of PR writing, editing and graphic arts techniques.

Jlsm. 301 PUBLIC AFFAIRS REPORTING (3). Municipal, county, and state governments and judicial systems; education and institutions.

Jlsm. 311 WRITING FOR ADVERTISING (3). Copy for radio, television, and print media along with consumer and industrial media and technical ads for print media. Prerequisite: Jlsm. 211.

Jlsm. 312 TYPOGRAPHY (3). Type faces and their uses, compatible types, layouts; introduction to letterpress and offset printing.

Jlsm. 314 MAGAZINE WRITING (3). Writing and sale of articles to different types of magazines.

Jlsm. 321 ETHICS AND LAW OF PRESS AND RADIO (3). Laws that govern mass communications, both printed and electronic; codes of ethics as controlling factors; new interpretations of first amendment rights.

Jlsm. 330 ADVANCED EDITING (3). Copyreading and editing materials for print or broadcast, advanced work in news value judgment and page layout and design under deadline.

Jlsm. 580 BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY (3). Fundamentals of black and white photography. 2 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee for lab. $10.00. Prerequisite: Journalism major or minor.

Jlsm. 386 WRITING FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS (3). Writing of company and agency news releases for print media or radio-television; brochures, setting up speakers bureaus, open houses, and writing articles for special publications; instructions in dealing with mass media and mass audi­ences. Prerequisite: Jlsm. 286.

Jlsm. 401 INTERPRETATIVE REPORTING (3). New trends in news reporting and writing.

Jlsm. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See' page 91.

Jlsm. 410 COMMUNITY NEWSPAPER (3). Techniques of news display, newspaper as communi­cations service to the community and its responsibility as a force affecting social and economic patterns.

Jlsm. 411 ADVERTISING CASE STUDIES (3). A culminating course in advertising offering stu­dents the opportunity to develop a full advertising campaign. Prerequisites: Jlsm. 211, 311.

Jlsm. 480 PHOTOJOURNALISM (3). Photography for professional newspapers and magazines; techniques of cropping, lighting, etc. 2 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Jlsm. 380.

Jlsm. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Jlsm. 486 PUBLIC RELATIONS CASE STUDIES (3). Culminating course in PR offering students the opportunity to develop a full public relations campaign. Prerequisites: Jlsm. 286, 386.

Jlsm. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (3). SEE page 91.

Jlsm. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN JOURNALISM (3). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Jlsm. 581 ADVISING STUDENT PUBLICATIONS (3). Editorial policies, finance, and staff manage­ment for newspaper and yearbook advisors.

Jlsm. 680 PHOTOGRAPHY AND THE SCHOOL (3). Principles of photography adapted for the teacher, the yearbook or newspaper advisor, and camera club advisors.

Jlsm. 682 HIGH SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS WORKSHOP (3). Primarily for high school journalism advisors; offered during Arizona high school publications workshop.

Jlsm. 685 INSTITUTIONAL PUBLIC RELATIONS (3). A critical examination of mass media impact on modem society and how media may be used effectively as teaching tool in the classroom.

Music PROFESSORS- W. Whybrew, Dean, P. Curry, Chairman, M. Shott, C. Warren; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: J. Gould, T. Kirshbaum; ASSISTANT PROFES­SORS: M. Kinney, A, Marcus, K. Rumery, C. Shaw, E. Stone, K. Weinzinger, D. Wolf; INSTRUCTOR: S. Shott.

OBJECTIVES It is the purpose of the music program to provide educational experiences for

students who are interested in attaining a more thorough understanding of music;

192 CREATIVE ARTS

who have the desire to increase their musicianship, scholarship and technical pro­ficiency; who wish to learn how to make sound aesthetic judgements in evaluating musical literature and performances; who wish to become artistic performers and/ or creative teachers of music; and who wish to increase their competency to achieve success in graduate study in the field of music.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Two-year junior college graduates transferring to Northern Arizona University

directly from a junior college are required to complete fifty percent of the semester hours listed under the following programs except students enrolled in a Bachelor of Music degree program.

The Music Department reserves the right to require a student to take place­ment tests (without fee) to determine the level at which he should enter the study of any given phase of music, and to review his credentials at the end of each semester to determine the advisability of continuation in a Department of Music degree program.

A list of non-music requirements for the completion of the following degrees will be found on pages 74 to 75.

Bachelor of Music The Bachelor of Music degree allows the student to gain considerable depth

in performance. It is recommended that students who desire to enter the Master of Music degree program select this program.

INSTRUMENTAL MAJOR: Majors are available in violin, viola, cello, string bass, piano, clarinet, trombone, trumpet, French horn, percussion and other in­struments as performing staff becomes available. The major requires 73 semester hours in music including the following: (Major Instrument) Ap.Mu. 121, 122, 221, 222, 321, 322, 421, and 422; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 230, 241, 242, 251, 252, 335, 336, 341, 342, 343, 451, and 498. The student is to select 15 hours from the following: Mus. 231, 337, 338, 339, 340, 344, 360, 361, 452, 453, 460, and 461. In addition, eight semesters of Mus. 101 and one ensemble for each semester the student is enrolled at Northern Arizona University are required.

VOICE MAJOR: 67 semester hours in music are required, including the following: (Voice) Ap.Mu. 121, 122, 221, 222, 321, 322, 421, and 422; Ap.Mu. 101, 102, 109, 110, 201, 202, 301, and 302; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 230, 241, 242, 251, 252, 335, 336, 343, 451, 452, and 498. Select six hours from the following: Mus. 231, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 344, 360, 361, 453, 454, 460, and 461. The equiva­lent of 16 hours in an acceptable foreign language is required, but may be waived by proficiency examination. In addition, eight semesters of Mus. 101 and one ensemble for each semester enrolled at Northern Arizona University are required.

Bachelor of Music Education The Bachelor of Music Education program qualifies the student for a tem­

porary certification for teaching in Arizona high schools. It provides the student with a concentration in music but does not provide for a teaching minor. It is recommended that students anticipating entering the Master of Music Education degree program consider this degree.

INSTRUMENTAL MAJOR: 53 semester hours in music are required, including: (Major Instrument) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, 211, 212, 311, 312, 411, and 412; (Class lessons) Ap.Mu. 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108; Mus. 141, 142, 151 152

CREATIVE ARTS 193

241, 251, 335, 336, 337 or 341, 342, 343, 345, 346, 347, 348, 451, 453, 460, 488 or 498. Mus. 411 is required for certification. No outside minor is necessary. Class lesson requirements may be waived by proficiency examination; however, additional courses must be selected to complete the required number of hours. In addition, eight semesters of Mus. 101 and one ensemble for each semester the student is enrolled at Northern Arizona University are required.

VOCAL MAJOR: 53 semester hours in music are required including: (Voice) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, 211, 212, 311, 312, 411, and 412; (Class lessons) Ap.Mu. 101, 102, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, and 201; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 241, 251, 335, 336, 337 or 341, 342, 343, 451, 452, 453, 461, and 488 or 498. Mus. 411 is re­quired for certification. No outside minor is necessary. Class lesson requirements may be waived by proficiency examination; however, additional courses must be selected to complete required number of hours. In addition, eight semesters of Mus. 101 and one ensemble for each semester the student is enrolled at Northern Arizona University are required.

Bachelor of Arts MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE MAJOR: 53 semester hours in music will be required, including: (Piano) Ap.Mu. 1l l , 112, 211, 212, and 311; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 230, 241, 335, 336, 341, 342, 343, and 460. The student is to select 16 hours from the following: Mus. 242, 251, 252, 338, 339, 340, 344, 360, 361, and 461. In addition, eight semesters of Mus. 101 and one ensemble for each semester the student is enrolled at Northern Arizona University are required.

Bachelor of Science in Education (Secondary Education Major with a Music Emphasis)

A student who desires a second field in which he may teach should consider this degree. Programs under this degree qualify the student for temporary certifi­cation for teaching in Arizona high schools. Each of these programs provides a student with an opportunity to complete a 35-hour major in music as well as to complete a 24-hour minor in a secondary teaching field.

INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC MAJOR: 35 semester hours in music are required, including: (Major Instrument) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, 211, 212, 311; and six hours from the following: Ap.Mu. 101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 107, and 108; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 241, 251, 336, 343, 451, 460, and 488 or 498. In addition, Mus. 411 is re­quired for certification. Class lesson requirements may be waived by proficiency examination; however, additional courses must be selected to complete the required number of hours. A teaching minor is necessary. In addition eight semesters of Mus. 101 and one ensemble for each semester the student is enrolled at North­ern Arizona University are required.

VOCAL MUSIC MAJOR: 35 semester hours in music are required including: (Voice) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, 211, 212, 311, and 312; (Class lessons) Ap.Mu. 101, 102, and 201; and three hours from the following: Ap.Mu. 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, and 110; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 241, 251, 336, 343, 451, and 488 or 498. Mus. 411 is required for certification. A teaching minor is necessary. Class lesson require­ments may be waived by proficiency examination; however, additional courses must be selected to complete the required number of hours. In addition, eight semesters of Mus. 101 and one ensemble for each semester the student is enrolled at Northern Arizona University are required.

194 CREATIVE ARTS

(Elementary Education Major with a Music Emphasis) VOCAL MUSIC EMPHASIS: 27 semester hours in music are required including: (Voice) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, 211, 212, 311, and 312; (Class lessons) Ap.Mu. 101, 102, 201, and 202; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 336, and 451. Mus. 411 is required for certification. In addition, four semesters of Mus. 101 and four semesters of en­sembles are required.

INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC EMPHASIS: 27 semester hours in music are required including: (Major Instrument) Ap.Mu. 1l l , 112, 211, and 212; (Class lessons) Ap.Mu. 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, and 204; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 336, and 451. Mus. 411 is required for certification. In addition, four semesters of Mus. 101 and four semesters of ensembles are required.

PIANO EMPHASIS: 27 semester hours in music are required including: (Major Instrument) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, 211, 212, 311, and 312; (Class lessons) Ap.Mu. 103, 104, 203, and 204; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 336, and 451. In addition, four semesters of Mus. 101 and four semesters of ensembles are also required. Mus. 411 is required for certification.

Minor Programs SECONDARY EDUCATION TEACHING MINOR: This may be earned with an emphasis in vocal music, instrumental music, piano, or general music. A minimum of 24 hours is required. Whatever emphasis is selected, the following core is required: (Major Instrument or Voice) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, 211, and 212; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 230 or 336, plus music electives to complete 24 hours. In addition four semesters of Mus. 101 and four semesters of ensembles are required.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION TEACHING MINOR: 20 semester hours are re­quired, including: (Major Instrument or Voice) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, and 211; (Minor Instrument or Voice) Ap.Mu. 1ll and 112; Mus. 141, 142, 151, 152, 230 or 336, and 451 plus music electives to complete 20 hours. In addition, four semesters of Mus. 101 and four semesters of ensembles are required.

MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE ACADEMIC MINOR: 18 semester hours in music are required, including: Mus. 141, 151, 335, 336, and 343. Six hours are to be elected from the following: Mus. 337, 338, 339, and 340. In addition, four semesters of Mus. 101 and four semesters of ensembles are required.

MUSIC PERFORMANCE ACADEMIC MINOR: 18 semester hours in music are required including: (Instrument or Voice) Ap.Mu. 1 l l , 112, and 211; Mus. 141, 151, and 336. Electives to complete 18 hours are to be chosen from: Mus. 335, 337, 338, 339, 340, and 343. In addition, four semesters of Mus. 101 and four semesters of ensembles are required.

An alternative elective sequence in Music is available in the Humanities De­partment Secondary Education Teaching Minor as well as the Elementary Educa­tion Area of Content Emphasis—see the Humanities Department.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS Courses leading to the Master of Music Education degree are offered, as are

courses leading to the Master of Music degree. See the Graduate Bulletin for de­tails.

CREATIVE ARTS 195

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Private Lessons

Voice, piano, organ, violin, viola, violincello, string bass, all single and double reeds, all brasses and percussion are available.

Private Lessons for Bachelor of Music Education, Private Lessons for

Arts or Science Degrees Bachelor of Music Degrees Freshman Ap.Mu. 111-112 (1-1) Ap.Mu. 121-122 (3-3) Sophomore Ap.Mu. 211-212 (2-2) Ap.Mu. 221-222 (3-3) Junior Ap.Mu. 311-312 (2-2) Ap.Mu. 321-322 (3-3) Senior Ap.Mu. 411-412 (1-1) Ap.Mu. 421-422 (3-3)

Note: Each semester hour of credit implies not less than six hours practice per week. One hour credit implies one half-hour lesson per week. Two and three hours credit implies two half-hour lessons per week. All private lesson enrollments are subject to staff approval.

Information Concerning Private Lessons FEES: Fees for regular full-time University students majoring or minoring in Music and activity scholarship students who are not majors or minors, but who are actively involved in the University music program are as follows:

One credit hour (One half-hour lesson or one-hour Master Class lesson per week) $20.00 per semester Two credit hours (Two half-hour lessons or two one-hour Master Class lessons per week) $40.00 per semester Three credit hours (Two half-hour lessons per week, w/ Master Classes as necessary) $40.00 per semester Fees for students who are not majors or minors in Music or holders of activity scholarships $45.00 per credit hour

Refunds on incomplete terms of lessons will be figured at the percentage rate stated under fees and expenses.

RENTALS: The following schedule includes a locker as well as the room.

Practice room and/or piano (One hour daily per semester) — $2.00 Practice room and/or piano (Two hours daily per semester) $4.00 Practice room and/or piano (Three hours daily per semester) $6.00

Charges will be made automatically at the time of registration for music lessons unless waived by the Chairman of the Music Department.

FEES FOR SUMMER SESSIONS: For individual instruction in voice or instru­mental music, a fee is charged in addition to the credit hour fee. Refer to the Summer Bulletin.

College students and others not registered for credit will be permitted to register for practice room privileges with approval of the Chairman of the Music Depart­ment. (Refer to the Summer Bulletin.)

Practice Rooms: (One hour per day, five days per week for five-week term) —$3.00

ABSENCE FROM PRIVATE LESSONS: Credit may be withheld for excessive unexcused absences.

196 CREATIVE ARTS

Applied Music Undergraduate Courses Ap. Mu. 101:102 CLASS PIANO I, II (1:1). Fee $8.00.

Ap. Mu. 103:104 CLASS VOICE I, II (1:1). Fee $8.00.

Ap. Mu. 105 CLASS CLARINET I (1). Fee $8.00.

Ap. Mu. 106 CLASS PERCUSSION 1(1). Fee $8.00.

Ap. Mu. 107 CLASS TRUMPET 1 (1). Fee $8.00.

Ap. Mu. 108 CLASS VIOLIN (1). Fee $8.00.

Ap. Mu. 109:110 DICTION FOR SINGERS (1:1). Fee $8.00.

Ap. Mu. 201:202 CLASS PIANO III, IV (1:1). Fee $13.00.

Ap. Mu. 203:204 CLASS VOICE III, IV (1:1). Fee $13.00.

Ap. Mu. 301:302 CLASS PIANO V, VI (1:1). Fee $13.00.

Ap. Mu. 303:304 CLASS VOICE V, VI (1:1). Fee $13.00.

Applied Music Graduate Courses Ap. Mu. 511:512 APPLIED INSTRUMENT (1:1). Private lessons. Not available for students in Master of Music degree program.

Ap. Mu. 513:514 APPLIED VOICE (1:1). Private lessons. Not available for students in Master of Music degree program.

Ap. Mu. 611:612 APPLIED INSTRUMENT (1-2:1-2). Private lessons. Not available for students in Master of Music degree program.

Ap. Mu. 613:614 APPLIED VOICE (1-2:1-2). Private lessons. Not available for students in Master of Music degree program.

Ap. Mu. 621:622 APPLIED INSTRUMENT (1-3:1-3). Private lessons. Designed for students in Master of Music degree program.

Ap. Mu. 623:624 APPLIED VOICE (1-3:1-3). Private lessons. Designed for students in Master of Music degree program.

Music Undergraduate Courses Mus. 100 ELEMENTS OF MUSIC (3). Fundamentals and terminology of musical construction and performance; includes the notation and reading of music.

Mus. 101 RECITALS (Cr).

Mus. 109 UNIVERSITY ORCHESTRA (Cr-1). Open to all qualified students; membership by audition.

Mus. 111 SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA (Cr-1). Open to all qualified students; membership by audition.

Mus. 112 UNVERSITY BANDS (Cr-1). Open to all qualified students; membership by audition.

Mus. 113 UNIVERSITY CHORALE (Cr-1). Open to all qualified students; membership by audition.

Mus. 114 UNIVERSITY SINGERS (Cr-1). Training for those who desire membership in the University Chorale; performance in campus concerts and musical organizations; membership by audition.

Mus. 115 ORATORIO CHOIR (Cr-1). Performance of major choral works with orchestra; open to all students.

Mus. 116 MEN'S CHORUS (Cr-1). Performance in campus concerts and musical productions; open to all men students.

Mus. 141:142 HARMONY I AND II (3:3). The organization of sound as music; basic patterns of rhythmic, harmonic, and melodic construction.

Mus. 151:152 SIGHT SINGING, DICTATION AND KEYBOARD I AND II (1:1). Sight singing of diatonic progressions, dictation and keyboard coordinated with Mus. 141:142.

Mus. 201 SMALL VOCAL ENSEMBLE (Cr-1). Performance of madrigal literature from the Renais­sance through the present; open to approved students concurrently registered in University Chorale or University Singers.

Mus. 204 OPERA THEATER (Cr-i). Production of operas; open to all qualified students after consultation and audition with the director.

Mus. 214 GENERAL MUSIC FOR THE CLASSROOM TEACHER (2). Music skills, materials and methods for teaching elementary school music; use of music in other subject areas.

Mus. 218 SMALL INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE (Cr-I). Open to approved students who are currently registered for band, orchestra or piano.

CREATIVE ARTS 197

Mus. 230:231 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC LITERATURE (3:2). Development of listening techniques; emphasis upon formal and stylistic practices.

Mus. 241:242 HARMONY III AND IV (3:3). Chromatic harmony; twentieth century practices. Prerequisite: Mus. 142.

Mus. 251:252 SIGHT SINGING DICTATION AND KEYBOARD III AND IV (1:1). Sight Singing of chro­matic progressions; dictation and keyboard coordinated with Mus. 241:242. Prerequisite: Mus. 152.

Mus. 293 AESTHETICS OF Music (3). Basic concepts of styles, techniques and forms of music of all periods. Available for liberal studies credit only.

Mus. 309 Music IN THE PRIMARY GRADES (2). Materials and procedures for the lower ele­mentary grades.

Mus. 310 Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2). Materials and methods for teaching music; open to students with some basic skills in music.

Mus. 335 Music HISTORY AND LITERATURE TO 1750 (3). Evolution of music from primitive man, development of church music; early standardization of symphony orchestra and opera.

Mus. 336 Music HISTORY AND LITERATURE FROM 1750 (3). Music and musicians from mid-eighteenth century to the present.

Mus. 337 CONTEMPORARY MUSIC LITERATURE (3).

Mus. 338 SYMPHONIC MUSIC LITERATURE (3).

Mus. 339 CHAMBER MUSIC LITERATURE (2).

Mus. 340 VOCAL MUSIC LITERATURE (3). May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 341 TWENTIETH CENTURY TECHNIQUES (3). Structure of contemporary music, integrated with listening and analysis.

Mus. 342 COUNTERPOINT (2). Eighteeth century counterpoint; developing insights into modern uses of coutnerpoint. Prerequisites: Mus. 241, 251.

Mus. 343:344 FORM AND ANALYSIS (2:2). Eighteenth and nineteenth century compositions; phrases, parts and movements; methods of structural control and variation through aural and visual analysis. First semester, a discussion of the various forms. Second semester, specific works are analyzed. Prerequisites: Mus. 142, 152.

Mus. 345 STRING SKILLS (1). Techniques and courses of study for teaching string groups. Instru­ments furnished; offered each spring. Fee $8.00. Prerequisite: Ap. Mu. 108 or equivalent.

Mus. 346 BRASS SKILLS (1). Techniques and courses of study for teaching brass groups; instru­ments furnished; offered each spring. Fee $8.00. Prerequisite: Ap. Mu. 107 or equivalent.

Mus. 347 WOODWIND SKILLS (1). Techniques and courses of study for teaching woodwind groups; instruments furnished; offered each spring. Fee $8.00. Prerequisite: Ap. Mu. 105 or equivalent.

Mus. 348 PERCUSSION SKILLS (1). Techniques and courses of study for teaching percussion groups. Fee $8.00. Offered each spring. Prerequisite: Ap. Mu. 106 or equivalent.

Mus. 350 INSTRUMENTAL REPAIR (2).

Mus. 351 FUNDAMENTALS OF MARCHING BAND (2). Arranging, instrumentation, marching, pre­paring halflime football shows and general rehearsal procedures.

Mus. 360:361 COMPOSITION (2:2). Prerequisite: Junior standing or four semesters of music theory. Mus. 398 JUNIOR RECITAL (Cr). Public recital for students who elect to present a recital in their junior year; open to students currently enrolled in upper division private lessons. Mus. 405 MAJOR PERFORMANCE LITERATURE (3). Repertoire of the student's major performance area. Mus. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

Mus. 409 LARGE ENSEMBLE (1). University Band, University Orchestra, Opera Theater, Uni­versity Chorale, Symphony. May be repeated for credit. Mus. 431 Music IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3).

Mus. 451 CONDUCTING (2). Fundamentals and rehearsal techniques; organization, materials, and interpretation of literature for performing ensembles.

Mus. 452 CHORAL CONDUCTING (2). Techniques, organization, materials, and interpretation of traditional and contemporary choral literature.

Mus. 453 INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING (2). Techniques, organization, materials, and interpretation for large instrumental groups. Mus. 454 MUSICAL PRODUCTIONS (2). Introduction to directing staged musicals.

Mus. 460 ORCHESTRATION (2). Practical arranging for orchestra, band, and instrumental ensembles.

198 CREATIVE ARTS

Mus. 461 CHORAL SCORING AND ARRANGING (2).

Mus. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Mus. 488 STUDIO RECITAL (Cr) . Open only to students registered concurrently in upper division private lessons.

Mus. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Mus. 498 SENIOR RECITAL (Cr). Open only to students registered concurrently in upper division private lessons.

Mus. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS (1-3).

Music Graduate Courses Mus. 60S THEORY PEDAGOGY (3). Adapting theory instruction to special situations in the music curriculum. Prerequisite: Music emphasis on the undergraduate level.

Mus. 604 TECHNIQUES AND LITERATURE FOR LARGE GROUPS (3). Procurement and management of library and equipment for large performing groups; program building and period interpretation.

Mus. 605 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF MUSIC IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS (2). Organization and management of school music programs and direction of music education experience.

Mus. 606 CURRICULUM MATERIALS IN MUSIC EDUCATION (2). May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 607 OPERA PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES (3). May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 608 SMALL ENSEMBLE (1). Woodwinds, brass, string, percussion, piano, voice. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 609 Music FOR THE KINDERGARTEN AND PRIMARY TEACHERS (3). Special problems and ex­periences with a wide variety of techniques and materials for creative music expression.

Mus. 613 Music FOR THE KINDERGARTEN AND PRIMARY TEACHERS (3). Special problsm and ex­periences with a wide variety of techniques and materials for creative music expression.

Mus. 614 INTERMEDIATE ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM MUSIC (3). Reading and conference of individual problems; creative music correlated with the arts, audio-visual aids, and the piano keyboard.

Mus. 620 Music IN AMERICAN CULTURE (3). A survey of music in our culture beginning with the Pilgrims and leading up to the present. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Mus. 623 RECENT MUSIC IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION (3). A survey of twentieth century music designed for the non-Music major; includes listening to contemporary masterpieces. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Mus. 630 ADVANCED CONDUCTING (3). Techniques and interpretation of literature for choral, instrumental, opera, and other groups. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Music emphasis on the gradutate level.

Mus. 639 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC RESEARCH (3).

Mus. 640 PERIOD MUSIC HISTORY (2). Middle Ages, Renaissance, 17th & 18th Century, 19th Century, and 20th Century. May be repealed for credit.

Mus. 641 PEDAGOGY (2-3). Teaching materials and methods applicable to the candidate's applied emphasis.

Mus. 642 COMPOSITION (3). Writing in both instrumental and vocal forms. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 643 STYLISTIC ANALYSIS OF MUSIC (3). Instrumental, choral, operatic and other styles. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 644 SCORING AND ARRANGING (3). Band, orchestra, chorus. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 652 STRING TECHNIQUES (2). Pedagogical problems associated with the teaching of strings. Fee $8.00. Prerequisite: Mus. 345 or equivalent.

Mus. 653 WOODWIND TECHNIQUES (2). Pedagogical problems associated with the teaching of woodwinds. Fee 58.00. Prerequisite: Mus. 347 or equivalent.

Mus. 654 BRASS TECHNIQUES (2). Pedagogical problems associated with the teaching of brass. Fee $8.00. Prerequisite: Mus. 346 or equivalent.

Mus. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MUSIC (1-2).

Mus. 698 PUBLIC RECITAL (2-3). Required of all candidates with emphasis in performance.

Mus. 699 THESIS(4). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for Master of Music degree.

CREATIVE ARTS 199

Speech and Theater PROFESSORS: J. Mayfield, H. Larson; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: R. Harris, J. Monsma, C. White, Chairman; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: B. Foster, G. Gard­ner, S. Hild, D. Julien, R. McIntyre, B. Renz; INSTRUCTOR: T. Blythe.

OBJECTIVES The function of the areas of Speech and Theater is to assist all university

students prepare themselves to become active participants of a world in which oral communication plays a major role. Thus there are speech and theater courses which offer theory and practice important to all who would communicate well in their chosen field.

It is the philosophy of the department that Speech-Theater majors wishing to specialize in a certain area must have a solid foundation in particular basics of the field. Courses which form the core required of every major are: Sp.Th. 102, 161, 210, 364. Majors are required to enroll in a special section of Sp.Th. 161 offered for them only.

Students interested in mass communications may work with both the Speech-Theater and the Journalism Departments. Such a program is offered by the Speech and Theater Department with an emphasis in Radio and Television. Those wishing a journalism emphasis should inquire about it in the Journalism Department.

In addition to academic courses, the Speech and Theater Department offers activities which are open to the entire university community: play productions, extemporaneous and impromptu speaking, debate, oral interpretation, radio broad­casting, and readers theater.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A list of general degree requirements for the completion of the degrees will be found on pages 74 to 75.

Bachelor of Arts A Speech-Theater major may select an area of emphasis from the following

approved programs: Public Address, Radio and Television, Theater. MAJOR: A minimum of 36 hours is required in all programs and must include: Group A, Sp.Th. 102, 161, 210, 364. Group B, 3 hours in each of two areas out­side the area of emphasis and at least 3 hours of workshop selected from forensics, oral interpretation, radio, and theater. Group C, a minimum of 15 hours of upper division Speech and Theater courses. MINOR: An approved minor program of 18 hours in Speech and Theater can be selected through the counsel of the student's minor advisor, who must be on the faculty of the Speech and Theater Department. Sp.Th. 161 is required of all minors. Special minor programs have been designed for such majors as: English, Social Studies, Political Science, Industrial Education, Home Economics, Pre-Law and others.

Bachelor of Science A Speech-Theater major may select an area of emphasis from the following

approved programs: Public Address, Radio and Television, Speech Pathology and Audiology, Theater.

200 CREATIVE ARTS

MAJOR: A minimum of 36 hours is required in all programs and must include: Group A, Sp.Th. 102, 161, 210, 364. Group B, 3 hours in each of two areas out­side the area of emphasis and at least 3 hours of workshop selected from forensics, oral interpretation, radio, theater. Group C, a minimum of 15 hours of upper division Speech and Theater courses.

EXTENDED MAJOR: 37 to 65 hours are offered in these programs.

PUBLIC ADDRESS: Group A requires Sp.Th. 102, 161, 210, 364. Group B re­quires 3 hours in each of two areas outside the public address area. Group C requires Sp.Th. 261, 262, 263, 361, 365, 401, 465. Under Group D, 27 to 40 hours chosen, through the counsel of the major advisor, from particular courses in the areas of emphasis and a few related courses in other departments.

RADIO TELEVISION: Group A requires Sp.Th. 102, 161, 210, 364. Group B re­quires 3 hours in each of two areas outside the radio and television area. Group C requires Sp.Th. 120 (2 hours minimum and Cr) 121, 124, 202, 221, 224, 271, 321, 322, 323, 325, 422, 428, Jlsm. 321. Under Group D 6 to 24 hours chosen, through the counsel of the major advisor, from particular courses in the area of emphasis and/or a few related courses in other departments.

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY: 65 total hours required as follows: Group A, Sp.Th. 102, 161, 210, 364; Group B, Sp.Th. 202, 351, 352, 356, 451, 452, 485, 497, Biol. 235, Psyc. 151. The remaining 30 hours are to be selected from a list of courses suggested by the American Speech and Hearing Association and approved by the advisor.

THEATER: Group A requires Sp.Th. 102, 161, 210, 364. Group B requires 3 hours in each of two areas outside the theater area. Group C requires Sp.Th. 130 (4 hours and Cr four times), 131, 132, 133, 134, 231, 232, 235, 330, 331, 431. Under Group D 13 to 28 hours are chosen, through the counsel of the major advisor, from particular courses in the area of emphasis and a few related courses in other departments.

MINOR: An approved minor program of 18 hours in Speech and Theater may be selected through the counsel of the student's minor advisor, who must be on the faculty of the Speech and Theater Department. Sp.Th. 161 is required of all minors. Special minor programs have been designed for such majors as: English, Social Studies, Political Science, Industrial Education, Home Economics, Pre-Law and others.

Bachelor of Science in Education MAJOR: 36 hours required. Group A requires Sp.Th. 102, 161, 210, 364. Group B requires Sp.Th. 121, 262. Group C requires 3 hours of workshop from Sp.Th. 110, 120, 130, 160. Under Group D Sp.Th. 344, 345, plus 9 hours of upper division Speech-Theater and/or English courses are to be selected from a list through the counsel of the major advisor.

MINOR: 24 hours are required. A student planning to be a secondary school teacher and wishing to minor in Speech and Theater may select the program through the counsel of his minor advisor, who should be a member of the Speech and Theater Department faculty.

An alternate elective sequence in Speech and Theater is available in the Hu­manities Department Secondary Education Teaching minor. See Humanities Department.

CREATIVE ARTS 201

ELEMENTARY AREA CONTENT EMPHASIS: 15 hours are required. A student planning to be an elementary school teacher and wishing Speech and Theater as a content emphasis may select his program through the counsel of his content emphasis advisor, a member of the Speech and Theater Department

An alternate elective sequence in Speech and Theater is available in the Humanities Department Elementary Education Area of Content Emphasis. See Humanities Department.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Sp. Th. 102 VOICE AND DICTION (3). Development of naturalness and flexibility in the speaking voice; analysis of individual voices through recordings; instruction in the production of speech-stressing pitch, force, time and the quality of voice as well as pronunciation, enunciation and articulation.

Sp. Th. 110 ORAL INTERPRETATION WORKSHOP (Cr-1). Preparation of students to participate in intercollegiate interpretation activities; may be taken four times for one credit hour each time; student may participate for credit (Cr) as often as he wishes.

Sp. Th. 120 RADIO WORKSHOP (Cr-1). Practical work in the various phases of the campus broadcasting systems, KNATJ, and KAXR-FM. May be taken four times for one credit hour each time; student may participate for (Cr) as often as he wishes. Fee $4.00.

Sp. Th. 121 INTRODUCTION TO RADIO AND TELEVISION (3). Historic and economic development of broadcasting, regulations, and the social implications of the media; familiarization with broad­casting equipment; course acquaints student with theories of broadcasting and its facilities.

Sp. Th. 124 RADIO AND TELEVISION ANNOUNCING (3). Introduction to modern broadcasting oper­ations; particular emphasis on the theory and practice of radio-television speaking, including voice and diction improvement, pronunciation, delivery of copy.

Sp. Th. 130 THEATER WORKSHOP (Cr-1). Practical work in various phases of theater produc­tions on the Creative Arts Theater stage; may be taken four times for one credit hour each time; student may participate for credit (Cr) as often as he wishes.

Sp. Th. 131 INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATER (3). A comprehensive survey of theory and practice in the various arts and crafts of theater: playwriting, directing, acting, design; increases under­standing, appreciation and critical evaluation of social and historical contents of theater.

Sp. Th. 132 ACTING (3). Training in basic techniques and theories of acting; development of actor's self awareness, emphasis on creative interpretation, movement, pantomime, and presen­tation of dramatic materials; fundamental skills applied to both stage and television acting.

Sp. Th. 133 MAKEUP FOR STAGE AND TELEVISION (3). Theory and laboratory practice in the art of makeup for the stage and television actor. Fee $4.00.

Sp. Th. 134 STAGECRAFT (3). Basic techniques, practical application, and fundamental theater drafting needed in the building, painting, and rigging of scenery.

Sp. Th. 160 FORENSIC WORKSHOP (Cr-1). Preparation of students to participate in intercollegiate forensic activities; may be taken four times for one credit hour each time; student may participate for credit (Cr) as often as he wishes.

Sp. Th. 161 FUNDAMENTALS OF ORAL COMMUNICATION (3). The development of skills, attitudes, and understandings that will aid the individual in various communication situations." person to person communication, public speeches, discussion, reports, presentations; special attention to the selection, organization, and presentation of material and acquiring of confidence and poise. (Students preparing to leach are urged to take Sp. Th. 260.) Speech-Theater majors required to take special section of Sp. Th. 161.

Sp Th. 180 PROBLEMS IN COMMUNICATION (3). Broad study of how and why people communicate; interdisciplinary in nature, drawing from language arts, psychology, philosophy, sociology and communication theory; not for Speech-Theater majors or minors except as elective. Available for Liberal Studies credit only. Sp. Th. 202 PHONETICS (3). Sounds of the American language, emphasizing acoustic, physi­ologic and kinesiologic approaches; use of I.P.A. symbols is stressed.

Sp. Th. 210 INTRODUCTION TO ORAL INTERPRETATION (3). Theory and practice in techniques of reading literature orally, discovering emotional and intellectual meanings of prose, poetry, and drama and conveying those meanings through body, voice and imagery. Sp. Th. 221 RADIO PRODUCTION AND DIRECTING (3). Theory and practice in the planning, writing, producing and directing of a wide variety of radio programs; instruction in use of control room and studio facilities. Prerequisites: Sp. Th. 121, 124. Sp Th. 224 RADIO AND TELEVISION ACTING (3). Study and practice of special principles and techniques of acting for the media. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 124.

202 CREATIVE ARTS

Sp. Th. 231 HISTORY OF THE DRAMA (3). An intensive study of the development of physical theater, its technical aspects and design, the various methods of production, costuming, makeup, acting, and writing as seen in drama from early ritualistic periods to present; special attention to viewing theater as a mirror of the social and cultural backgrounds of the various countries and periods in which it is studied.

Sp. Th. 232 DIRECTING (3). Principles of stage movement, blocking, casting, rehearsing; a study of aesthetic, psychological, and theatrical values of dramatic literature; students required to direct scenes for class performance.

Sp. Th. 235 COSTUME DESIGN (3). Historical aspects of styles of costumes used in theater from primitive times to present; practical experience gained through design and construction of costumes required by current department productions.

Sp. Th. 260 COMMUNICATION IN THE CLASSROOM (3). Specifically designed for prospective teachers in all fields and on all levels; an introduction to the various methods of oral communi­cation and speech arts; practice in oral communication methods as they pertain to the typical classroom situation. (Course recommended for students wishing to satisfy the speech requirement for admission to teacher education).

Sp. Th. 261 PERSUASION (3). Evaluation of forces that move men to belief and action; various logical and non-logical appeals are considered relative to their potential effect on audiences. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 161.

Sp. Th. 262 ELEMENTS OF DEBATE (3). A study of conflict resolution with special emphasis on the analysis of issues, reasoning and refutation.

Sp. Th. 263 PARLIMENTARY PROCEDURE (2). Theory and practice in methods of organization, order of business, conduct of business, notations, formation of constitution and by-laws.

Sp. Th. 271 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMATOGRAPHY (3). Film making process with emphasis on composition, continuity, and adaptation of content to the film medium.

Sp. Th. 272 CINEMA AS AN ART OF COMMUNICATION (3). Cinema with emphasis upon docu­mentary and feature film; historical and stylistic influences upon the aesthetic values and social implications of cinema. Illustrated by screen examples. Fee for lab. $7.00.

Sp. Th. 310 ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION (3). Development of criteria for analysis and criticism of literature; theory and practice in arranging and cutting materials, reading and cri­tiquing performances. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 240 or equivalent.

Sp. Th. 321 ADVANCED RADIO PRODUCTION AND DIRECTING (3). Preparation, presentation and criticism of radio programming, with emphasis on the creative use of the elements of radio pro­duction. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 221.

Sp. Th. 322 TELEVISION PRODUCTION AND DIRECTING (3). Theory and practice in planning, pro­ducing, and directing a variety of television program elements; instruction in the use of television control room and studio facilities.

Sp. Th. 323 RADIO AND TELEVISION NEWS WRITING (3). Evaluation of news stories; techniques and practices of writing and editing radio and television news; training in reporting for radio and television. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 121.

Sp. Th. 325 RADIO AND TELEVISION PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT (3). Audience research and analysis; creative approaches to program design and appeal; continuity and program scripting. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 121.

Sp. Th. 330 THEATER MANAGEMENT (3). Managerial aspects of theater pertaining to personnel, publicity, and finances; practical experience gained through laboratory situation.

Sp. Th. 331 CONTEMPORARY THEATER (3). Modem and contemporary drama from Ibsen to the present in relation to techniques of technical production, acting, and directing.

Sp. Th. 332 ADVANCED ACTING (3). Practice of basic techniques in scenes from all types of dramatic literature; emphasis placed on ensemble, performance, and actor's responsibilities to other actors, to the play, director and production staff, and audience. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 132.

Sp. Th. 334 SCENE DESIGN (3). Elements of design as they apply to the practical application of rendering stage settings. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 134.

Sp. Th. 336 LIGHTING FOR STAGE AND TELEVISION (3). Basic theories of lighting; practical plan­ning of light plots for stage and television productions.

Sp. Th- 344 EDUCATIONAL THEATER: PRODUCTION (3). Fundamental theory and practice in pro­ducing secondary school drama, emphasizing appreciation, structure, evaluation of drama and various techniques of acting and directing. Corequistte: Sp. Th. 345.

Sp. Th . 345 EDUCATIONAL THEATER: APPLICATION (3). Fundamental theory and practice in the planning and techniques of secondary school technical theater. Instruction in use of equipment in theater shops. Corequisite: Sp. Th. 344.

CREATIVE ARTS 203

Sp. Th. 351:352 INTRODUCTION TO SPEECH PATHOLOGY (3:3). First semester deals with the causes, diagnoses, and therapies of ariticulatory and voice detects, including delayed speech de­velopment. Second semester introduces the etiologies and therapies of the disorders of stuttering, hearing impairment, and organic involvements in cleft palate, cerebral palsy, and aphasia. Prerequisites: Sp. Th. 102, Biol. 255.

Sp. Th. 356 INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOLOGY (3). A study of the anatomy and physiology of the ear, acoustics, audiometric tests and techniques, interpretation of hearing tests, hearing conversa­tion programs, and referral procedures; practice in testing hearing acuity.

Sp. Th. 361 PUBLIC SPEAKING (3). The preparation and presentation of speeches with special emphasis on audience analysis, content, organization, style, and delivery.

Sp. Th. 364 DISCUSSION AND CONFERENCE TECHNIQUES (3). Theory and practice in discussion, chiefly in problem solving, policy making, and learning groups such as committee, conference, panel, symposium and forum,

Sp. Th. 365 COMMUNICATION IN CONTEMPORARY AFFAIRS (3). An examination of the effect which speech-communication has had upon recent history; particular attention given to how communi­cation has been employed by leaders as an instrument of change, order, and control.

Sp. Th. 397 INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS (1-3). Independent research for advanced students. May be repeated once for credit. Approval of advisor and department chairman required.

Sp. Th. 401 PSYCHOLOGY OF COMMUNICATION (3). Relationship of psycho-socio theories to principles of oral communication.

Sp. Th. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

Sp. Th. 410 READERS THEATER (3). Critical aesthetic analysis of prose, poetry, and dramatic literature for the purpose of developing scripts in preparation for the presentation of oral inter­pretation in the form of Readers Theater. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 210.

Sp. Th. 422 ADVANCED TELEVISION PRODUCTION AND DIRECTING (3). Preparation and development of scripted and unscripted television programming; principals and aethetics of production and directing. Prerequisite: Sp. Th. 322.

Sp. Th. 428 RADIO-TELEVISION MANAGEMENT (3). Operational standards and managerial principles in commercial and educational broadcasting and cable television industry.

Educ. 430 HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING METHODS (SPEECH-THEATER) (3). Methods involving resource materials, unit and lesson "planning, presentation, and evaluation of classroom teaching.

Sp. Th. 431 DRAMATIC CRITICISM (3). Principles and theories of dramatic criticism from Aristotle to present day; critical standards and methods, and their application in evaluation of drama in performance.

Sp. Th. 432 ADVANCED DIRECTING (3). Directorial problems in dramatic values, style, mood, composition, and approach to play production; survey of aesthetic and critical views of leading directors, past and present.

Sp. Th. 436 ADVANCED DESIGN AND LIGHTING (3). Scene design and light design as related to problems in staging through interpretation of scripts. Prerequisites: Sp. Th. 334, 336.

Sp. Th. 451 CLINICAL PRACTICE IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY (3). Supervised experience in Speech rehabilitation; observation and participation in therapy procedures in various clinical settings, including public schools; administration of diagnostic tests and application of principles of speech correction in clinical settings.

Sp. Th. 452 CLINICAL PRACTICE IN AUDIOLOGY (3). Supervised experience in using the audiometer in clinical and school settings; evaluation of audiograms with observation of referral procedures; application of speech reading and auditory training techniques.

Sp. Th. 463 SPEECH CRITICISM (3). Traditional and contemporary methods for describing and assessing speech communication studied and applied to actual cases drawn from recent events.

Sp. Th. 465 AMERICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS (3). Historical-critical study of the role communica­tion has played in American history.

Sp. Th. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Sp. Th. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Sp. Th. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN SPEECH AND THEATER (1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Sp. Th. 532 CHILDRENS THEATER (3). Selection, evaluation, direction, production of plays specifically intended for children.

204 CREATIVE ARTS

Sp. Th. 558 SPEECH CORRECTION FOR THE CLASSROOM TEACHER (3). View of enabling non-specialist to recognize and understand more commonly encountered forms of defective speech. Helps non-specialist to handle children with speech defiencies through various activities and in cooperation with clinician.

Sp. Th. 622 RADIO AND TELEVISION IN THE CLASSROOM (3). Utilization of portable audio and video­tape equipment to enhance lesson development and attain instructional objectives.

Sp. Th. 628 PRACTICUM IN RADIO AND TELEVISION (3). Research, design and practical appli­cation in the area of broadcasting.

Sp. Th. 631 CREATIVE DRAMATICS FOR CHILDREN {3). Theory and techniques of creative play by and with children, especially considering teaching methods applicable in elementary education.

Sp. Th. 636 PROBLEMS IN THE THEATER (3). Production problems encountered by directors and for producers of school and community theater.

Sp. Th. 642 DIRECTING ACTIVITIES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3). Designed to prepare teacher to plan and direct activities; theater, debate, interpretation, discussion, broadcasting, oratory and extemporaneous speaking.

Sp. Th. 680 COMMUNICATION IN THE MODERN WORLD (3). Analysis of communication with em­phasis on semantics, propaganda, persuasion. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Sp. Th. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3).

Sp. Th. 745 EDUCATION COMMUNICATION. A case study approach to situations commonly con­fronting educators, demonstrating application of communication theory. Designed for Ed.D. candidates.

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

CHARLES E. FAUSET, Dean LYLE L. MULLENS, Associate Dean

EDWARD L. DEJNOZKA, Assistant Dean

ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION AND FOUNDATIONS CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION • HEALTH, PHYSICAL

EDUCATION, RECREATION AND ATHLETICS PSYCHOLOGY

THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION has as its major purpose the selection, prepara­tion, and improvement of teachers and school personnel who are adequate person­ally and professionally to develop youth for participation in a free democratic society. The College also provides service to community schools and to the pro­fession through conferences, in-service programs, and studies of various organiza­tions, methods, and techniques of teaching.

The College has accepted the following objectives: to enable the student to develop his role as a teacher; to prepare the student to be a leader and a partici­pating citizen in the community; to assist the student in acquiring an enriched back­ground, depth of specialization and breadth of knowledge necessary for teaching; to promote in the student an understanding of the purposes and functions of public schools in our society; to provide the student with a knowledge of child growth and development and an appreciation of its implications for learning; to familiarize the student with different curricula, content and instructional materials common to public schools; to assist students in obtaining knowledge of and improvement in techniques of guiding learners; and, to encourage loyalty and service to the teaching profession and a desire for continuous self-improvement.

207

208 EDUCATION

CHOICE OF PROGRAMS Students who intend to qualify for certificates to teach in the public schools

of Arizona should select a program in Teacher Education at the beginning of their second year in college. Students transferring to a program in Teacher Education from other programs or colleges at a later time must meet all of the requirements of any teacher education program. The College gives no assurance that such students can complete the program in the usual amount of time.

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM Teacher Education students whose goal is secondary teaching must prepare

themselves to teach in areas or subjects commonly taught in the public schools in addition to meeting the general requirements for the degree as listed. Teaching majors consist of a minimum of 30 hours; teaching minors of at least 20 hours. In some fields the requirements exceed these numbers. In some fields where double majors are selected which support each other the semester hours of each major may be less than 30.

An extended major, rather than a major and a minor, is available in most teaching areas. In all cases the student must secure the approval of his advisor.

Education is the major for students following the elementary or early child­hood curriculum. In addition to the major in education, the student will, by nature of the program as outlined in the catalog, complete a planned and extensive pro­gram in the various departmental areas. This program is geared in such a manner as to permit the student to obtain a rich background of breadth and lends itself to the subject areas offered in the elementary school. Also, an area of concentra­tion (content emphasis) is required in order to provide for depth in a subject area.

Temporary certification to teach in Arizona's public schools may be obtained by earning the Bachelor of Science in Education degree. The program of instruc­tion for either elementary teaching or high school teaching is a five-year program. Students who desire to do so, and who qualify for the first Arizona teaching certifi­cate, may leave the program temporarily at the end of four years and begin their teaching career. It is normally expected that these students would return during summer sessions or during some subsequent academic year to continue in the pro­gram.

GRADUATE DEGREES The College of Education is authorized to offer a Master of Arts in Education

degree and a Master of Arts degree in Psychology. The former of these degrees is pursued by students wishing a graduate degree in Elementary Education, in Guidance and Counseling or, in some instances, for high school teaching. High school teachers generally, however, follow the Master of Arts degree in the teach­ing of their major subject field.

The College of Education is authorized to offer the Educational Specialist (Ed.S.) degree. The available emphases for the Educational Specialist degree are in Guidance and Counseling, Elementary Principalship, Secondary Principalship, and Superintendency.

The College of Education is authorized to offer the Doctor of Education (Ed.D) degree in the following areas: Curriculum and Instruction, Educational Psychology, and Educational Administration. For further information see the Graduate Bulletin.

EDUCATION 209

ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM

All students who plan to follow the program for the Bachelor of Science in Education degree, and all others who are planning to teach, must make applica­tion for admission to the Teacher Education Program. Application for admission is made in the College of Education office by the student during the first three weeks of the second semester of the applicant's sophomore year or during the semester in which the applicant takes Introduction to Education. Transfer stu­dents must accept individual responsibility for making and carrying out their appli­cations for admission to Teacher Education. Students who have not been admitted to the Teacher Education Program may be denied admission to professional edu­cation courses at the upper division level.

Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program is contingent upon acceptable scholastic performance on all previous college course work; a health history and/or records adequate to meet the demands of the profession; English and speech pro­ficiency; demonstration of desirable traits of character; satisfactory performance in the testing program requested by the Teacher Education Committee.

The Teacher Education Committee reserves the right to deny admission to those applicants who fail to fulfill the aforementioned requirements.

CERTIFICATION The college offers five-year curricula leading to full certification for teaching

in the public schools of Arizona. The curricula are designed so that a bachelor's degree, which is required to begin teaching, may be obtainable after four years of study. A master's degree may be obtained as a result of five years of study. Thus, the five-year curricula are so designed that in the minimum period of time graduates can meet the requirements for certificates authorizing them to begin teaching in the public schools of Arizona.

1. The curricula in elementary education lead to Elementary Certification which authorizes the holder to teach in the elementary school. A Bachelor's degree is required to begin teaching with a Temporary-Elementary certificate. Thirty ad­ditional semester hours (the fifth year) or a Master's degree are required for the Standard Elementary certificate. Students may emphasize the early-childhood curriculum (pre-school, Kindergarten, first, second and third grades) or the regular elementary curriculum, i.e. grades one to eight. In addition to the master's degree program the state permits a fifth year program composed of 30 semester hours of approved undergraduate and/or graduate course work. Students interested in this certification program should see the advisor for the 30 hour approved pro­gram for elementary certification.

2. Curricula in secondary education lead to the Temporary-Secondary certifi­cate which authorizes the holder to teach in grades seven to twelve inclusive. A bachelor's degree is required to begin teaching with a Temporary-Secondary certifi­cate. A fifth year is required for the Standard Secondary certificate. If the fifth year follows a prescribed pattern of graduate level courses, a master's degree may be earned. In addition to the master's degree program the state permits a fifth year program composed of 30 semester hours of approved undergraduate and/or graduate course work. Students interested in this certification program should see the advisor of the secondary 30 hour approved program in the College of Education.

210 EDUCATION

The College of Education believes that young men and women who are training to become public school teachers should have a rich background in the various academic areas and professional courses specifically related to their fields of teaching. Therefore, the College Dean reserves the right to withhold credit in student teaching until these requirements have been met. He may also require course work following the student teaching experience, if such is deemed necessary.

The Director of Certification, Arizona Department of Education, Phoenix, Arizona, may be contacted regarding certification programs in Arizona.

LABORATORY EXPERIENCES Courses marked lab. experiences require certain professional laboratory experi­

ences. If the student is to build an action-picture of the role of the teacher in the classroom, there must be opportunity to experience the work of the teacher. The experience of the student must go beyond the phase of building verbal concepts. He must learn to interpret educational concepts and psychological principles in terms of child behavior. Wherever possible the laboratory experience should provide the following:

1. Opportunity for the student to make practical application of principles, theories, and ideas presented in college classes and to observe the results of such application.

2. Situations which will reveal to the student his personal and professional strengths and weaknesses and indicate areas in which he needs further study.

3. Opportunity for the student to solve specific teacher-pupil problems.

All students completing a teacher preparation program at Northern Arizona University must show evidence of having successfully completed the laboratory experiences which are tied to the professional courses. Failure to complete the laboratory experiences may result in ineligibility to register for student teaching.

STUDENT TEACHING CENTERS Student Teaching Centers have been organized to increase the involvement

opportunities of the Northern Arizona University Teacher Education Program. The center may be near the campus or in a populated area in some other part of the state. A Clinic Professor is assigned to elementary education centers; professional university courses, which are normally taken concurrent with the elementary stu­dent teaching experience, are taught within each center to provide for a better exchange of ideas. Both cooperating school districts and Northern Arizona Uni­versity faculty provide leadership in these seminars.

INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN DEVELOPMENT The Institute for Human Development occupies a new 15,000 square foot

building adjacent to the Eastburn Education Center. It is the research, training, and service unit of the Department of Psychology.

It provides a wide variety of practical educational experiences for students in psychology, sociology, education, special education, nursing, police science, and other fields.

Institute programs operate all year. Evaluation, therapy, and education services are provided to various disability groups, including veterans, school dropouts, juvenile offenders, the vocationally handicapped, and the medically indigent. Pro­fessionally trained and certified staff members supervise students in all program areas, providing practical experiences to complement classroom instruction.

EDUCATION 211

Administration, Supervision, and Foundations

PROFESSORS: R. Boothe, L. Mullens, Associate Dean, Department Chairman, R. Topp; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: S. Bliss, R. Cunningham, M. Miles, R. Stout; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: A. Eder, P. Lansing, D. Whorton; INSTRUCTORS: D. Hamson, H. Johnson.

OBJECTIVES The objective of the department is to provide training for persons to take a

leadership role in the field of education. To accomplish this end the department provides: programs leading to advanced degrees in educational admiinstration and in supervision; programs to meet the certification requirements in school adminis­tration and in supervision; the courses in educational foundations, graduate and undergraduate, which are supportive of all degree and certification programs in education; and, special training in library science for persons interested in library work in the public schools.

LIBRARY SCIENCE PROGRAMS The area of library science provides a teaching minor, an elementary area

content emphasis, and training leading to certification of school librarians. Specific professional preparation is required of all librarians working in the public schools. A manual explaining requirements for certification for librarians is available from the Superintendent of Public Instruction.

MINOR: 20 hours are required. Designed for students interested in elementary or secondary school librarianship, the minor includes L.S. 301, 302, 400, 401, either Ed.CI. 302 or Engl. 571, and electives from L.S. 300, 303, 402, and Ed.Fd. 403. ELEMENTARY AREA CONTENT EMPHASIS: 15 hours are required. A student planning to be an elementary school teacher and wishing library science as a con­tent emphasis may select his program through the counsel of his content emphasis advisor.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS: The Doctor of Education degree (Ed.D.) in Educational Administration provides for advanced study in administration and an opportunity for in-depth study in specialized areas of administration. For further information see the Graduate Bulletin.

The Education Specialist degree (Ed.S.) is designed to provide training for a particular level or assignment. Separate training programs exist for the superin-tendency, secondary principal, elementary principal. For further information see the Graduate Bulletin. CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS: The certification program for school administra­tors and supervisors is encompassed in a sixth year program based upon a compre­hensive teacher education program extending through the Master's degree.

212 EDUCATION

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Foundations: Undergraduate

Ed. Fd. 200 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION (2). Function of education in our society; duties and qualifications of those who teach in the public schools. Lab experience.

Ed. Fd. 403 INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOL (3). Theories which underly the utili­zation of instructional techniques to include production of materials to be used on equipment items available in the classroom. Fee $2.00.

Ed. Fd. 420 HISTORY OF EDUCATION (3). Formal education from the Hebrew family to present American schools with emphasis upon European systems which heavily influenced American education.

Ed. Fd. 483H COMPARATIVE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEMS (3). Educational systems in the modern world and philosophic foundations for these systems. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council.

Foundations: Graduate Ed. Fd. 570 HISTORY OF AMERICAN EDUCATION (3). The development and history of education in America. Cross-listing: Hist. 570.

Ed. Fd. 603 INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA AND MATERIALS (3). Planning and production of instructional materials for die classroom; basic techniques of graphic arts and photography applied to problems of educational communication. Fee $2.00.

Ed. Fd. 610 INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH (3). General introduction to research in education; primary focus on the use of research.

Ed. Fd. 620 RESEARCH DESIGN (3). Provides an in depth discussion of research designs for planning and conducting research in the field of education. Prerequisite: Ed. Fd. 610.

Ed. Fd. 630 SCHOOL LAW FOR TEACHERS (3). Licensing and contracting, teacher rights, responsi­bilities and liabilities; emphasis upon legal principles supported by court decisions and case histories. Ed. Fd. 670 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION (3). Educational aims, values, and criteria of educa­tion in a democracy; systems of educational philosophy, the nature of thinking, methods, and subject matter.

Ed. Fd. 671 T H E TEACHER AND HIS PHILOSOPHY (3). See Phil. 671.

Ed. Fd. 672 COMPARATIVE EDUCATION (3). Educational problems requiring an understanding of the relationship of education to a particular society.

Ed. Fd. 673 INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION (3). America's role in international education; the place of education in technical assistance and national development programs.

Ed. Fd. 677 EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY (3). Major problem areas in American culture; social objectives of the school's curriculum.

Ed. Fd. 693 PUBLIC SCHOOL INSERVICE WORKSHOP (3). Course content to be determined by conference with interested school administrators. (Instructor travels to the community.)

Ed. Fd. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN EDUCATION (1-2).

Ed. Fd. 699 THESIS (4). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for an advanced degree.

Soc. 703 SOCIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3). See Soc. 703.

Anth. 704 ANTHROPOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3). See Anth. 704.

Ed. Fd. 711 PHILOSOPHICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3). In depth exploration of selected philo­sophical problems and their bearing on current educational issues. Prerequisite: Ed. Fd. 670

Ed. Fd. 797 DISSERTATION SEMINAR I (3). Preparation of doctoral dissertation proposal.

Ed. Fd. 798 DISSERTATION SEMINAR II (3). Preparation of doctoral dissertation proposal.

Ed. Fd. 799 DISSERTATION (3-6).

Library Science: Undergraduate L. S. 300 INTRODUCTION TO LIBRARIANSHIP (3). History of libraries; librarianship as a profession, including literature of the field, and a general overview of kinds of libraries and library services.

L. S. 301 REFERENCE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY (3). Reference services and the use of basic reference materials.

Ed. CI. 302 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE (2). Literature for children as the basis for the appreciation, selection and presentation of the most suitable stories for kindergarten and elementary grades.

EDUCATION 213

L. S. 302 CLASSIFICATION AND CATALOGING (3). Basic tools employed in the processing of library materials.

L. S. 303 LIBRARY PRACTICE (2). Actual work in a school, college, or public library is offered on demand. Prerequisites: L. S. 301, 302.

Ed. CI. 315 LIBRARY PRACTICE (2). Aid for the teacher who has charge of a school library.

L. S. 400 PRINCIPLES OF BOOK SELECTION (3). Chief aids in selecting books for all types of libraries; a comparison of editions and translations, and a critical consideration of reviews.

L. S. 401 ADMINISTRATION AND ORGANIZATION OF SCHOOL LIBRARIES (3). Functions, organization, control, and equipment of the school library; relationship of the librarian to the administration and to the instructional program of the school.

L. S. 402 HISTORY OF BOOKS AND PRINTING (3). Written communication from the earliest times to the present; examination of examples of the printer's art through the ages.

Administration and Supervision: Graduate Ed. Ad. 685 PUBLIC SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3). The state as the fundamental educational unit; local administration units; duties and powers of the superintendent; administration of personnel and the budget.

Ed. Ad. 718 THEORY OF EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (3). Designed to direct attention to processes and relationships in administration by an intensive study of organizational and admini­strative theory.

Ed. Ad. 720 DIRECTED READINGS IN ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION (1-2). Advisor will direct the student.

Ed. Ad. 721 TECHNIQUES IN ADMINISTRATIVE LEADERSHP (3). Administrative planning and policy making; current issues and problems in the work of the chief school executive.

Ed. Ad. 722 LEGAL ASPECTS OF SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3). Functions, relationships, and re­sponsibilities of school districts, with interpretations of legal status as shown by statutes and court decisions.

Ed. Ad. 723 SCHOOL PUBLICITY AND PUBUC RELATIONS (3). The administrator's responsibilities in maintaining satisfactory public relations, including general policies, organization of school publicity, and agencies for reaching the public.

Ed. Ad. 724 CITY SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3). Problems, duties, and changing role of chief school administrators serving in urban areas. Ed. Ad. 725 SUPERVISION OF INSTRUCTION (3). Principles and practices of supervision; methods of evaluating instruction. Ed. Ad. 727 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3). Administration of the modern elementary school, with emphasis on public relations. Ed. Ad. 729 SECONDARY SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3). Administrative problems involved in secondary school management. Ed. Ad. 730 ARIZONA SCHOOL LAWS (3). Authority, organization, operation, and records of the public school system in Arizona. Ed. Ad. 732 DATA PROCESSING FOR SCHOOL ADMINSTRATORS (3). Systems analysis and computer uses in education. Ed. Ad. 734 EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (3). Management systems in educational ad-minstration; an overview of the processes of planning, programming budgeting and evaluation.

Ed. Ad. 735 SCHOOL FINANCE (3). Fundamental principles and techniques of public school finance; special emphasis given to the problems of public school finance in Arizona.

Ed. Ad. 736 SCHOOL SURVEYS (3). Data collecting and processing, projections, evaluations, and reporting procedures for immediate and long-term planning of facilities, finances, curriculum, pupil services and administrative structure of educational institutions.

Ed. Ad. 737 BUDGET CONTROL (3). The school budget as a factor in implementing the goals and the philosophy of the school with emphasis on recent trends in school budgeting.

Ed. Ad. 738 SCHOOL BUILDING PROBLEMS (3). The leadership role of the school administrator in planning, financing, construction and maintenance of school building. Ed. Ad. 762 LEADERSHIP IN INSTRUCTIONAL PLANNING (3). Evaluations of change in curriculum and teaching procedures and the analysis of procedures for implementing desirable changes in these areas. Ed. Ad. 764 T H E CURRICULUM AND ACTIVITY PROGRAM (3). The total school program as reflected in curriculum and the activity program; problems relating to organization, development, and control of activites.

214 EDUCATION

Ed. Ad. 789 SEMINAR IN SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3). Integration of research, experience and theory.

Ed. Ad. 795 ADVANCED RESEARCH PROJECT (3). Prerequisite: Admission to certification, Educational Specialist or Doctoral program in educational administration. Completion of 12 semester hours of resident credit in educational administration.

Ed. Ad. 796 INTERNSHIP (3). Participation in actual situations in cooperation with various educational organizations. Assignments made according to projected needs of the individual. Prerequisite: Admission to certification, Educational Specialist or Doctoral program in educa­tional administration. Completion of 12 semester hours of resident credit in educational admin­istration.

Curriculum and Instruction PROFESSORS: E. Dejnozka, Assistant Dean, Department Chairman, R. Hagelberg, R. Lloyd, J. Rambeau, E. Sage; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: C. Cardinell, R. Huitt, J. Jones, S. McCIanahan, D. Peterson, H. Stitt; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: H. Cannon, D. Harper, J. Lepich, F. Odle, R. Packard; LECTURER: F. Bradford; UNIVERSITY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FACULTY: L. Applequist, M. Duncan (Associate Professor), L. Hall, N. Kasakow, R. Ower, M. Parker, D. Whorton, Director; LIBRARIAN: E. Downum.

OBJECTIVES The Department of Curriculum and Instruction offers pre-service and grad­

uate training in the areas of Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Special Education, Curriculum, and Reading. Programs are designed to provide each student with a rich professional experience built on a broad base comprising liberal studies and cognate field course work.

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Science in Education

MAJOR: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION: The program leading to certification in the elementary teaching fields is actually a 5-year program, which is considered necessary for the adequate preparation of an elementary teacher. The program is arranged so that a candidate may begin teaching at the conclusion of the B.S. in Education degree and complete his fifth year after some experience in the field. The 125 semester hours required for the bachelor's degree includes 42 hours of liberal studies courses (see page 000 for institutional-wide liberal studies require­ments), 27 hours of supporting subject content courses, 30 hours of professional courses, 15 hours of a selected content emphasis, and 9-11 hours of elective courses, depending upon the student's background or training. During the fifth year the student adds to his preparation in all of the aforementioned areas. In addition to the 42 semester hours of liberal studies, the typical elementary program includes: Academic. 27 semester hours must be completed from the following lists of courses. A minimum number of hours should be selected from each group, as indi­cated. Others may be selected as desired to complete the required total number (27) of hours.

1. Communication Skills (6 semester hours minimum). One of the following must be completed: Engl. 318 or Anth. 291. In addition, one of the following must be selected: Sp.Th. 161, Sp.Th. 210, or Sp.Th. 260.

2. Social and Behavioral Sciences (9 semester hours minimum). Three of the following must be taken: Hist 291, Hist. 292, Hist. 494, Anth. 151, Soc 151, Soc. 215, Soc. 420, P.S. 300 (for those planning Arizona certification), or P.S. 140.

EDUCATION 215

3. Natural Sciences (3-4 semester hours minimum). One of the following must be completed: Geol. 121, Geol. 122, Biol. 102, Biol. 103, Astr. 180, Chem. 101, Geog. 250, Geog. 251, or Geog. 440.

4. Health and Physical Education (2-3 semester hours minimum). One of the following must be selected: Hper. 200, Hper. 430, Hper. 240, Hper. 362, or Hper. 370.

5. Fine Arts (5-6 semester hours minimum). Two courses must be taken from the following: Art 310, Art 410, Art 101, Mus. 214, or Mus. 310.

Education. A minimum of 30 semester hours must be selected from the following categories, as indicated. Courses marked with (*) are open only to students who have been admitted to teacher education.

1. Five basic professional courses are required: Ed.Fd. 200, and Ed.CI. 303, 304*. 321*. and 330.

2. One course must be selected from the following: Ed.CI. 302, 306, 307, or Ed.Fd. 403.

3. During the Professional Semester of the senior year, the following courses are taken concurrently. Students should not plan any additional course work for this semester. The required courses comprising the Professional Semester are: Ed-CI. 300*, 324*, 404*, and 490*.

Content Emphasis. The Elementary Education major must complete a specializa­tion known as a Content Emphasis. Content Emphasis programs, requiring a min­imum of 15 semester hours of concentrated study, are available in the fields of Anthropology, Art, Biological Science, Dance, Earth Science, English as a Second Language, French, Geography, Health, History, Home Economics, Humanities, In­dustrial Arts, Language Arts, Library Science, Mathematics, Music, Physical Edu­cation, Psychology, Sociology, Spanish, Speech and Theater, or Special Education. Content Emphasis programs were developed by the various university departments. Students should counsel with their Education advisors, however, with respect to Content Emphasis selection, requirements, and program implementation.

Electives. 9-11 semester hours.

MAJOR: EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION: The program in Early Childhood Education is similar in many respects to the Elementary Education program except that focus is on the young child, ages three through eight. Although the program leads to general certification in the elementary teaching fields, it is especially de­signed to meet the needs of those who wish to teach at the nursery school, Kinder­garten, or primary (grades one through three) levels.

This program is actually a 5-year program, which is considered necessary for the adequate preparation of an elementary teacher. The program is arranged so that a candidate may begin teaching at the conclusion of the B.S. in Education degree and complete his fifth year after some experience in the field. The 125 semester hours required for the Bachelor's degree includes 42 hours of liberal studies courses (see page 000 for institutional-wide liberal studies requirements), 27 hours of supporting subject content courses, 30 hours of professional courses, 15 hours of a selected Content Emphasis, and 7-10 hours of elective courses, depending upon the student's background or training. During the fifth year the student adds to his preparation in all of the aforementioned areas. In addition to the 42 semester hours of liberal studies, the typical early childhood education pro­gram includes: Academic. 27 semester hours must be completed from the following list of courses.

216 EDUCATION

A minimum number of hours should be selected from each group, as indicated. Courses appearing in italics are especially recommended for early childhood majors.

1. Communication Skills (6 semester hours minimum). One of the following must be completed: Engl. 318 or Anth. 291. In addition, one of the following must be selected: Sp.Th. 161, Sp.Th. 210, or Sp.Th. 260.

2. Social and Behavioral Sciences (9 semester hours minimum). Three courses must be chosen from the following: Hist. 291, Hist. 292, Hist. 399, Hist. 494, Anth. 151, Soc. 151, Soc. 215, Soc. 312, Soc. 420, P.S. 300 (for those planning Arizona certification), or P.S. 140.

3. Natural Sciences (3-4 semester hours minimum). One of the following must be completed: Geol. 121, Geol. 122, Biol. 102, Biol. 103, Astr. 180, Chem. 101, Geog. 250, Geog. 251, or Geog. 440.

4. Health and Physical Education (2-3 semester hours minimum). One of the following is required: Hper. 200, Hper. 430, Hper. 240, Hper. 362, Hper. 370, or HE. 136.

5. Fine Arts (5-6 semester hours minimum). Two courses must be taken from the following: Art 310, Art 410, Art 101, Mus. 214, Mus. 309, Mus. 310, and Mus. 513.

Education. A minimum of 30 semester hours must be selected from the following categories, as indicated. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are open only to students who have been admitted to teacher education.

1. Five basic professional courses are required: Ed.Fd. 200 and Ed.CI. 303, 304*, 311, and 324*.

2. During the Professional Semester of the senior year, the following courses are taken as a group, and exclusively: Ed.CI. 305*, 320*, 405*, 488*, and 490*.

Content Emphasis. (15 semester hours minimum). This is the same as for Ele­mentary Education majors. See above.

Electives. 7-10 semester hours.

MAJOR: SECONDARY EDUCATION: Programs leading to certification to teach in grades 7 to 12 inclusive require a teaching major and a teaching minor or an extended teaching major. See department which offers the major and the minor for descriptions of the programs. The typical secondary education program includes:

Liberal Studies 42 hours Professional Courses .20 hours Teaching Major at least 30 hours Teaching Minor at least 20 hours Electives 6-12 hours

The 20 semester hour professional course block consists of the following re­quired courses: Ed.Fd. 200, Ed.Ps. 225, Ed.CI. 322, Ed.CI. 330, Ed.CI. 430, and Ed.CI. 495. Ed.Fd. 200 and Ed.Ps. 225 are viewed as pre-professional semester courses. The remaining courses make up the professional semester. The secondary education major should expect to set aside one semester in which these remaining courses (15 semester hours) are completed. During the first half of the profes­sional semester, the student's program will consist of Ed.CI. 322, Ed.CI. 330, and Ed.CI. 430. During the second half of the professional semester, the student will complete Ed.CI. 495, full-time student teaching. Courses making up the profes­sional semester are open only to students who have been admitted to teacher education.

EDUCATION 217

MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION: Students interested in the field of Special Edu­cation may pursue one of four programs: Special Education as a teaching major; dual major, Special Education and Elementary Education; dual major, Special Education and Early Childhood Education; or dual major, Special Education and Secondary Education.

Major/Minor programs may also be arranged in consultation with the Special Education advisor.

Special Education Liberal Studies 42 hours Academic Areas 24 hours Professional Courses 14 hours Major: Special Education 30 hours Content Emphasis 15 hours

Special Education and Elementary Education or Early Childhood Education Liberal Studies 42 hours Academic Areas 24 hours Teaching Major (Elementary Education) 27-28 hours Teaching Major (Special Education) 27 hours Electives 4-5 hours

Special Education and Secondary Education Liberal Studies , 42 hours Professional Courses 20 hours Teaching Major (Special Education) 27 hours Teaching Major 30 hours Electives 7 hours

STUDENT TEACHING: All undergraduate and post-degree programs in teacher education include a required student teaching experience. Student teachers are assigned to one of several student teaching centers located throughout northern Arizona. Assignment to an out-of-Flagstaff student teaching center will frequently require the student to find temporary housing in the community to which he is assigned.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS: The College of Education, principally through the De­partment of Curriculum and Instruction, cooperates with other colleges and schools to offer the master's degree in several teaching areas. Students should refer to the Graduate Bulletin for complete descriptions of these programs. The various master's degree emphases are:

Art Education The Teaching of Biology Business Education The Teaching of Chemistry Elementary Education The Teaching of Earth Science Guidance and Counseling The Teaching of English Home Economics Education The Teaching of English as a Industrial Education Second Language Music Education The Teaching of Mathematics Physical Education The Teaching of Physical Science School Psychology The Teaching of Soda! Science Secondary Education The Teaching of Spanish Special Education Advanced students may pursue the Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Degree Pro­

gram in the department, majoring in Curriculum and Instruction. See the Graduate Bulletin for complete information.

218 EDUCATION

POST DEGEEE CURRICULA Post-degree programs in elementary, secondary, or special education are avail­

able to students who have already earned a bachelor's degree, but who have not prepared for teaching. Students interested in post-degree work leading toward certification to teach in the state of Arizona should check with either the ele­mentary, secondary, or special education post-degree advisor in the College of Ed­ucation.

Elementary and/or Special Education 1. The candidate must apply for admission to the College of Education at

Northern Arizona University.

2. The candidate must either have or complete a minor of 15 hours in one of the following areas: Anthropology, Art, Biological Science, Dance, Earth Science, English as a Second Language, French, Geography, Health, History, Home Eco­nomics, Humanities, Industrial Arts, Language Arts, Library Science, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Psychology, Sociology, Spanish, Special Education, or Speech and Theater.

3. The candidate must either have or complete the following required hours and courses in the areas as listed:

English 12 hours (Must include Public Speaking)

Science 12 hours Social Science 12 hours Mathematics 4 hours Health and Physical Education 2-3 hours (Hper. 200, 240, 362,

370, or 430) Fine Arts 5-6 hours (Art 101, 310, 410,

Mus. 214, 310) P.S. 300 3 hours (For those planning

Arizona state certification) 4. The candidate must have or complete an approved block of professional

courses (27-30 semester hours).

Secondary and/or Special Education 1. The candidate must apply for admission to the College of Education.

2. The candidate must either have or complete an acceptable teaching major and teaching minor in fields normally taught in the public secondary schools. In some cases additional work in the major or minor may be required.

3. The candidate must either have or complete the following required hours and courses as listed:

The following is a recommended program of studies for post-degree students. Required of all Post-Degree Students

Ed.CI 330 Evaluation of Learning (Secondary) 3 Ed.CI. 430 H.S. Teaching Methods (General or Specific) .......................... 3 Ed.CI 495 Student Teaching ....................................................................... 6

12

EDUCATION 219

Since a minimum of twenty semester hours in education is required for secondary certification, one of the following alternatives must be taken to make up the ad­ditional hours.

Alternative I Ed.Fd. 200 Introduction to Education 2 Ed.Ps. 225 Educational Psychology 3 Ed.CI. 322 Secondary School Curriculum 3 Alternative II Ed.Fd, 200 Introduction to Education 2 Ed.Ps. 225 Educational Psychology 3 Ed.CI. 666 Problems in Secondary School Curriculum 3 Alternative HI Ed.CI. 322 Secondary School Curriculum 3 Ed.Ps. 605 Advanced Educational Psychology 3

or Ed.Ps. 685 Psychology of Adolescence 3 Plus one education elective, consisting of (2-3 semester hours), preferably a foundations course.

To qualify for Arizona state certification, the student must demonstrate knowl­edge of the Federal and State Constitutions by passing two examinations or by taking and passing P.S. 300. Further information may be secured from the De­partment of Social Science, Box 6023, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, 86001.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Curriculum and Instruction: Undergraduate

Ed. CI. 100 STUDY METHODS (1). Methods of textbook study; note-taking, test-taking techniques, listening and locational skills, research report writing, and library usage.

Ed. CI. 101 READING IMPROVEMENT (I). Development of a flexible reading rate, improved rate of comprehension, comprehension skills, habits of perception, and an understanding of the reading process.

Ed. CI. 102 VOCABULARY DEVELOPMENT (1). Skills needed for the development of an extensive, precise vocabulary.

Ed. CI. 300 ARITHMETIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2). A course for teachers of arithmetic in the elementary and junior high school; opportunity given for the development of instructional materials. Lab. experience.

Ed. CI. 302 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE (2). Literature for children as a basis for the appreci­ation, selection, and presentation of the most suitable stories for kindergarten and elementary grades. Lab. experience. Satisfies 2 hrs. required in Library Science.

Ed. CI. 303 READING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3). First course in reading for the elementary teacher, problems of teaching reading. Lab. experience.

Ed. CI. 304 LANGUAGE ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2). Teaching of reading, oral and written language, penmanship, and spelling in the elementary school; includes curriculum place­ment, selection of effective methods and materials for teaching, and use of tests.

Ed. CI. 305 CHILD STUDY (3). Dynamics of child development; basic theoretical research formulation relating to development of the child from conception through middle childhood. Ed. CI. 306 SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3). Objectives of elementary science, relation­ship of science experience to other areas, construction and use of equipment, effective use of environmental resources, and use of texts and supplementary materials. Lab. experience. Ed. CI. 307 SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2). Role, objectives, and content of

the social studies curriculum; methodology, selection of materials, and evaluation of social studies learnings.

Ed. CI. 311 ACTIVITIES FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3). Theories of play; utilization of play interests in rhythm, plays, and games. Lab. experience.

220 EDUCATION

Ed. CI. 320 KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY CURRICULUM (3). Curriculum content, organization, and construction for the kindergarten-primary grades; literature and story telling, reading and langu­age, play education, and the construction of play materials. Lab. experience.

Ed. CI. 321 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM (3). The modem elementary school curriculum; content, organization, method, and materials. Lab. experience.

Ed. CI. 322 SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM AND PRINCIPLES (3). Philosophy, aims, principles, practices, curriculum, outcomes, and evaluation of secondary education. Lab. experience.

Ed. CI. 324 GROWTH AND LEARNING (2). Physical, social, intellectual, growth and develop­ment from conception through adulthood.

Ed. CI. 330 EVALUATION OF LEARNING (2-3). Principles and techniques of evaluation of achieve­ment in education at either the elementary or secondary level. Lab. experience. Separate sections for elementary and secondary majors.

Ed. CI. 404 DIAGNOSIS AND CORRECTION OR CLASSROOM READING PROBLEMS (3). Techniques for helping the child who evidences minor disability in reading skills. Prerequisite: Ed. CI. 303.

Ed. CI. 405 SEMINAR IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (2). Professional theory and practice brought into working perspective with student teaching. (To be taken concurrently with student teaching.)

Ed. CI. 430 HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING METHODS (3). General methods involving resource ma­terials, unit and lesson planning, classroom presentations, and evaluation of classroom teaching. Lab. experience.

Ed. CI. 488 SUPERVISED OBSERVATION AND PARTICIPATION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (2). Directed teaching in the kindgergarten-primary grades; directed preparation, teaching, and conferences. Lab. experience. Fee $10.00.

Ed. CI. 490 SUPERVISED TEACHING—ELEMENTARY (6-9). Directed teaching in the early child­hood and elementary grades; directed preparation, teaching, and conferences. Lab. experience. Fee $ 10.00.

Ed. CI. 493 INTERNSHIP TEACHING ON INDIAN RESERVATION (4-6). Students interested in careers as teachers on the reservations undergo full-time teaching experiences for a period of five weeks under the direction of well-qualified supervising teachers in Hopi and Navajo schools. Lab. experience. Fee 510.00.

Ed. CI. 495 SUPERVISED TEACHING, SECONDARY (3-6). Student teaching in junior and senior high school subjects; conferences with classroom supervisor and college supervisor. Lab. experience. Fee $10.00.

Curriculum and Instruction: Graduate Ed. CI. 541 CORRECTIVE AND REMEDIAL READING (3). Consideration of the crucial problems to be solved in remedial reading. Lab. experience.

Ed. CI. 545 T H E CLASSROOM TEACHER AND THE INDIAN CHILD (3). Cross-cultural education and problems confronting teachers of Indian students.

Ed. Q. 551 CLINICAL PRACTICE IN READING (3). Clinical experience with children possessing reading disabilities. Lab. experience.

Ed. CI. 602 ADVANCED CHILDREN'S LITERATURE (S). For students who did not have children's literature at the undergraduate level; literary materials ranging from preschool to early adolescence.

Ed. CI. 641 MODERN READING INSTRUCTION (3). Identification and study of problems faced in the field of reading; approached through depth study of research and current trends. Prerequisite: Ed. CI. 303 or equivalent.

Ed. CI. 642 MODERN LANGUAGE ARTS INSTRUCTION (3). Identification and study of problems faced in the field of language arts; approached through depth study of research and current trends. Prerequisite: Ed. CI. 304 or equivalent.

Ed. CI. 643 MODERN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS (3). Identification and study of prob­lems faced in the field of arithmetic; approached through study of research and current trends. Prerequisite: Ed. CI. 300 or equivalent.

Ed. CI. 644 MODERN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SOCIAL SCIENCE (3). Identification and study of prob­lems faced in the field of social science; approached through study of research and current trends.

Ed. CI. 645 MODERN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE (3). Teaching of science for the elementary teacher, evaluation of texts and reference material in science; use of homemade and commercial equipment; extension of subject matter concepts in the physical and biological fields. Ed. CI. 649 PROBLEMS IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM (3). Basic curriculum problems facing educators; research techniques applicable to the solving of problems in curriculum. Pre­requisites: Ed CI. 321, 549, or equivalent.

EDUCATION 221

Ed. CI. 651 CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES IN READINC (3). Current and controversial issues in the fields of reading and language instruction.

Ed. CI. 661 NEW APPROACHES TO READING INSTRUCTION (3). New and highly experimental ap­proaches to beginning reading instruction contrasted with well-tried traditional programs.

Ed. CI. 666 PROBLEMS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM (3). Curriculum problems existing at the junior high school and high school levels.

Ed. CI. 675 PRINCIPLES OF CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTION (3). Theories and practices of curriculum making; presentation of a modem and functional philosophy of curriculum construction.

Ed. CI. 688 COLLEGE TEACHING (3). Study of the teaching-learning and administrative environ­ment in college; student culture, learning theory, classroom procedures.

Ed. CI. 696 PROFESSIONAL PROBLEMS OF TEACHERS (3). Individual and group problems facing experienced teachers dealt with on a professional level.

Ed. CI. 740 DIRECTED READINGS IN GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING (1-2). Advisor will direct the student.

Ed. CI. 760 DIRECTED READINGS IN CURRICULUM (1-2).

Ed. CI. 761 ADVANCED SEMINAR IN CURRICULUM PROBLEMS (3). Problems in curricula, grades kindergarten through 12.

Ed. CI. 780 T H E JUNIOR COLLEGE IN AMERICA (3). Philosophy, purpose, objectives, and cur­ricula of junior colleges.

Special Education: Undergraduate Ed. SE. 380 INTRODUCTION TO THE EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN (3). Philosophy and psy­chology of teaching exceptional children. Recommended as a prerequisite to Ed. SE. 681, 682.

Ed. SE. 423 APPRAISAL OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN (3). A study of the diagnostic tools used to identify the exceptional child.

Ed. SE. 448 METHODS AND MATERIALS IN LEARNING DISABILITIES (3). Application of specific methods and materials when teaching the child with specific learning disabilities.

Ed. SE. 450 METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR TEACHING SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Application of specific methods and materials when teaching the exceptional child. Separate sections for emotion­ally disturbed, mentally retarded, orthopedically handicapped or gifted are to be completed for a total of six semester hours.

Ed. SE. 460 CONSULTATIVE TECHNIQUES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Techniques for organizing and disseminating information concerning exceptional children. Prerequisites: Ed. SE. 380 or 423.

Ed. SE. 470 CURRENT PROBLEMS IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Reviews of research, programs, and problems in selected areas of special education. Prerequisite: Senior standing.

Ed. SE. 491 SUPERVISED TEACHING—SPECIAL EDUCATION (ELEM.) (6-9). Directed teaching in special education classes, focused on directed preparation, teaching, and conferences. Lab. ex­perience. Fee $10.00.

Special Education: Graduate Ed. SE. 550 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS FOR GIFTED STUDENTS (3). Provisions for identifying, guid­ing, and motivating talented students; the rationale for organizing and carrying out appropriate educational programs.

Ed. SE. 648 ADVANCED CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND METHODOLOGY FOR MENTAL RETARDATION (3). Curriculum content, organization and construction providing skills in developing methods of teaching to the M.R. child's needs; development of instructional techniques and classroom man­agement Ed. SE. 650 METHODS AND MATERIALS IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Selection of appropriate meth­ods and materials to meet the collective and individual needs of the students in special .education.

Ed. SE. 652 VOCATIONAL AND SOCIAL ASPECTS OF MENTAL RETARDATION (3). Exploration of studies pertaining to vocational and social adjustment of post-school retardates. Ed. SE. 653 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Organizing, financing,

housing, equipping, staffing, and supervising the special education program; educational and legal provisions. Ed. SE. 654 PHYSIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF MENTAL RETARDATION (3). Physiological causes of mental

retardation; medical classification. Ed SE. 681 COMPREHENSIVE STUDY OF THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD (3). Medical and neurological handicaps adjustment of the orthepedically handicapped, the mentally subnormal, the mentally gifted, the hard of hearing, the poorly sighted, the socially maladjusted, the speech defective, and other areas treated by a number of specialists in the field.

222 EDUCATION

Ed. SE. 682 CLINIC IN SPEECH PROBLEMS (3). Sounds of English, anatomy and physiology of the vocal mechanism, language development, delayed speech, articulation disorders, voice dis­orders, stuttering, cleft-palate, hearing disorders, aphasia, and emotional aspects of speech correction.

Ed. SE, 695 INTERNSHIP IN SPECIAL EDUCATION ($). In a variety of settings and in one-to-one or small group relations, the student learns a practical application of his theoretical concepts regarding the exceptional child.

Ed. SE. 770 SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Review of significant research in the field of special education; consideration given to personal needs and problems relative to special education.

Division of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Athletics

N. Johansen, Division Director, Director of Athletics, and Chairman, Men's Physi­cal Education; PROFESSORS: J. Cronk, J. Pederson; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: R. Ashcraft, Chairman, Women's Physical Education; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: V. Badorek, H. Gregg, Head Basketball, L. Haberlack, Track, M. Johnson, Wres­tling, H. Oswalt, S. Rasmussen, D. Sekeres, R. Willis; INSTRUCTORS: K. Doughty, Assistant Basketball, P. Dorris, A. Flitcraft, Baseball, N. Mathis, M. Nesbitt, Trainer, B. Riley, K. Sawin, Assistant Football, S. Schumann, Assistant Football, S. Thomas; COACHES: D. Anderson, Assistant Football, E. Peasley, Head Football, A. Worley, Assistant Football; INTRAMURALS DIRECTOR: W. Blair.

OBJECTIVES The major purposes of the Health, Physical Education and Recreation programs

are to provide for the preparation of skilled health teachers, of physical education teachers, of recreation leaders, and of coaches; to provide a meaningful instructional program, both curricular and extra curricular, in health, physical education and recreation for all students; to provide professional leadership for the athletic and recreational activities of the students.

General Requirements All students of the university are required to complete two hours of credit in

physical education. Normally this requirement is met in the freshman year through participation in a selective program of sports, dance, fitness and exercise, and in­dividual self-testing.

On the basis of the required physical examination, the student is classified for regular or restricted activity. Men and women approved for regular activity may meet this requirement by the successful completion of Hper. 171 and 172. Adaptive activity courses are provided for students who have been approved for restrictive activity.

Recreational Advantages Just 14 miles from the campus is located the famous Arizona Snow Bowl,

with skiing that will challenge the best skiers as well as slopes that are admirably fitted for beginners. The health and physical education program has a working agreement with the management of the Snow Bowl. Students may enroll in the ski program which is provided during the spring semester. There is a nominal fee attached to this program.

EDUCATION 223

The gymnasiums and pool are open at various times during the week for rec­reational activities. Intramurals for men and women are held throughout the year in various sports. An extensive inside activity area is available in the Activity Center.

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Science in Education

Major and minor students will be required to take as many activity classes as necessary to develop proficiencies in team sports (four for majors and three for minors), individual and dual sports (four for majors and three for minors), swim­ming, and three areas of dance (folk, square, modern, social). Such proficiencies must be shown as prerequisites to Hper. 372, 374, and 375. The selection of these activity courses is based upon proficiency tests and counseling with the physical education advisor. MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (MEN): The major in Physical Education includes Hper. 100 or 102, 103 or 104, 120, 122 or 124, 130, 151, 152, 154, one course numbered from Hper. 100 to 117 and one elective activity course; Hper. 200, 210, 230, 334, 379, 470, and four hours of elective theory courses; Biol. 235. MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (MEN): The minor program for men is made up of the following courses: Hper. 100 or 102, 120, 122 or 124, one course from Hper. 100-117, and two courses from 130, 151, 152, 154; Hper. 200 or 430, 210, 230, 379 and four hours of upper division elective Physical Education theory courses. MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (WOMEN): The major program in Physi­cal Education for women includes five credits of activity courses selected from Hper. 100 through 162, Hper. 200, 210, 230, 334, 342, 360 or 362, 370, 374, 375, 379, 470; Biol. 235; five credits of elective physical education courses. MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (WOMEN): Minor students are required to take three credits of activity courses selected from Hper. 100 through 162, Hper. 210, 230, 360, 372, 374, 379. Suggested electives: Hper. 100 through 162, 200, 273, 334, 340, 341, 362, 370, 375. 380, 470. CONTENT EMPHASIS (ELEMENTARY AND EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCA­TION MAJORS) IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION: Elementary Education and Early Childhood Education majors are required to take Hper. 210 230, 240, 370, 381, and to select three hours from Hper. 100, 110, 114, 120, 131.

52 HOUR EXTENDED HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: Required courses include Hper. 200, 202, 230, 304, 364, 379, 430, 490. Interdisciplinary courses which are required include: Soc. 151, Psyc. 151, and Biol. 235. Two courses are to be selected from H.E. 136, 185, 290; plus two courses selected from the elective major. One course is to be selected from Psyc. 255, 275, 335, and one course from Soc. 152, 210, 341. An additional eight hours are to be selected from elective courses. MAJOR IN HEALTH EDUCATION: Required courses include Hper. 200, 202, 230, 304, 364, 379, 430, 490. Interdisciplinary required courses include: Soc. 151, Psyc. 151, Biol. 235; one course selected from Psyc. 255, 275, 335; and one course selected from Soc. 152, 210, 341. CONTENT EMPHASIS (ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJORS) IN HEALTH EDUCATION: This emphasis area is composed of Hper. 202, 304, 364, 366, 490; 200 or 430. MINOR IN HEALTH EDUCATION: The minor program in Health Education includes Hper. 202, 304, 364, 366, 430, 490. In addition, six to seven hours from H.E. 136, H.E. 185, Biol. 270, Hper. 408, are required.

224 EDUCATION

EXTENDED MAJOR IN RECREATIONAL LEADERSHIP: Recreational Leader­ship majors are required to take Hper. 220, 230, 240, 250, 273, 326, 352, 380, 381. Also included should be ten hours in two areas of dance, aquatics, sports or outdoor recreation and four hours of activity courses. Electives are recommended in Sociology, Psychology, and Health.

Recommended minor fields for recreation majors are Art, Business Administra­tion, Literature, Music, Psychology, Science, Social Science, Speech and Theater. MINOR IN RECREATIONAL LEADERSHIP: The minor program includes Hper. 220, 326, 352; one of Hper. 372, 374, 375; Hper. 380 or 381; four or five hours in related fields of Art, Drama, English, Music, Journalism, Speech, and Industrial Education.

Students will be required to take as many professional activity courses as necessary to develop proficiencies in a minimum of two team sports, two individual and dual sports, two areas of dance (folk, modern, social, square). The selection is based upon counseling with the physical education advisor.

MINOR IN DANCE: Required courses include Hper. 115, 285, 334, 346, Mus. 100, Sp.Th. 130 and three credits selected from Hper. 110, 111, 112, or 114. Six elec­tive credits are to be chosen from Hper. 116, 346, 374, or recommended Music and Speech and Theater courses.

CONTENT EMPHASIS (ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJORS) IN DANCE: Required courses include Hper. 374 and three credits selected from Hper. 110, 111, 112, or 114. Nine elective credits are to be selected from Hper. 115, 285, 334, 346, or recommended Music and Speech and Theater courses.

MINOR (SECONDARY EDUCATION MAJORS) IN DANCE: Required courses include Hper. 374, Mus. 100 and three credits selected from Hper. 110, 111, 112, or 114. Twelve elective credits are to be selected from Hper. 115, 116, 285, 334, 346, or recommended Music and Speech and Theater courses.

GRADUATE PROGRAM The Master of Arts degree in Physical Education is offered at Northern Ari­

zona University. The graduate student may select an administrative, teaching, or scientific emphasis area for specialization. For further information, please refer to the Graduate Bulletin.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Undergraduate Courses

Physical Education activity courses numbered Hper. 100 through 162 are in­tended primarily for major students. The classes are open to non-majors on an elective basis. Each class includes the development of basic fundamentals, knowl­edge and demonstration skills.

Aquatics: Hper. 100 SWIMMING (BEG. AND INTER.) (1). Hper. 102 SWIMMING (ADVANCED) (1). Hper. 103 LIFE SAVING (1). Hper. 104 WATER SAFETY (1).

Dance: Hper. 110 FOLK DANCE (1). Hper. 1ll MODERN DANCE (BEG.) (1). Hper. 112 MODERN DANCE (INTER.) (1). Hper. 114 SQUARE AND SOCIAL DANCE (I). Hper. 115 BEGINNING BALLET (2). Hper. 116 INTERMEDIATE BALLET (2).

EDUCATION 225

Gymnastics: Hper. 120 TUMBLING AND FREE EXERCISE (1). Hper. 122 APPARATUS (1). Hper. 124 GYMNASTICS (1).

Recreational Sports: Hper. 130 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR GAMES (1). Hper. 131 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITY (1). Hper. 132 SKIING (1). Fee: $40.00.

Individual and Dual Sports: Hper. 140 Achery (1). Hper. 142 BADMINTON (1). Hper. 144 BOWLING (1). Fee: $12.50. Hper. 145 FENCING (I). Hper. 147 GOLF(1) . Hper. 149 TENNIS (1). Hper. 151 TRACK AND FIELD (1). Hper. 152 WRESTING (1). Hper. 154 WEIGHT TRAINING AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONING (1). Hper. 156 HORSEMANSHIP (1). Fee: $45.00.

Team Sports: Hper. 160 BASKETBALL AND SOFTBALL (1). Hper. 161 FIELD HOCKEY (1). Hper. 162 SOCCER AND VOLLEYBALL (1).

Liberal Studies:

Hper. 170 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION (1). For those who are medically unable to partici­pate in Hper. 171:172.

Hper. 171.172 FRESHMAN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (1:1). A variety of activites is offered for the student's selection: aquatics, dance, fitness, individual, dual, and team sports.

Theory Courses:

Hper. 200 HEALTH PRINCIPLES (3). Physical, mental, and social health as it relates to the individual.

Hper. 202 ORIENTATION TO HEALTH EDUCATION (1). Organizational structure of school health programs, health services, healthful school living, interrelationships with community health agencies.

Hper. 210 ORIENTATION TO PHYSICAL EDUCATION (2). Aims, objectives and factors influencing the development and status of physical education.

Hper. 220 ORIENTATION TO RECREATION (1). Philosophy, scope and basic values of recreation: its organization and relation to other social institutions.

Hper. 230 FIRST AID (1-2). Procedures and techniques in first aid leading to the acquisition of American Red Cross Standard and Advanced Ceriificates; techniques and materials for instructor training certification.

Hper. 231 OUTDOOR RECREATION (3). Recreational opportunities in the state as well as campfire programs, hiking, (rails, and exhibits. Hper. 240 ELEMENTARY GAMES AND ACTIVITIES (3). Fundamental motor skills; development of skills in dance, self-testing activities, games, and recreational activities.

Hper. 250 CAMP CRAFTS (2). Acquisition of skills, techniques and ability to teach outdoor arts, crafts, and activities. Lab. experience. Fee: $5.00.

Hper. 273 ORGANIZATION OF INTRAMURAL ACTIVTTFS (2). Organization and conduct of intramural and extramural school programs.

Hper. 285 HISTORICAL DANCE (2). Survey course in historical dance forms from the primitive to the 20th century.

Hper. 304 SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATIONS OF HEALTH EDUCATION (3). The sociological, physiological, and psychological bases underlying personal and social health.

Hper. 326 COMMUNITY RECREATION (3). Survey techniques to determine needs of a com­munity; areas, facilities, and personnel needed to carry on an effective program.

Hper. 334 KINESIOLOGY (3). Location and action of the principal muscles of the body as applied to the needs of the student of physical education.

Hper. 310 OFFICIATING FALL SPORTS FOR WOMEN (2). Rules and officiating procedures in sports: field hockey, soccer, volleyball, basketball. Lab. experience.

Hper. 342 FIELD WORK IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION (Cr.). Leadership experience in working with young people.

226 EDUCATION

Hper. 344 OFFICIATING FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL (3). Techniques of officiating the sports with an intensive study of the rules.

Hper. 346 ADVANCED DANCE TECHNIQUE, COMPOSITION AND DANCE NOTATION (3). Dance techni­ques with emphasis on increasing ability to use movement creatively; fundamentals of Lab-anotation. Prerequisites: Hper. 1 l l , 112, 115. May be taken a maximum of six semesters for credit.

Hper. 348 TECHNIQUES IN ATHLETIC TRAINING (3). Control and care of injuries incurred in athletics.

Hper. 352 LEADERSHIP IN RECREATION (3). Principles, techniques and materials for leadership in the organization and administration of recreational programs. Field work required.

Hper. 360 BODY MECHANICS (2). Human motion in everyday life; procedures in control of atypical deviations. Additional lab. experience may be required.

Hper. 362 CORRECTIVE PHYSICAL EDUCATION (2). Detection of physical deviations and procedures for improvement of atypical conditions plus activities included in the corrective physical educa­tion program.

Hper. 364 PRINCIPLES OF SAFETY EDUCATION (2). Selection and organization of curricular materials relative to safety problems in the home, school, recreation, highway and work.

Hper. 366 TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS FOR TEACHING HEALTH EDUCATION (3). Designed to imple­ment skills in school health programming and curriculum construction for prospective school Health Education teachers.

Hper. 370 PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3). Program in physical educa­tion for the elementary school grades.

Hper. 372 TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS OF TEACHING SPORTS (3). Techniques, curriculum ma­terials, and programming of individual, dual, and team sports.

Hper. 374 TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS FOR TEACHING DANCE {3). Fundamentals of teaching dance as a recreational, social, and expressive medium. Prerequisites: Hper. 110, 111.

Hper. 375 TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS OF TEACHING AQUATICS (2). Techniques in teaching swim­ming strokes, diving, synchronized swimming, and competitive swimming.

Hper. 379 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION (3). The problems encountered in the organization and supervision of a health, physical education and recreation program.

Hper. 380 CAMP LEADERSHIP (2). Leadership, organization, and administration of camps; the place of camping in the school program. Field work required.

Hper. 381 PLAYGROUND SUPERVISION AND LEADERSHIP (3). Theory and practice in playground supervision and leadership; planning and conducting the program. Lab. experience required.

Hper. 408 CURRENT TRENDS AND ISSUES IN PUBLIC HEALTH (2). Development of public health in the United States emphasizing cooperative programs with public schools.

Hper. 430 SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH (2). Organization, methods, and procedures of school and community health problems.

Hper. 440 COACHING FOOTBALL (2). Discussion and field work covering the coaching techniques of the game.

Hper. 441 COACHING BASKETBALL (2).

Hper. 442 COACHING BASEBALL (2).

Hper. 443 COACHING TRACK AND FIELD (2).

Hper. 446 DRIVER EDUCATION (3). Study and practice of driver training. Fee: 55.00.

Hper. 448 PROGRAM PLANNING FOR COMMUNITY RECREATION (3). Types of community recreation programs with a study of the principles of general program planning.

Hper. 470 MEASUREMENT IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (2). Practical use of tests and measurements in physical education.

Hper. 477 PHYSICAL EDUCATION WORKSHOP (1). Teaching progression and skills in physical education programs; adapted programs, aquatics, dance, self-testing, sports.

Hper. 490 CURRENT HEALTH PROBLEMS (3). Individual study and seminar relating to program planning, curriculum development, community relations, current trends, and other aspects of the health program.

Graduate Courses Hper. 540 CURRENT TRENDS IN SPORTS INSTRUCTION (3). Current trends and techniques in instruc­tion and in coaching sports; organizations of meets, special events, officiating, participation and practice.

EDUCATION 227

Hper . 543 ADVANCED MODERN DANCE (3). Materials a n d methods for teaching advanced mod­ern dance.

Hper . 546 ORGANIZATION, ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION O F DRIVER EDUCATION (3). T r a i n i n g necessary to qualify students to teach driver t ra in ing in h igh schools. Fee $3.00 for both pup i l and registrant.

Hper . 547 CREATIVE DANCE (3). Creative expression, techniques a n d mater ials in creative dance.

Hper . 562 SAFETY EDUCATION (3). Prepar ing the specialist in safety educat ion as it appl ies to school and communi ty .

Hper . 574 PROBLEMS IN T H E ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION O F INTRAMURALS (3). Organiza­t ion and adminis t ra t ion of the in t ramura l and ext ramural programs in the h i g h schools a n d colleges.

Hper . 594 SEMINAR IN COACHING (1). Clinic in coaching h igh school athletics for those inter­ested in learn ing new techniques and theories of different sports. He ld in conjunct ion wi th the All-Star Football and Basketball games.

Hper . 611 HISTORY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3). Special emphas is given to the phi losophica l approach to the profession by ou ts tanding physical educators; formulat ion of personal ph i losophy of physical education wi th in a historical context.

Hper . 614 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE (3). Physiological effects of exercise u p o n the various organs and systems of the body; the implicat ions for types of activities to be included in the pro­gram for various age levels.

Hper. 648 C U R R E N T LITERATURE AND RESEARCH IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3). Recent l i terature a n d research in the area of physical educat ion.

Hper . 660 PROBLEMS IN CONTENT AND METHODS IN H E A L T H EDUCATION (3). Work and problems of

the specialist in heal th educat ion.

Hper . 662 ADAPTIVE AND CORRECTIVE PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3). Modified physical educat ion activ­ities adapted to the needs a n d abilities of the exceptional chi ld; practice in eva lua t ing a n d pre­scribing specific exercises for handicaps .

Hper . 670 CURRICULUM IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3). Pr inciples and procedures in cu r r i cu lum development and the place of heal th and physical education in the modern cur r i cu lum.

Hper . 673 PROBLEMS IN T H E ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION O F ATHLETICS (3). Organiza t ion and adminis t ra t ion of the interscholastic and intercollegiate competi t ive activities.

Hper . 675 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS O F M O T O R SKILLS (3). Mechanical pr inciples of equ i l i b r ium,

motion , and force as they apply to h u m a n performance of motor skills.

Hper . 676 ADVANCED T E S T S AND MEASUREMENTS IN H E A L T H AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3). Tests

a n d measurements in the field; gives oppor tun i ty to select, adminis ter a n d interpret tests.

Hper . 678 SEMINAR IN M O T O R SKILL LEARNING (3). Neurological basis of motor skills a n d the theories of motor skill learn ing relevant to physical education activities.

Hper . 679 PROBLEMS IN ADVANCED ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION O F PHYSICAL EDUCATION

(3). Organizat ion, adminis t ra t ion and supervision of the p rograms in heal th , physical educat ion , and recreation in h igh schools and colleges.

Hper . 692 SEMINAR IN H E A L T H , PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION (3). Research techniques

applied to specific problems in heal th , physical educat ion and recreation.

Psychology PROFESSORS: J. Biglin, J. Fredrick, D. Shutt, R. Thweatt; ASSOCIATE PRO­FESSORS: W. Johnson, J. Liggit, C. Sidles, Chairman, W. Sjoberg; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: W. Amberg, N. Berreman, P. Fuller, W. Gibson, L. Hunt, P. Jepson, W. Harrison, G. McKee, K. Mills, C. Moore, J. Petersen, J. Windes.

OBJECTIVES The major purpose of the Psychology curriculum is to develop within the stu­

dent an understanding and appreciation of the lawfulness of behavior. To this end the Psychology Department offers training programs for the undergraduate student who plans to enter graduate professional programs in psychology; the under­graduate who plans to enter business, community agency work, or other professional

228 EDUCATION

areas and who desires a scientific understanding of human behavior; and, the graduate student who needs a basis of scientific psychology for the pursuit of grad­uate professional programs.

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts

MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY: Eleven hours of psychology, consisting of Psyc. 151, 245, and 250. An additional 25 semester hours in Psychology will be determined by the student in conference with his advisor. A total of 36 hours is required for a major.

MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY: One prescribed three semester hour course is included among the 18 hours required to complete a minor: Psych. 151. The remaining 15 hours will be determined by the student in conference with his advisor.

CONTENT EMPHASIS (ELEMENTARY AND EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCA­TION MAJORS) IN PSYCHOLOGY: Fifteen hours of psychology, including Psych. 151, or equivalent, constitutes this program. Psyc. 150 may not be included.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS The following graduate degrees are offered in Psychology: Master of Arts in

Psychology, Master of Arts in School Psychology, Master of Arts in Education in Guidance and Counseling, Educational Specialist in Guidance and Counseling, and Doctor of Education in Educational Psychology. Emphasis areas include general theoretical, counseling, and school psychology. For details see the Grad­uate Bulletin.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Educational Psychology: Undergraduate Courses

Ed. Ps. 225 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Principles of psychology applied to teaching through lectures, Trading, and practice. 3 hrs. lecture and 1 hr. lab. Prerequisites: Educ. 200 and 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psychology: Undergraduate Courses Psyc. 150 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Science of psychology, emphasizing personality develop­ment, adjustment, maturation, motivation and learning. Not open to psychology majors or minors. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Psyc. 151 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (3). Science of psychology for the major or minor, including history of psychology, maturation, learning, thought processes, sensation, perception, physiology, motivation, emotion, personality, and intelligence.

Psyc. 200 PRINCIPLES OF LEARNING (3). Methods, principles, and theoretical issues of classical and instrumental conditioning. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 201 SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY (3). Survey and comparison of. contemporary systems and theories in psychology and their historical background, plus critical evaluation of those systems and theories from scientific and philosophical standpoints. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 245 INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH AND STATISTICS (4). Laboratory course dealing with basic concepts of experiemental design and statistical analysis involved in psychological research. 3 hrs. lecture and 2 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 250 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (4). Laboratory course emphasizing student involvement in the conduct of psychological research. 3 hrs. lecture and 2 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Psyc. 245.

Psyc. 255 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY (4). Laboratory couse dealing with physiological and neurological bases of behavior. 3 hrs. lecture and 2 hrs. lab. Prerequisites: 3 hrs. of psychology and 3 hrs. of biology.

Psyc. 275 DYNAMICS OF BEHAVIOR (3). Dynamics of personality development, growth, and de­terioration; principles of motivation, maturational processes, anxiety defenses, and psychopavh-ology. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

EDUCATION 229

Psyc. S00 HUMAN LEARNING (3). Study of complex human learning. Prerequisite: Psyc. 200.

Psyc. 302 INTRODUCTION TO GROUP PROCESSES (3). Study of the major approaches to group proces­ses: theory, method, and demonstration. Prerequisite: 6 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 310 SENSATION AND PERCEPTION (3). Basic methods, research, and theory in vision, hearing, and the lower senses. Prerequisites: 3 hrs. of psychology and Psyc. 255 recommended but not required.

Psyc. 315 MOTIVATION AND EMOTION (3). Determinants of motivation and emotion in animals and man. Prerequisite: Psyc. 255.

Psyc. 335 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Social and group factors affecting individual behavior including an introduction to group dynamics. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 340 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Development and behavioral characteristics of the human from infancy through the elderly years. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 346 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Psychological aspects of the problems in industry, in­cluding selection, training, placement, human factor concepts, motivation, leadership styles, and organization theory. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 347 PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Psychological principles and methods applied to prob­lems of organizations; concepts of selection, placement, and training. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 380 PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING (4). Analysis of test theory and construction, and survey of contemporary psychological assessment techniques in intelligence, aptitude, interest, and person­ality measurement. 3 hrs. lecture and 2 hr. lab. Prerequisites: 3 hrs. of psychology, plus Psyc. 245 recommended but not required.

Psyc. 400 HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY (3). Emergence of psychological concepts in the history of Western civilization and the philosophical background of current issues in psychology. Prerequi­site: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 402 INTERVIEWING (3). Theory and techniques of information gathering with emphasis on practical experience in interviewing'. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 405 INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING PROCESSES (3). Basic concepts of the process and theo­retical background of the therapeutic relationship. Prerequisite: 3 hrs. of psychology.

Psyc. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1-12). See page 91.

Psyc. 415 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Antecedents, symptomology, and treatment procedures dealing with organic and functional behavioral disorders. Prerequisite: Psyc. 275.

Psyc. 460 READING IN PSYCHOLOGY (3). Independent study in depth of some psychological area culminating in a critical research paper in the area of concern.

Psyc. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Psyc. 494 COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGY (3). The comparative study of animal behavior empha­sizing the investigation of behavioral phenomena found in selected animals.

Psyc. 495H PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR (3). Psychology as a science of behavior with emphasis upon experimental findings. Not open to psychology majors or minors. Prerequisite: Permission of Honors Council.

Psyc. 496 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Group dynamics, general systems theory, motiva­tional theory, and leadership styles. Prerequisite: 9 hrs. of psychology and Psyc. 346 recom­mended but not required.

Psyc. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Psyc. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN PSYCHOLOGY (1-3). See page 91.

Educational Psychology: Graduate Ed. Ps. 601 INTRODUCTION TO GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING (3). A survey of the issues, basic prin­ciples, and practices of public school guidance services.

Ed Ps 605 ADVANCED EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY (3). Etiology and remediation of school learning problems, including physical, emotional, perceptual, organic and cultural phenomena. Ed Ps 630 GROUP TESTING (4). Test theory and construction of selected group intelligence, achievement, aptitude, personality, interest, and special ability tests. Prerequisite: Psyc. 525 or equivalent. Ed Ps 631 CONSULTATIVE ROLE OF THE COUNSELOR (3). The consultative role of the school counse­lor in working with teachers, parents, administrators, and referral agencies is analyzed in con­junction with the counseling skills and techniques which produce behavioral change. Prerequisite: Completion of approved counselor program and permission of instructor.

230 EDUCATION

Ed. Ps. 657 COUNSELING PROCESSES (3). An introduction to counseling which emphasizes the dynamics of the counseling relationship and the counseling of normal individuals with develop­mental concerns. Prerequisite: Ed. Ps. 630.

Ed. Ps. 680 PERSONALITY ADJUSTMENT (3). Investigation of the dynamics of human behavior and adaptation to the environment; consideration of personality theory, motivation, frustration and conflict, anxiety, deviance, defense and psychotherapy.

Ed. Ps. 685 PSYCHOLOGY OF ADOLESCENCE (3). Adolescent development with emphasis on emo­tional, intellectual, social and cultural factors.

Ed. Ps. 690 CHILD PSYCHOLOGY (3). Child development from the pre-natal period to adoles­cence: emotional, intellectual, social, cultural and perceptual factors in the formation of the child.

Ed. Ps. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-2).

Ed. Ps. 699 THESIS (3-6). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for a master's degree.

Ed. Ps. 712 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3). Seminar approach to significance of psychological principles and theories for educational decisions in teaching, curriculum de­velopment and administration.

Ed. Ps. 730 INDIVIDUAL MENTAL TESTING: WECHSLER (3). Administration and interpretation of the Wechsler scales; related research dealing with the Wechsler intelligence tests. Prerequisite: Psyc. 630.

Ed. Ps. 731 INDIVIDUAL MENTAL TESTING: STANFORD-BINET (3). Administration and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet intelligence tests; related research dealing with the Binet scales. Pre­requisite: Psyc. 630.

Ed. Ps. 732 PSYCHO-EDUCATIONAL ASSESSMENT (3). Administration and interpretation of sel­ected scales other man the Wechsler and Binet. Prerequisite: Psyc. 730 or Psyc. 731.

Ed. Ps. 740 CAREER DEVELOPMENT THEORY (3). Concepts in career selection theories. Practice in use of theories. Relates dteory to career education programs.

Ed. Ps. 741 ADMINISTRATION OF THE GUIDANCE PROGRAM (3). Conditions and problems related to the management, development and evaluation of guidance programs are explored; identification of leadership functions of the guidance administrator. Prerequisite: Completion of approved counselor program and permission of instructor.

Ed. Ps. 742 EDUCATIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION (3). Sources, techniques and practice for vocational and education guidance; career information and educational information related to guidance practices and career education programs Prerequisite: Ed. Ps. 630 and 740. Core-quisite: Ed. Ps. 657.

Ed. Ps. 751 LEARNING DSIABILITIES (3). Study of leadership responsibilities involving assess­ment, remediation, and implementation of learning disability programs on individual, class, school, and district levels. Prerequisite: Ed. Ps. 692 and 732.

Ed. Ps. 757 COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY (3). A study of elective contemporary counseling and psychotherapeutic theories. Emphasis may be placed on Behavioral, Gestalt, and/or Transactional Analysis Approaches.

Ed. Ps. 758 GROUP PROCESSES (3). Methods of group leadership, group effectiveness, com­munication within groups, and evaluation of outcomes. Prerequisite: Psyc. 657.

Ed. Ps. 780 SEMINAR IN PROFESSIONAL PROBLEMS (3). Assessment of the problems experienced by the practicing psychologist, including role training, interpersonal relationships, ethics, and professional expectations.

Ed. Ps. 790 PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICUM (3-6). Supervised counseling; students will counsel with selected cases under supervision of instructor. Prerequisite: Recommendation of advisor and permission of instructor.

Ed. Ps. 7% INTERNSHIP (3-6).

Ed. Ps. 799 DISSERTATION (3-6).

Psychology: Graduate Psyc. 510 THEORIES OF PERSONALITY (3). Historical and contemporary concepts in personality theories.

Psyc. 525 INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS (3). Description and inference including central tendency, dispersion, regression, and analysis of variance.

Psyc. 602 INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). An overview of the skills, methods and profession of clinical psychology including different approaches to interview, assessment, and psychotherapeutic techniques; techniques; ethical, professional and community considerations; preparation and qualifications for practice. Prerequisite: Psyc. 275 or equivalent.

Psyc. 610 THEORIES OF PERCEPTION (3). Critical examination of current theory and research in the area of perception. Recommended Prerequisite: Psyc. 310 or equivalent.

EDUCATION 231

Psyc. 620 THEORIES OF LEARNING (3). Major theories of learning, including those of historical importance and those prominent in contemporary psychology. Prerequisite: 18 hrs. or graduate standing.

Psyc. 621 COGNITIVE PROCESSES (3). Research and theory in human cognition and information processing; stimulus coding, selective attention and set, immediate memory, imagination, and problem solving. Recommended Prerequisites: Psyc. 300, 310 or equivalent.

Psyc. 625 INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS {3). Advanced descriptive and inference including para­metric and nonparametric procedures. Prerequisite: Psyc. 525 or equivalent.

Psyc. 635 ADVANCED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Study of the behavior of individuals' relations to social stimulus situations.

Psyc. 648 ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLGOY I (3). Advanced study of principles of psychology: history and systems, learning, physiological.

Psyc. 649 ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY II (3). Advanced study of principles of psychology: developmental, personality, social.

Psyc. 670 CURRENT ISSUES IN PSYCHOLOGY (3). Evaluation of research in selected areas of psychology.

Psyc. 673 ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Traditional experimental psychology: content, and methods of data collection. Prerequisite: Psyc. 625.

Psyc. 682 BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION THEORY IN PRACTICE (3). Application of principles and theories of learning in the control of human behavior.

Psyc. 683 ADVANCED PSYCHOPATHOLOGY (3). In depth analysis of theories and application in mala­daptive behavior. Prerequisite: Psyc. 415, 602 or equivalent.

Psyc. 691 SEMINAR IN DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Concepts, theories, and issues in the development of the human organism emphasizing behavioral variables influencing man's develop­ment from the prenatal period to senility. Prerequisite: Psyc. 340 or equivalent.

Psyc. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-2).

Psyc. 699 THESIS (3-6). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

Psyc. 720 SEMINAR IN LEARNING (3). Analysis and critical evaluation of research on current issues in learning. Psyc. 725 ADVANCED STATISTICS (3). Statistical design and analysis of psychological research. Prerequisite: Psyc. 625 or equivalent. Psyc. 737 PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS I (3). Clinical assessment techniques used in psychodiagnoslic procedure emphasizing thematic appreciative concepts. Prerequisite: Psyc. 730.

Psyc. 738 PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS II (3). The Rorschach and its use in clinical assessment. Pre­requisite: Psyc. 737.

Psyc. 753 NEUROLOGICAL ASSESSMENT (3). Clinical assessment techniques used in evaluation and diagnosis of perceptual, conceptual, language and motor dysfunction emphasizing aphasic, agnosic, and apraxic disorders. Prerequisite: Psyc. 738.

Psyc. 796 INTERNSHIP (3-6).

Psyc. 797 COMPUTER STATISTICS (3). Computer applications in descriptive and inferential sta­tistics including practice in programming research projects. Prerequisite: Graduate course in statistics.

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

JOSEPH c. MEHRHOFF, Dean

APPLIED SCIENCE • COMPUTER SCIENCE ENGINEERING • ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

BROAD OBJECTIVES of Engineering Education are to develop the student's pro­fessional and technical competence and to prepare him for participation as a leader in the affairs of his profession, his community, state and nation. This is accomplished by integrating theory of the classroom and application of the labora­tory with preparation in breadth in mathematics, the sciences and humanities.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES of the College of Engineering and Technology are to prepare graduates for industry and/or graduate study in the fields of Engineering, namely, Civil, Electrical, Mechanical and Engineering Physics as well as Applied Science with emphasis in Computer Science; to prepare engineering graduates for professional registration; to prepare graduates for industry in the fields of Engi­neering Technology, namely, Civil, Electrical, Engineering Drafting and Design, Industrial, and Mechanical Engineering Technology.

Engineering Technology graduates are expected to be more hardware oriented with the laboratory playing a major role in their program of study. Mathematics requirements are less rigid than those for Engineering graduates and a baccalaureate is the recommended terminal degree. Engineering graduates, however, may choose to continue their education with graduate studies leading to an advanced engineer­ing degree or go directly into the practice of engineering.

PROFESSORS: J. Mehrhoff, Dean, J. Troxler, Associate Dean, I. Braley, J. Dixon, S. Popovics; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: C. Chance, B. Davis, C. Holland, J. Gordon; ASSISTANT PROFESOR: A. Chan, O. Crenwelge, E. Haver, H. Hep-worth, S. Holzhauser, J. Martin, G. Mather, M. Murray, M. Samara, A. Shelton.

233

234 ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

COOPERATIVE WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS The College of Engineering offers cooperative programs in which a student

may gain practical experience in engineering and engineering technology by work­ing in industry during certain periods of his college years. The student receives experience in his chosen profession plus financial return. Furthermore, the com­pany or agency can evaluate the student's potential as a possible future permanent employee.

The first contact with industry usually comes after completion of the first or second year. The college does not guarantee the kind of work or wages but at­tempts to place students to their best educational and financial advantages.

A student must observe regulations of the employing company and must not expect special treatment. University holidays do not apply to cooperative students, nor are students allowed time off for University activities. A student may not enroll in classes at any educational institution during a period of cooperative em­ployment, without University approval.

Those in the cooperative program are considered by the University to be stu­dents while they are employed in industry. Such students are expected to observe the same standards of conduct while employed away from the University as when in residence at the University.

A student must be prepared to spend extra time in school as scheduling prob­lems may arise in certain areas. These can generally be anticipated and provided for by working with the faculty advisor.

DEGREE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Science in Engineering

The engineering curriculum is designed to prepare students for entry into industry or graduate study. It provides strong preparation in general engineering, mathematics, and science.

The engineering program provides excellent instruction for a career in engi­neering. This instruction by experienced professionals is focused on the individual and small groups.

Depending upon the student's interest, he may emphasize civil, electrical, mechanical, or engineering physics. Completion of his chosen program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering.

Each student working for the degree is expected to complete 24 to 30 hours of liberal studies courses, 65 hours of core requirements, and 32 to 38 hours in an area of emphasis for a total of 127 hours.

Core subjects include Ch.Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151L:152L, Chem. 213, Phys. 213, Math. 136, 137, 238, 239, Engr. 170, 171, 174, 175, 248, 251, 252, 253, 340, 391, 402, 470, 483.

The areas of emphasis available under this degree are the following.

CIVIL ENGINEERING EMPHASIS: Civil Engineering embraces the planning, design and construction of all structures required to provide protective shelter and suitable environment; to supply, control, and dispose of water; to provide the ave­nues of transportation.

The civil engineer's goal may be to become a consulting engineer in private practice, or he may choose employment in the construction industry or in the engineering offices of private industry, municipal, state or federal agencies.

ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY 235

His concern with the large problems of concentrated living, i.e., water supply, waste disposal, airports, highway systems, canals, urban transportation, tunnels, bridges and buildings requires that he receive a broad basic education in the mathe­matical, physical, and engineering sciences plus the humanities, followed by an intensive application of these fundamentals to the complex problems of man in the land-water-air environment.

Civil Engineering emphasis requires Engr. 270, 376, 380, 383, 395, 404, 430; and allows 6 to 12 hours to be chosen from Engr. 330, 337, 377, 431, 433, 436, 438, 492, 493 and 497.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EMPHASIS: The Electrical Engineering pro­fession covers a great variety of fields, such as energy conversion or power systems, communications, computers, and control and circuit theory and design. The grad­uate finds an extensive list of careers within these areas. The four year curriculum leading to a BS in Engineering furnishes the student with a background of funda­mental theory and laboratory practice necessary to progress rapidly in his chosen field. Students who show ability and interest in research and more detailed study in a particular area may continue for a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering.

As a direct result of extremely varied and rapidly expanding applications of electrical engineering, emphasis courses during the last two years are based on presenting fundamental education in circuit analysis and syntheses, electronic and solid state devices, energy conversion and transmission, communication theory, con­trol systems theory, and electronic computers.

Electrical Engineering emphasis requires Engr. 249, 316, 350, 364, 367; and allows 14 to 20 hours chosen from Engr. 337, 349, 375, 457, 459, 461, 478, 479, 481, 482, 488 and 497.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING EMPHASIS: Mechanical Engineering is a pro­fession, the members of which do creative work resulting in things that people need or want These things may be as varied as automobiles, nuclear power plants, air conditioning systems, rocket engines, interplanetary space vehicles, or any device requiring design and development, and resulting in high product reliability.

The mechanical engineer studies the conversion of energy from one form to another, the design of all types of machines, the instrumentation of all types of processes, and the control of man and machine environment. This background permits the mechanical engineer to enter and master research, design, and develop­ment work in almost any industry.

Mechanical Engineering emphasis requires Engr. 316, 365, 367, 391, 395, 450, 455, 490; and allows 11 hours chosen from Engr. 365, 375, 376, 377, 392, 396, 404, 444, 457, 484, 492, 493 and 497.

ENGINEERING PHYSICS EMPHASIS: The curriculum prepares the students for graduate study in engineering, physics or related fields, and for research and de­velopment positions in industrial and governmental laboratories which require graduates with a broad, basic education in engineering, mathematics and physics.

Engineering Physics emphasis requires 32 to 38 hours of approved mathe­matics, physics, or other engineering emphasis courses. Individualized programs will be detailed with the aid of an engineering advisor.

Bachelor of Science in Applied Science The Applied Science program serves three groups. The first includes students

who want the traditional "broad liberal education" to fit them for full lives as decision-makers in the modern world. These students recognize that technological factors affect decisions far more than they did centuries ago when the "liberal

236 ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

arts" curriculum took shape, and they wish to become technically, as well as cul­turally, literate. Within the Applied Science program they take the regular engi­neering core, but they devote their 20 hours of emphasis courses to a non-technical discipline such as sociology, fine arts or philosophy. These non-technical hours, plus the regular liberal studies requirements, add up to a third to a half of the total program.

The second group under Applied Science consists of students who wish to prepare for careers in fields closely related to engineering: patent law, technical writing, technical librarianship, engineering management, and the like. These stu­dents also take the engineering core, but they select for emphasis hours courses directly related to their proposed careers. The prospective technical writer would, for example, employ those hours for courses in English and Journalism.

In conference with his advisor, a student in either of the foregoing groups tailors his own program in accordance with personal and academic needs.

The third, and largest, group in Applied Science is composed of students majoring in computers.

COMPUTER SCIENCE: The student interested in Computer Science may (1) major in the field, (2) earn a dual major in Computer Science and another field such as Electrical Engineering, or (3) obtain a minor in Computer Science. Majors study both "hardware" and "software"; minors concentrate upon software. Majors learn about both the construction and operation of computers, although minors stress the latter.

All students in this field will become familiar with digital computer operation by means of "hands on" experience with both conversational and batch program­ming. All majors and most minors will work with analog and hybrid computer problems as well.

Students work on an extensive range of equipment, ranging from small Oli­vetti 101's, through the PDP-8B and 81, the Xerox 930, and the TR-20 analogs. The University's recently installed large Sigma 6 computer is housed in the Engi­neering Building and directly connected to teletypes which students use heavily. An EAI 580 is expected by spring.

Majors take the engineering hybrid core in addition to their computer courses. This provides them with the engineering-scientific background to solve complex technical problems; and, with further experience, to design appropriate computer systems for technical organizations. Even in times of poor employment prospects computer experts with a strong preparation in technical-scientific subjects find jobs readily.

The Computer Science major also studies in depth selected areas of electrical engineering and mathematics. Majors need to know enough about the internal logic and circuitry to build upon rapid advances in design. The computer has already changed some branches of mathematics from peaceful backwaters of theory into vital reservoirs for modern technology. For many students who could never "see" the axioms or the usefulness of mathematics, computers have made its con­cepts both clear and worthwhile.

CONTRAST WITH DATA PROCESSING: Considerable confusion exists as to the difference between engineering-scientific applications of computers, as taught by the College of Engineering, and Data Processing. The fields do overlap—both, for example, employ digital computers—but in general, engineering-scientific ap­plications use moderate amounts of data, perform complex calculations upon those data, and put out relatively few answers. By contrast, data processing uses large amounts of data, performs comparatively fewer calculations upon them, and puts out vast numbers of answers (payroll checks, inventory lists, etc.). Data

ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY 237

processing, therefore, devotes more attention to the devices which carry informa­tion to and from the computer, while the engineering-scientific program focuses more sharply upon the computer itself.

The Computer Science curriculum recognizes and adapts to another difference between the two fields: engineering-scientific applications call for digital computers, as does data processing, but they frequently demand analog and hybrid computers as well. Digital computers give exact numerical answers; analogs give rapid, ap­proximate answers when programmed to simulate and test a device, process, or circuit which does not yet exist; hybrids combine the features of digitals and analogs.

COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR: The major requires the engineering core with C.Sc. 184, 284, 285, D.P. 351, 360, C.Sc. 372, and Engr. 375, plus 13 hours from the following list; Engr. 249, 316, 337, 349, D.P. 361, Engr. 367, C.Sc. 385, Engr. 482, 497, CSc. 485, 495, and 496.

The dual major program combining Computer Science with another discipline varies greatly, depending upon the amount of overlap between the other discipline and the Computer Science major.

COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR: The Computer Science minor requires Engr. 174, C.Sc. 184, 284, 372, D.P. 351, and six hours chosen from C.Sc. 285, 385, Engr. 375, D.P. 360 and 361, a total of 18 hours.

The Computer Science minor and dual major programs must receive depart­mental approval prior to their initiation.

Bachelor of Science in Engineering Technology In our highly specialized industrial society, there is a constant demand for

trained personnel that can qualify for positions in industry on the technical level. The four year Engineering Technology curriculum is designed to prepare stu­

dents for employment in technical positions in industry. Specific preparations in­clude Engineering Technology in five areas: Civil, Drafting, Electronics, Industrial, and Mechanical. These majors require a strong emphasis in applied mathematics and science, together with the necessary technical courses to prepare students for a wide variety of positions. There are inter-school majors involving courses in both engineering technology and business areas. Demands of industry have created the need for these combination majors. All four year technology curricula lead to the Bachelor of Science in Engineering Technology degree.

Each student working for the degree is expected to complete 24 to 30 hours of liberal studies courses, 31 hours of core requirements, and 64 to 70 hours in an area of emphasis for a total of 125 hours. Core subjects include Engl. 202T, Ch.Ph. 111:112, Chem. 151L, Tech. 102 or Math. 135, Tech. 103 or Math. 136, Tech. 143, Tech. 205 or Math. 137, Tech. 440, 485 and Engr. 174.

The areas of emphasis available under this degree are the following: CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: The purpose of this program is to pre­pare students for immediate industrial employment as supervisory personnel in the applications of the physical sciences in the broad areas of construction and mainte­nance of buildings, highways, railroads, airports, water supply systems and other physical structures.

Civil Engineering Technology emphasis requires Tech. 144, 151, 254, 260, 362, 370, 371, 378, 421, 461, 464, 465, 485; Engr. 175, 251, 270, 273; Geol. 121; and allows 10 to 16 hours of electives.

238 ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

ENGINEERING DRAFTING AND DESIGN TECHNOLOGY: The curriculum prepares the student for a wide variety of Industrial responsibilities. It provides a broad and advanced technical curriculum with emphasis in mathematics and sci­ence. Industry is looking to this degree with considerable interest and educational institutions are increasing the offerings of this degree to meet industrial needs.

Drafting and Design Technology emphasis requires Tech. 144, 151, 152, 250, 254, 326, 335, 421, 464, 465, 485; I.E. 233, 273; Engr. 175, 251, 252, 270, 273; and allows 11 to 17 hours of electives.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: This program provides a broad background of knowledge based upon the theoretical concepts which form the foundation of the rapidly expanding electrical industry. Emphasis is placed upon the application of principles. Students graduating from this program find employ­ment in such diverse areas as research and development, production, quality con­trol, maintenance, and field engineering.

Electrical Engineering Technology emphasis requires Tech. 145, 146, 240, 241, 242, 244, 347, 361, 407, 441, 445, 447, 485; Engr. 170, 375; and allows 12 to 18 hours of electives.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: This program contains two options: management and marketing. Students in these programs aim for careers in the daily give-and-take of heavy industry. Their preparation stresses the practical side of technical work, with sufficient theory to insure against rapid obsolescence. Both options attempt to strengthen the student's ability to deal with craftsmen, engineers and customers in an industrial setting. The student who wishes to man­age a technical endeavor chooses the management option; the would-be technical salesman chooses the marketing option.

Industrial Engineering Technology with the Management Option requires Tech. 144, 151, 152, 250, 335, 464, 475, 485; Engr. 273; I.E. 233, 237; Mgt. 300, 310, 311, 410, 490; Mktg. 333; G.B. 221, 305; Econ. 285; and allows 6 to 12 hours of electives.

Industrial Engineering Technology with the Marketing Option requires Tech. 144, 151, 250, 335, 464, 475, 485; Engr. 273; I.E. 233, 333; G.B. 221, 305; Mgt. 300; Econ. 285; Mktg. 333, 334, 335, 437, 490; and allows 6 to 12 hours of electives.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: This program emphasizes the vast body of knowledge between the theoretical specialties of the engineers and the mental and manual skill of the machinist, welder, foundryman and sheet metal worker. The mechanical technologist acts as the intermediary between these two, translating engineering theory into practical direction for the craftsman. He must possess sufficient theory to understand the engineer's plan and sufficient practical know-how to adapt the plan to the realities of manufacturing practice. Thus he studies both mathematics and metal machining processes, both physics and welding, so that he has a feeling for both the theoretical and the practical world.

Mechanical Engineering Technology emphasis requires Tech. 144, 151, 241, 254, 322, 323, 326, 335, 353, 421, 464, 475, 485; Engr. 175, 251, 252, 273; I.E. 233; and allows 10 to 16 hours of electives.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Engineering

Engr. 170 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS (3). Fundamentals of freehand sketching in multiview projection, forms of pictorial representation, dimensioning, sectioning and preliminary design functions, special relationships of points, lines, planes and solids. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee for lab 12.00.

ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY 239

Engr. 171 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING (1). The engineering profession, professional registra­tion, engineering problems and solutions, patent law, ethics, employment potential, curriculum and career guidance.

Engr. 174 NUMERICAL METHODS (2). Introduction to programming by use of Time Sharing and conversational type languages such as Basic; in depth study of FORTRAN IV using scientific engineering type problems. Special non-technical courses in Engr. 174 will also be offered.

Engr. 175 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS (2). Introduction lo probability and statistics as applied pri­marily to Engineering measurements; linear and non-linear regression analysis with application.

Engr. 248 ELECTRICAL NETWORKS I (4). Electrical network analysis and instrumentation techniques; fundamental concepts, laws and solutions including active devices, 3 hrs. lecture 3 hrs lab Fee for lab. 13.00. Corequisites: Math. 137, Phys. 213.

Engr. 249 ELECTRICAL NETWORKS II (4). Electrical network analysis techniques; mathematical forms and operational meuhods of solution. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 248. Corequisite: Math. 238.

Engr. 251 APPLIED MECHANICS-STATICS (3). Fundamentals of applied mechanics, vector algebra equivalent force systems, equations of equilibrium, structures, moments of plane areas, centroids, friction. Prerequisites: Math. 136 or Tech. 205, Ch. Ph. I l l , Engr. 170 or Tech. 254.

Engr. 252 APPLIED MECHANICS-DYNAMICS (3). Kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies by vector analysis; work and energy; impulse and momentum; forces and acceleration. Prerequisites: Engr. 251, Ch. Ph. 112, Math. 238.

Engr. 253 MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (4). Effects of axial, flexural, torsional and combined stresses on elastic beams, shafts and columns. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisites: Engr. 251, Math. 238.

Engr. 270 PLANE SURVEYING (3). Surveying instruments; field data; measurement of distances, elevations and angles with appropriate precision; vertical and horizontal curves; slope stakes; stadia. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $1-00. Prerequisite: Tech. 103 or equivalent.

Engr. 273 NON-METALLIC MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION (3). The physical properties and structural use of engineering materials; manufacture; behavior; inspection; testing. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Ch. Ph. 112.

Engr. 316 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN I (4). Energy bands of solids and elec­trical properties of semiconductors, conductors and dielectrics; analysis and design of simple tube and transistor amplifiers; circuit models; DC operation point bias and stability; thermal and reliability problems; gain and frequency response. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Pre­requisite: Engr. 248. Engr. 330 PHOTOGRAMMETRY (3). Theory and construction of photographic materials and cameras; terrestrial and aerial photography applied to surveying and mapping; stereoscopy; map com­pletion and engineering applications. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 270.

Engr. 337 INTRODUCTION TO RANDOM PROCESSES IN ENGINEERING (3). Basic probability theory for discrete and continuous random variables; useful distributions for engineering applications; estimation theory. Prerequisite: Math. 238.

Engr. 340 MATERIALS SCIENCE (3). Basic relationships between the miscrostructure of materials and their physical and engineering properties. Prerequisites: Phys. 213, Chem. 213.

Engr. 349 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN II (4). Analysis and design of small and large signal, multistage amplifiers; feedback; high frequency effects; noise problems. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 5300. Prerequisite: Engr. 316.

Engr. 350 POWER AND MACHINERY (3). Electric power generation, transmission and utilization; magnetic circuits; transformers; AC power circuits; DC and AC machines; controllers. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 248.

Engr. 364 ENGINEERING ELECTROMAGNETICS (3). Vector analysis; static electric and magnetic fields; transmission line equations; wave phenomena of current and voltage on high frequency-lines; Maxwell's equations; electromagnetic waves. Prerequisite: Engr. 248. Corequisite: Math. 239. Engr 365 MECHA.NCIAL DESIGN (4). Fundamentals of mechanical design; creative thinking and decision making, stress, deflection, material selection, strength, design principles; design of mechanical elements; screws, joints, springs, bearings, gears, shafts, couplings. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: EngT. 252, 253. Engr 367 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS (4). Analysis and simulation of linear, closed-loop control sys­tems containing electrical, fluidic, electromagnetic and mechanical components; frequency and time domain analysis; stability criterion; compensation techniques. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Engr. 248, Math. 239. Engr. 372 ASSEMBLER LANGUAGES (3). Assembler and machine languages. Prerequisite: Engr. 174 or equivalent.

240 ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

Engr. 375 ANALOG COMPUTERS (3). Analog computation and simulation techniques; engineering and the physical sciences problems. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 53.00. Prerequisites: Math. 239 or Tech. 205.

Engr. 376 STRUCTURAL THEORY (4). Reactions, shears and bending moments in simple, restrained and continuous beams due to fixed and moving loads; simple trusses with fixed and moving loads; determinate and indeterminate frames; columns; tension members; girders; matrix computer analysis. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 253.

Engr. 377 STRUCTURAL SYNTHESES (4). Design of reinforced concrete and steel structures. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 52.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 376.

Engr. 380 ENGINEERING ECONOMY (3). Business considerations in general engineering practice; economic choice, renewal and replacement; business organization; promotion; financing; incor­poration; governmental control. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

Engr. 383 SOIL MECHANICS AND FOUNDATIONS (4). Soil properties; identification and classification of earth material; natural soil deposits; subsurface exploration; substructure design. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Engr. 253, Geol. 121.

Engr. 391:392 THERMODYNAMICS (3:3). First semester, thermodynamic properties of a working substance, work, heat, energy transformation processes, thermodynamic equilibrium, reversible and irresversible processes and cycles. Second Semester, real and ideal gas processes, two phase systems. Maxwell's relations, flow through nozzles and diffusers. Prerequisite: Engr. 252.

Engr. 395 FLUID MECHANICS (4). Momentum transfer and energy concepts—compressible and incompressible fluid flow; dimensional analysis and similitude; laminar and turbulent flow; boundary layer theory; integral approach. Prerequisites: Math. 239, Engr. 252.

Engr. 396 DYNAMICS OF FLUIDS (3). Continuation of fluid mechanics with topics including shock waves, viscous flow, analysis, boundary layer solutions, concepts in laminar and turbulent flow. Prerequisite: Engr. 395.

Engr. 402 DIRECT ENERGY CONVERSION (3). Sources of direct energy conversion covering both conventional and unconventional systems. Prerequisites: Engr. 248, 340, 391.

Engr. 404 ENERGY CONVERSION LAB (1). Electrical machinery for non-electrical emphasis. 3 hrs. lab. Fee 55.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 248. Corequisite: Engr. 402.

Engr. 408 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM (3-5). Study-work plan of education with alternate semesters of attendance in university and semesters of employment in industry related to the student's major area of study.

Engr. 430 SANITARY ENGINEERING (3). Quantity, source, treatment and distribution of water; collection, treatment, and disposal of waste water. Prerequisite: Engr. 395.

Engr. 431 BEHAVIOR OF MATERIALS (3). Internal structure and properties of metals, cement, concrete, plastics, ceramics and woods; response to dynamic, steady and repeated loads at various temperatures. Prerequisite: Engr. 340.

Engr. 433 HYDROLOGY AND HYDRAULICS (4). Hydrologic cycle as a deterministic and stochastic system; precipitation; infiltration; ground water hydrology; run-off (unit hydrograph); evaporation; flood routing; statistical analysis of hydraulic structures; dams; distribution systems; storm drainage; hydraulic models. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Engr. 395.

Engr. 436 THEORY OF STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES (3). Moment area; elastic weights; conjugate beams; virtual work; Maxwell's Laws; least work; slope deflection; moment distribution; matrix computer analysis. Prerequisite: Engr. 376.

Engr. 438 THEORY OF REINFORCED CONCRETE (4). Analysis and design of reinforced concrete beams, slabs, columns, retaining walls and footings by the elastic and ultimate strength methods; design of prestressed concrete. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Engr. 253.

Engr. 450 HEAT TRANSFER (3). Theory and application of heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation. Prerequisite: Engr. 391. Corequisite: Engr. 395.

Engr. 455 VIBRATIONS (3). Dynamics of vibrating systems; mechanical systems with one and several degrees of freedom; continuous systems; vibration isolation and absorption; machine balancing. Prerequisites: Engr. 252, Math. 239.

Engr. 457 POWER TRANSMISSION (3). Deeper penetration into power, machinery, transients. Prerequisite: Engr. 350.

Engr. 459 CONTROL SYSTEMS (3). Cascade and feedback compensation; multivariable control systems; state variable methods applied to linear systems; AC feedback systems; nonlinear control systems; optimization techniques. Prerequisite: Engr. 367.

Engr. 461 THEORY OF SEMICONDUCTORS (3). Band theory, distribution functions; impurities and their energy levels; conduction of holes and electrons; the P-N junction; the simple transistor. Prerequisite: Engr. 316, 340, Math. 239.

Engr. 470 SENIOR SEMINAR (1). Presentation of a technical report by each student to be criti­cized by faculty and peers. Prerequisite: Senior standing.

ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY 241

Engr. 478 TRANSMISSION LINES—MICROWAVES (4). Basic transmission line theory; high fre­quency lines; matching studs and sections; microwave generation; amplification and transmission; waveguides, cavities; radiators; measurements of impedance, frequency and power. 3 hrs. lecture 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Engr. $64.

Engr. 479 ANALOG, DIGITAL AND LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DESIGN (4). Integrated circuit fabri­cation; packaging techniques; design of analog, digital and linear intergrated circuits. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 349, 367.

Engr. 481 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (4). Information selection, transmission and detection; economy; reliability; data capacity; control; noise, modulation; demodulation. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Engr. 337, 349, 367.

Engr. 482 PULSE, DIGITAL AND SWITCHING CIRCUITS (4). Wave shaping; square wave generation; clipping; clamping; differentiation; integration; peaking and ringing circuits; logic design; Boolean algebra; simplification methods; number systems; codes; switching circuits; multivibrators; counter; gates; comparators. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 316.

Engr. 483 DYNAMIC ANALYSIS AND SIMULATION (4). Theory and application of numerical me­thods; computer modeling and simulation of Engineering problems. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Math. 293.

Engr. 484 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS (3). Kinematic and dynamic analysis of rigid body mechanisms; rotating systems, rolling and sliding bodies in contact, quadric chain, slider-crank mechanism; synthesis; static and dynamic analysis of deformable body mechanisms; stationary and rotating deformable solids, oscillatory systems; preliminary design Prerequisites: Engr. 252, 253.

Engr. 486 ENGINEERING DESIGN (3). Independent or group study of engineering design and de­velopment problems using analysis-synthesis techniques. Prerequisite: Engr. 483.

Engr. 488 NETWORK ANALYSIS (3). Advanced topics in network analysis. Introduction to network syntheses. Prerequisite: Engr. 249.

Engr. 490 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS (1). Experimental methods in analysis of solids and fluids, vibrations, dynamics, stress, strain, pressure, temperature, flow rates, sound. 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: Engr. 252, 253. Corequisites: Engr. 391, 395.

Engr. 492:493 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING (3:3). First Semester: Significance, study and con­trol of environmental pollution; characteristics, origin and methods of control of industrial wastes. Second Semester: Characteristics, collection and disposal of refuse. Prerequisites: Engr. 391, 395. Engr. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-6). See page 91.

Engr. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN ENGINEERING (3). Consideration of current theory and problems in various aspects of Engineering. Enrollment limited to majors in Engineering. May be repealed for credit.

Computer Science C Sc. 184 MACHINE LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING (I). Introduction to octal, decimal binary number system, computer fundamentals and the system description and operation; programming techni­ques using basic machine language. C Sc. 284 ADVANCED PROGRAMMING (3). Advanced studies in programming Engineering prob­lems solved using advanced programming techniques; introduction to other selected automatic languages such as PL1, AP, simulation language, etc. Prerequisite: Engr. 174.

C Sc 285 COMPUTER GRAPHICS (2). Interests in the area of computer graphics ranging from devices through techniques (both hardware and software): systems, applications and underlying principles. Prerequisite: C. Sc. 184. C Sc. 347 DIGITAL COMPUTERS (4). See Tech. 347.

C Sc. 375 ANALOG COMPUTERS (3). See Engr. 375.

C Sc 385 COMPUTER LANGUAGE & COMPILERS (3). Theory and techniques of programming languages and systems for large scale digital computer systems; assemblers, interpreters, com­pilers and list processors; algorithmic language and techniques used in compilation. Prerequisite: C Sc. 372. C Sc 485 HYBRID COMPUTERS (3). Basic principles of operation, use and applications of Hybrid Computers- emphasis on the understanding of the different parts of the Hybrid Computer; the parallel logic section, the Analog section, and the digital computer section. 3 hrs. lab. Pre­requisites: C. Sc. 347, 375. C. Sc 495 REAL TIME SYSTEMS ANALYSIS (3). Broad overview of how the digital computer can be used for engineering analysis and design; some real time control applications, mathematical modeling and simulation. Prerequisite: C. Sc. 284.

242 ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

C Sc. 496 DESIGN OF PROBLEM-ORIENTED LANGUAGES (3). A survey of POL available to com­puter users; engineering oriented POL such as CSMP, ECAP, ICES, Chess, Stress and others; general programs as GPSS will also be analyzed; general structure of POL, with special em­phasis on: organization of vocabulary, selection of vocabulary, variety of options to user, testing the program, simplicity of use to user. Prerequisite: C. Sc. 284.

Engineering Technology Tech. 101 FUNDAMENTALS or TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS (3). Remedial mathematics for students not fully qualified for Tech. 102.

Tech. 102 TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS I (4). Review of second year high school algebra; linear and quadratic equations; simultaneous equations; complex numbers; ratio and proportion. Prerequi­site: Two years high school algebra and one year geometry.

Tech. 103 TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS II (4). Basic trigonometric functions and relationships, identities and their use; logarithms, complex numbers, vectors and their applications. Pre­requisites: Tech. 102 or Math. 110.

Tech. 143 INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGY (2). History, role, work challenges and professionalism of the engineering-technology profession; slide rule; communication by written paper and oral report.

Tech. 144 BASIC ELECTRONICS (3). For technology students not majoring in electronics. Funda­mental principles and circuits. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Tech. 103, Ch. Ph. 112.

Tech. 145 CIRCUITS I (4). Fundamentals of electricity and magnetism; basic direct-current circuit analysis; design and use of basic measuring devices. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Corerequisite: Tech. 102 or Math. 112.

Tech. 146 CIRCUITS II (4). Characteristics of alternating current circuits; circuit analysis tech­niques; use of oscilloscopes and other instruments. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Pre­requisite: Tech. 145, Corequisite: Tech. 103.

Tech. 151 ENGINEERING DRAFTING (3). See I.E. 151.

Tech. 152 TECHNICAL ILLUSTRATION (3). See I.E. 152.

Tech. 205 TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS III (4). Differential and integral calculus with technical problem applications. Prerequisite: Tech. 103 or Math. 112.

Tech. 240 SEMICONDUCTORS AND VACUUM TUBES (4). Theory and application of semiconductor and vacuum tube devices and circuits; device physics; P-N junctions; field-effect transistors; tubes; bias designs; cascaded amplifiers. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Tech. 146.

Tech. 242 SEMICONDUCTOR CIRCUITS (4). Advanced semiconductor design and analysis; multi­stage circuits; power amplifiers; feedback; oscillators; operational amplifiers; integrated cir­cuits. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Tech. 240.

Tech. 244 NETWORK ANALYSIS (3). Advanced network analysis techniques; graphical analysis; nonsinusoidal waves. Prerequisites: Tech. 146, 205.

Tech. 250 MACHINE DRAFTING (3). See I.E. 250.

Tech. 254 DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY (3). See I.E. 254.

Tech. 260 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS (3). Specifications for construction contracts; equity; liens; torts; law of contracts. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.

Tech. 284:285 ARCHITECTURAL PLANNING (4:4). A further study of the principles of architectural design; elementary planning including landscape, climate, site and functional programming for human needs. 2 hrs. lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Tech. 185.

Tech. 322:323 APPLIED HEAT POWER (4:4). First semester, basic laws and concepts of thermo­dynamics, heat, work and energy transformations; relation of properties; power and refrigeration cycles; instrumentation and laboratory tests of thermodynamic equipment. Second semester, ap­plied thermodynamics, further study and experiments on thermodynamic cycles, direct energy conversion. 3 hrs. lecture. 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Tech. 205, Phys. 152 or Ch. Ph. 112.

Tech. 326 MECHANISMS (3). Mechanisms; linkages; kinematics of machines. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Tech. 103.

Tech. 335 METALLIC MATERIALS (3). Ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys; use of phase diagrams, cooling curves, stress-strain diagrams and metallography to predict and control be­havior of metals and alloys. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Chem. 101 or Ch. Ph. 112.

Tech. 347 DIGITAL COMPUTERS (4). Theory and usage of digital computers; number systems; logic design; computer organization and control. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Pre­requisite: Tech. 240.

ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY 243

Tech. 353 INSPECTION PROCEDURES—INDUSTRIAL (3). Industrial measurement practices in source, receiving, in-process, and final inspection; comparison of measurements with specifications and blue prints; dimensional and engineering measurement methods. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: Tech. 335, Engr. 170 or equivalent.

Tech. 361 PULSE AND SWITCHING CIRCUITS (4). Linear and non-linear wave shaping circuits; multivibrators; clipping; clamping; peaking; ringing; comparators; wideband amplifier circuit techniques. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Tech. 242.

Tech. 362 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES (3). Estimating; quantity take-off; costs; project plan­ning; business management; labor law; field procedures. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Engr. 175.

Tech. 370 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEYING (3). Surveys of public lands; boundary surveys including subdivisions; topographic surveys and mapping. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 270.

Tech. 371 ROUTE SURVEYING (3). Route location for highways, pipelines, railroads, etc.; hori­zontal and vertical curves; spirals; semester field project. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Engr. 270.

Tech. 378 HYDROLOGY AND DRAINAGE (3). Rainfall and runoff as they affect construction; bridge, channel and weir hydraulics. Prerequisite: Tech. 370. Corequisite: Tech. 421.

Tech. 407 SERVOMECHANISMS (4). Servomechanisms and feedback control systems. 3 hrs. lec­ture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Tech. 244.

Tech. 421 FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULICS (4). Fluid statics, incompressible and compres­sible flow, viscous flow, open channel flow, flow through pipes, empirical and integral approach. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: Senior standing, Engr. 252, Tech. 205.

Tech. 440 SEMINAR (1). Engineering-technology employer-employee relations; ethics; ethical practices; value judgments; professionalism; job selection; resume; interview; salary; fringe bene­fits; technical assignment; technical report; written and oral communication critically valuated by associates and faculty. Prerequisite: Senior standing.

Tech. 441 COMMUNICATIONS (4). Theory and applications of communication techniques for data transmission and detection, modulation, demodulation, reliability and economy. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Tech. 361.

Tech. 445 INDUSTRIAL CONTROL CIRCUITS (4). Electronic devices used in the control and regu­lation of industrial electric and electronic equipment. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Pre­requisites: Tech. 241, 242. Tech. 447 MICROWAVES (4). Electromagnetic-field theory; microwave-frequency circuits; wave propagation; transmission lines; microwaves measuring devices and techniques. 3 hrs. lec­ture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Tech. 244.

Tech. 461 FUNDAMENTALS OF SOIL MECHANICS (4). Physical and mechanical properties of soils; soil moisture; structure; compressibility; consolidation; shear strength; sampling and testing. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Engr. 175, 251.

Tech. 464 STRUCTURAL MECHANICS (3). Strength of materials method of determining the internal stresses and deflections of basic load carry members. Prerequisite: Engr. 251 for Technology.

Tech. 465 STRUCTURAL DESIGN (4). Design of simple members of statically determinate steel structures; reinforced concrete. 3 two-hour lecture-lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Tech. 464. Tech 475 PRODUCTION ENGINEERING (3). Planning and organization of production line procedures; bills of materials; equipment requirements; production layout; sequence of operations; inventory requirements; production of a designed product. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Tech. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

SCHOOL OF FORESTRY

CHARLES o. MINOR, Dean

OBJECTIVES OF THE SCHOOL OF FORESTRY are as follows: to provide pro­fessional training in the management and utilization of the nation's forests and related resources to maintain a quality environment; to direct this training toward developing the individual as a man, a citizen, and a professional forester; to insure a balance of basic sciences, liberal studies, and professional training, together with field and laboratory experience that will prepare the student for professional em­ployment in federal and state agencies and in private industry; to assist in the de­velopment of forestry in Arizona by encouraging proper care and use of the forest resources through demonstration and research.

The forestry curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the theory and practice of forestry together with the fundamental arts and sciences necessary for successful modern living and human relations.

FACILITIES FOR STUDY: This institution is ideally located for the study of forestry and forest industries. Available facilities include large sawmills, a new modern pulpmill, wood preservation plant, the oldest experimental forest in the United States, and the largest ponderosa pine forest in America. Close at hand are famous recreational areas, outstanding watershed research facilities, and exten­sive grazing areas. Thus, the field work essential to forestry training is available.

The 4000-acre School Forest is just five miles west of Flagstaff, making it con­venient for laboratory exercises and field work essential to forestry. In addition to its primary use for educational purposes, it serves as a secondary function in the establishment of demonstration and research plots. These are available for student instruction and for use among professional foresters in the Southwest.

A variety of past logging methods—clearcutting, seedtree, and selection cuts— has produced considerable variation in size and age classes of the ponderosa pine type. The occurrence of several natural "parks," in addition to heavy stands of grass under the forest cover, facilitates instruction in range management. The presence of both cattle and sheep grazing makes it possible to study firsthand the effects of both types of use by domestic livestock. The natural deer population of the area combined with the livestock use makes it much easier for the student to see the problems and possible solutions to forest and wildland management in the Southwest.

245

PROFESSORS: C. Minor, Dean; E. Avery, R. Berry, D. Love, W. Thompson; AS­SOCIATE PROFESSORS: E. Kurmes, G. Voorhies, D. Wommack; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: L. Fitzhugh, W. Groman, T. OKeefe, J. Schultz; ADJUNCT PRO­FESSORS: C. Avery, M. Baker, H. Brown, R. Campbell, W. Clary, T. Johnsen, J. Jones, F. Lavin, D. Neff, G. Schubert.

DEGREE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Science in Forestry

A new concept in undergraduate education in forestry is being introduced. In place of the usual two to three years of conventional forestry courses, this pro­gram includes three semesters of wholly integrated forestry instruction. During these semesters the student enrolls in no other classes. The instruction is continuous and uncompartmentalized. All forestry faculty are involved.

In the fall of the junior year important aspects of the technical portion of forestry are presented through detailed field study of forest and range ecosystems. The students learn the use of forestry tools and techniques. Plant identification, wood characteristics, ecological principles, and other basic forest sciences used by the forester are introduced.

In the spring semester of the junior year more advanced forestry concepts are developed through the use of case studies describing resource management situa­tions. Emphasis is on administration and management of timber, range, watershed, wildlife, and recreational resources for maximum benefit.

The fall semester of the senior year is devoted to collection of information a preparation of a comprehensive multiple resource management plan for a large la area in northern Arizona. After completing the management plan the student will engage in directed studies in areas of special interest.

Extended off-campus field trips involving extra expense to students are sched-uled in the three integrated, professional semesters.

To receive the Bachelor of Science in Forestry degree the student must suc-. cessfully complete all requirements of the curriculum, including 128 semester hours.

The undergraduate curriculum in forestry is fully accredited by the Society of American Foresters.

Master of Science in Forestry A graduate program leading to a Master of Science in Forestry degree is

available. Consult the Graduate Bulletin for details.

School of Forestry Curriculum Undergraduate students in the School of Forestry will be expected to complete

the following curriculum. To prevent loss of time, the student should take the courses in the years indicated.

Freshman Year: EngL 102:103, Biol. 102, 103, Ch.Ph. 111:112, Math. 112, Hper. 171:72, For. 101:102 are required together with four hours of electives.

Sophomore Year: Sp.Th. 161, Econ. 285:286, Engl. 202, Geol. 121, Math. 270, and For. 101:102 are required together with 13 hours of electives.

Junior Year: The total program consists of For. 311 and 312 together with For. 101:102.

ELECTIVE COURSES: All electives must be approved by the advisor. The 17 hours of electives in the first two years must include at least six hours from the humanities and six hours from social sciences. The 16 hours in the senior year are considered free electives to be used for the student's personal and professional improvement, but may not include more than one 500 level forestry course.

ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONAL FORESTRY COURSES: Admission to For. 311, 312, and 421 requires satisfactory completion of freshman and sophomore courses, acceptable scholastic performance on all previous university courses, satis­factory performance in a testing program, and approval of the forestry faculty. The testing program will be conducted during April. Students planning to enter Forest Science A must contact the School of Forestry prior to March 1 to arrange for testing.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES For. 101:102 FORESTRY CONVOCATION (CR). Orientation to professional forestry. Required of all forestry majors currently enrolled at Northern Arizona University.

For. 311 FOREST SCIENCE—A (16). Fundamentals of plant identification, ecology, soils, forest measurements, and wood properties. Fee $20.00. *

For. 312 FOREST SCIENCE—B (16). Case studies in North American forest resource manage­ment, economics, protection, silviculture, utilization, policy, and administration; management of timber, range, watershed, wildlife, and recreational resources for maximum benefit. Fee $20.00* Prerequisite: For. 311.

For. 322 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION (3). Environmental quality problems in natural and man-made environments.

For. 346 WOOD TECHNOLOGY (3). Structure and properties of commercial woods; processing, drying and preservative treatments; properties of plywood, particleboard, and glue laminates. Not recommended for forestry majors. Fee 55.00

For. 402 CURRENT FORESTRY (1). Current literature in forestry and analysis of trends in forestry and conservation.

For. 421 FOREST SCIENCE-C (16). Resource management and utilization; preparation of a com­prehensive management plan and directed studies in areas of interest to individual students. Fee $20.00. * Prerequisite: For. 312.

GRADUATE COURSES For. 506 SPECIAL STUDIES IN FORESTRY (1-4). Student investigation of a specially assigned topic. For. 522 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS (3). S. tistical methods in the collection, analysis, and interpretation of daia. For. 524 AIRPHOTO INTERPRETATION (3). Basic photogrammetric principles; uses of aerial photo­graphs for the identification and mapping of vegetation, physiography, and cultural features; introduction to remote-sensing systems. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Math. 112, Geol. 121.

For. 541 WOOD PRODUCTS (3). Technical aspects of management and operation of log conversion plants related to product marketing.

For. 571 LANDSCAPE PLANNING AND DESIGN (2). Landscape composition, design, and develop­ment with regard to outdoor recreation facilities.

For. 573 RECREATION MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS (2). Trends in recreational use and in policies; current and controversial issues in recreation management. Fee $5.00.

For. 593 NATURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS (3). Economics of natural resource use; relationship between natural resources and economic growth; resource scarcity. Cross listing: Fxon. 593. For. 601:602 FORESTRY RESEARCH (3:3). Research on a specialized problem adapted to the interest and need of the individual student.

For 608 CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES (3). Analysis and discussion of resource man­agement and environmental problems. Not open to students who have taken For. 322. For 611 FOREST TREE IMPROVEMENT (3). Survey of the history, concepts, goals, and methods of forest tree improvement; relationship with forest management and wood utilization objectives.

248 FORESTRY

For. 612 FOREST AND RANGE ECOLOGY (3). Physical factors affecting forest and range plants, plant relationships, impact of management upon wildland plants.

For. 653 FOREST ENTOMOLOGY (3). Important forest insects, their ecology and control.

For. 654 FOREST PATHOLOGY (3). Forest diseases, causes and controls.

For. 674 RECREATION RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (3). Recreational planning for national, regional, and local areas; inventories of recreation resource demand. Fee $5.00.

For. 690 RESEARCH METHODS (3). The scientific method; investigative procedures; formulation of hypotheses; problem selection and analysis; preparation of a research working plan; communi­cation of research results.

For. 695:696 ADVANCED STUDIES IN FORESTRY (3:3). Directed study in a forestry subject-matter field (area to be specified at registration).

For. 698 SEMINAR (1). Reports on individual research or current literature by faculty and graduate students.

For. 699 THESIS (2-9). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

f COLLEGE OF PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

ROBERT L. STEVENS, Assistant Provost

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE • AMERICAN STUDIES ANTHROPOLOGY • APPLIED MATHEMATICS • BIOLOGY (MICROBIOLOGY) • CHEMISTRY • DENTAL HYGIENE ENGLISH • ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE • ENVIRON­MENTAL STUDIES • GEOGRAPHY • HISTORY LINGUISTICS • MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY • NURSING POLITICAL SCIENCE • RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY SOCIAL WORK • SOCIOLOGY • SOUTHWEST STUDIES

TRANSPORTATION

THE COLLEGE OF PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE serves two major functions: the provision of a liberal education for all South Center students, and specialized training for future careers in those areas authorized by the Board of Regents. In providing the liberal education program for South Center students, the College seeks to equip the student for a life-time of learning and personal development with the skills o f critical thinking and analysis, to help him develop a personal moral code necessary for responsible citizenship, and to provide him with an understanding of the society into which he will be graduated. The College also seeks to provide the best possible career preparation in the professional areas for which it is responsible. This is reflected in its facilities, its faculty and its curriculum.

251

252 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

COLLEGE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS In addition to the general university degree requirements, students earning a

degree in the College of Public and Environmental Service must also meet the following standards:

1. Maintain 2.00 grade point average in all courses taken in the major, using no more than two courses with grades of D in meeting the major course require­ments.

2. Earn a mimmum of six units of residence credit in upper division courses in the major fieW as a part o f meeting the University residence requirements.

3. Stwknts earning the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education must fulfill the Grade Point Average requirements for admission into the Teacher Education Program as specified by the Teacher Education Committee.

SPECIAL PROGRAMS

Dental Hygiene The Dental Hygiene program is offered in a two calendar-year or a four-year

curriculum. Successful completion of the two-year program will allow the hygienist to take the State and National Boards. The two-year program graduate is qualified to practice in the private dental office. The graduate from the four-year program will receive a B.S. degree, and he or she can not only practice in the private dental office, but also teach on the college level and participate in administration.

The Dental Hygiene curriculum is in the process of being evaluated by the Council of Dental Education of the American Dental Association. Northern Ari­zona University expects to have an "accreditation eligible" status by September 1973.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Director of the Dental Hygiene Program, Box 15065, Northern Arizona University.

Medical Technology A Medical Technology program leading to a Bachelor of Science Degree with

a major in Microbiology is provided to prepare students for a professional career. Three years are to be spent in residence at Northern Arizona University, and one year is to be spent in a hospital medical technology school. A total of 125 hours must be earned with not more than 32 hours transferred from the hospital school. All degree requirements including Liberal Studies credits and an acceptable grade average must be completed for the degree. Prior to entering the hospital school, the student must obtain permission from the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences to take his senior year in absentia. The hospital school program must be approved by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. When the student has completed the year of internship in the approved hospital school, he will re­quest that a transcript of credits and a statement of recommendation for the de­gree be forwarded from the hospital school to the Registrar o f Northern Arizona University.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Director, Medical Technology Pro­gram, Health Science Center, Box 15045.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 253

Nursing Northern Arizona University offers a program of nursing education that

combines the philosophy of nursing with those of general education in a collegiate environment. The nursing classes include laboratory experience in the hospital where, under the guidance o f a faculty member from the University, the student has experience in giving nursing care. In the University environment, the student majoring in nursing enjoys the many cultural and social opportunities offered to aU students at the University and will share many classes with students in other majors. The Degrees of Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science are offered.

Correspondence should be addressed to Chairman of Nursing.

Radiologic Technology Northern Arizona University offers a program in Radiologic Technology that

combines the fundamentals and techniques of Radiologic T e c l ^ l o g y with a gen­eral college education. The curriculum is relevant to preparation for employment in the various fields of Radiologic Technology, including teaching, departmental supervision and administration. The program, leading to a Bachelor of Science Degree, includes the liberal studies requirements, two interim summers work in the Radiology Department of an affiliated hospital, 57 hours in the major and a total o f 127 hours.

After completion of the Sophomore year, the student will have the subject material, arts and skills necessary to qualify for the American Registry Examina­tion. The student will then have the opticxi to continue his education for the Bachelor, of Science Degree or to seek employment as a Radiologic Technologist in a hospital, clinic, medical office or industry.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Co-ordinator of Radiologic Tech­nology, Box 15075.

Center for Behavioral Science William B. Griff en, EMrector

OBJECTIVES The objectives of the Center for Behavioral Science are to help develop career

programs within the general area o f the Behavioral Sciences; to contribute to the liberal education of students in general; to give training in the fields of Anthropol­ogy, Geography, Sociology, and Linguistics; to provide a firm foundation in the Behavioral Sciences for those students planning on attending graduate school.

AREAS OF ACADEMIC EMPHASIS The programs developed by the Center are designed to be as broadly based

as possible. Inasmuch as the Southwestern region of the United States is the setting (as well as often servmg as a laboratory), these programs are particularly valuable for persons who plan to reside and make a living in the general region. MAJORS: The Bachelor's degree can be earned in one of the three fields of Anthropology, Geography, or Sociology (the M.S. degree may be earned in An­thropology only).

254 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

SPECIAL PROGRAMS: The Center for Behavioral Science offers interdepartmental programs with the following emphases:

Community Development and Community Resources Community Services Environmental Impact Studies and Environmental Planning Recreation and Land Management Community Health and Mental Health Regional Planning Studies of Southwestern and North Mexican Ethnic Groups Industrial Relations Human Resource Development Probation and Correction Students desiring information about these special programs should consult with

the Director of Behavioral Science. MINORS AND AREAS OF EMPHASIS: Supporting programs in various career fields are offered for several areas, including:

Business Nursing and Health Services English as a Second Language Education Modern Languages Journalism Police Science.

The Center for Behavioral Science carries on cooperative programs with other departments and organizations on and off campus. In support of the broadly oriented activities of the Center, students are encouraged to carry out course work, in accordance with their own programs, in neighboring disciplines such as Biology, Economics, History, Political Science and Psychology.

Programs are also being developed to allow students to alternate between at­tending classes on campus for one or two years or working off-campus for a year or two under the career ladder concept.

ANTHROPOLOGY PROFESSORS: D. Seaman; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: R. Ambler, W. Griffen, C. Griffith, C. Hoffman, K. Pearson; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: R. Fidler, J. Wood; INSTRUCTORS: R. Breunig, G. Kelly; LECTURER: A. Lindsay.

OBJECTIVES of the Anthropology Department are to provide the potential anthro­pologist with an integrated knowledge of the basic data, methods, and theory of physical anthropology, archaeology, ethnography, ethnology, and linguistics; to provide all students with a general intellectual cultural background against which to evaluate and interpret the behavior, institutions, and biological makeup of men in past and present societies around the world, as well as to show the relationship between anthropology and the sister disciplines and anthropology's place within the general Western European intellectual tradition; to provide students in disci­plines closely related to anthropology as well as prospective public school social science teachers with some of the basic perspectives of general anthropology.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts

MAJOR: The major requires 35 hours of anthropology. These must include Anth. 220, 221, 250, 251, 260, 261, 270, 271, with the remaining nine hours of electives selected with the approval of the advisor.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 255

MINOR: The minor of 18 hours requires any three of the following four courses: 220, 250, 260, 270, with the remaining hours selected within the Department of Anthropology.

Bachelor of Science MAJOR: The major requires 35 hours of anthropology courses. Students who enter the Bachelor of Science program may choose one of the four options or emphases listed below:

Ethnology: A student selecting an emphasis in ethnology must take Anth. 220, 221, 250 or 251, 260, 261, 270 or 271. Another 16 hours of electives within the de­partment must be chosen in consultation with his major advisor.

Archaeology: A student choosing an emphasis in archaeology must take Anth. 220 or 221, 250, 251, 260, 261, 270 or 271, and the remaining 16 hours with the approval of his advisor.

Physical Anthropology: A student selecting a concentration in physical anthropology is required to take Anth. 220 or 221, three courses (nine hours) from the following four courses: 250, 251, 260, and 261, plus 270 and 271. The remaining 15 hours must be chosen within the department with the approval of the advisor.

Linguistics: A student choosing a focus in linguistics must take Anth. 220, 221, 250 or 251, 260, 261, 270 or 271, and 391-392. Another 13 hours of electives within the department must be selected in consultation with the student's advisor.

MINOR: Same as Bachelor of Arts.

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Anthropology offers courses leading to the Master of Arts degree. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Anth. 151 GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY: ORIGIN AND ANTIQUITY OF MAN (3). Introduction to human evolution, primates, fossil man, race, population genetics, and the development of culture.

Anth. 152 GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY: SOCIAL AND CULTURAL SYSTEMS (3). Introduction to culture and society: Technology, social organizations, and ideology. For Liberal Studies credit only.

Anth. 220:221 SURVEY or LINGUISTICS (3:3). See Ling. 220:221.

Anth. 250 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Method, theory, goals and history of archaeology as a subdiscipline of anthropology. Anth. 251 WORLD ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Archaeology and culture evolution of the world, from the early Pleistocine to the rise of true civilizations. Anth. 260 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3). An introduction to the principles of social and cultural systems: technology, social organization, ideology. Anth. 261 COMPARATIVE CULTURAL SYSTEMS (3). A comparison of the structure and content of different types of societies and cultures of the world. Anth. 270 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY I (4). Comparative primate anatomy and behavior, primate and human paleontology, evolution of man. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Anth. 271 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY II (4). Evolutionary trends in modern man. biology to contemporary population, population genetics. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Anth. 270. Anth 291 COMMUNITY ETHNOLOGY (3). Introduction to different types of communities; cross-cultural analysis of cultural processes at different levels of community life; the nature of com­munity development and other kinds of change programs, and their analysis and evaluation. Anth 301 PEOPLE OF THE WORLD (3). Ethnographic survey of selected native peoples and cultures of the world. For Liberal Studies credit only.

256 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

Anth. 311 ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD TECHNIQUES (4). Techniques of archaeological survey, exca­vation, data recording, artifact recovery, mapping, photography, and field interpretations. 3 hrs, lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Anth. 250.

Anth. 312 ARCHAEOLOGICAL LABORATORY ANALYSIS (4). Techniques of preservation, restoration, and cataloging of specimens; data analysis; report preparation. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Pre­requisite: Anth. 311.

Anth. 320 OLD WORLD ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Prehistoric and early historic archaeology of a specific area of the Old World: Africa, The Near East, Asia, or Europe. May be taken for a maximum of 6 hrs. credit.

Anth. 325 NEW WORLD ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Prehistoric and early historic archaeology of either North America or South America. May be taken for a maximum of 6 hrs. credit.

Anth. 369 CULTURAL LINGUISTICS (3). Introduction to language and linguistics; origin, evolution, and nature of world languages; the relationship of language and culture. Cross listing: Ling. 369. For Liberal Studies credit only.

Anth. 371 WORLD AREA STUDIES (3). The anthropology of selected areas. It will include an ethno-graphic survey of traditional and contemporary societies in Asia, Africa, Oceania, and other regions of die world. May be taken for a maximum of 9 hours credit.

Anth. 375 NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN CULTURES (3). Ethnographic survey of Indian societies in the United States and Canada, their cultural and linguistic development and current status.

Anth. 376 T H E CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES INDIAN (3). Inquiry into the adaptation of Indian societies to United States culture. For Liberal Studies credit only.

Anth. 391:392 LINGUISTIC PHONOLOGY AND GRAMMAR (3:3). First semester, sound systems of major European languages, including theory and practice in sound articulation and discrimination. Second semester, morphology and syntax, with emphasis upon the grammatical systems of major European languages. First semester not prerequisite to the second. Three hours credit may be applied toward a major in any modem foreign language. Cross listing: Ling. 391-392.

Anth. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE (1). See page 91.

Anth. 419 MUSEUM METHODS (4). Survey of museum history and organization; application of registration, conservation, exhibition methods in museum, classroom, and community. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab.

Anth. 428:429 LATIN AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (3:3). First semester, cultural survey and insti­tutional analysis of contemporary Indian and folk societies of South America. Second semester, Mexico and Central America.

Anth. 430 PEASANT CULTURES (3). Social, technological, and ideological characteristics of world peasantry; peasants as a non-historical structural type.

Anth. 433 POLITICAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Analysis of political structure and processes in different types of societies.

Anth. 434 CULTURAL ECOLOGY (3). The description and analysis of cultural systems and their relation to various features of their environments: physical, biological, and socio-cultural.

Anth. 435 ECONOMIC ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Analysis of economic processes in different types of societies: systems of production, distribution and consumption.

Anth. 436 ANTHROPOLOGY OF RELIGION (3). Anthropological analysis and comparison of religions in selected literate and non-literate cultures.

Anth. 447 COMPARATIVE ENCULTURATION (3). Cross-cultural child rearing and education practices.

Anth. 475 EVOLUTIONARY ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Special topics in physical anthropology, including population genetics, population ecology, demography, quantitative methods, primatology, human paleontology, osteology, paleopathology, and other related topics. Either 3 hrs. lecture, or 2 hrs. lecture, and 2 hrs. lab. When applicable, fee for lab. $8.00. Prerequisite: Anth. 270 or 271.

Anth. 481 APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Anthropological methods and principles applied to prob­lems of cross-cultural communication and socio-cultural change; directed socio-cultural change, community development, medical anthropology, and other topics.

Anth. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6).

Graduate Courses Anth. 510 INTENSIVE STUDY AREAS (3). Intensive study into areas of social structure, social organi­zation, ethnological theory, and related subjects.

Anth. 515:516 SOUTHWEST ETHNOLOGY (3:3). Survey of Southwest Indian cultures and of their im­mediate historical antecedents. First semester, focus on pueblo cultures. Second semester, non-pueblo cultures.

Anth. 518 SOUTHWEST ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Origins, characteristics, and relationships of the prehistoric cultures of the American Southwest.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 257

Anth. 600 CORE SEMINAR (3). Examination of the development, basic concepts, and recent trends in the interrelated fields of modem anthropology; emphasis on recent literature and preparation of reports on selected problems.

Anth. 612:613 LINGUISTICS FOR TEACHERS (3:3). See Ling. 612:613.

Anth. 638 PSYCHOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Studies of cultural influences upon personality and the individual's impact upon society.

Anth. 640 SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY (2). Discussion and analysis of the focal theoretical issues in physical anthropology, cultural andiropology, linguistics, and archaeology. Prerequisite: Anth. 600. Cross listing: Ling. 640.

Anth. 645 CULTURE CHANGE (3). Anthropological approaches in the study of processes of social and cultural change.

Anth. 646 INDIAN EDUCATION (3). Problems confronting teachers of Southwestern Indian stu­dents; Indian cultural patterns, values, and inter-cultural adjustment.

Anth. 660 SELECTED ADVANCED TOPICS (2). Examination of specific topical and areal problems in physical anthropology, cultural anthropology, linguistics, and archaeology. Prerequisite: Anth. 600.

Anth. 665 RESEARCH METHODS (3). Practical evaluation of an experience with methods of ethnol­ogical, archaeological, physical anthropological, or linguistic field work, analysis, and date presentation. May be taken for a maximum of 6 credit hours as the course content changes.

Anth. 680 INTERDISCIPLINARY SEMINAR (2). Lectures and discussions by anthropologists and professionals from related disciplines; a review of accomplishments and prospects. Prerequisite: Anth. 600.

Anth. 697 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ANTHROPOLOGY (2).

Anth. 699 THESIS (4). Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

Anth. 704 ANTHROPOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3). Anthropological concepts as they apply to educational principles.

GEOGRAPHY ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: G. Berlin, J. Duncklee, R. Ives, H. Salisbury, Co­ordinator, S. Swarts. OBJECTIVES of the Geography program are to lead the student to an understand­ing of the earth as the world of man, with particular reference to the differentiation and integration of places; to prepare students for professional careers in geography; and to provide courses for a teaching major in geogaphy.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: 35 hours are required including Geog. 250, 251, 303, 406, and 421. In addition, the student will select at least 12 hours from Geog. 254, 320, 321, 401, 402, 411, and 412. Additional hours are to be selected with the approval of the advisor. MINOR: 18 hours are required including Geog. 250, 251, 303. Additional hours are to be selected with the approval of the advisor.

Bachelor of Science in Education MAJOR: 35 hours are required including, Geog. 250, 251, 303, 421. Additional hours are to be selected with the approval of the advisor.

MINOR: 20 hours are required including Geog. 250, 251, 303. Additional hours are to be selected with the approval of the advisor. Elementary Education Content Emphasis: 15 hours are required. See under College of Education for details.

258 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ckog. 250 PHYSICAL ELEMENTS (4). Study of the elements of the physical elements and their system relations. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 55.00.

Ck-og. 251 CULTURAL ELEMENTS (3). The theory of geographical inquiry and fundamental socio-cultural distributions. Fee 52.00.

Ckog. 252 REGIONAL PROBLEMS IN ANGLO-AMERICA (3). Denotation and analysis of the principal geographic regions; special emphasis on selected regional problems.

Ckog. 254 ECONOMIC ACTIVITY (3). The spatial distribution and interrelationships of economic activity.

Ckog. 303:304 CARTOGRAPHY (3:3). First semester, interpretation and analysis of maps, charts, and remote sensing imagery. Fee 53.00. Second semester, theory and construction of map pro­jections; compilation, generalization, and symbolization in map making. Fee 55.00.

Ck-og. 320 REMOTE SENSING TECHNIQUES (4). Principles of electromagnetic radiation and remote sensing data analyses. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee 55.00.

Ckog. 321 POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY (3). Principles and theories; emphasis on contemporary prob­lems in domestic and international affairs.

Ckog. 401 URBAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION (3). Origin, development, distribution, and regional variations of cities; theoretical considerations of internal structure and function.

Ckog. 402 GEOGRAPHY OF AGRICULTURE (3). Spatial variations of the various types of world agri­cultural systems; areal differentiation of processes and results on the physical landscape. Fee $3.00.

Ckog. 406:407 WEATHER AND CLIMATE (3:3). First semester, fundamental properties and proces-sesses of the atmosphere. Fee 52.00. Second semester, macro and micro climates, and introduction to forecasting. Fee 52.00.

Ckog. 411 PROSEMINAR IN PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY (3:3:3). Prerequisite: Relevant introductory courses in geography.

Ckog. 412 PROSEMINAR IN CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY (3:3:3). Prerequisites: Relevant introductory courses in geography.

Geog. 421 FIELD ANALYSIS (3). Geographic analyses of small areas. Fee 520.00.

Ckog. 440 WORLD REGIONAL PATTERNS (3). Basic physical and cultural elements and their inte­gration on a world regional basis. Not avilable for credit in major or minor programs in geography. Not open to students who have taken Geog. 250 or Geog. 251. Fee $1-00.

Ckog. 452 REGIONAL PROBLEMS IN MIDDLE AMERICA (3). Mexico, Central America, and the Carib­bean lands; emphasis on geographic factors in contemporary problems,

Ckog. 453 REGIONAL PROBLEMS IN SOUTH AMERICA (3). Lands south of Panama; emphasis on geo­graphic factors in contemporary problems.

Ckog. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY

Graduate Courses CEog. 504 ARID LANDS (3). Comparative analysis of the world's dry lands.

CEog. 505 HUMID TROPICS (3). Comparative analysis of the world's wet tropical regions.

Geog. 525 ARIZONA AND THE SOUTHWEST (3). Regional analysis of the southwestern United States. Fee $10.00

Ceog. 621 GEOGRAPHY OF EMERGING NATIONS (3). Factors restricting the entrance of under­developed countries into the technologically advanced world.

Ceog. 655 GEOGRAPHICAL ASPECTS OF CONTEMPORARY AFFAIRS (3). Consideration of the geographical bases of contemporary world problems. For Liberal Studies credit only.

LINGUISTICS OBJECTIVES: The interdepartmental offerings in Linguistics seek to provide both undergraduate and graduate instruction for students who are interested in the historical development of a particular language or language family or in the relation between a language and the literature composed in that language; who seek to understand language as a part of culture or language as a kind of behavior, who are concerned with the physical science of acoustics and the biological sciences of anatomy and physiology as these are related to phonetics, who may desire to apply

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 259

engineering science to fields as far apart as language pedagogy and mechanical translation, and, finally, who have an interest in linguistics as a formal science in its own right, related to mathematics and formal logic.

MINOR PROGRAM: An area studies minor in Linguistics is offered for either Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science candidates. See Area Studies Minors for details.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ling. 220:221 SURVEY OF LINGUISTICS (3:3). First semester, descriptive linguistics analysis. Second semester, comparative linguistics and field techniques. First semester not prerequisite to second. Cross listing: Anth. 220:221.

Engl. 318 ENGLISH LINGUISTICS (3). See English courses.

Engl. 328 ENGLISH GRAMMARS (3). See English courses.

Ling. 369 CULTURAL LINGUISTICS (3). See Anth. 369.

Anth. 391:392 LINGUISTIC PHONOLOGY AND GRAMMAR (3:3). See Anth. 391:392.

Graduate Courses Engl. 518 STUDIES IN CURRENT ENGLISH USAGE (3). See English courses.

Engl. 528 STUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUACE (3). See English courses.

Ling. 578 METHODOLOGY IN ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUACE (3). See Engl. 578.

Ling. 612:613 LINGUISTICS FOR TEACHERS (3:3). Introduction to general linguistics with particu­lar reference to applied linguistics in the teaching of bilingual students. First semester, intro­duction to linguistic science and descriptive analysis. Second semester, language evolution and professional applications. First semester not prerequisite to the second. Cross listing: Anth. 612:613.

Eng. 618 T H E PHONOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY OF ENGLISH (3). See English courses.

Engl. 628 STRUCTURAL GRAMMAR (3). See English courses.

Eng. 638 TRANSFORMATIONAL GRAMMAR (3). See English courses.

SOCIOLOGY PROFESSOR: E. Rybnicek; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: M. Estes, Chairman; AS­SISTANT PROFESSORS: M. Allen, W. Conway, M. Kanan, F. Karlstrom, M. Nelson, J. Teubner, H. Widdison; INSTRUCTORS: W. Hunt, M, Laner.

OBJECTIVES: The program is designed to instruct future sociologists; to prepare practitioners in the various social services; to develop in all students a general sociological understanding and perspective with which to evaluate, understand, and interpret the behavior of individuals and groups in society, and rapid contemporary social change.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: 35 semester hours are required including Soc. 153, 215, 303, 346, 347, Math. 270; additional hours are to be selected with the approval of the advisor. Students planning graduate work in sociology should include Soc. 401 and either Soc. 402 or 485 in their program.

MINOR: 18 semester hours in sociology are required including Soc. 153, 215, and 303. Additional hours are to be selected with the approval of the advisor. EXTENDED MAJOR: 53 semester hours in sociology and related areas are re­quired in a coherent program designed to meet the needs of an individual student The program includes the requirements listed under the major program above.

260 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

In addition to the basic sociology curriculum, programs in applied sociology are available and are designed to provide the student with opportunities to under­stand and apply problem-solving processes within a community context, to under­stand problems and population groups of special concern to human service organiza­tions, and to participate as an intern in a community service setting. The follow­ing emphases in applied sociology are offered.

Corrections program. The. program is designed to prepare students for careers with federal, state, local, or private correctional agencies concerned with the prevention and treatment of crime and delinquency. Of special concern are those agencies working with and organizing services for law violators, parolees, drug abusers, and others defined as community problems.

A student selecting an emphasis in corrections will take the basic courses listed above for all majors and 20 additional hours in sociology including Soc. 405, 408, 432, 450, and 451. If the student elects the extended major with an emphasis in corrections, he will take 18 additional hours of supporting work, which must in­clude a minimum of 9 hours in law enforcement.

Community Resources. The program is designed for those seeking careers in com­munity planning and development, health planning and the organization of health services, and any community service systems requiring persons skilled in analysis, evaluation, proposal development, research and report writing.

A student selecting an emphasis in community resources will take the bas courses listed above for the major and 20 additional hours of sociology, includin Soc. 343, 405, 406, 408, and 432. An extended major is recommended to e courage supporting work in related disciplines.

Social Work. The program is designed to provide the student with an understan ing of the social work processes as they apply to various client systems, give him an opportunity to acquire the beginning abilities to participate in several social work roles appropriate to the interventive task of the change agent, and enable him to prepare for career entry positions in public and private social service agen­cies.

A student selecting an emphasis in social work will normally take the basic courses for the major listed above, plus Soc. 406, 6 hours of Soc. 408, Psyc. 275, and 6 hours of Anthropology (selected from Anth. 200, 260, 375, 447, 481, and other courses approved by the advisor).

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 151 MAN IS HIS SOCIAL WORLD (3). Basic elements of human society; human groups, culture, social institutions; use of basic concepts in analysis of social behavior. Not open to Sociology majors or minors.

Sot. 153 SOCIAL ORGANIZATION (3). Analysis of structure and dynamics of social systems; how social systems are formed, maintained and changed.

Soc. 209 AMERICAN SOCIETY AND THE INDIAN AMERICAN (3). The role, status and image of the Native American; problems arising from cultural conflicts between diverse values and life styles; the emerging function of the Urban Indian; existing adjustments, both social and political; emphasis on Indians of the Southwest.

Soc. 210 RACIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITIES (3). Characteristics of minority/dominant relation­ships, their formation, stabilization, and modification in terms of discrimination, segregation, conflict, power and assimilation.

Soc. 215 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION (3). Types and consequences of social inequality; social class, status, and power as determinants of behavior, values, and life chances; social mobility in modern society.

Soc. 300 CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3). Selected social problems in contemporary Am­erican society. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Soc. 303 SYMBOLIC INTERACTION (3). Individual behavior in social interaction; social attraction, the development of the self, compliance, social influence, interaction in small group contexts.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 261

Soc 312 THE FAMILY (3). Processes in courtship, marriage and the family in contemporary America; cross and sub-cultural comparison of family structure and socialization processes;

historical antecedents and alternative systems.

Soc. 318 SOCIOLOGY OF ORGANIZATION AND INDUSTRY (3). Analysis of the nature of organizations; major work roles, labor unions; theoretical models; bureaucracy in modern society.

Soc. 320 SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH SERVICES (3). Health care from the sociological perspective, with special emphasis on the patient as a person in an overall life situation; place of medicine in society; the social organization of health care; the social rules and roles of health; special concerns of medicine, nursing, and health.

Soc. 342 URBAN SOCIOLOGY (3). Analysis of urbanization and its consequences.

Soc. 313 COMMUNITY PROCESSES (3). Community as a social system; emphasis on problem-solving processes.

Soc. 346 SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3). Development of sociological theory and its relation to research; formulation and criticism of theory.

Soc. 317 RESEARCH METHODS (3). Exercise in hypothesis construction and testing, design of experiments, collection and analysis of social data, presentation of research results.

Soc. 401 ADVANCED SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3). Emergence of sociology; development of con­temporary theories; trends in theory formation and analysis; discussion and critical evaluation of contemporary theory. Prerequisite: Soc, 346. Soc. 402 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS (3). Advanced methods applied to social data; analysis of problems and methods of sociological research; methods ol measurement; introduction to com­puter methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 347.

Soc. 405 PROBLEMS IN INTERVENTION (3). Techniques of intervention in solution of social prob­lems; application of sociological principles in their solution, analysis of success and failure in intervention.

Soc. 406 COMMUNITY AGENCIES AND RESOURCES (3). Sociological perspectives on social service agencies, community resources and client groups. Prerequisite: 9 hrs. in Sociology.

Soc. 408 FIELD METHODS AND EXPERIENCE (1-12). Supervised field experience in an appropriate agency or organization. May be taken for a maximum of 12 hrs. credit.

Soc. 420 SOCIOLOGY OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT (3). Community, class, peer group and family influ­ences on child development; social structure and emerging personal organization.

Soc. 430 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY (3). Sociological analysis of the political order relating political behavior to social contexts and social structure. Cross listing: P.S. 430.

Soc. 432 SOCIOLOGY OF THE DISADVANTAGED (3). Application of sociological principles and under­standing to disadvantaged groups; sociological analysis of problems of education and participation in the larger society.

Soc. 441 POPULATION, DEMOGRAPHY AND ECOLOGY (3). Basic demographic processes and their relationship to social and cultural influences; methods and theories of sociology applied to the study of the vital processes; spatial arrangements in society and the spatial aspects of population phenomena.

Soc. 450:451 CRIME, LAW, AND SOCIETY I (3). First semester, the social bases of origin and development of law, the measurement and distribution of crime in society; social structural in­fluences on crime rates. Second semester, social psychology of crime; dynamics of the criminal justice system. Soc. 456 SOCIOLOGY OF MENTAL HEALTH (3). Social conditions pertaining to mental illness; survey of sociological theory and research on mental disturbance, its treatment, and societal efforts to cope with this disorder. Soc. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91.

Soc. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Soc. 499 CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN SOCIOLOGY (1-3). See page 91.

Graduate Courses Soc. 600 SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY (3). May be repeated for a maximum of 12 hrs. credit.

Soc. 610 SEMINAR IN ACTION SOCIOLOGY (3). Contemporary social and community action programs and their relationship to sociological theory; development ol propsed programs. May be repeated for a maximum ol 6 hrs. credit. Soc. 631 GROUP STRUCTURE AND BEHAVIOR (3). Relationship between the individual and the social system with emphasis on contexts within which interpersonal behavior occurs; the small group, the large scale organization, the community, and the society.

Soc. 632 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION (3). Educational system and the larger society; education as a social system; implications for teachers and administrators.

262 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

Soc. 640 T H E SOCIOLOGICAL IMAGINATION (3). Interplay of man and society, of self and world; existential basis of thought and ideas; belief system including ideology, science and religion; development of C. Wright Mills' "The Sociological Imagination". A Liberal Studies course.

Soc. 645 SOCIOLOGICAL CONCEPTS (3). Application of fundamental concepts in sociology; develop­ment of sociological perspectives. A Liberal Studies course.

Soc. 703 SOCIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3). The institutional order; belief systems and ideologies; the normative system, roles, and status; problems of institutional order; relation to curriculum and administration.

Center for Health Sciences The Health Science Center offers many areas of study for students who are

interested in one or more of the allied health professions. The curricula are care­fully designed to provide an educational experience which is relevant to the pro­fessional needs of the student, and to his eventual participation as an educated citizen in our society. Since an appreciation of technical competence and pro­fessional conduct accompanies the intellectual growth and maturity of the indi­vidual, a clinical internship is an integral part of some programs which require registration or certification.

AREAS OF ACADEMIC EMPHASIS The Center for Health Sciences offers programs of study in Dental Technol­

ogy, Medical Technology, Microbiology, Nursing and Radiological Technology.

BIOLOGY (MICROBIOLOGY) ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: W. Appelgren, Co-ordinator, ASSISTANT PROFES­SOR: P. Holmgren, D. Leong.

OBJECTIVES: The offerings in microbiology are designed to prepare students for microbiological careers in education, government, and industry; to provide knowl­edge to serve the needs of students within the environmental and health sciences; and to supply an understanding of the important role of microbes in biological research and human welfare.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MAJOR IN MICROBIOLOGY: A minimum of 30 semester hours is required which will include Biol. 250, Mbio. 231, 255, 355, 401, and 485 or 497. Additional hours are selected with the approval of an advisor. Also required are Math. 112, 270, Chem .304, 304L, 330, Env.S. 301 or 302.

MAJOR IN MICROBIOLOGY (Medical Technology Emphasis): Students who plan to receive a B. S. degree from N.A.U. after completing a year of clinical intern­ship at an approved hospital are required to complete a 24 semester hour micro­biology-biology program. Required for the major are Biol. 135, 136 or 235, 250, 475, Mbio. 255, 355, 401. Required for the minor are Chem. 101, 102, 151, 152, 251, 260, 304, 304L, 330. Also required is Math. 112, plus one year of clinical medical technology training.

MINOR IN MICROBIOLOGY: A minimum of 18 semester hours is required which will include Mbio. 205 or 255, 231, and 401. An additional 7 hours of microbiology or biology are selected with the approval of an advisor.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 263

GRADUATE DEGREES The Department of Biological Science offers courses leading to the Master of Science degree in Biology or the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Biology with an emphasis in Microbiology. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

DESCRIPTION OP COURSES Mbiol. 205 ELEMENTS IN MICROBIOLOGY (4). Pathogenic and parasitic microbes, their identity and characteristics combined with fundamentals of epidemiology and public health. May not be used for credit in any major biological science program. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Pre­requisite: One year of high-school biology and chemistry.

Mbio, 231 MYCOLOGYPhycology (3). Introduction to various groups of fungi and algae, their morphology, physiology, and biological significance with laboratory emphasis on isolation and identification. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00 Prerequisite: One semester of biology or microbiology and one semester of chemistry with laboratory or an equivalent background. Cross listing: Biol. 231..

Mbio. 235 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY (4). Fundamental concepts of microbiology with emphasis on the anatomy, metabolism, genetics, and ecology of bacteria. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: One semester of biology and one semester of chemistry with laboratory.

Mbio. 355 MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY (4). Medical aspects of microbiology with laboratory emphasis on isolation and identification techniques for pathogenic bacteria. 2 hrs. lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Mbio. 255 and one year of chemistry with laboratory.

Mbio. 401 IMMUNOLOGY (4). Theory and principles of immunity with laboratory emphasis on diagnostic methods for the detection of microbial and viral infections in man. 2 hrs. lecture. 6 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisites: Mbio. 255, Chem. 260 or Chem. 271-272.

Mbio. 470 MICROBIAL ECOLOGY (3). Interaction of bacteria, fungi, and algae in their environment involving species diversity, population regulation, and community dynamics of aquatic and ter­restrial forms. 2 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Mbio. 231, 255.

Mbio. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (l-3). See page 91.

Mbio. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91.

Mbio. 502 VIROLOGY (4). Biophysical and biochemical characteristics of mammalian, plant, and microbial viruses, mechanisms of infectivity, viral induced neoplasms; laboratory emphasis on the activities of bacteriphage as a model system. 2 hrs. lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Fee 510.00. Prerequi­site: Mbio. 401, Chem, 304, 304L, or 513.

DENTAL HYGIENE DIRECTOR: J. McClure; INSTRUCTORS: K. Brown, M. McNeill.

OBJECTIVES: The offering in Dental Hygiene is designed to prepare students to enter careers in education or private practice, and to appreciate the important role of Dental Health in human welfare.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

Prerequisites to admission to the baccalaureate program are the following: (1) Graduation from a high-school program with at least one year of chemistry and biology or the equivalent; (2) successful completion of the A.CT. or S.A.T. (see page 63); (3) satisfactory interview with the Admission Committee for the Dental Hygiene Program. If the applicant has a minimum of 32 hours of college credits in similar or equiva­lent subject matter to that contained in the Freshman year curriculum, the appli­cant, if selected, may enter the program on the Sophomore level. MAJOR IN DENTAL HYGIENE: A minimum of 51 semester hours of Dental Hygiene is required which will include D.Hyg. 100, 101, 102, 111, 112, 200, 202, 220 222 242, 250, 300, 301, 302, 400, 410, 420, 430. Also required are Chem. 105, 260, 15l, 250; Biol. 135, 136, and Mbio. 205; H.E. 136, Hper. 230.

264 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

MAJOR IN DENTAL HYGIENE (Education Emphasis): In addition to the courses listed above, students who plan to teach in Dental Hygiene should take Educ. 200, 322, 330, 430, 495, and Ed. Ps. 225 for certification. A high school graduate with a minimum of one year of chemistry and biology or its equivalent may apply. However, because of the anticipated number of applicants in relation­ship to the number of students to be admitted, it is recommended that the appli­cant complete one year of college prior to making application for the program.

A minimum of 39 semester hours of Dental Hygiene is required which include: D. Hyg. 101, 102, 111, 112, 200, 202, 220, 222, 242, 250 300 301,302" also requiredareBioLi35,136,205;Hper.230;H.E. 136;Chem. 105,151, 160,250.

For information about entrance requirements, fees, and deadlines, the candidate should write to the Director of the Dental Hygiene Program, Box 15065, Northern Arizona University. The deadline for submission of credentials is April 1 preceding the academic year of actual admittance. This is a two calendar-year program involving two summers (20 weeks).

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - D. Hyg. 100 ORIENTATION (2). Survey of Dental Hygiene, Dentistry, and related professions;

personal and oral health; introduction to patient education.

D. Hyg. 101 PRECLINICAL DENTAL HYGIENE (2). Introduction to the clinical skills of dental hygiene. Prerequisite: D. Hyg. 100.

D. Hyg. 102 CLINICAL DENTAL HYGIENE (3). Techniques of oral hygiene procedure in a clinical environment. Prerequisite: D. Hyg. 101.

D. Hyg. 110 ORAL ANATOMY (3). Morphology of tooth structure.

D. Hyg. 111 DENTAL ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY (3). Anatomy of head and neck with emphasis on oral structures and their functions.

D. Hyg. 112 ORAL RADIOGRAPHY (2). The physics of radiography, the operation of the X-ray machine and the practice of taking and developing dental X-rays.

D. Hyg. 121 INTRODUCTION TO DENTAL ASSISTING (3). Detailed study of art of Dental Assisting.

D. Hyg. 131 CLINICAL DENTAL ASSISTING I (3). Supervised clinical practice of dental assisting in selected facilities.

D. Hyg. 132 CLINICAL DENTAL ASSISTING II (3). Supervised clinical practice of dental assisting in selected facilities. Prerequisite: D. Hyg. 131.

D. Hyg. 200 INTEGRATIVE DENTAL HYGIENE I (3). Integration of dental hygiene sciences with experi­ences in clinical procedures.

D. Hyg. 202 INTEGRATIVE DENTAL HYGIENE II (4). Continuation of Integrative Dental Hygiene I. Prerequisite: D. Hyg. 200.

D. Hyg. 210 HISTOLOGY (3). Introductory study of cells, tissues, and organ systems of the human Ixxiy, with emphasis on oral structures.

D. Hyg. 212 ORAL PATHOLOGY (3). Introduction to general pathology; pathology of diseases affecting the teeth and their supporting structures; oral manifestations of systemic distrubances.

D. Hyg. 220 DENTAL MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES (2). A survey of materials used in dentistry.

D. Hyg. 222 DENTAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH EDUCATION (2). Teaching of dental health; methods and materials; theory and practice of preventive dentistry and public health. Open to dental hygiene students with 30 hours in the dental hygiene curriculum.

D. Hyg. 230 ORAL DENTAL MEDICINE (2). Diagnosis and recognition of the nature and cause of the disease process; principles of treatment; diagnosis, etiology, prevention and control of diseases of teeth, their surroundings and supporting structures; relation of dental to total health.

D. Hyg. 240 DENTAL HYGIENE SEMINAR (Cr.). Attendance at one-day dental hygiene seminar (presented annually between fall and spring semesters. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.

D. Hyg. 212 PRACTICE MANAGEMENT AND ETHICS (2). The principles of professional ethics; the laws and regulations related to dentistry; essentials of office management, record keeping and practice building.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 265

D. Hyg. 250 INTRODUCTION TO SPEECH PATHOLOGY (3). Introduct ion to general pathology; pathology of deseases affecting teeth and their suppor t ing structures; oral manifestations of systemic dktrubances .

D. Hyg. 300 PHARMACOLOGY (3). An introduct ion in to the theory of opera t ion a n d practice in pharmacology as it relates to the dental sciences.

D. Hyg. 301 PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY I (3). T h e concepts of preventive dentistry procedures utilized with the individual pat ient are studied and appl ied to clinical s i tua t ions .

D. Hyg. 302 PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY II (3). T h e concepts of preventive dentistry and publ ic health studied in relation to contemporary problems affecting the dental heal th of people wi th in the communi ty . Prerequisite: D. Hyg. 301.

D. Hyg. 400 SEMINAR (2). Critical analysis of literature in the heal th and educat ion profes­sions. Prerequisite: Ed. Fd. 310, permission of instructor.

D. Hyg. 410 DENTAL H E A L T H EDUCATION METHODS (3). T h e selection, analysis and use of effective dental health education media for individuals and groups .

D. Hyg. 420 ADVANCED CLINICAL DENTAL HYGIENE {3). Instruction a n d practice in current perio­

dontal , radiographic, hospi ta l and geriatric dental hygiene procedures.

D. Hyg. 430 INTRODUCTORY DENTAL HYGIENE TEACHING INTERNSHIP (3). Techn iques of preclinical

instruction of dental hygiene with practice in teaching and evaluat ing laboratory performances of students.

NURSING ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: R. Clegg, Chairman, B. Cousin; ASSISTANT PRO­FESSORS: C. Gard, R. Gieske; INSTRUCTORS: I. Karons, E. Rossi, J. Woodall.

OBJECTIVES: For the Associate of Science Program the aims of the Department of Nursing are to prepare the student to perform nursing activities at the technical level with competence and compassion and to provide such learning experiences as will assist him to function at the highest level of his potential.

For the Baccalaureate Program it is the department's goal to enable the student to develop the abilities to assess the individual's health needs, establish priorities of intervention, provide safe competent, compassionate nursing care until the person can care for himself, make appropriate referrals when indicated, and effectively utilize the concept of the therapeutic self; to evaluate this assessment and intervention in terms of the patient's needs, choose among alternatives, and accept accountability for his actions; to recognize the individual's consistent striv­ing toward psychological, physiological, social, and affectional equilibrium and to conceptualize the goal-directed interrelatedness, and meaningfulness of all be­havior; to develop cognizance of his role in the maintenance of the optimum level of health for the individual and community of mankind and to become an active change agent in the restructuring of health delivery systems within the community; to recognize this responsibility in the development of nursing knowledge and prac­tice by the utilization of research methods and results, and the encouragement of experimentation and verification; to assume responsibilities of leadership and decision making not only within the hospital but in other health delivery systems; to employ the theory of group dynamics to promote the welfare of the individual, family, community, and profession.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Associate of Science

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE: A student must apply to and be ac­cepted by the Department of Nursing prior to fall admission to the University. The deeree requires completion of the following courses: Engl. 102, 103, Soc. 151, Psvc 151 Biol 135, 136, Mbio. 205, H.E. 136, Ed.CI. 305, and Nurs. 101, 102, 201 202' 203, 204, 205 for a total of 69 hours. Nursing courses comprise 39 hours of'the program and non-nursing courses 30 hours.

266 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

Bachelor of Science in Nursing ADMISSION TO DEGREE PROGRAM: A student must apply to and be ac­cepted by the Department of Nursing prior to fall admission to the University. Prerequisites to admission to the program are the following: 1. graduation from an approved associate degree program or a diploma program in nursing; 2. pos­session of a license as a Registered Nurse; 3. completion of 60 semester hours of college courses distributed as follows: 12 hours of biological sciences, 9 hours of behavioral sciences, 6 hours of communication skills, 30 hours of nursing, and 3 hours of electives; 4. successful completion of examinations as specified by the Department of Nursing; 5. submission of Arizona State Board Test Pool Examina­tion scores.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: The degree requires 132 hours including the follow­ing courses: Psyc. 302, Ch.Ph. 1 l l , Nurs. 301, 302, 303, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 497, and 15 hours of electives selected according to the student's anticipated vocational goals.

Students who do not satisfactorily complete the admission requirements in Nurs­ing may take Nurs. 206 Guided Study in Nursing (1-6 hours). This course is de­signed to provide core curriculum requirements in Nursing for the individual stu­dent who has not practiced Nursing for several years, or does not meet entrance requirements, but wishes to complete Baccalaureate requirements. Upon comple­tion, she may again apply for admission to the Baccalaureate Program in Nursing.

For application blanks, physical examination forms, and precise information about entrance requirements and deadlines, the candidate should write to Chairman, Department of Nursing, Box 15035, Northern Arizona University.

NOTE: The normal deadline for submission of all credentials is March 1, preceding the academic year of actual admittance.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Nuts. 101 SCIENCE OF NURSING INTERVENTION I (6). Introduction to the profession of nursing, the application of nursing skills, and basic components of nursing care through all ages. 3 hrs. lecture, 9 hrs. lab. per week. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing Curriculum.

Nurs. 102 SCIENCE OF NURSING INTERVENTION II (6). A continuation of Nurs. 101. 3 hrs. lecture, 9 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Nurs. 101.

Nurs. 201 SCIENCE OF NURSING INTERVENTION III (6). Behavioral theories and clinical application related to the emotionally distrubed patient. 3 hrs. lecture, 9 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Nurs. 102.

Nurs. 202 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I (8). Anatomical physiological and psychosocial influ­ences of diseases at different levels of development stages; commonalities and differences in nursing care approaches related to illness. 4 hrs. lecture, 12 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Nurs. 201.

Nurs. 203 MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING II (8). Patient centered nursing care; patient's needs, nursing intervention; rationale in regard to the nursing action and continuity of nursing care. 4 hrs. lecture, 12 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Nurs. 202.

Nurs. 204 HISTORY AND TRENDS IN NURSING (1). Factors influencing and affecting modern nursing; important issues facing the nursing profession.

Nurs. 205 LEADERSHIP ORIENTATION (4). Theories of leadership and their application to the role of the team leader. Practice as a team leader. 2 hrs. lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00.

Nurs. 206 GUIDED STUDY IN NURSING (1-6). For students deficient in nursing theory or practice as determined by transcripts, examinations and practicums enabling the student who has been out of school to become acquainted with academic studies in nursing. Credit will not be counted to­ward degree requirements. Fee $10.00.

Nurs. 301 HUMANISTIC APPROACH TO PATIENT CARE (4). Advanced knowledge and skills necessary to plan, implement and evaluate primary patient care. 2 hrs. lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: admission to the baccalaureate program in Nursing.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 267

Nurs. 302 PREVENTIVE MENTAL H E A L T H (8). Individual behavior, the nurse-pat ient re la t ionship, g roup processes, and the therapeutic environment ; appl ica t ion of menta l health concepts to patients in the hospital and the communi ty . 2 hrs. lecture, 12 hrs. lab, 2 hrs . seminar. Fee 510.00. Prerequisite: Nurs . 301.

Nurs. 303 INTRODUCTION TO C O M M U N I T Y H E A L T H NURSING (3). Basic pr inciples of communi ty health, communi ty facilities, and epidemology; in t roduct ion to medical statistics. Prerequisite: Nurs. 301.

Nurs. 401 TEACHING PRINCIPLES OF PATIENT CARE (3). Materials and methods employed in heal th teaching of patients, ancillary personnel , parenta l discussions, and other g roups .

Nurs. 402 COMMUNITY H E A L T H NURSING (8). Appl icat ion of principles of communi ty heal th nursing. 3 hrs. lecture, 15 hrs. lab. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Nurs . 301.

Nurs. 403 CONCEPTS O F LEADERSHIP APPLIED T O H E A L T H SERVICES SYSTEMS (6). Administrat ive processes and their appl icat ion to nurs ing s i tuat ions. 2 hrs . lecture, 6 hrs . lab, 2 hrs. seminar. Fee $I0.00.

Nurs. 404 APPLICATION O F NURSING PRINCIPLES IN SPECIAL AREAS (3). Nurs ing pract icum in relation to vocational interest and employment . Fee $10.00.

Nurs. 405 APPLICATION O F NURSING PRINCIPLES IN SPECIALTY AREAS (3). A con t inua t ion of Nurs.

404. Fee $10.00. Both courses should be taken concurrently.

Nurs. 406 APPLICATION O F NVRSISG RESEARCH T O PATIENT CARE (3). Pr inciples of basic research applicable to the clinical setting. Methodology a n d interpretat ion of quant i ta t ive nu r s ing literature.

Nurs. 497 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). See page 91 .

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY INSTRUCTORS: T. A. Baier, Co-ordinator; G. R. Cummings.

OBJECTIVES: The aims of the program in Radiologic Technology are threefold; to give a sound background in fundamentals and technique; to give the student several experiences in which he can utilize his full potential; to direct the student to a high standard relevant to preparation for employment in the various fields of Radiologic Technology, including teaching, departmental supervision and ad­ministration.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A student must apply to and be accepted by the Department of Radiologic

Technology prior to admission to the University. The degree requires the com­pletion of Engl. 102, 103; Math. 112; Biol. 135, 136; Phys. 151, 152; Psyc. 150; Engl. 202; Soc. 300; Econ. 180; and two interim summers' work in the Radiology Department of an affiliated hospital. These requirements include a minimum of 410 hours of radiological technology lectures and 2,200 hours of hospital practical experience. The student must meet all these requirements before the junior year begins. With 65 credit hours, 27 of which are in the radiologic technology major, the student will be eligible to take the examination of the National Registry.

Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Technology MAJOR: 57 hours are required including Rad. 315, 334, 335, 401, 408, 416, 435, 436. Electives are to be chosen with approval of advisor.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Rad. 101 HOSPITAL RADIOGRAPHIC T E C H N I Q U E I (1). Practice in pos i t ioning radiographic ex­

posure and film cri t ique in the radiology depar tment of a cooperating hosp i ta l . Under direct super­vision of Hie staff radiologists a n d or registered radiologic technologist . 16 h o u r s lab. Pre-requisite: Rad. 102. 104.

268 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

Rad. 102 RADIOGRAPHIC POSITIONING AND TECHNIQUE I (2). Prepares the student for hospital practical training: emphasizes ethics, professional conduct, patient care and topographic anatomy. 1 hr. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Corequisite: Rad. 104.

Rad. 103 RADIOGRAPHIC POSITIONING AND TECHNIQUE II (4). Demonstration of the phenomena and causes of image formation and visualization; emphasis on improving radiographic quality; spine and pelvis radiography disussed and practiced. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Corequisite: Rad. 102.

Rad. 104 INTRODUCTION TO RADIOGRAPHY (3). Orientation to X-ray equipment, radiographic exposures and film processing. Special emphasis on radiation protection, medical terminology, topographic anatomy and position of the extremities. 2 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Corequisite: Rad. 102.

Rad. 203 RADIOGRAPHIC POSITIONING AND TECHNIQUE III (4). The fundamentals of X-ray physics with the emphasis on X-ray machine transformers, rectifiers, circuits and of transformer ratios; skull radiography discussed and practiced. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Corequisite: Rad. 214.

Rad. 214 HOSPITAL RADIOGRAPHIC HI (I). Practice in positioning, radiographic exposure and film critique in the radiology department of a cooperating hospital, under the direct supervision of the staff radiologist andeor registered radiologic technologist. 24 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Rad. 101 and Hospital Radiographic Technique II, a summer graduation requirement. Corequisite: Rad. 203.

Rad. 231 RADIOGRAPHIC POSITIONING AND TECHNIQUE IV (4). Advanced instruction in effective use of producing a satisfactory X-ray examination with and without contrast media; special tech­niques and problems encountered in radiographing atypical patients. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Rad. 203.

Rad. 232 RADIATION THERAPY AND NUCLEAR MEDICINE (3). Review of X-ray physics; emphasis on radiation biology; discussion of the use of radioactive isotopes in nuclear medicine and diagnostic techniques. 3 hrs. lecture. Corequisite: Rad. 231, 251.

Rad. 251 HOSPITAL RADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUE IV (1). Advanced practice in positioning, radiographic exposure and film critique in the radiology department of a cooperating hospital, under the direct supervision of staff radiologist and/or registered radiologic technologists. 24 hrs. lab. Core­quisite: Rad. 232. Student must complete Hospital Radiographic Technique V, a summer gradu­ation requirement during the sophomore summer.

Rad. 252 SURVEY OF MEDICAL AND SURGICAL DISEASES (2). Introductory physiopathology including definitions, nature and cause of diseases, as well as lesions affecting organs and systems. Related examinations where pathological conditions exist. Corequisite: Rad. 251.

Rad. 315 ADVANCED RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY (4). Radiation physics, radiation therapy, dosi­metry and radiation protection. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Rad. 231 or equivalent.

Rad. 334 RADIOGRAPHIC SENSITOMETRY LAB (4). Laboratory measurements and written reports on film latitude and speed gamma; validity of the reciprocity law, the resolving power and exposure time with screens demonstrated by student experiments. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Rad. 315.

Rad. 335 SPECIAL PROCEDURES (4). Discussion of special procedures with modern, sophisticated radiological equipment on the nervous, urinary, digestive, circulatory and respiratory viscera. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Rad. 334.

Rad. 401 EXPERIMENTS IN RADIOLOGICAL TECHNOLOGY (4). Opportunity for study and experiment on subjects concerning radiological technology. 2 hrs. lecture, 4 hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Rad. 335.

Rad. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE: HOSPITAL RADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUE II (1). Advanced practice in positioning, radiographic exposure and film critique in the Radiology Department of a cooperating hospital, under the direct supervision of the staff radiologist and/or registered radiologic tech­nologist. A graduation requirement taught during the freshman summer. 40 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Rad. 101.

Rad. 408 FIELD WORK EXPERIENCE—ADVANCED HOSPITAL RADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUE (I). A con­tinuing study of radiographic technique at a high level, but with the opportunity to specialize in radiation therapy, isotope technology, teaching, or departmental management. The student may-take a test to pre-empt summer experience if approved by advisors. 20 hrs. lab.

Rad. 416 ADVANCED RADIOLOGICAL TECHNOLOGY II (4). New trends in radiologic technology, such as thermovision, ultrasound and the latest technical equipment. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Pre­requisite: Rad. 315.

Rad. 435 ADVANCED RADIATION THERAPY (4). Field planning, dosage calculation, X-ray beam filtration, radiation absorption in tissue, measuring instruments and methods employed in radi­ation therapy. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Rad. 232.

Rad. 436 ADVANCED NUCLEAR MEDICINE (4). Demonstrations in radiation measurement and pro­tection, biological effects of radiation, principles of radiation detection, considerations of counting and imaging. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Rad. 232.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 269

Center for Integrated Studies Richard O. Davies, Director

PROFESSORS: J. Brathovde, R. Davies, R. Stevens; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: H. Cahn, J. Lingerfelt, D. Mayo, T. Wenstrand; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: D. Campbell, W. Conway, J. Fitzmaurice, R. Foust, J. Griffen, W. Malm, C. Peek, G. Reed, J. Schnorr, J. Teubner; INSTRUCTORS: J. Ferguson, D. Matthias, P. Rawlings, P. Shutt; UNIVERSITY LECTURER: L. Poullada; DIRECTOR OF RE­SEARCH AND GRANTS: A. Lee.

As with the other Centers of the College, the Center for Integrated Studies is an administrative umbrella for a variety of programs, related, in this case, by their integration of various fields of knowledge around a problem area and by the orientation of the resultant programs of study to career goals.

In addition to providing liberal arts courses to students majoring in the other centers and in Business and Engineering, the Center for Integrated Studies offers both interdisciplinary majors based on the interrelatedness of knowledge as it comes to bear on a specific area and alternative liberal arts major oriented to specific career goals.

OBJECTIVES: As part of an institution which is student-centered, the Center seeks to assist in the full moral, social, and intellectual development of the individual student by fostering creative and critical intelligence conducive to the enjoyment of life as well as to the solution of social ills. It provides courses in the University Liberal Studies Program which are intended to be humanizing in the tradition of liberal education; offers major programs of study which relate academic methods and concerns to the life of the individual as a human being, a participant in a culture, and a citizen; sponsors alternative majors in traditional disciplines which, through merger with other courses of study, allow significant preparation for assuming professional careers.

THE AREAS OF ACADEMIC EMPHASIS The Center for Integrated Studies in its undergraduate program offers a series of Programs of study identified in the following as majors, extended majors, merged majors and minors. The areas of academic emphasis follow:

Majors: American Enterprise*, American Studies, Chemistry*, English*, Environ­mental Science, Environmental Studies*, History*, Mathematics, Political Science. (Normally the starred majors will be taken only in conjunction with a second, or "merged" major.)

Extended Majors: An extended major allows the student to take additional work in the major area or in an area or areas closely related to the major. Often a student electing to take an extended major does not take a minor. Extended majors are offered in American Enterprise, American Studies, Environmental Science, Mathematics, and Political Science. In addition, any major program offered in the Center may be used to extend another major.

Merged Majors: It is possible to take any major offered through the Center for Integrated Studies and merge it with another, traditional, academic major (for instance, American Studies and Sociology); in such cases, the major advisors will endeavor to correlate the studies of the two majors. Due to the "overlap" in such cases, it is usual for the credit hour requirements of each major to be reduced.

Minors: Minors of 18 to 22 hours are offered in all Center programs.

270 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

Projects: The Center for Integrated Studies offers the opportunity to take three or four liberal studies courses together (either with one instructor or team-taught), the objectives of these courses remaining the same but the content unified and devoted to the exploration of a particular idea or problem. Among the traditional project offerings is TIPS (Tutorials in Integrated Programs of Study) for honor's students. In addition the current project offered is Project I: Pollution.

Multidisciplinary Courses: The Center for Integrated Studies makes it possible to take two or more liberal studies courses together as a single multidisciplinary course; in such cases the two courses are closely related academically and thus offer the special advantages of similarity of emphasis and sharing of insights.

THE CENTER FOR INTEGRATED STUDIES AND TEACHER EDUCATION

The Center for Integrated Studies cooperates with the College of Education in providing academic offerings for undergraduate students pursuing study leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education. In addition, any Center major may be taken as one half of a merged major. If the other half of the merged major has an education component, the student may pursue his Bachelor of Science in Edu­cation degree, using the requirements which apply to his other major field of study.

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE ACADEMIC ADVISOR: Arthur Lee

OBJECTIVES: The program in American Enterprise is designed to provide an in-depth understanding of the American capitalist free enterprise system as a concept of social and economic organization and to prepare students for careers in teach­ing, business, or government service as well as for graduate study. The program seeks to study the American Enterprise system within the largest possible social context and includes analysis of the organization and operation of the system, study of the system's growth and development, consideration of major philosophical and ethnical questions and of the system's impact upon American values, institu­tions, and behavior.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MERGED MAJOR: A merged major consists of sixty hours of study to be divided equally between American Enterprise and a related discipline. The core of fifteen hours in American Enterprise (AE 101, 201, 301, 401, and Econ. 483) is required. The additional courses may be selected from two or more related disciplines. (Among the related disciplines are History, Political Science, Sociology, Business Administration, and Economics.) Courses elected for the American Enterprise component may not be from the discipline comprising the merged major.

EXTENDED MAJOR: An extended major consists of 53-55 hours. It may be developed with the American Enterprise major with additional hours selected from a related discipline. Courses elected for the American Enterprise component may not be from the related area.

MINOR: The minor consists of 18 hours, including 12 hours to be selected from the major core.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 271

Bachelor of Science in Education MERGED MAJOR: When taken along with a related major approved for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Education, the American Enterprise major should be an ideal preparation for teachers of the course Free Enterprise now required in Arizona public secondary schools. Students considering enrollment in this program should confer with the American Enterprise advisor.

AMERICAN STUDIES ACADEMIC ADVISORS: Dwight Mayo, Charles Peek, Leon Poullada, Glenn Reed.

OBJECTIVES: It is the purpose of the program in American Studies to develop students who have a sense of their own identity as participants in the American experience and inheritors of American traditions; who have an interest in a deeper understanding of the American phenomenon; who are motivated to strive for in­creased skill in investigating and analyzing American life and thought; who are capable of sound interdisciplinary analysis of the American experience; who develop a deep understanding in at least one area of American history, culture, or society; and who develop a capacity for recognizing and solving both social and academic problems. It is the aim of the program to develop students who have both a per­sonal and an academic interest in the future of the American community and who have an understanding of and appreciation for the place of America in the lives of its people and in international affairs. The program is devoted to develop­ing students who are equipped for careers in education, the professions, business, government, or community work, or for continued study in a graduate program in American Studies, the humanities, or the behavioral sciences. It is also the purpose of the program to cooperate with other academic areas in accomplishing these objectives.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Courses in the American Studies curriculum are of three kinds: core courses

(Am.St. 100, 400); basic sequence courses (Am.St. 200, 250, 300, 350); supple­mentary courses (courses listed in the catalogue and chosen to complement the courses in the basic sequence).

Bachelor of Science MAJOR: The 36 hours of requirements for the Bachelor of Science in American Studies include Am.St. 100 (to be taken no later than the sophomore year), 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 (to be taken during the senior year), and eighteen hours of supplementary courses (chosen in consultation with the American Studies Advisor) in at least three disciplines, six hours of which must be at the 400 level or above.

EXTENDED MAJOR: An extended major for this degree requires 54 hours in­cluding 36 hours of courses as described above for the Bachelor of Science plus additional hours of supplementary courses in a single area or in related areas selected with the approval of the American Studies Advisor.

MERGED MAJOR: A merged major consists of sixty hours to be divided equally between American Studies and a related discipline. Courses elected for the American Studies component may not be from the area comprising the other half of the merged major.

MINOR: A minor in American Studies is comprised of 18 hours including three hours of Am.St. 200 or 250 and three hours of Am.St. 300 or 350.

272 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

Bachelor of Arts MAJOR: The 36 hours of requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree are the same as those for the Bachelor of Science degree except the Bachelor of Arts de­gree also requires a two-year college level proficiency in a foreign language.

EXTENDED MAJOR: The 54 hours of requirements for an extended major for this degree are 36 hours described as above for the Bachelor of Arts, 18 hours of supplementary courses in a single area or in related areas selected with the approval of the American Studies Advisor, and a two-year college level proficiency in a foreign language.

MERGED MAJOR: A merged major consists of sixty hours to be divided equally between American Studies and a related discipline. Courses elected for the Amer­ican Studies component may not be from the area comprising the other half of the merged major.

MINOR: The 18 hours for the Bachelor of Arts minor are the same as those for the Bachelor of Science minor.

Bachelor of Science in Education AREAS OF EMPHASIS: A 36-hour major, a 30-hour merged major, and a minor are available. Students considering enrollment in one of these programs should confer with an American Studies advisor.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS ADVISOR: J. Lingerfelt

OBJECTIVES: The primary objective of applied mathematics is to contribute to the understanding of "real-world" phenomena through the use of mathematical concepts, methods and techniques. The program in applied mathematics is designed to assist the student in learning to translate knowledge of some phenomena to mathematical models, to solve the resulting mathematical problems, and to interpret and utilize the results. Numerous careers in a variety of fields are open to people with training in applied mathematics.

Bachelor of Science MAJOR: A major in applied mathematics requires the completion of 35 semester hours of mathematics and applied mathematics including Math. 239 and at least 18 semester hours chosen from courses numbered 300 and above. Nine of these must be chosen from Ap.Ma. 367, 368, 372, 469 or Math. 361, 363, 373, 374. Up to 6 hours of Computer Science may be substituted provided such hours are not utilized to satisfy the requirements for some other degree.

MINOR: A minor in applied mathematics requires the completion of 18 semester hours of mathematics and applied mathematics including Math. 137 and at least six semester hours chosen from Ap.Ma. 367, 368, 372, 469, or Math. 361, 363, 373, 374.

CHEMISTRY ADVISOR: Richard Foust OBJECTIVES: The basic chemistry major is designed to provide the student with a strong background in chemistry that may be combined with other South Center programs such as environmental science or microbiology. The extended major

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 273

gives a broader chemistry background and does not require the completion of a minor. The extended chemistry major includes an introduction to environmental chemistry and is designed to give the student the background for a career in one of the many areas of environmental science. The science-related electives are to be chosen to support the student's individual program and must meet the approval of the student's faculty advisor.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MERGED MAJOR: The 30-hours of requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry include: Ch.Ph. 111, 112; Chem. 151, 250, 213, 251, 252, 271, 272, 330, 351, and 391, in addition to four credit hours of mathematics or science electives.

EXTENDED MAJOR: The extended Chemistry Major includes all of the courses listed above plus Chem. 408, or 485; Engr. 174; Env.S. 270; Phys. 410, 411, or Mbio. 255, 470. In addition, 13 hours of upper-division electives in Chemistry and Science-related courses are to be selected with the approval of the advisor.

ENGLISH ACADEMIC ADVISORS: James Fitzmaurice, Glenn Reed.

A Career-Oriented English Major in the Center for Integrated Studies is offered in co-operation with several North Center Departments, especially the North Center English Department

OBJECTIVES: It is the purpose of the program in English to develop students who are liberally educated through literature and capable of careers involving written and oral communication: that is, students who are aware of the close as­sociation between logical thought and effective expression; who are motivated to strive constantly for increased skill in the oral and written use of language as a medium for communication or artistic creation; who possess a sound critical and aesthetic judgment which they may exercise in assessing the truthfulness, philosophic implications and imaginative and artistic quality of material read during the re­mainder of their lives; and who have an understanding of the cultural and social background of America and other countries as it is revealed in literature.

Though the study of English does not prepare one for a specific position as does the study of dentistry, it does prepare one for any position requiring disci­plined and imaginative use of the English language. There are many such posi­tions. There are 1,800 daily newspapers, 900 weekly newspapers, 70,000 magazines and journals, 10,000 house organs, 6,000 radio stations, 600 television stations, 1,500 publishing houses, and a huge movie and legitimate theatre industry in this country. All of these enterprises require writers. Many require persons with ability in oral discourse as well.

It is possible to prepare specifically and in depth for some of these positions. The University offers Journalism, Theatre, and TV-Radio majors, for instance, and a student who has a specific interest in one of these fields should elect the appro­priate major. This Career-Oriented English major is for student* who wish to sharpen their tools of communication as a general preparation for positions de­manding these tools.

NOTE: The North and South Center English Programs differ in emphasis, but programs on both campuses may lead to careers.

274 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: The 36 hours of requirements for the Bachelor of Science in English are grouped into three categories: Core, Literature and Expression.

Core. All English majors must take all courses in this sequence. Engl. 212 should be taken no later than the first semester of the sophomore year.

Literature. Students should select nine hours in one of the three literature sequences including the first course in the sequence followed by two other courses in the sequence. Normally courses would be taken in their general numerical sequence. Normally courses would be taken in their general numerical order with 200 courses preceding 300 courses, etc.

Expression. Students should select nine hours from one and six hours from another of sequences D through L.

Note: At least six hours in the English major must be taken beyond the 300 level. The student must plan ahead to meet this requirement since not all sequences have courses beyond the 300 level.

EXTENDED MAJOR: An extended major for this degree requires 53 hours includ­ing 35 hours of courses as described above for the Bachelor of Science, plus 18 ad­ditional hours in American Studies courses selected with the approval of the ad­visor. At least one half of the 18 hours should be in courses at the 300 level or above.

MERGED MAJOR: The 30 hours of requirements are grouped into three cate­gories: Core, Literature, and Expression. The Core and Literature requirements are the same as for the 36-hour major described above. The requirements for the Expression category are as follows: Nine hours from one of the sequences D through L.

Categories in English Cere: Engl. 212, Am. St. 300, Am. St. 350, Engl. 318.

Literature: Sequence A, English Literature Sequence A, English Literature Sequence B, American Literature Sequence C, Comparative Literature

Expression: Sequence D, Creative Writing: Engl. 207, 307, 407; or two of these and another course in Creative Writing as approved by the advisor. (Sequence E and F, omitted here, are listed in North Center offerings but are not accepted in the South Center English Major.) Sequence G, Technical Writing: Engl. 202, G.B. 350, and one other course in Technical Writing or Journalism as approved by the advisor. Sequence H, Writing for Advertising: Jlsm. 211, 311, 321, 411. Sequence I, Editorial, Opinion and Feature Writing: Jlsm. 301, 314, 408. Sequence J, Radio and TV Writing: Sp.Th. 121, 323, 325. Sequence K, Oral Expression: Sp.Th. 161, 261, 262, 361. Sequence L, Public Relations: Jlsm. 285, 385, 485.

NOTE: No course may be used to satisfy more than one requirement.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES See course listings under American Studies (p. 278), English (p. 138), Journalism (p. 189), and Speech-Theater (p. 199).

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 275

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE ADVISORS: James R. Brathovde, Richard Foust, William Malm.

OBJECTIVES: It is the purpose of the program in Environmental Science to further a harmonious relationship between man and his environment, to encourage scien­tific research of environmental problems, and to offer a technically rigorous, under­graduate, interdisciplinary program to students interested in preparing themselves for vocational and professional careers in the field of environmental science in government, industry or teaching.

The Environmental Science major should be taken concurrently with a major in another discipline. It is recommended that the cognate discipline major be a sci­ence. If professional status is desired and the cognate major is not a science, then it is recommended that electives be selected from upper division science courses.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MERGED MAJOR: The merged major in Environmental Science consists of Env.S. 101, 270, 301, 302, 408, 460, Math. 270, and Mbio. 255, plus electives approved by the advisor to make up a total of 33 hours.

MINOR: A minor in Environmental Science consists of at least 18 hours, including Env.S. 101, 270, Math. 270, and at least 7 hours to be chosen from Env.S. 301, 302, 420, and 460.

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ACADEMIC ADVISORS: James R. Brathovde, Dwight Mayo.

OBJECTIVES: It is the purpose of the program in Environmental Studies to pro­vide an awareness of environmental problems and concerns and to provide the environmental knowledge needed for full competence in such professions as that of political scientist, geographer, sociologist, psychologist, anthropologist, or teacher. The emphasis of the program is upon the economic, political, social and philosoph­ical aspects of environmental questions.

Environmental Studies is intended as a supplemental or complementary program to be taken concurrently with a discipline major such as Sociology, Business Ad­ministration, Journalism, Education, History, Geography, Biology, Humanities, Political Science, or Engineering. Students interested in this interdisciplinary ap­proach should consult with both their discipline advisor and an Environmental Studies advisor in the Center for Integrated Studies. Students seeking careers as environmental scientists should elect the program in Environmental Science.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science

MERGED MAJOR: A merged major consists of Env.S. 101, 201, 270, and Math. 270; major electives chosen from the following, including at least two of those marked by the asterisk: *Env.S. 420, *Env.S. 460, *Mbio. 255, Biol. 481, Engr. 430, 492:493, Geog. 150 or 250, Geog. 321, G.B. 306, Hist. 495, 496, Phil. 323, Phys. 410:411, *Soc. 341, Soc. 342; other courses are to be taken with the approval of the advisor.

MINOR: A minor in Environmental Studies consists of at least 18 hours, including Biol. 270, Env.S. 101, 201, and Math. 270, with the remaining hours from Env.S. 420, 460, and Soc. 341.

276 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

HISTORY ADVISORS: Richard O. Davies, Dwight Mayo.

The major in History provides students with an introduction to the methodolo­gies of the historian and affords an opportunity to study contemporary society from the perspectives of the past. A 36 hour major may be elected, or a student may take a 30 hour major in history and "merge" it with one of the several interdisci­plinary programs available in the Center for Integrated Studies, such as American Studies or American Enterprise. The emphasis of both programs is upon those phases of American History which are relevant to and assist in the understanding of contemporary life in the United States and which examine American History and traditions in a world setting.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science

MERGED MAJOR: The merged major includes courses in components I through IV (below) as indicated. MAJOR: The major includes courses in components I through V (below) as indi­cated.

MINOR: The minor includes component I and 12 units from Component II. Component I: History as a Discipline. Hist. 191, 192. Component II: U.S. Emphasis. 12 units selected from Hist. 391, 407, 493, 494,

496; Am.St. 350. Component III: World Emphasis. 9 units selected from Hist. 326, 331, 376, 381,

396, 444, 451, 480. Component IV: Hist. 498, Colloquium. Component V: This component is for students who wish an independent 36-hour

major. It is composed of two additional elective courses in history.

POLITICAL SCIENCE ADVISORS: Richard O. Davies, Leon Poullada.

The Political Science program is offered by the Center for Integrated Studies in cooperation with the Department of Social Science. It is designed to provide the student with career opportunities in the fields of government service and foreign trade as well as to prepare the student for advanced graduate study. The program also features several options designed to be paired with the programs in American Studies, American Enterprise, Environmental Studies, Business Administration and Public Management. The curriculum features an introduction to modern research methods in Political Science, including quantification, and includes opportunities for utilization of the University Computer Center.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: The major includes the Core and the courses as indicated in Track I or II. MERGED MAJOR: The merged major includes the Core and the courses as indi­cated in Tracks III, IV, or V.

MINOR: The minor includes Math. 270, Pol. Sci. 201 and 202 from the Core and 2 courses from one of the Tracks as selected in consultation with an advisor. CORE: Math. 270; Pol. Sci. 201, 202, 498.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 277

TRACK I (36 hour program): The following set of courses is designed for the stu­dent interested in pursuing a career in the area of Public Administration or Man­agement. A total of 18 hours is to be selected from the following courses: Pol. Sci 324, 341, 342, 408, 420, 421, plus Political Science electives to complete a 36-hour major. A Data Processing and/or Accounting minor is also required.

TRACK II (36 hour program): The following set of courses is designed for the student interested in a career in the area of International Relations. A total of 18 hours is to be selected from the following courses: Am.St. 200; Econ. 486; P.S. 380, 381, 480, 482, 483; Soc. 430, plus electives to complete a 36-hour major. A Foreign Language Minor is also required.

TRACK HI (30 hour program): The following set of courses is for students pur­suing a dual major in American Enterprise. A total of 15 hours to be selected from the following courses: Hist. 495, 496; Pol. Sci. 324, 408, 420-421; Soc. 430, plus Political Science electives to complete 30-hour major.

TRACK IV (30 hour program): The following program is for students majoring in American Studies who wish a dual major with Political Science. A total of 15 hours to be selected from the following courses: Am.St. 200; Hist. 291, 292, 390, 391; Pol. Sci. 422, 423, 443, 444; Soc. 430, plus Political Science electives to complete 30-hour major.

TRACK V: (30 hour program): The following is for students wishing to pursue a dual major with Environmental Studies. 18 hours are to be selected from the following courses: Env.S. 460; P.S. 324, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424; Soc. 430, plus Political Science electives to complete 30-hour major.

SOUTHWEST STUDIES ADVISORS: Richard Davies, John Duncklee, Joseph Ferguson, Joyce Griffen, William Griffen, Keith Pearson, Andrew Wallace.

OBJECTIVES: The objective of the Southwest Studies program is to develop knowl­edge about and understanding of the unique nature of the Southwest and of the special place of the Southwest in the life of the United States and in the history of civilizations; to develop studtnts whose academic understanding of the South­west and whose desire to know ways of thinking other than their own lead to a social concern for the quality of life in the Southwest.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science

MAJOR: 36 hours are required including 4 of the core courses listed below and 24 hours selected from American Studies, Anthropology, Art, Economics, English, Environmental Science, Environmental Studies, Geography, Geology, History, Hu­manities, Linguistics, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Sociology, Transportation.

EXTENDED MAJOR: An extended major requires 54 hours including 36 hours of courses as described above plus additional hours of supplementary courses in a single area or related areas selected with the approval of an advisor.

MERGED MAJOR: A merged major consists of 60 hours to be divided equally between Southwest Studies and a related discipline. The Southwest Studies Core is required plus 12 hours selected from related disciplines. Courses elected for the Southwest Studies component may not be from the area comprising the other half of the merged major.

278 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

In coordination with the Department of Modern Languages a merged major with a program in translation and interpretation in Spanish leading to professional certification is available to students demonstrating fluency in the target language. Writing and speaking proficiency can be attained through the immersion language program in Spanish. Courses and practice in translation, consecutive, and simul­taneous interpretation are in the process of being developed. MINOR: 18 hours are required, including Southwest Studies 100 and an additional 9 hours to be selected from the core, plus 6 hours to be selected in consultation with an advisor. For work in Southwest Studies one of the living languages of the Southwest is strongly recommended, especially Spanish or Navajo. The option of supervised field work is available in certain programs.

CORE COURSES: Sw.St. 100, 200, 250, 300, 350, 498.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Am. En. 101 SOCIAL AND POLITICAL FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN ENTERPRISE (3). An introductory survey of the origins, development and contemporary structure of the American Enterprise system.

Am. En. 150 THE AMERICAN EMPLOYMENT MARKET (3). The changing nature of the American labor market; change from an agrarian to an industrial economy; rise of specialization and profes­sionalism; transformation from a self-employed to a corporate job market; emergence of the post-industrial economy and its implications for employment patterns; role of work and leisure in American life; correlation of contemporary employment patterns with projections for the future; introduction to manpower survey techniques.

Am. En. 201 ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF AMERICAN ENTERPRISE SYSTEM (3). Description and analysis of nature, structure and operation of American Enterprise system.

Am. En. 301 MAJOR ISSUES OF AMERICAN ENTERPRISE (3). Major concepts and issues of American Enterprise, including protectionism, colonialism, mercantilism, Keynesian economics, consumer interests, unionism and public regulation.

Am. En. 401 COLLOQUIUM IN AMERICAN ENTERPRISE (3). An interdisciplinary consideration of contemporary issues and problems.

Am. St. 100 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN STUDIES (3). Treatment of the American experience from both historical and contemporary points of view; investigation of particular areas of the American experience and of the concepts and problems of American Studies; introduction to the American Studies Program and to careers in American Studies.

Am. St. 200 ISSUES IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3). Broad investigation of a particular element of the American experience in its historical, sociological, environment or aesthetic contexts; the skills necessary for investigation in American Studies. One of the following issues chosen for study and emphasis in a given semester: popular chronicles of American culture; relationship of the United States and Europe; relationship of the United States and the Third World; ethnic studies. Credit limited to 6 hours.

Am. St. 250 THEMES IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3). Survey of an area of the American experience; one of the following themes chosen for study emphasis in a given semester: the pluralistic society; the American Frontier experience; American resources and their use; the uses of power in America; law in America. Credit limited to 6 hours.

Am. St. 300 Topics IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3). In depth investigation of a particular area of the American experience; one of the following topics chosen for emphasis in a given semester: heritage and development of communications in American society; imaginative expression in America; culture patterns of North America; American science and technology.

Am. St. 350 PROBLEMS IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3). Analysis of an area of the American experi­ence; definition of a problem area and development of response to that area through use of suitable analytic tools; one of following problems chosen for study and emphasis in a given semester: communications in a technological age; patterns of American thought; American institutions; cities and buildings in America. Credit limited to 6 hours.

Am. St. 400 SENIOR COLLOQUIUM IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3). Development, completion, and presen­tation of projects synthesizing work done in American Studies and based on a comprehensive view of the American experience; possible careers in American Studies.

Anth. 290 ANTHROPOLOGY: NAVAJO PROJECT II (3). Three tenths of the learning module called Navajo Studies. Combines portions of Anth. 152, 301, 375 and 516 into the Anthropology part of the 10 hour interdisciplinary Project 11: Navajo Studies, that also includes Sociology and Navajo Language.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 279

Ap. Ma. 367:368 MATHEMATICS FOR DECISION MAKING (3:3). Concept of a mathematical model, its utility and limitations, construction and use of models including deterministic, stochastic and structural types, linear programming, combinatorics graph theory, game theory; Markov processes; applications to growth, inventory, survival, scheduling, prediction, resource allocation, learning, spatial activity, land use, and economic models. Prerequisites: Math. 136 and Math. 130 or 238.

Ap. Ma. 372 INTERMEDIATE APPLIED STATISTICS (3). Sampling techniques; simple random, sys­tematic, stratified, and cluster sampling; nonparameuric statistics; binomial, sign, Kolmogorov-Smimov type, and other nonparametric tests; instroduction to experimental design. Prerequi­sites: Math. 112, 270.

Ap. Ma. 469 TOPICS IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS (3). Each semester one topic in Applied Mathe­matics chosen according to student interest from the following list of topics: operations research, systems analysis, quantitative methods, mathematical modeling. Ap. Ma. 485 UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-6). See page 91. Chem. 105 GENERAL CHEMISTRY (3). A survey of chemical processes. Chem. 151 (Integrated Chem. Lab. I) may be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: High-school chemistry. Engl. 102 MULTIDISCIPLINARY FRESHMAN ENGLISH AND HUMANITIES (3). English part of a 5-hour thematic multidisciplinary course combining English and Humanities. Hum. 231a Multidiscipli­nary Freshman English and Humanities (2) must be taken concurrently.

Engl. 102 MULTIDISCIPLINARY FRESHMAN ENGLISH AND SPEECH (3). English part of a 6-hour thematic multidisciplinary course combining English and Speech. Spch. 161 Multidisciplinary Fresh­man English and Speech (3) must be taken concurrently.

Engl. 103 MULTIDISCIPLINARY FRESHMAN ENGLISH AND JOURNALISM (3). English part of a 6-hour thematic multidisciplinary course combining English and Journalism. Jlsm. 101 Multidisciplinary Freshman English and Journalism (3) must be taken concurrently.

Engl. 103 MULTIDISCIPLINARY FRESHMAN ENGLISH AND SPEECH (3). English part of a 6-hour thematic multidisciplinary course combining English and Speech. Spch. 161 Multidisciplinary Freshman English and Speech (3) must be taken concurrently. Spch. 161 Multidisciplinary Fresh­man English and Speech (3) may be taken only one semester with either Engl. 102 or Engl. 103 but not both. Engl. 214 MAJOR ISSUES IN AMERICAN LITERATURE (3).

Env. S. 101 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (4). Integrated approach to environmental problems; introduction to air, water, biocide, noise, solid waste, radiation, thermal and space pollution. Fee $5.00. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab.

Env. S. 201 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (4). Problems of environmental control and planning; techniques of planning, projection and utilization of resources. Fee $5.00. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab.

Env. S. 270 FUNDAMENTALS OF ECOLOGY (4). Organisms interacting within the environmental matrix, ecosystem energetics, biogeochemical cycles, community and population concepts, quanti­fication of field data, and the role of man in natural ecosystems. 3 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab.

Env. S. 301:302 APPLIED ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (4:4). Application of scientific theory, instru­mentation, methodology and laboratory techniques associated with air pollution, water quality, sewage disposal and solid waste management. 3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Chem. 152 and Env. S. 101.

Env. S. 408 FIELD WORK (3:6). Supervised field experience with an applicable agency, organi­zation or summer field work. Prerequisite: Env. S. 301-302.

Env. S. 420 BIOLOGY OF PARTIALLY DEGRADED SYSTEMS (3). Ecological approach to impact of human and industrial pollutants on biological systems; case study approach to major ecological systems. Prerequisite: Env. S. 270.

Env. S. 460 SOCIAL AND POLITICAL ASPECTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS (4). Historical and con-temporary aspects of environmental problems as reflected in society, politics and business.

Hist. 191 THE STUDY OF HISTORY (3). Nature of history and the methodology of historians; search for and use of source materials, quantitative methods, techniques of historical analysis, and the writing of history.

Hist. 192 HISTORY AND HISTORIANS (3). Various schools of historians and historical inter­pretation using selected phases of the past.

Hist. 107 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN AMERICAN LIFE (3). Historical role of science and technology in American life; major technological and scientific developments as they affected America and were affected by Americans, the institutionalization of science in America, and the rise of the research and development system.

Hum. 231a:b MAN T H E ARTS (2:2). First semester not prerequisite to the second. Hum. 231a MULTIDISCIPLINARY FRESHMAN ENGLISH AND HUMANITIES (2). Humanities part of a 5-hour thematic multidisciplinary course combining English and Humanities. Engl. 102 Multi-disciplinary Freshman English and Humanities (3) must be taken concurrently.

280 PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE

Hum. 360 AFRICAN IDEAS AND VALUES (3).

Hum. 362 LATIN AMERICAN IDEAS AND VALUES (3).

Hum. 481 RECENT TRENDS (3). The most recent developments in scientific thought and method­ology, social science, philosphy, education, technology, and the arts and impact .of these on con­temporary life.

Jlsm. 101 MULTIDISCIPLINARY FRESHMAN ENGLISH AND JOURNALISM (3). Journalism part of a 6-hour Multidisciplinary Freshman English and Journalism course. Engl. 103 Multidisciplinary Freshman English and Journalism (3) must be taken concurrently. Ling. 269 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS (3). Combines portions of Ling. 291 and 369.

Math. 130 FINITE MATHEMATICS (3-4).

Math. 136 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I (4).

Math. 137 CALCULUS AND ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY II (4).

Math. 238 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS (4).

Math. 239 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (4).

Math. 270 APPLIED STATISTICS (3).

Mus. 116 GIFF CLUB (1). Membership open to all students. No formal audition is necessary; only a love of singing is required. Mus. 293 AESTHETICS OF MUSIC (2).

Nav. 101 FIRST YEAR NAVAJO: NAVAJO PROJECT II (4). Four tenths of the learning module called Navajo Studies, Navajo language part of the 10-hour interdisciplinary Project II: Navajo Studies; that also includes Anthropology and Sociology.

P. S. 160 POLITICAL-ECONOMIC INSTITUTIONS (3).

P.S. 202 RESEARCH METHODS AND POLITICAL SCIENCE (3). An introduction to the basic techniques of research design, data collection, and data analysis; contemporary methodologies such as survey-research.

P. S. 312 INTERGOVERNMENTAL RELATIONS (Federalism) (3). Relationships between federal, state, and local government; ways in which each level shapes policy and shares power and responsibility.

Psyr. 200 ANALYSIS OF BEHAVIOR (3).

Psyc. 230 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3).

Psyc. 273 DYNAMICS OF BEHAVIOR (3).

Phys. 213 ELEMENTARY PHYSICS (3).

Phys. 261 ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENCE STUDENTS (3).

Sci. 101:102 NATURAL SCIENCES (4:4). Combines portions of Astr. 180, Biol. 101, Geol. 101, Phys. 123. 3 hrs. lecture and 2 hrs. lab.

Soc. 160 SOCIOLOCY: NAVAJO PROJECT II (3). Three tenths of the learning module called Navajo Studies. Combines portions of Soc. 152, 210, and 301 into the Sociology part of the 10-hour inter­disciplinary Project II: Navajo Studies, that also includes Anthropology and Navajo language.

Sw. St. 100 GEOGRAPHY AND CULTURE OF THE SOUTHWEST (3). An introduction into the general region of the Southwest from geographical, cultural and social perspectives; an analysis of [interns of demographic, economic, and political development, and their variations as related to historical and environmental factors.

Sw. St. 200 COMMUNITIES OF THE SOUTHWEST (3). Introduction to different types of communities; cross-cultural analysis of cultural processes at different levels of community life; the nature of communiiy development and other kinds of change programs, and their analysis and evaluation.

Sw. St. 250 IMAGES OF THE SOUTHWEST (J). Literature, art and music produced in and about the Southwest, including the contributions of indigenous cultures.

Sw. St. 300 THE ECONOMY OF THE SOUTHWEST (3). Forces, both natural and man-made, that shape the economy of the Southwest.

Sw. St. 350 THE SOUTHWEST IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE (3). Historical forces which have pro­duced ihe cuilization of the Southwest.

Sw. St. 198 COLLOQUIUM (3). Development, completion and presentation of projects synthe­sizing work done in Southwest Studies; students will be introduced to possible careers in Southwest Studies.

Sp. Th. 102 VOICE AND DICTION (2-3).

Sp. Th. 161 FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION (3).

Sp. Th. 161 MULTIDISCIPLINARY ENGLISH AND SPEECH (3). Speech part of the 6-hour Multidici-plinary English and Speech course. Engl. 102 or Engl. 103 Multidisciplinary English and Speech (3) must be taken concurrently.

PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE 281

Two Learning Modules PROJECT: POLLUTION (12)

P. S. 160 POLITICAL SCIENCE: POLLUTION PROJECT (3).

Eng. 102 FRESHMAN ENGLISH (3).

Hum. 231a MAN AND T H E ARTS: POLLUTION PROJECT (2).

Sci. 101 SCIENCE: POLLUTION PROJECT (4).

PROJECT: NAVAJO STUDIES (10)

Anth. 290 ANTHROPOLOGY: NAVAJO PROJECT (3).

Nav. 101 NAVAJO LANGUAGE: NAVAJO PROJECT (4).

Soc. 150 SOCIOLOGY: NAVAJO PROJECT (3).

Center for Public Management PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION

ADVISORS: W. Conway, O. Crenwelge, T. Hoff, J. Lingerfelt.

OBJECTIVES of the program in public transportation are to involve qualified and capable students in a study of transportation and to place them in positions involving transportation upon graduation; to generate practical or applied research in transportation; to upgrade the quality and scope of instruction in transportation; to develop cooperative and meaningful relationships between universities and trans­portation agencies in the community and the surrounding region.

MINOR PROGRAM: A student may take a minor in public transportation in con­junction with any major. The minor requires the successful completion of 18 semester hours in public transportation.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P. T. 410 T H E ECONOMICS OF PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION I (3). Methods of financing public trans­portation, costs, revenues, fare structures, role and estimation of social costs and benefits, economic theory, empirical studies of operating systems.

P. T. 111 T H E ECONOMICS OF PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION II (3). Continuation of P. T. 410, utili­zation of methodologies studied in evaluation of operating and proposed systems.

P. T. 412 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF TRANSPORTATION I (3). Transportation as a social process assisting the integration and malintegration of human activity over space; causes and consequences of the exchange of people, goods, and services in human society.

P. T. 413 SOCIAL ASPECTS OF TRANSPORTATION II (3). Sociological problems related to transpor­tation systems in contemporary urban America; methodological and theoretical emphasis on problem resolution.

P. T. 414 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING I (3). Methodology of engineering analysis and design of urban and interurban transportation systems, identification of problems associated with trans­portation requiring engineering and interdisciplinary solutions, existing and future transportation technology.

P. T. 415 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING II (3). Identification, analysis, and solution of existing transportation problems, development of acceptable criteria for use in design and problem solution, design of improved transportation systems.

P. T. 416 TRANSPORTATION PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING I (3). Physical, social, economic and institutional considerations and constraints in transportation planning; methodology of planning, decision making processes and aids in decision making, urban growth, land use planning and transportation.

P. T. 417 TRANSPORTATION PLANNING, AND DECISION MAKING II (3). Application of planning and of alternative transportation plans, generation of urban transportation plans.

P. T. 480 SEMINAR IN PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION (1). Interdisciplinary seminar required of all students enrolled in a transportation (P. T.) course. May be repeated for credit.

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

J. LAWRENCE WALKUP, Ed.D President of the University; Professor of Higher Education

B.S., B.A., State College, Warrensburg, Missouri; M.Ed., Ed.D., Univer­sity of Missouri; N.A.U., 1948-

ALBERT C. ADAMS, Ph.D Professor of English B.A., Baylor University; B.D., University of the South; M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1961-

ARTHUR ADEL, Ph.D Professor of Science and Mathematics A.B., Ph.D., University of Michigan; N.A.U., 1948-

CHESTER B. AINSWORTH, Ed.D Dean, School of Applied Science and Technology; Professor of Industrial Education

B.S., John Brown University; M.S., Oklahoma State University; Ed.D-, University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1964-

AGNES M. ALLEN, Ph.D Professor of Earth Science, Emeritus B.Ed., Illinois State University; M.A., Colorado State College; M-A., Ph.D., Clark University; N.A.U., 1934-

MICHAEL ALLEN, M.S Assistant Professor of Sociology B.S., M.S., Illinois State University, 1967-

VIRGINIA M. ALWIN, Ph.D Professor of English and Education B.A. , Hamline University; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1935-

W I L I A M F. AMBERG, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Psychology Director, Institute for Human Development

B.S., Springfield College; M.A., Ed.D., Brigham Young University; NJLU., 1968-,

283

284 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

J. RICHARD AMBLER, Ph.D Associate Professor of Anthropology B.A., University of Colorado; MA., University of Arizona; Ph.D., Uni­versity of Colorado; N.A.U., 1967-

GLENN A. ANDERSON, Ph.D Professor of Biology B.S., M.A.T., Washington State University; Ph.D., Oregon State Univer­sity; N.A.U., 1964-

JAMES A. ANDERSON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Southwestern College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma; N.A.U., 1970-

WALTER P. APPELGREN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Northwestern University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan; N.A.U., 1967-

N. LOUISE APPLEQUIST, MA Fifth Grade Critic Teacher B.S., M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1969-

RITA J. ASHCRAFT, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Women's Physical Education

B.A., B.S., Fort Hays Kansas State College; M.S., MacMurray College; Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1971-

DENNIS H. ATKIN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Humanities B.A., M.A., Brigham Young University; Ph.D., University of Washington; N.A.U., 1967-

CLARENCE T. AUFDEMBERGE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Humanities B.S., Concordia Teachers College; Ph.D., University of Kansas; N.A.U., 1970-

THOMAS EUGENE AVERY, Ph.D Professor of Forestry

B.S., University of Georgia; M.F., Duke University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1968-

ROGER L. BACON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of English B.A., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Utah; N.A.U., 1972-

VERA H. BADOREK, M.S Assistant Professor of Women's Physical Education

B.S., M.S., University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1960-

THOMAS A. BAIER, B.S.R.T Coordinator of Radiologic Technology; Instructor in Radiologic Technology

A.AS., Broome Technical Community College; B.S., Medical College of Georgia; R.T. (A.R.R.T.) N.A.U., 1972-

RONALD C. BAKER, M.S Instructor in Industrial Education B.S., M.S., Utah State University; NA.U., 1970-

ALEXANDRA BAKOVYCH, M A Instructor in Art

AA., Phoenix College; B.A., M.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1969-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 285

RUSSELL P. BALDA, Ph.D Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Wisconsin State University, Oshkosh; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1966-

EUGENE W. BALZER, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Industrial Education

B.S., M.Ed., Colorado State University; Ph.D., Iowa State University; N.A.U., 1972-

CHARLES W. BARNES, Ph.D Associate Professor of Geology B.S., University of Oklahoma; M.S., University of Idaho; Ph.D., Univer­sity of Wisconsin; N.A.U., 1968-

JAMES E. BARTELL, Ph.D Assistant Professor of English B.A., Oklahoma State University; M.A., Washington University; Ph.D., Washington University; N.A.U., 1967-

PHILIP R. BARTHOLOMEW, M.F.A Assistant Professor of Interior Design B.S., M.F.A., Utah State University; N.A.U., 1969-

MAX L. BASEMAN, Ph.D Professor of Modern Languages, Emeritus B.A., Coe College; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1945-

GARY C. BATEMAN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., California State College, Long Beach; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1967-

RICHARD S. BEAL, JR., Ph.D Dean of the Graduate College and Research; Professor of Zoology

B.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., University of California; N.A.U., 1962-

KENNETH E. BEAN, Ph.D Professor of Chemistry A.B., Adams State College; M.S., Ph.D., Stanford University; N.A.U., 1962-

RICHARD E. BEASLEY, M.F.A Assistant Professor of Art B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design; M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School; N.A.U., 1968-

HARVEY W. BECHER, Ph.D Assistant Professor of History B.A., Northwest Missouri State College; M.A., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1970-

THOMAS H. BEDWELL, Ph.D Professor of Physics A.B., A.M., University of South Dakota; Ph.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1964-

THOMAS R. BEMENT, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Statistics B.S., M.S., Colorado State University; Ph.D., Kansas State University; N.A.U., 1972-

DONALD V. BENDEL, M.F.A. ..; Assistant Professor of Art B.S., M.S., Winona State College; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin; N A U , 1970-

286 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

JAMES D. BENSON, Ph.D Dean, College of Business Administration; Professor of Marketing

B.B.S., Creighton University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1970-

H. GUY BENSUSAN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Social Studies and Humanities

B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1963-

ALLAN BERGLAND, Ph.D Associate Professor in Economics B.S., Concordia College; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1966-

GRAYDON L. BERLIN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Geography B.S., Clarion State College; M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Uni­versity of Tennessee; N.A.U., 1969-

RAY R. BERMAN, D.B.A Associate Professor of Management B.C.E., Cleveland State University; M.E., University of California, Los Angeles; D.B.A., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1972-

NORMAN P. BERREMAN, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., Oregon College of Education; M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ed.D., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1969-

RICHARD W. BERRY, Ph.D Professor of Forestry B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University; N.A.U., 1961-

FRANK H. BESNETTE, D.B.A Associate Dean, College of Business Administration; Associate Professor of Marketing and Management

B.B.A., University of Texas, El Paso; M.B.A., University of Denver; D.B.A., Arizona State University; NA.U., 1967-

STANLEY S. BEUS, Ph.D Professor of Geology B.S., M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of California; N.A.U., 1962-

LILLIAN L. BIESTER, Ph.D Professor of Business Education, Emeritus B.A., North Central College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1949-

JAMES E. BIGLIN, Ed.D Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., Hastings College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ed.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1963-

WILLIAM O. BLAIR, M.S Director of Intramural Sports B.A., Arizona State University; M.S., University of New Mexico; N A U , , 1972-

DEAN BLINN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Simpson College; M A , University of Montana; Ph.D., University of British Columbia; N.A.U., 1971-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 287

SAM W. BLISS, Ph.D Associate Professor of School Administration B.S., Eastern Illinois University; M.A., University of Illinois; Advanced Certificate, University of Illinois; Ph.D., Iowa State University; N.A.U., 1970-

TERRY BLYTHE, M.A Instructor in Speech B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Arizona State Uni­versity; N.A.U., 1971-

DENNIS A. BONNETT, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; M.S., University of Kansas; Ph.D., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1971-

ROBERT F. BOOTHE, Ed.D Professor of School Administration B.S., Central Missouri State College; M.Ed., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1959-

NORMAN R. BORC, M.A Assistant Director of Public Information; Instructor in Journalism

B.A., M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1956-

MALCOLM V. BOSSE, M.S Assistant Professor of Data Processing B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.S., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1966-

ELDON G. BOWMAN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Political Science and Public Administration

B.A., Claremont Men's College; M.A., Claremont Men's Graduate School; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School; N.A.U., 1966-

H. FRANK BRADFORD, Ed.D Lecturer in Elementary Education A.B., Arizona State University; M.S., University of Arizona; Ed.D., Stan­ford University; N.A.U., 1968-

IAN BRALEY, Ph.D Professor of Engineering and Technology B.E., Yale University; M.A.E., Chrysler Institute of Engineering; Ph.D., Stanford University; N.A.U., 1957-1959, 1961-

JAMES R. BRATHOVDE, Ph.D Professor of Chemistry B.A., B.A. in Ed., Eastern Washington College of Education; M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington; N.A.U., 1967-

ROBERT C. BREUNIG, B.A Instructor in Anthropology B.A., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1972-

A. JOHN BRIEL, J.D Associate Professor of Commerce A.B., LL.B., Valparaiso University; M.E., Loyola University (Chicago); J.D., Valparaiso University; N.A.U., 1946-

JACOB B. BROOKINS, M.F.A Instructor in Jewelry and Sculpture B.S., M.F.A./Metal, M.F.A./Sculpture, University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1969-

KAREN BROWN, B.S Instructor in Dental Hygiene B.S., University of Washington; N.A.U., 1972-

288 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

WESLEY BROWN, JR., M.A Associate Professor of Police Science B.S., Northwestern University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N A U . , 1959-

DAVID S. BRUMBAUGH, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Geology B.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1972-

WILLIAM M. BURKE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of English B.A., M.A., University of Montana; Ph.D., University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1970-

BYRD BURTON, Ed.D Professor of Home Economics, Emeritus B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.S., Colorado State University; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University; N.A.U., 1943-

J. HARVEY BUTCHART, Ph.D Professor of Mathematics B.S., Eureka College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1945-

HAROLD CAHN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Biology B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Wyoming; Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1971-

DOWLTNG G. CAMFBELL, M.A Assistant Professor of English B.A., Tusculum College; M.A., University of Tennessee; N.A.U., 1972-

HASKELL CANNON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Education B.A., E.CS.C. Ada, Oklahoma; M.A.L.A.S.C, Los Angeles, California,

CHARLES F. CARDINELL, Ph.D Associate Professor of Education B.A., University of Washington; M.Ed., University of Oregon; Ph.D., Michigan State University; N.A.U., 1969-

HARLAND E. CAREY, B.S Assistant Professor of Political Science B.S., University of Utah; N.A.U., 1972-

CHARLES R. CARLISLE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1970-

MARGARET CARRIGAN, Ph.D. Professor of English, Emeritus B.A., Columbia University; M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., Cornell University; N.A.U., 1949-

ANDREW K. CHAN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., Ph.D., University of Washington; N.A.U., 1969-

CLAYTON W. CHANCE, Ph.D Associate Professor of Engineering and Technology

B.S., Bradley University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1967-

AVA S. CHAHTZ, M.L.S Assistant Head Cataloger B.A., Colorado State University; N.A.U., 1968-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 289

DAVID D. CHASE, D.B.A Assistant Professor of Finance; Director of Business Research

B.A., Pricipia College; M.BA., Dartmouth College; D.B.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1966-

ANTHONY C. D. CHOI, Ph.D., C.P.A Associate Professor of Accounting B.S., M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of Utah; C.PA.., State of Arizona; N A U . , 1965-

ROBERT L. CLARK, M.A. Instructor in Speech-Radio-TV B.A., M.A, Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1970-

ROBERTA L. CLEGG, Ph.D Director of Nursing; Associate Professor of Nursing

B.S., University of Utah; M.S., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1970-

THOMAS J. CLEMAN, D.M.A Assistant Professor of Humanities B.A. ,Whitman College; M.A, University of California; D.M.A., Stan­ford University; N.A.U., 1969-

JAMES M. COFFROTH, M.A Assistant Professor of Journalism A.B., University of Miami (Florida); M.A., New York University; NA..U., 1970-

CARL H. COLE, M.A Instructor in Humanities B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.AU., 1968-

WILLIAM J. CONWAY, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Behavioral Science B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., Louisiana State University; N.A.U., 1970-

ROBERT M. COOLEY, M.A. in Ed Director of Public Information; Chairman, Journalism Staff; Assistant Professor of Journalism

A.B., University of Colorado; M.A. in Ed., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1964-

AUGUSTUS S. COTERA, JR., Ph.D Chairman, Department of Geology L Professor of Geology B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1967-

JOHN S. COTNER, M.S.B.A Director of Management Development; Instructor of Business Administration

B.S.BA., Southeast Missouri State University; M.S.B.A., University of Denver; N.A.U., 1972-

BARBARA L. COUSIN, M.A Associate Professor of Nursing B.S., M.A, University of Connecticut; N.A.U., 1973-

JERRY R. COX, M.S Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S., Kansas State College, Pittsburg; Graduate Study, University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1972-

OTTO E. CRENWELGE, J R , Ph.D Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S., B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E., PhJD., University of Houston; N.A.U., 1971-

290 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

RAYMOND D. CRISP, Ph.D Assistant Professor of English A.B., University of Illinois; M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., Uni­versity of Illinois, Urbana, 1971-

JOYCE M. CRONK, Ph.D Professor of Women's Physical Education B.S., Texas Women's University; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ph.D., Florida State University; N.A.U., 1966-

GERALD P.. CUMMINGS, B.S Instructor in Radiologic Technology B.S., University of Nevada; R.T., (A.R.R.T.); N.A.U., 1972-

KEITH K. CUNNINGHAM, M.A Assistant Professor of English B.S. in Ed., Western Illinois University; M.A., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1969-

ROGER J. CUNNINGHAM, Ed.D Associate Professor—Educational and Institutional Research

B.S., Iowa State University; M.A., University of Colorado; Ed.D., Colo­rado State College; N.A.U., 1966-

PAT B. CURRY, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Music; Professor of Music

B.A., M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1968-

SANDRA A. DANNENFELDT, M.A Assistant Professor of Business Education B.A., M.A., University of Northern Iowa; N.A.U., 1965-

JEAN-JACQUES D'AQUIN, M.A Instructor in French B.A., University of San Francisco; M.A., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1968-

JOHN A. DAVIDSON, M.A. Instructor in Art

B.S., in Ed., Arizona State College; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1968-

RICHARD O. DAVIES, Ph.D Professor of History B.A., Marietta College; M.A., Ohio University; Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1963-1968, 1969-

BILLY W. DAVIS, Ph.D Associate Professor of Engineering B.S.M.E., Texas Technological College; M.S.M.E., Santa Clara College; Ph.D., Southern Methodist University; N.A.U., 1970-

LAWRENCE M. DAVIS, Ed.S Assistant Professor of English B.S., MA., Ed.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1963-

CHESTER F. DEAVER, M.S Associate Professor of Botany, Emeritus Curator of Herbarium

B.S., North Central College; M.S., University of Arizona; Graduate Study, University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1924-

JAMES M. DEAY, M.S Acquisition Librarian A.B., University of Alabama; M.S., Kansas State Teachers College; N A U . , 1970-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 291

EUGENE DECAMP, M.A Assistant Professor of Industrial Education B.S., Arizona State College; MA., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

EDWARD L. DEJNOZKA, Ed.D Assistant Dean, College of Education B.A., Queens College; MA., Teachers College, Columbia University; Ed.D., New York University; N.A.U., 1969-

JOHN M. DEKORTE, Ph.D Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., Hope College; Ph.D., Purdue University; N.A.U., 1966-

CARLOS H. DE LA PENA, Dr. en Filo y Letras Professor of Spanish B.A, Isleta College; M.A., Dr. en Filo y Letras, Universidad Nacional de Mexico; N.A.U., 1967-

KENNETH E. DERIFIELD, M.S Associate Professor of Zoology B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1944-

WILLIAM G. DELINGER, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Physics B.S., Chadron State College; M.S., South Dakota School of Mines and Technology; Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1972-

ROBERT C. DICKESON, Ph.D Vice President for Student Affairs; Associate Professor of Political Science

A.B., MA., Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1969-

J A C K B. DIXON, Ph.D Professor of Engineering B.S., Oklahoma University; M.S., Louisiana Polytechnic College; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University; N.A.U., 1969-

KARL W. DOERRY, Ph.D Assistant Professor of English M.A., University of Kansas; Ph.D., University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1970-

THOMAS A. DONOHOE, Ph.D Associate Professor of English B.A., St. Ambrose College; M.A, Ph.D., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1966-

FRANCES P. DORRIS, Ed.S Instructor in Physical Education B.S., Kansas State Teachers College; M.A., Ed.S., University of Michi­gan; N.A.U., 1970-

KENNETH R. DOUGHTY, M.A Instructor in Physical Education; Assistant Coach

B.S., University of Missouri; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N A U , 1964-

EVELYN H. DOWNUM, M.A University Elementary School Librarian A.B., University of Illinois; MA., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1956-

GARLAND DOWNUM, Ph.D Professor of History B.A., M A , University of Kansas; Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1944-

292 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

MARY M. DUMOND, M.A Instructor in Journalism B.J., University of Missouri; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1969-

MAY M. DUNCAN, Ed.S Associate Professor of Education; BA., A.B., Northwest Missouri State College; M.S., University of Wis­consin; Ed.S., Columbia University; N.A.U., 1953-

JOHN P. DUNCKLEE, M.A Coordinator of Geography, Assistant Professor of Geography

B.S., M.A., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1969-

JACK R. DUSTMAN, D.B.A Associate Professor of Management B.S., M.S., Arizona State University; D.B.A., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1969-

RAYMOND L. EASTWOOD, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Geology B.S., M.S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1970-

DUANE O. EBEBHARDT, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Business Administration

B.S., San Diego State College; A.M., Ph.D., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1969-

ALAN H. EDER, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Education B.S., Buffalo State Teachers College; M.E., Ed.D., University of Ne­braska; N.A.U., 1972-

JOEL S. EIDE, M.A Assistant Professor of Humanities B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of Denver; N.A.U., 1970-

DARREL S. ENGLISH, Ph.D Associate Professor of Genetics B.A., Southwestern College (Kansas); M.S., Louisiana State University; Ph.D., Iowa State University; N.A.U., 1967-

GLADYS M. FAIR, M.A Assistant Professor of Education, Emeritus BA., MA., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1938-

CHARLES E. FAUSET, Ed.D Dean, College of Education; Professor of Education

A.B., M.A., Indiana State Teachers College; Ed.D., Indiana University; NA.U., 1950-

MARGARET T. ESTES, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Sociology; Associate Professor of Sociology

B A , M.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas; NA.U., 1972-

JOSEPH M. FERGUSON, JR. , MA Instructor in English BA., MA. , University of New Mexico; NA.U., 1972-

RICHARD C. FIDLER, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Anthropology BA., MA. , Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; NA.U., 1972-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 293

E. LEE FITZHUGH, B.S Assistant Professor of Forestry and Biology B.S., University of Michigan; N.A.U., 1971-

ALAN E. FLITCRAFT, M.S Instructor in Physical Education A.A., Manatee Junior College; B.S., M.S., Florida State University; N.A.U., 1966-

DONNA K. FOSBERG, M.Ed Third Grade Critic Teacher B.A., Adams State College, Colorado; M.Ed., Idaho State University; N.A.U., 1969-

JAMES B. FITZMAURICE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of English B.A., Occidental College; M.A., California State College at Long Beach; Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1971-

BILL J. FOSTER, M.F.A Assistant Professor of Speech and Theater B.F.A, M.F.A., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1969-

RICHARD D. FOUST, JR., Ph.D Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara; N.A.U., 1972-

JAMES R. FREDRICK, Ed.D Director of University Counseling Center; Professor of Psychology

A.B., Westminster College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1961-

PERSIS T. FULLER, M.A Instructor in Psychology B.A, Antioch College; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

ROBERT E. GALLAGHER, Ph.D Associate Professor of English B.A., DePaul University; MA., Ph.D., Northwestern University; N A U . , 1968-

CAROL L. GARD, M.N Assistant Professor of Nursing R.N., Sisters of Charity School of Nursing; B.S., in Nur. M.N., Montana State University; NA.U., 1968-

GREG H. GARDNER, M.A Assistant Professor of Speech and Theater B.A., M A , Bowling Green University; N A U . , 1972-

LARRY D. GARDNER, MA., CP.A Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S., Northwest Missouri State College; M A , University of Missouri; G.P.A, State of Arizona; N.A.U., 1965-

WILLIAM S. GAUD, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., College of Charleston; Ph.D., University of North Carolina; N A U . , 1970-

ELLEHY L. GIBSON, MA Assistant Professor of Art

B.F.A, University of Colorado; M.A, University of Northern Colorado; NAU.', 1954-

WILLIAM E. GIBSON, M.A Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S. University of Utah; M A , University of Utah; N A U . , 1970-

294 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

ROSE-MARLENE GIESKE, M.S Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., University of Maryland; N A U . , 1970-

D O N D. GILBERT, Ph.D Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N A U . , 1965-

VIRGIL. W. GILLENWATER, Ed.D Executive Vice President; Professor of Education

B.E., M.S., Western Illinois State College; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Illinois; LL.D., Rider College; N.A.U., 1950-1966, 1968-

WILLARD E. GILLETTE, M.A Associate Professor of Journalism B.S., State University of New York, Albany; M.A., University of Colo­rado; N A U . , 1972-

OHAZIO GIUSTI, Dott Chairman, Department of Modern Languages; Professor of Modem Languages

Maturita Classica; Doctorate, University of Padua; Cert. Institut Phone-tique, Paris; Cert. Centre Pedagogique, Sevres; Dipl. Hautes Etudes, Bordeaux & Toulouse Universities; Dipl. Litt. Sorbonne; N.A.U., 1960-

STEPHEN G. GLADISH, M.A Instructor in English BA., University of Illinois; M.A., Northwestern University; N.A.U., 1969-

MARJORIE L. GLENDENING, M.Sci Assistant Professor of Biology BA., Arizona State University; M.Sci., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1947-

JOHN W. GLENN, Ph.D Dean, Continuing and Career Education; Associate Professor of Industrial Education

A.D.T., Southern Illinois Vocational-Technical Institute; B.S., Southern Illinois University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1966-

IRVY W. GOOSSEN, BA Instructor in Navajo BA., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1967-

GEORCE E. GOSLOW, JR., Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., University of California, Los Angeles; MA., Humbolt State Col­lege; Fh.D., University of California, Davis; N.A.U., 1967-

JOHN P. GORDON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Engineering B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Illinois; N A U . , 1972-

JAMES F. GOULD, D . M A Associate Professor of Low Brass B.M., Wichita State University: M.M., D.MA., University of Southern California; N A U . , 1966-

G. BRUCE GOURLEY, LL.B Assistant Professor of Police Science L.L.B.,

EUGENE F. GRAPE, Ph.D Professor of Marketing B A , Brooklyn College; M . B A , Ph.D., Ohio State University; N A U . , 1967-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 295

ALLAN B. GRAY, JR., Ph.D Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., Ph.D., New Mexico State University; N.A.U., 1961-

HERBERT A. GREGG, M.Ed Assistant Professor of Physical Education; Basketball Coach

B.S. in Ed., M.Ed., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1949-

JOYCE GRIFFEN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Behavioral Science B.A., University of Colorado; M.A, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; N.AU., 1971-

WILLIAM B. GRIFFEN, Ph.D Director of Center for Behavioral Science; Chairman, Department of Anthropology; Associate

Professor of Anthropology B.A., Whittier College; MA., Mexico City College; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1964-1969, 1972-

CHARLES R. GRIFFITH, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Anthropology Associate Professor of Anthropology

B.A, Ohio State University; Ph.D., Harvard University; N.A.U., 1967-

J. NORMAN GRIM, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., University of Cali­fornia, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Davis; N.A.U., 1967-

WILLIAM A. GROMAN, M.F Assistant Professor of Forestry B.S.F., Pennsylvania State University; M.F., Oregon State University; N.A.U., 1972-

LEO W. HABERLACK, M.A Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S., Minot State College; M.S., Northern Colorado University; N.AU., 1964-

RAY R. HAGELBERG, Ph.D Professor of Education B.A., Cornell College; M.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1957-

LOLA M. HALL, Ed.S First Grade Critic Teacher B.S., Black Hills Teachers College; M.S., Northern State Teachers Col­lege; Ed.S., Arizona State College; N.A.U., 1964-

RICHARD C. HALL, Ph.D Associate Professor of Astronomy B.A, Amherst College; Ph.D., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1965-

RICHARD C. HAMILTON, M.A Instructor in Art History B.A., Colorado College; MA., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1972-

DONALD J. HAMSON, M.S Instructor in Audio Visual B.S., Weber State College; M.S., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1968-

GERALD E. HANSEN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Political Science B.S., M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of Missouri; NA.U., 1971-

296 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

MILAN G. HANSON, M.Ed Instructor in Industrial Education B.S., University of North Dakota; M.Ed., Colorado State University; N.A.U., 1969-

DEANE M. HABGRAVE, Ed.S Assistant Professor of English B.S. in Ed., M.A., Ed.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1965-

D A L E H. HARPER, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Special Education B.S., M.A., Arizona State University; Ed.D., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1969-

C. WADE HARRISON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma; N.A.U., 1969-

DONALD F. HARVEY, Ph.D Associate Professor of Management BA.., University of Washington; Ph.D., Case Institute of Technology; N.A.U., 1969-

GINA HARVEY, Ph.D Associate Professor of English Ph.D., The University of Rome, Italy; N.A.U., 1972-

E L M E R C. HAVER, M.A. Assistant Professor of Engineering and Technology

B.S.C.E., Purdue University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1964-

JEAN C. HAWKS, M.S Head Serials Librarian B.A., New Mexico Highlands University; M.S., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1969-

CHARLES D. HEATON, Ph.D Professor of Chemistry B.A., University of California at Los Angeles; Ph.D., Stanford Univer­sity; N.A.U., 1964-

W I N R. HENSLEY, M.A. in Ed Assistant Professor of Commerce, Emeritus

B.A., M.A. in Ed., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1944-

HARRY K. HEPWORTH, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S.M.E., Oklahoma State University; M.S.E., Ph.D., Arizona State Uni­versity; N.A.U., 1970-

RAMON G. HERNANDEZ, M.A Instructor in Spanish B.A., West Texas State University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

RICHARD H. HEVLY, Ph.D Associate Professor of Botany B.S., University of Washington; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1966-

STEPHEN G. HILD, Ph.D.........................................Assistant Professor of Theater BA., University of Arkansas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Missouri; N A U . , 1972-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 297

CLAIR S. HILL, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Industrial Education B.S., M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1970-

THEODORE A. HOFF, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., Fort Lewis College; M.S., Ph.D., Montana State University; N.A.U., 1969-

CHARLES A. HOFFMAN, JR., Ph.D Associate Professor of Anthropology B.S., M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1972-

GRANT J. HOLDSWORTH, M.S Instructor in Industrial Education B.S., Brigham Young University; M.S., Utah State University; N.A.U., 1969-

CLYDE N. HOLLAND, Ph.D Associate Professor of Engineering B.S.C.E., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Duke University; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology; N.A.U., 1970-

RICHARD F. HOLM, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Geology B.A., University of Colorado; M.S., University of Idaho; Ph.D., Univer­sity of Washington; N.A.U., 1970-

CELIA HOLM, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Oxford University; Ph.D., University of Washington; N.A.U., 1972-

MARSHALL G. HOLMAN, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Industrial Education B.S., M.S., University of Arizona; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1972-

PAUL R. HOLMGREN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Indiana University; M.A., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., North Texas State University; N.A.U., 1969-

Scor r HOLZHAUSER, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering B.A., B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon University; PhD. , University of New Mexico; N A U . , 1967-

JON H. HOPKINS, M.A Assistant Professor of Art; Art Gallery Director A.B., Williams College; M.A., Ohio State University; N.A.U., 1962-

BRUCE W. HORN, M.F.A Instructor in Art

B.F.A., Miami University; M.F.A., Ohio State University; N.A.U., 1972-

PETER J. HORN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., University of Pretoria, South Africa; M.A., University of British Columbia, Canada; Ph.D., University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1970-

EARLE B. HOYT, JR., Ph.D Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., Middlebury College; IVe DeGre, Alliance Francaise; Ph.D., Tufts University; N.A.U., 1967-

ROBERT W. HUFFMAN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1967-

298 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

EUGENE M. HUGHES, Ph.D Vice President for University Programming; Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Chadron State College; M.S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., George Peabody College; N.A.U., 1970-

RAYMOND E. HUITT, Ed.D Associate Professor of Elementary Education B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; Ed.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1964-

LESTER J. Hurrr , Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B A , M.A., Humboldt State College; Ph.D., University of Nevada; N A U . , 1967-

TIMOTHY HUNT, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Humanities B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University; N.A.U., 1972-

WALTER E. HUNT, MA Instructor of Sociology B.S., Memphis State University; M.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1972-

MELVIN T. HUTCHTNSON, M.A Assistant Professor of Journalism, Emeritus

B.A., M.A., D. Joum. (honorary), Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1946-

RONALD L. IVES, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Geography B A , M.S., University of Colorado; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University; N A U . , 1968-

PETER A. JACOBS, Ed.D Chairman, Department of Art ;Professor of Art B.S., M.A., State University of New York; Ed.D., George Peabody Col­lege; N A U . , 1970-

ROBEHT O. JACOBSON, M.A Assistant Professor of Art B.F.A., Oklahoma State University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1963-

MAX H. JAMES, Ph.D Chairman, Department of English; Professor of English

B A , M.A., Bob Jones University; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School and University Center; N.A.U., 1968-

HILDA Jo JENNINGS, Ed.D Chairman, Department of Home Economics; Associate Professor of Home Economics

B.S., M.T., Northeastern State College; Ed.D., Oklahoma State Univer­sity; N A U . , 1971-

A DEWEY JENSEN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Philosophy B A , University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Texas; N A U . , 1971-

PETER JEPSON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B A , University of Iowa; M A , San Diego State College; Ph.D., United States International University; NA.U., 1969-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 299

NORMAN B. JOHANSEN, Ed.D Director of Athletics and Physical Education; Professor of Physical Education

B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., University of Iowa; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1970-

ARNOLD B. JOHNSON, M.A Instructor in English B.A., M.A., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1968-

C. DANIEL JOHNSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Zoology A.A., College of the Sequoias; B.A., Fresno State College; M.S., Arizona State University; Ph.D., University of California; NA..U., 1966-

FRANCES E. JOHNSON, M.S Instructor in Home Economics B.S., M.S., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1969-

GORDON P. JOHNSON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1969-

HARLAN B. JOHNSON, M.L.S Coordinator of Curriculum Materials Center; Instructor in Library Science

B.S., Dickinson State College; M.L.S., George Peabody College; N.A.U., 1968-

JOHN C. JOHNSON, M.A Instructor in Electronics B.A., California State College at Los Angeles; M.A., University of Cali­fornia, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1972-

L. MURPHY JOHNSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S.C.H.E., MA., Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin; N.A.U., 1967-

OLIVER W. JOHNSON, Ph.D Professor of Zoology B.A., Fresno State College; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University; N.A.U., 1961-

THEODORE L. JOHNSON, M.A.T. Instructor in English B.S. in Ed., Northern Arizona University; M.A.T., Northern Arizona University; N A U . , 1969-

WARREN E. JOHNSON, Ed.D Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., Luther College; M.S., Ed.D., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1970-

JOHN JONES, Ph.D Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., Michigan State University; M.F., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Colorado State University; N.A.U., 1970-

JOHN M. JONES, Ed.D Associate Professor of Education B.A., Texas Technological University; M.Ed., Ed.D., North Texas State University; N A U , 1967-

KATHRYN A. JONES, MA. Instructor in Mathematics B.A., University of Dubuque; M.A., Eastern Illinois University; N.A.U., 1970-

300 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

MICHAEL P. JONES, B.S Instructor in Philosophy B.S., Purdue University; N.A.U., 1972-

DANIEL J. JULIEN, JR., M.A Assistant Professor of Speech B.A., M.A., Eastern Michigan University; N.A.U., 1967-

JANE A. J U U E N , M.S.L.S Government Documents Librarian B.A., M.S.L.S., Wayne State University; N.A.U., 1967-

MICHAEL C. KANAN, M.A Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1967-

FLORENCE M. KARLSTROM, M.A Assistant Professor of Sociology B.S., University of Alberta; M.A., University of Chicago; N.A.U., 1965-

JUANITA C. KARONS, B.S. in Nurs Instructor in Nursing (Psychiatric) B.S. in Nurs., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1973-

NANCY KASAKOW, B.S. in Ed Fourth Grade Supervising Teacher B.S. in Ed., Central State College; N.A.U., 1972-

GROVER S. KEARNS, JR., M.B.A Instructor in Business Administration B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.B.A., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1972-

VENETTA B. KELL, Ed.D Professor of Business Education B.S., Oklahoma College for Women; M.Bus.Ed., Ed.D., University of Oklahoma; N.A.U., 1961-

MILLARD H. KINNEY, M.A Assistant Professor of Music; Director of Choir

B.S. in Ed., University of Oregon; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1965-

JAMES P. KIRK, M.A Instructor in Mathematics B.S., M.A., University of Kansas; N.A.U., 1968-

THOMAS J. KIRSHBAUM, D.M.A Assistant Professor of Music; Conductor of the Symphony

B.M., University of Michigan; M.M., Yale University; D.M.A., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1966-

DAVID H. KITTERMAN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of History B.A., M.A., University of Utah; Ph.D., University of Washington; N.A.U., 1970-

VICTOR S. KOBYLIN, M.A Assistant Professor of Language M.A., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1966-

VIRGINIA KOSLOWSKI, M.A. Itinerant Teacher-Educator, Home Economics B.S., Michigan State University; M.A., Arizona State University; N A U . , 1972-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 301

E. RUSSEL KUCHEL, Ph.D Provost

B.A., Westmar College; M.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1971-

NEIL. L. KUNZE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of History B.S., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1970-

ERNEST A. KURMES, Ph.D Associate Professor of Forestry B.A., Lehigh University; M.F., M.S., Ph.D., Yale University; N.A.U., 1966-

ELINOR CLEMONS KYTE, Ph.D Professor of English

B.A., Miami University, Ohio; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1961-

GEOBGE W. KYTE, Ph.D Professor of History A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of California; N.A.U., 1966-

GERALD R. LADHOFF, M.S Assistant Professor of Police Science and Administration

B.S., M.S., University of California, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1972-

ELIZABETH LANEH, B.M Assistant Instructor in Music B.M., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1970-

MARY RIEGE LANER, M.A Instructor in Sociology

B.A., University of Chicago; M.A., University of New Mexico; N.A.U., 1969-

Ror H. LANER, M.A Assistant Professor of Social Science B.S., University of Illinois; M.A., Ball State University; N.A.U., 1969-

PAUL LANSING, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Educational Administration B.S., M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ph.D., University of Wiscon­sin; 'N.A.U., 1972-

HAROLD C. LARSON, Ph.D Professor of Speech

B.S., M.A., University of South Dakota; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; N . A . U . , 1968-

R GARY LAYTON Ph.D Associate Professor of Physics B.A., M.A., University of Utah; Ph.D., Utah State University; N.A.U., 1969-

AHTHUH M. LEE, Ph.D Director of Research and Grants B.A., M.A., University of Kansas City; Ph.D., Syracuse University; N.A.U., 1965-

CHUNHYE KIM LEE, M.S Assistant Professor of Home Economics-Foods and Nutrition

B.A., KyungBuk Teachers College; B.S., Abilene Christian College; M.S., University of Utah; N.A.U., 1972-

302 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

DANIEL L. Y. LEONG, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; N A U . , 1970-

JAMES F. LEPICH, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Education B A , M.A., Adams State College; Ed.D., University of Northern Colo­rado; N.A.U., 1971-

MARCY THOMAS LEWELLEN, M.E Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts, Emeritus

B.S., M.E., Iowa State College; N.A.U., 1943-

EVELYN L. LEWIS, M.A Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., Oklahoma Baptist University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N A U . , 1969-

JOSEPH D. LIGGIT, Ed.D Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., M A , Ed.D., Nebraska University; N.A.U., 1969-

ALEXANDER J. LINDSAY, JR., Ph.D Lecturer in Anthropology B.A., University of Denver; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1969-

JOE E. LINGERFELT, Ph.D 'Associate Professor of Science and Mathematics B.S., M.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Cali­fornia at Santa Barbara; N.A.U., 1970-

MINNIE LINTZ, A.M Associate Professor of Education, Emeritus AB. , Miami University, Ohio; A.M., Columbia University; N.A.U., 1918-

WILLIAM G. LIPKE, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Purdue University; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Texas A & M University; N.A.U., 1965-

CHARLES E. LITTLE, Ed.D Professor of Mathematics Education AB. , University of Kansas; M.S., Ft. Hays Kansas State College; Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado; N A U . , 1964-

SAMUEL J. LITZLER, M.B.A., C.P.A Associate Professor of Accounting M.B.A, Texas A & M University; C.PA., States of Texas and Arizona; N A U . , 1966-

RICHARD E. LLOYD, ED.D Professor of Education B.S., M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ed.D., Wayne State University; N A U . , 1952-

BRUCE LOCKLING, Ph.D Professor of Economics B A , University of California, Los Angeles; M A , University of Cali­fornia, Berkeley; Ph.D., University of Illinois; N A U . , 1967-

ALDEN C. LORENTS, Ph.D. ...... Associate Professor of Business Administration B.S., Concordia College; M . B A , Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N A U . , 1971-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 303

L. DUDLEY LOVE, Ph.D Professor of Forestry B.S., Colorado State University; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1964-

LARRY LOVEN, M.A ... Lecturer in Business B.A., Colorado State College; M.A, Northern Arizona University; N A U , 1967-

MILTON LOYER, M.A Instructor of Mathematics B.S., Eastern Mennonite College; M.A., George Peabody College; N.A.U., 1972-

BRADLEY N. LYNN, M.S Assistant Professor of Police Science B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., University of Indiana; N.A.U., 1964-

WILLIAM H. LYON, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Social Science; Profesor of History

B.S. Ed., Central Missouri State College; A.M., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Missouri; NA.U., 1958-

WILLIAM C. MALM, M.S Assistant Professor of Environmental Science B.S., Mankato State College; M.S., University of North Dakota; NA.U., 1972-

MICHAEL E. MALONE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.F.A., B.A., University of Utah; Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1972-

ARTHUR L. MANSURE, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Humanities; Professor of Humanities

B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Ph .D, Boston University; N.A.U., 1966-

ALVIN E. MARCUS, M.M Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M., M.M., Cincinnati Conservatory of Music; N A U , 1969-

JOHN W. MARTTN, MA Assistant Professor of Engineering and Technology

B.S., Arizona State University; M.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1961-

NORMAN R. MARTIN, M.A Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., University of California, Davis; N A U , 1965-

JAMES O. MASSEY, D.B.A Associate Professor of Business Administration B.S, Columbia University; M.S, University of Oregon; D.B.A, Univer­sity of Southern California; N A U , 1968-

C. GLAYD MATHER, M.S Assistant Professor of Engineering and Technology

B.S, M.S, Utah State University; N A U , 1967-

NELDA J. MATHIS, M.A Instructor in Women's Physical Education B.S, M A , Texas Women's University; N A U , 1969-

304 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

HARRY G. MATTHEWS, Ph.D Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Centenary College of Louisiana; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School; N.A.U., 1966-

DIANNA V. MATTHIAS, M.S Instructor in Biology A.B., University of California; M.S., University of Nevada; N.A.U., 1970-

LORA MAXWELL, M.A Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Emeritus B.S., M.A., Teachers College, Columbus University; N.A.U., 1923-

JAMES L. MAYFIELD, Ph.D Professor of Speech B.G.E., Omaha University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University; N.A.U., 1963-

DWIGHT E. MAYO, Ph.D Assistant Professor of History B.S., University of Maryland; M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma; N.A.U., 1967-

JUNIA E. MCALISTER, M.S Associate Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus B.S., North Texas State University; M.S., University of Chicago; N.A.U., 1943-

SAMUEL M. MCCLANAHAN, Ed.D Associate Professor of Education B.S.Ed., Southwest Missouri State College; M.A., George Peabody Col­lege; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1967-

JAMES M. MCCLURE, D.D.S Director, Dental Hygiene Program D.D.S., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1972-

AARON M. MCCREARY, Dir. of P.Ed Professor of Physical Education, Emeritus

B.S., University of Arizona; M.A., University of Southern California; Director of Physical Education Degree, Indiana University; N.A.U., 1931-

LEWIS J. MCDONALD, Ed.D Executive Director of University Relations; Professor of Education

B.A., M A , Northern Arizona University; Ed.D., University of Southern California; N A U . , 1952-

LARRY A. MCFARLANE, Ph.D Associate Professor of History B.A., M A , Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1962-71, 1972-

JUDSON D. MCGEHEE, Ph.D Associate Professor of English B A , M.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., University of Michigan; N.A.U., 1961-

IDA BELLE MCGILL, Ed.D Associate Professor of Education and Psychology, Emeritus

B.A., Drury College; M.A., University of Missouri; Ed.D., Teachers Col­lege, Columbia University; N A U . , 1946-

RONALD L. MCINTYRE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Speech-Radio-TV B.A., M.A., Brigham Young University; Ph.D., Ohio State University; N A U . , 1970-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 305

GEOFFREY R. MCKEE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Coe College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N A U , 1969-

MAUREEN MCNEILL, MA Instructor in Dental Hygiene M.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1972-

JOSEPH C. MEHRHOFF, Ph.D Dean, College of Engineering; Professor of Engineering

B.S.M.E., University of Southwestern Louisiana; M.S.H.E., Louisiana State University; Ph.D., University of Utah; N.A.U., 1968-

QLIVE ANN MEINING, A.M.L.S Reference Librarian B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Roosevelt University; A.M.L.S., Uni­versity of Michigan; N.A.U., 1970-

VASANT V. MERCHANT, Ph.D Associate Professor of Humanities T.D., B.A., M.A., & LL.B., University of Bombay; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1966-

RICHARD D. MEYER, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Mathematics; Professor of Mathematics

B.A., M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ph.D., University of Cali­fornia, Berkeley; N.A.U., 1966-

JOHN R. MICKLICH, Ed.D Associate Professor of Mathematics A.B., Baker University; M.S., Eastern New Mexico University; Ed.D., University of New Mexico; N.A.U., 1963-

F. MICHAEL MILES, Ph.D Associate Professor of School Administration B.A., Nebraska State Teacher's College; M.S., University of Omaha; Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1969-

GERALD W. MILLER, Ed.D Associate Professor of Industrial Education B.S., Ball State University; M.A, University of Denver; N.AU., 1969-

ROBERT MILLER, Ed.D Associate Professor of Industrial Education B.S.E.E., M.I.E., Utah State University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1972-

ROGER L. MILLER, Ph.D Associate Professor of Finance B.S., Purdue University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1972-

E. KENNETH MILLS, JR., Ph.D Associate Director, Institute for Human Development; Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Utah; N.A.U., 1970-

CHARLES O. MINOR, D.F Dean, School of Forestry; Professor of Forestry

B.S., Iowa State University; M.F., D.F., Duke University; N.A.U., 1958-

H. LLOYD MOGENSEN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Botany B.S., Utah State University; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University; N A U , 1965-

306 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

MARGUERITE R. MONK, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Counseling B.Mus., Immaculate Heart College; M.A., Ph.D., University of New Mexico; N.A.U., 1972-

JOHN W. MONSMA, JR., Ph.D Associate Professor of Speech A.B. Ed., Calvin College; M.A., Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1970-

ERROL L. MONTGOMERY, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Geology B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1970-

GUY MONTHAN, M.A Instructor in Art B.F.A., Syracuse University; M.A., California State College at Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1968-

CHARLES G. MOORE, Ph.D Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., Central Missouri State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan; NA..U., 1960-

CLAY L. MOORE, JR., Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Houston; N.A.U., 1968-

MARGARET R. MORLEY, Ph.D Assistant Professor of History B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; N.A.U., 1970-

GEORGE S. MORRISON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., Georgetown University; N.A.U., 1960-

LYLE L. MULLENS, Ed.D Associate Dean, College of Education; Professor of School Administration

B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College; M.A., Colorado State College of Education; Ed.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1960-

MARVIN R. MURRAY, Sc.D Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S.C.E., M.S.C.E., ScD. , New Mexico State University; N.A.U., 1970-

JOSEPH M. MUTTER, M.A Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., Indiana University of Pa.; M.A., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1961-

L E E M. NASH, Ph.D Professor of History A.B., Cascade College; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., Univer­sity of Oregon; NA.U., 1967-

MARGARET A N N NATION, M.A Head Catalog Librarian B.A., Mississippi State College for Women; M.A., Florida State Univer­sity; N.A.U., 1967-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 307

J. DALE NATIONS, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Geology B.S., Arizona State University; M.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., Uni­versity of California, Berkeley; N.A.U., 1969-

MARGRETTE L. NELSON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., MacMurray College; M.A., University of Denver; Ph.D., Univer­sity of Colorado; N.A.U., 1972-

MICHAEL E. NESBITT, MS : Athletic Trainer; Instructor in Physical Education

B.A., Idaho State University; M.S., Indiana State University; N A U . , 1970-

JOHN A. NICOLSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Social Science BA., M.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Claremont Grad­uate School; N.A.U., 1963-1966; 1969-

WILLIAM F. NIETMANN, Ph.D Coordinator of Philosophy; Associate Professor of Philosophy

B.A., University of the Pacific; Th.M., School of Theology, Claremont; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School; N.A.U., 1966-

FRED H. NIETO, M.A Instructor in Spanish B A , M A , Brigham Young University; N A U . , 1971-

KATHARINE F. NUTT, Ph.D Professor of History B.A. in Ed., Mary Washington College of University of Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., University of New Mexico; N.A.U., 1962-

KENNETH D. O 'DELL, Ph.D Associate Professor of Physics B.S., Central Missouri State; M.S., Ph.D., University of Missouri; N A U . , 1967-

FLORENCE N. ODLE, M.Ed Assistant Professor of Elementary Education BA. Ed., Northern Arizona University; M.S. Ed., M.Ed., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1966-

NICK J. OGDEN, M.S Instructor in Business Administration B.S., M.S., Chico State College; N.A.U., 1972-

TIMOTHY G. O'KEEFE, M.F Assistant Professor of Wood Technology B.S., M.F., Syracuse University; N A U . , 1967-

JOHN M. OSTHEIMER, Ph.D Associate Professor of Political Science B A , MA., Ph.D., Yale University; N A U . , 1967-

HELEN A. OSWALT, M.S Assistant Professor of Women's Physical Education

B.S., M.S., University of Arkansas; NA.U., 1954-

DONALD S. OVEKTURF, Ph.D Administrative Assistant to Dean of Arts and Sciences

B A , Hastings College; M A , Ph.D., University of Nebraska; N A U , 1970-

308 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

ROBERT OWER, M.A Instructor in Education and Sixth Grade Supervisor B.S. in Ed., Grand Canyon College; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1971-

RICHARD D. PACKARD, Ed.D Director of Student Teaching; Assistant Professor of Education

B.S., M.S., Fort Hays State College; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.AU., 1971-

ROBERT W. PACKARD, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B., Bowdoin College; M.S., Lehigh University; M.A., Ph.D., Dartmouth College; N.AU., 1968-

MARGARET A. PARKER, MA Second Grade Critic Teacher; Instructor in College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1969-

KEITH L. PEARSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Anthropology B.A., Augustana College; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1968-

JOHN N. PEDERSON, Hs.D Professor of Physical Education; Ski Coach B.S., in Ed., La Crosse State Teachers College; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Director of Physical Education Degree, Indiana University; Hs.D., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1951-

CHARLES A. PEEK, Ph.D Assistant Professor of English and Philosophy B.A. ,M.A, Ph.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1971-

ANN-MARI PEIRCE, M.A Instructor in English BA-, University of Oslo, Norway; M.A., University of Utah; N.A.U., 1970-

LAWRENCE M. PERKO, Ph.D Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., Colorado University; Ph.D., Stanford University; N.A.U., 1968-

JERRY D. PETERSEN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., Northern Montana College; M.Ed., Ph.D., Brigham Young Univer­sity; N.A.U., 1970-

DANIEI , PETERSON, Ed.D Associate Professor of Special Education AB.A., Kansas City Junior College; B.S.,-Rockhurst College; M.A., Uni­versity of Missouri, Kansas City; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1972-

FLORA PHILIP , M.A Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., London University; M.A., Aberdeen University; N.AU., 1972-

MARGARET M. PIPES, Ed.D Professor of Home Economics; Coordinator of Social Affairs

B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.A., Colorado State University; Ed.D., Columbia University; N.AU., 1949-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 309

LA VERNE R. PITCHER, M.B.A., C.P.A Executive Director of Finance; Associate Professor of Business Administration

B.BA., M.BA., University of Michigan; C.PA., Michigan and Arizona; N.A.U., 1959-

MONTE M. POEN, Ph.D Associate Professor of American History B.A., San Jose City College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1966-

GILBERT CLAUDE POGANY, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Belmont College; M.S., Ph.D., Tulane University; N.A.U., 1969-

SANDOR POPOVICS, Ph.D Professor of Engineering Eng. Diploma, Polytechnic University; M.S., Hungarian Academy; Ph.D., Purdue University; N.A.U., 1969-

LEON B. POULLADA, Ph.D Senior University Lecturer in Political Science Ll.B., J.D., Southwestern University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Princeton University; N.A.U., 1972-

BARRY B. POWELL, Ph.D Assistant Professor in English B.A, University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley; N.A.U., 1969-

JOHN FRANKLIN RAMBEAU, Ed.D Professor of Education (Reading) B.A., San Jose State; M.A., Ed.D., Stanford University; N.A.U., 1966-

STANLEY A. RASMUSSEN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A, Colorado State College; M.S., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1968-

GERALD N. RAU, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Industrial Education B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1971-

PAUL H. RAWLINGS, MA Instructor in English B.A., Kansas State University; M.A, University of Tulsa; N.A.U., 1972-

RICHARD R. RAWSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Geology B.S., M.S., Brigham Young University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; N.A.U., 1967-

GLENN M. REED, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1966-1967, 1970-

BYRON B. RENZ, Ed.M Assistant Professor of Radio-TV B.S., Northwestern University; Ed.M., Rutgers University; N A U . , 1972-

BARBARA J. RILEY, MA Instructor in Women's Physical Education B.A., Western State College; M A , Northern Arizona University; N.AU., 1970-

LEONARD G. RrrT, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Political Science AB. M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Tennessee; N.A.U., 1967-

310 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

ROSA S. RIVERO, Ph.D Associate Professor of Spanish B.S., B.A., Instituto-de-Guines (Havana, Cuba) ; Ph.D., University of Havana, Cuba; N.A.U., 1966-

WILLIAM J. ROACH, M.A Assistant Professor of English B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College; M.A., University of Wyoming; N.A.U., 1963-

MARGARET A. ROBINSON, M.A Instructor in Mathematics B.S. in Ed., Northern Arizona University; M.A., Arizona State Univer­sity; N.A.U., 1970-

MANUEL C. RODRIGUEZ, M.A Instructor in Spanish A.A, Palo Verde Junior College; B.S. Ed., Northern Arizona University; M.A., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1968-

JOSEPH C. ROLLE, Ed.S Dean of Student Services; Associate Professor of Business Education

A.B., M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ed.S., Columbia University; N.A.U., 1947-

JAMES M. ROMINGER, Ph.D Associate Professor of Botany B.S., Eastern Illinois University; M.S., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1963-

WILLIAM J. ROOSEN, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of History B.A., Illinois College; Ph.D., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1967-

MINNEE ROSEBERRY, Ed.D Associate Professor of Education, Emeritus B.S., Kansas State Teachers College at Pittsburg; M.S., Columbia Uni­versity; Ed.D., University of Maryland; N.A.U., 1931-

ENID A. ROSSI, M.S Instructor in Nursing B.S., M.S., California State College at Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1972-

ELDON S. ROTH, Ph.D Associate Professor of Earth Science B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California; NA.U., 1969-

FRANCES T. ROURKE, M.S Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., M.S., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1961-

WESLEY J. ROZEMA, M.S Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B., Calvin College; M.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1963-

PHILIP R. RULON, Ed.D. Associate Professor of History BA., Washburn University; M.A, Kansas State Teachers College; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1967-

KENNETH R. RUMERY, D.M-A Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., M.M., University of Nebraska; D.M.A., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1972-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 311

KENNETH E. RUNYON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Business Administration

B.A., M.A, University of Kansas; Ph.D., Washington University; N.A.U., 1971-

DENNIS P. RUSCHE, M.A Instructor in Humanities B.A., University of Chicago; M.A, Roosevelt University; N.A.U., 1972-

EDWARD HENRY RYBNICEK, Ph.D Professor of Sociology

B.A, Denison University; B.D., Colgate-Rochester Divinity School; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1966-1968, 1972-

EDDIE E. SAGE, Ed.D Professor of Curriculum and Instruction B.A., M.A., University of Northern Iowa; Ed.D., Wayne State Univer­sity; N.A.U., 1966-

HOWARD G. SALISBURY, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Geography B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1971-

MUFID F. SAMARA, M.S Visiting Professor of Engineering B.S., University of Florida; B.S.C.E., M.S., Auburn University; N.A.U., 1972-

SCOTT M. SAVAGE, Ph.D Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., Brigham Young University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1963-

KENNETH LEE SAWIN, B.S Instructor in Physical Education B.S. Ed., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1970-

FRANK A. SCHNEIDER, Ed.D Director of Library Services B.A., University of Dubuque; B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., in Ed., Ed.D., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1969-

MILTON D. SCHROEDER, Ph.D Dean of Admissions and Records B.S., Lewis and Clark College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Denver; N.A.U., 1966-

JANET SCHNORR, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Experimental Psychology B.S., Wisconsin State University at Oshkosh; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University; N.A.U., 1972-

SCOTT R. SCHUHMANN, B.S Instructor in Physical Education B.S., University of Tulsa; N.A.U., 1970-

A. JAY SCHBLTZ, M.F. Assistant Professor of Forest Recreation B.S., Oklahoma State University; M.F., Duke University; N.A.U., 1967-

WILLIAM CHARLES SCHULTZ, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Harvard; Ph.D., University of California; N.A.U., 1968-

P. DAVID SEAMAN, Ph.D Professor of Linguistics A.B., Asbury College; M.A, University of Kentucky; Ph.D., Indiana University; N-A.U., 1967-

312 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

RAGNOR J. SEGLUND, D.B.A Associate Professor of Accounting B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Michigan; D.B.A., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1971-

DAVID J. SEKERES, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Men's Physical Education B.S.Ed., M.Ed., Ohio University; Ed.D., University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1969-

TIMOTHY SHAHEN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University; N.A.U., 1972-

CLARENCE S. SHAW, M.A Assistant Professor of Orchestral Strings B.A., Arizona State University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

ANTONIO E. SHELTON, M.S Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S., M.S., University of Southwestern Louisiana; N.A.U., 1969-

BRYAN COLLIER SHORT, Ph.D Director of Freshman English; Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont College; N.A.U., 1967-

MICHAEL J. SHOTT, Ph.D Professor of Music B.Mus., Western Michigan University; M.Mus., Ph.D., Indiana Univer­sity; N.A.U., 1961-

SYBIL H. SHOTT, M.A Instructor in English B.A., Sam Houston State College; M.A., North Texas State University; N.A.U., 1964-

DAROLD L. SHOTT, Ed.D Professor of Education and Psychology A.A, Blackburn University; A.B., M.A., Ed.D., University of Illinois; N A U . , 1963-

PHYLLIS RANDALL SHUTT, M.A Instructor in English

B.A., Northern Arizona University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1965-

CRAIG W. SIDLES, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Psychology; Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Cornell College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1968-

WAYNE G. SJOBERG, Ph.D Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., Kansas State University; M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1967-

CONSTANTINE SLOBODCHIKOFF, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology A.A., San Francisco City College; B.S., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley; N.A.U., 1971-

CLYDE G. SMALLWOOD, Ph.D Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Abilene Christian College; M.A., University of Oklahoma; M.A., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., Denver University; N A U . , 1962-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 313

E. HARLIN STAIRES, Ed.D Vice President of Administration-Services; Professor of Education

B.S.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1970-

CHARLES L. STAHL, M.S.L.S Librarian, South Center B.S., University of Arizona; M.A. Ed,, Northern Arizona University; M.S.L.S., University of Denver; N.A.U., 1966-

PAUL J. STASKEY, Ph.D Director of Institutional Research; Associate Professor of Education

B.S., Sam Houston State College; M.Ed., University of Houston; Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1972-

JACK E. STATES, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.A.EA, M.S., University of Wyoming; Ph.D., University of Alberta, Canada; N.AU., 1970-

ARNOLD R. STEFFENSEN, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Northern Colorado University; M.S., Colorado State University; Ed.D., Northern Colorado University; N.A.U., 1968-

BOBEBT LOWELL STEVENS, Ph.D. Assistant Provost for Curriculum and Instruction; Professor of English

A.B., Arizona State University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1956-

J. HOWARD STTTT, Ed.D Associate Professor of Elementary Education B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., San Jose State College; B.D., Fuller Theological Seminary; Ed.D., University of California at Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1967-

EDGAR NORMAN STONE, MUS.D Assistant Professor of Music B.M., M.M., North Texas State University; Mus.D., Florida State Uni­versity; N.A.U., 1970-

RALPH EDWARD STOUT, Ed.D Associate Professor of Education B.S., M.A, East Tennessee State University; Ed.D., University of Ten­nessee; Post doctoral study, Teachers College, Columbia University; Institutes of Education, London and Oxford Universities; N.A.U., 1964-

DAVID K. STRATE, Ed.D Assistant Professor of History B.A., St. Mary of the Plains; M.A., New Mexico Highland University; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University; N A U . , 1970-

WILLIAM L. STRAUSS, Ph.D Professor of Political Science A.B., Baylor University; A.M., University of Texas; Ph.D., Harvard Uni­versity; N.A.U., 1956-

WILMA D. STRICKLIN, D.B.A., C.P.A Associate Professor of Management B.A., San Jose State College; C.P.A., State of California; M.A., San Jose State College; D.B.A., University of Southern California; NA.U., 1967-

PHILIP L. STRONG, Ph.D Assistant Professor of English A.B., MA., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1972-

314 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

GERALD H. STURZEN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado; N A U . , 1972-

JESS N. SWANSON, Ed.D Associate Professor of Public Administration B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1967-

STANIEY W. SWARTS, M.A Assistant Professor of Geography B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., California State University at Long Beach; N.A.U., 1972-

JACK S. SWENSON, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Chemistry B.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1970-

D A L SYMES, M.A Instructor in English B.S., M.A, Utah State University; N.A.U., 1972-

RAYMOND P. TAMPPARI, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology Education B.S., Eastern Michigan University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan; N.A.U., 1969-

DEAN A. TEEL, Ed.D Associate Professor of Industrial Education B.S., M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., Texas A. and M. University; N.A.U., 1971-

JOHN T. TEUBNER, M.S.W Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A, Gannon College; M.S.W., St. Louis University; N.A.U., 1972-

RUTH WINGFIELD TEWARI, Ph.D Professor of Art BA.., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School; N.A.U., 1960-

STEPHANIE M. THOMAS, M.A Instructor in Dance BA., University of Southern California; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1971-

WILLIAM P. THOMPSON, D.F Professor of Forestry B.A., M.F., Yale University; D.F., Duke University; N.A.U., 1961-

THOMAS THORPE, Ed.D Professor of Physics Education B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1968-

ROGER C. THWEATT, Ph.D Professor of Psychology B.A, University of Denver; MA. , University of Montana; Ph.D., Mich­igan State University; N.A.U., 1963-

ROBERT F. T O P P , Ph.D Professor of Education B.E., Northern Illinois University; M.A, Ph.D., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1950-1952, 1972-

PRISCILLA TROWBRIDGE, M.A Assistant Professor of English B.A., Keuka College; M.A., University of Michigan; N.A.U., 1964-

JOSEPH R. TROXLER, Ph.D Professor of Mechanical Engineering B.S.M.E., University of Southwestern Louisiana; M.S.M.E., Louisiana State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University; N.A.U., 1968-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 315

INVERNIA MAY TYSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Education, Emeritus B.A., Colorado State College of Education; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1937-

THOMAS JAY VANDERHOOF, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counseling

B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.Ed., University of Georgia; Ph.D., University of Northern Colorado; N.A.U., 1972-

TERRY A. VAUGHAN, Ph.D Professor of Zoology B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., Uni­versity of Kansas; N.A.U., 1967-

CHARLES R. VITASKA, D.B.A Assistant Professor of Marketing B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois University; D.B.A., Texas Technological University; N.A.U., 1970-

GLENN VOOHHIES, F.E Associate Professor of Forestry B.S., M.S., F.E., Oregon State University; NA..U., 1961-

ROBERT F. Voss, M.A Assistant Professor of German B.A., Ohio State University; M.A., University of Cincinnati; N.A.U., 1972-

JOHN H. WALDER, M.A Instructor in Philosophy B.A., M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; N.A.U., 1968-

DOUGLAS J. WALL, LL.B Assistant to the President; Lecturer, Business Law

B.S., LL.B., University of Kansas; N.A.U., 1965-

ANDREW WALLACE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of History B.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1968-

EVERETT L. WALTER, Ph.D Professor of Mathematics B.S., Arizona State University; M.S., Ph.D., New Mexico State University; N.A.U., 1962-

VIRGINIA K. WARD, B.A Instructor in Business Education , B.A., Culver Stockton College; N.A.U., 1971-

WIRT C. WARD, Ph.D Associate Professor of Physics B.S., Purdue University; M.A, Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1965-

CHARLES S. WARREN, Ph.D Associafe Professor of Music B.S., M.M., University of Missouri; Ph.D., Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1955-

MIRON E. WEBSTER, M.F.A Assistant Professor of Ceramics and Jewelry B.AEd., M.A., Arizona State University; M.F.A., University of Southern California; N A U . , 1966-

316 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

THOMAS E. WENSTRAND, Ph.D Associate Professor of Social Studies and Humanities

B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.M., Northwestern University; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia University; N.A.U., 1960-

KURT W. H. WEINZINGER, M.M Director of Opera Theater; Assistant Professor of Music

M.M., Vienna, Austria; N.A.U., 1971-

DELNO C. W E S T , JR., Ph.D Assistant Professor of History B.S.Ed., Northwest Missouri State College; M.A., University of Denver; C. Phil., Ph.D., University of California; Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1969-

JOHN F. WETTAW, Ph.D Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., Michigan State University; N.A.U., 1967-

CIJFFORD E. W H I T E , Ph.D Chairman, Department of Speech and Theater Professor of Zoology

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University; N.A.U., 1968-

DAVID M. WHORTON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of School Administration B.M.E., M.S., Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1970-

WILLIAM E. WHYBREW, Ph.D Dean, College of Creative Arts; Professor of Music

Mus. B., Eastman School of Music of the University of Rochester; M.M., Ph.D., University of Rochester; N.A.U.. 1970-

JAMES R. WICK, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Biological Science; Professor of Zoology

B.S., Iowa Wesleyan College; M.S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., Iowa State University: N.A.U., 1959-

HAROLD A. WIDDISON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Sociology B.S., M.S., Brigham Young University; Ph.D., Case-Western Reserve University; N.A.U., 1972-

ROBERT L. WILDEY, Ph.D Associate Professor of Astrophysics and Astronomy

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., California Institute of Technology; N.A.U., 1971-

STANLEY N. WILKES, Ph.D Associate Professor of Zoology B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University; N.A.U., 1966-

WINTHROP WILLIAMS, JR. , M.F.A. Assistant Professor of Art B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Kansas; N.A.U., 1961-

RUTH WILLIS, M.A. Assistant Professor of Women's Physical Education B.S., M.A., Texas Women's University; N.A.U., 1968-

WILLIAM R. WILLIS, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Physics; Professor of Physics

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College; M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1967-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 317

JAMES D. WINDES, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Arizona State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1966-

JERALDINE S. WITHYCOMBE, Ph.D Associate Professor of Home Economics

B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., Univer­sity of Connecticut; N.A.U., 1969-

DONALD L. WOLF, M.A Assistant Professor of Music B.S., Miami University; M.A., Ohio State University; N.A.U., 1961-

DONALD E. WOMMACK, Ph.D Associate Professor of Forestry B.S., Purdue University; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University; N.A.U., 1966-

JOHN J. WOOD, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Anthropology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1966-

RICHARD A. WOOD, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Phillips University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1969-

JOANNE WOODAIX, B.S Instructor in Nursing (Obstetrics-Clinical) B.S., University of California, San Francisco; N.A.U., 1973-

ROBERT E. WOOLDRIDGE, Ed.D Chairman, Department of Industrial Education; Professor of Industrial Education

B.S., Northeastern State College; M.S., Oklahoma State University; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1967-

J. KARL WORTHINGTON, M.S. Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S., Utah State University; N.A.U., 1972-

MICHAEL R. WUNSCH, Ed.D Associate Professor of Business Education B.Ed., Wisconsin State University; M.S., Syracuse University; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1969.

THEODORE WYCKOFF, Ph.D Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., M.P.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Bonn, Germany; N.A.U., 1968-

ROBFRT L. YOUNG, Ph.D Professor of Engineering B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., Louisiana State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M Uni­versity; N.A.U., 1968-

RONALD M. YOUNG, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Environmental Science B.S., M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., Purdue University; N.A.U., 1971-

JOHN ZAHRT, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics B.S., Arizona State University; M.S., Oregon State University; Ph.D., Arizona State University; N.AU., 1968-

318 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF

Adjunct Faculty

CHARLES C. AVERY, Ph.D Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., Utah State University; Certificat de l'Ecole Nationale des Eaux et Forets, France; M.F., Duke University; Ph.D., University of Washington; N.A.U., 1972-

MALCHUS B. BAKER, Ph.D Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., Southern Illinois University; M.F., Yale University; Ph.D., Univer­sity of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1969-

HARRY BROWN, M.F Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., University of Illinois; M.F., Colorado State University; N.A.U., 1970-

RALPH E. CAMPBELL, M.S Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., Utah State University; M.S., Utah State University; N.A.U., 1972-

WARREN P. CLARY, Ph.D Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., University of Nebraska; M.S., Colorado State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University; N.A.U., 1969-

THOMAS N. JOHNSEN, Ph.D Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., University of Arizona; M.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., Duke University; N.A.U., 1956-

ROBERT V. KERWOOD, Ph.D Adjunct Professor of Industrial Education; Coordinator for Professional Development

B.S., M.S., West Virginia University; Ph.D., Ohio State University; N.A.U., 1971-

FRED LAVIN, Ph.D Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of Chicago; N.A.U., 1970-

D O N N E F F , Ph.D Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., Colorado State University; Ph.D., Oregon State University; N.A.U., 1970-

GILBERT H. SCHUBERT, M.S Adjunct Professor of Forestry B.S.F., West Virginia University; M.S., University of California; N.A.U., 1970-

EDMUND B. RICKARD, M.B.A Adjunct Professor of Business Administration A.B., M.B.A., University of Michigan; C.P.A., State of Pennsylvania; N.A.U., 1971-

INDEX — A —

Academic affairs 61 Academic recognition 75 Academic regulations 72-74 Accounting courses 172 Accreditation 18 Add a course 72 Adjunct faculty 318 Administration, University vi, vii Administration, Supervision, and

Foundations 211 Admission, general 61

Advanced standing 64 Cancellation of 66 College or school 64 Denial of 66 Foreign students 70 Freshman 62 Graduate 67 Provisional 75 Readmission 66 Test for 63

Admission to courses 87 Advanced placement 66 Advanced standing 64 Advisement, academic 71 Aerospace Studies 105 Affiliations of the University 18 Alumni Association 22 American Association of

Collegiate Schools of Business 18 American Association of

University Women 18 American Chemical Society 18 American College Test 63 American Enterprise 270 American Enterprise courses 278 American Indian Studies 90 American Studies 271 American Studies courses 278 Anthropology 254 Applied Mathematics 272 Applied Mathematics courses ....279 Applied Sciences, School of 107 Aptitude test 63 Area studies 90 Arizona Board of Regents vi

Authority vested in 9 Art 182 Arts and Sciences, College of ....123 Asian Studies 90 Assistantships, graduate 55 Associate in Science 81 Associated Students, N.A.U 26 Astronomy 129 Athletics 27 Attendance, class 73 Auditing courses 73 Automobiles 38 Awards 77

— B —

Band 196 Behavioral Science 253 Big Sky Conference 27 Biological Sciences 130 Biology, Microbiology 262 Black Studies 90 Bookstore, University 38 Botany 130 Buildings 14-18 Bureau of Business and

Industrial Development 179 Business Administration,

College of 167 Business Administration courses ..173 Business Education 171 Business Services, Bureau of 179

— C —

Calendar iv Campus, description o f 13 Campus disorder, State Law 23 Campus Elementary School 19 Certification for teaching 209 Chemistry 134 Chemistry, Center for Integrated

Studies 272 Chem Physics 160 Choir 196 Civil engineering 234 Civil Engineering Technology ....237 Classical Studies 90 Cluster Campus Plan 10 Code o f conduct 23 Commercial Art 182 Computer science 236 Computer Science courses 241 Contemporary Developments

course 91 Content emphasis in Elementary

Education 215 Consultation services 21 Cooperating Institutions 18 Cooperative work-study 234 Corequisite 87 Corrections program 260 Correspondence study 21 Counseling service 27 Course descriptions,

explanation of 85 Course loads 74 Course numbering system 85 Creative Arts, College of 181 Credit system 72 Credit by examination 67-68 Credit hours allowed 74 Curricula 81 Curriculum and Instruction 214

INDEX (Continued)

Data Processing program 172 Data Processing courses 174 Dean's list 75 Degrees, authority 11-12 Degrees, graduate 85 Degrees—^undergraduate 81

Associate in'Science 81 Bachelor of Arts 82 Bachelor of Arts: Honors 98 Bachelor of Fine Arts 82 Bachelor of Music 82 Bachelor of Music Education .. 82 Bachelor of Science 82 Bachelor of Science in Accountancy 83, 170 Bachelor of Science in Applied Sciences 83, 235 Bachelor of Science in

Business Administration 83, 170 Bachelor of Science in

Dental Hygiene 83, 2$3 Bachelor of Science in

Mucation 84 Bachelor of Science in*

Engineering 84, 234 Bachelor of Science in

Engineering Technology 84, 237 Bachelor of Science in

Forestry 84, 246 Bachelor of Science in

Nijrsing 266 Bachelor of Science in

Radiologic Technology 84, 267 Denial of 'admission 66 Dental, Hygiene 252, 263 Dining' Halls , 15 Dining Services • - 3 ° Directed Reading, Honors-^-.i.-.j.-lOO Directed Resqarph, Honors 100 Directory v ' ^i Dishonesty, academic 75 Doctoral degrees 85 Dormitories 32 Drafting and Design Technology 238 Drama courses 201 Dropping a class 72

Early Childhood Education 215 Earth Science 138 Economics 171 Economics courses 174 Education, College of 207 Educational Administration 211 Educatjonal Psychology, courses 228 Educational Psychology,

doctorate 208 Educational Specialist degree .... 85 Electrical engineering 235 Electrical Engineering

Technology 238

Elementary Education 214 Elementary school, campus 9̂ Engineering and Technology,

College of ?33 Engineering courses - 238 Engineering drafting and design 238 Engineering physics 235 English 138 English, Center for Integrated

Studies 273 Environmental Science 275 Environmental Science courses ....279 Environmental Studies 275 European Studies 90 Evening classes, adult 21 Expenses 55, 59 Extension services 21

_ F —

Faculty of the University 283 Fee, application .̂. 62 Fees and expenses' .'. 55-59 Fees, music 195 Fees, nonresident 56 Fellowships, graduate 55 Fellowships in business ;• 54 Field Work'Experience 91 Finance courses 175 Financial aids >42, 51 Financial assistance, R.O.T.C 104 Flagstaff .'.... 10 Food services ...,. 36 Foreign students 70-71 Forest Research Center, 15 Forestry, School of 245 Foundations 212 Fraternities 26 French 153, 154 Freshman English courses 66

— G —

General Business courses 176 General College 61 Geography 257 Geology 1^3 German 153, 154 Gifts to the University 23 Grade changes 73 Grade deletion 73-74 Grade points 72 Grade reports ; 74 Grades required for continuation 75 Grading system 72 Graduate admission 67 Graduate assistantships 55 Graduate degrees 85, 21T Graduation, procedures 77-78 Graduation with Honors ..: 98 Guidance and Counseling 228

INDEX (Continued) '

— H — Health center - 17, 37 Health, Physical Education,

Recreation and Athletics 222 Health Sciences 262 Health services ; 36-37 High school subjects for

admission 63 History 146 History, Center for Integrated

Studies 276 History courses. Center for

Integrated Studies .279 History of N.A.U H Home Economics 108 Home Management House 14 Honors, academic 76 Honors, admission to 99 Honors courses ....100 Honors Forum 97 Honors program 97, 101 Housing application 31 Housing information 34-36 Humanities 187

— I — Identification cards 72 Image o f N.A.U 10 Incomplete grades 72 Independent study _ 91 Individualized studies 90 Industrial Education 112 Industrial Engineering

Technology 238 Institute for Human

Development 210 Instructional Staff 283 Integrated Studies 269 Interdisciplinary Studies 89 International Relations 90 International students 70-71 Interterm program 87 Intramural athletics 27 Interior Design 109 Italian 155

— J — Journalism 189

— L — . Language 155 Latin American Studies 90 Law Enforcement 118 Liberal Studies .-. i 92-94 Libraries 13 Library hours 13 Library Science programs 211 Library Science courses 212 Linguistics 258 Loan funds 52-54

Location o f N.A.U 10 Lowell Observatory 19 Lowell Prize 76

- i n -Mail service 37 Majors, Arts and Sciences 124 Management courses 176 Manual Arts Therapy 113 Marketing courses 177 Married housing 35 Masters degrees 85 Mathematics 150 Mathematics, applied 272 Meals 36 Mechanical engineering 235 Mechanical Engineering

Technology 238 Medical Technology 252 Microbiology 262 Military service credit 68-69 Minors, Arts and Sciences 126 Modem Languages 153 Moller Center 16 Motor vehicles 38 Museum of" Northern Arizona .... 18 Music 191.

— N — National Association of Schools

o f Music 18 National Council for

Accreditation of Teacher Education 18

Navajo" 155 Nonresident tuition 56 North Academic Center 14 North Central Association 18 Northern Arizona University

Foundation 22 Numbering o f courses 85 Nursing 253, 265

_ o — Off-campus residence 34 Office Administration courses ....177 Officers of administration vi Organizations 26

— P — Parking of vehicles 38 Pass-fail option 87 Part-time enrollment 67 Peace Corps credit 66 Phi Kappa Phi 76 Philosophy '-156 Physicsd Education 222 Physical examination for

admission 62 Physical Science 158

INDEX !

Physics 159 Placement, advanced 66 Police Science and

Administration 118 Political Science 161 Political Science, Center for

Integrated Studies 276 Post degree education programs 218 Pre-dental major 128 Pre-law program 128 Pre-medical program 128 Prerequisites for courses 87 Pre-veterinary program 128 Probation, academic 75 Progressive retention policy 75 Project courses 281 Provisional admission 75 Psychology 227 Public and Environmental

Servicfe, College of 251 Public Management, Center for 281 Public Schools, Flagstaff 20 Public Transportation 281 Publications 26-27

— R — Radio station 27 Radiologic Technology 253, 267 Recognition, academic 75-76 Recreation land management

program .>129 Recreational Leadership 224 Readmission to the University ^ 6 Regents, Arizona Board of vi Registration 7J.tV2 Reflat ions, academic 72-74 Religion courses 66 Repeating courses 73 Reserve Officers Training Corps 103 Residence classification 56 Residence for graduation 78 Residence hall contract 32 Residence halls 32-33 Residence off campus 34 Retention policy 75 Rocky Mt. Forest and Range

Exp. Station 19 Room reservations 31 R.O.T.C. credit 66 R.O.T.C. programs 104

— S — Scholarships 42-51 School Psychology 228 Secondary Education 216 Secretarial program 172 Sigma Epsilon Sigma 76 Social Science 164 Social work 260 Society of American Foresters .... 18 Sociology 259 Sororities ....i ,. 26

I t

South Academic Center 17 Southwest Studies 90, 277 Southwest Studies courses 280 Spanish 153, 155 Special Education 217 Special Education courses 221 Speech and Theater 199 State law, campus disorder 23 Statement Bf Purpose 9 Student activities and affairs, 25 Student government 26 Student teacliing centers 210 Summer HouMng 36 Summer Session 20 Suspension, academic 75

— T — Teacher education programs 214 Technology courses 242 Test of English as a Foreign

Language 70 Tests for admission 63 Theater 199 Traffic regulations 38 Training School 19 Transfer o f credit 65 Transfer students. Arts and

Sciences 124 Transfer students. Business

Administration 169 Tuition, nonresident 56 Tuition payments for veterans .... 69 Tutorials (TIPS) 99

— U — Undergraduate Research 91 University

Foundations 22 History 11 Purpose 9

University services 31 U.S. Armed Forces Institute

credit 69 U.S. Geological Survey ....' 19 U.S. Naval Observatory 19

. _ V — Veteran admission 65 Veterans educational benefits 68-69 Vista credit 66 Vocational Education 91 Vocational-Industrial Education ..114

— w — Western Interstate Commission

•for Higher Education 55 Withdrawal from the University 72 Work-study cooperative program 234 Work-study program 51

— Z — Zoology 130